B. H. BLACKWKLL, BOOKSELLER, 50 & 51, BROAD ST., OXFORD. A GUIDE MODEEN GEEEK. E. M. GELDART, M.A. FOKMEBLT 8CHOLAB OP BALLIOL COLLEGE, OXFORD ; AVTHOE OF "THE MODEEN GBEEK LANGUAGE IN ITS BBLATIOW TO ANCIENT GBEEK," ETC., ETC. LONDON : TRUBNER & CO., 57 AND 59, LUDGATE HILL. 1883. [All rights reserved.} - LONDON : I-RINTED BT GILBERT AND EIVINGTON, LIJIHED, ST. JOHK'S SQUARE, Stack Annex 5 0*0 (pi? CONTENTS. PAGE INTRODUCTION v PLAN OF THE WORK xi PART I. ALPHABET, PRONUNCIATION, ETC 1 TABLE OF CHANGES IN ARYAN LANGUAGES . . .11 MR. SUSAMAKIS' EVENING PARTY (analyzed and explained in fourteen lessons) 12 PAET II. A JOURNEY TO GREECE (Dialogues) . . . .128 PAET III. A CLASSIFIED VOCABULARY 152 PAET IV. ACCIDENCE 212 SYNTAX 249 APPENDIX (Correspondence) ...... 257 A 2 INTRODUCTION. THE Modern Greek language is the direct descendant of the language of the Byzantine or Eastern Eoman Empire (whence its name Eomaic), as this was immediately deve- loped from the Alexandrine Greek, or " common dialect/' resulting from a blending and merging of all the various Greek dialects when the ascendency of the Macedonian king and conqueror, Alexander the Great, united the various tribes of Greece, and spread their language as the medium of intercommunication among the subjugated populations of his enormous empire. Although the political su- premacy of Greece, even in its comparatively bastard Macedonian and Byzantine forms, in which, however, alone it can ever be said to have existed as a united and powerful nationality, has long been a thing of the past, the inherent vitality, and vigour, and self -recreating power of the Greek language have never waned, and in the present day Greek performs much the same office, as the language of the most thriving commercial race in the East, that it did in the days of Alexander's successors. The subjects of free Greece two millions and a half of souls are but a fraction of the Greek- speaking population of the East. In the days of Mezzo- fanti, at the beginning of this century, Greek was still VI INTKODUCTION. commonly spoken among the remnants of the ancient Greek colonies on the coast of Calabria, part of the old Magna Grcecia in Italy ; and even in Sardinia, it is said, there are still Greek-speaking colonies. But however this may be, Magna Grcecia, " Great Greece/* is still outside the limits of " Little " or " Free Greece/' In Bulgaria, in Albania (the ancient Macedonia and Epirus), in Thessaly (which was part of Ancient Greece), in all the islands east of Greece in the Mediterranean Sea, on the coasts as well as far inland in Asia Minor and in Egypt, in many parts of Palestine and Syria, indeed throughout the dominions of Turkey, Greek is the one language which is almost everywhere spoken and understood. A person with a competent knowledge of Modern Greek may travel nearly anywhere in the East without invoking the aid of that most terrible institution of modern tourism, the dragoman, who, by the way, is generally a Greek. This alone is a fact which has only to become duly known and appreciated in order to secure for Greek a foremost place among the modern languages which the ubiquitous English traveller is, or ought to be, anxious to acquire. But it has another, and, if possible, a still stronger recommendation to our notice. Ten years ago I stated in my book " The Modern Greek Language in its relation to Ancient Greek " (published by the Clarendon Press, Oxford, in 1870), that " Modern Greek is nothing but Ancient Greek made easy/' Constant study and con- verse with Greeks since that period have but served to confirm me in the opinion that that statement is literally correct. But if so, what follows ? Why, that the study of Modern Greek is the true key to the mastery of the INTRODUCTION. Vll classical idiom. This view has been directly or indirectly advocated by some of the foremost educationalists in England. The late John Stuart Mill, in his Rectorial address to the students of the University of St. Andrew's, referring to the growing discontent that so much valuable time was wasted at our schools and universities in learning, or too often not learning, Latin and Greek time which might otherwise be saved for the study of natural science and other essential branches of a liberal education rightly vindicated the claims of the classics to a prominent place in higher education, not as against, but alongside of, the so-called modern subjects. Why, he pertinently asked, should not time be found for both ? And he lays the fault of the dilemma, in which those are placed who in regard to these conflicting claims feel inclined to say in the words of the popular song " How happy could I be with either, Were t'other dear charmer away ! " on the execrably bad system of teaching the classics which prevails amongst us, and which, after consuming four-fifths of the entire time at the disposal of a schoolboy in Latin and Greek, afterwards sends him out into the world not only unable for the most part to take up an easy classic, and read him for pleasure and for profit, but often imbued with a thorough disgust for classical literature. " Why," says Mill, " should not Latin and Greek be taught like any other language ? Why should not a man learn the classics as he would learn his mother tongue ? " Why, indeed, except perhaps for the obvious reason that it is only within the last few years that even modern languages have been taught on a Vlll INTRODUCTION. rational system, or like our " mother tongue." Still, since the days of Pestalozzi and Frobel, among all intelligent educationalists the belief has been gaining ground, that the only true method of teaching, both morally and intellectually, is to proceed from the known to the unknown, and not from the unknown to the known ; that the learner should be dealt with not as a parrot, but as a human being ; that, e. g. we should begin the study of history with the reign of Queen Victoria, and not with the creation of the world; and so on with other subjects. In accordance with these principles it is well worth consideration whether the student of Latin ought not in England to begin with French, and thence proceed to the cognate and more archaic Romance dialects, as Portuguese, Spanish, Italian, Roumanian, and so on ; thence to the older Norman and Provencal, and from them through the later Latin of the period of the decline to the Latin of the Augustan era. Else, to be consistent, why begin with Sallust rather than with Oscan and Umbrian, or the Salian hymns ? But as regards Greek the problem is immensely simplified. Ancient Greek has but one modern repre- sentative, which is spoken with comparatively insignificant variations throughout Turkey, Greece, and the Levant. Whoever is thoroughly conversant with Modern Greek will find no more difficulty in reading the Greek Fathers and the New Testament, than an Englishman of the nineteenth century finds in understanding Spenser. The passage from the New Testament or Septuagint to Xenophon is incomparably easier than that from Spenser to Chaucer; and from Xenophon to Thucydides, from Thucydides to the Tragedians, from them to Herodotus, INTRODUCTION. IX and from Herodotus to Homer, is far more simple than would be the somewhat analogous transition in English from Chaucer to Piers Plowman, from Piers Plowman to Layamoii and Ormin, from them to the Anglo-Saxon of King Alfred, and from the Saxon of King Alfred to the Gothic of Ulfilas. Indeed, the change which has passed upon the Greek language since Homer's age is so very much slighter than that which English has undergone in the far shorter period intervening between the times of the Saxon kings and the present reign, that there are whole lines of Homer which would scarcely require the alteration of a word to convert them into idiomatic Modern Greek ; for example, II. A. 334 : Xaiperf, KTjpVKes Aios ayyeXoi jjSe KOL dv8p>v where only the word rj8e is not good Modern Greek, although xalpere means now rather " good-bye " than " hail/' and ayye\ot, rather " angels " than simply " mes- sengers/' In line 362 of the same book the question T6/cvov ri K\aiei<; ; is good Modern Greek. Far less is the difference when we come to Plato, the first words of whose Republic : Kare/Brjv %$9 et? [rov] Tleipaia /zero, TXavtcwvos TOV 'Apio-T<07'09, with the single addition of the definite article, which need not have been omitted, might be heard any day in the streets of Athens in the year 1883. Greek, then, is essentially a living language the language, unchanged in its main features, of Aristotle, Xenophon, and Demosthenes and there is no reason why it should not be taught as such. It is impossible to draw any such rigid line of demarcation between Modern and Ancient Greek, as between the language of 'ancient X INTRODUCTION. Rome and the modern Latin or Romance languages, inasmuch as Greece never suffered that complete break-up of its grammar which befell the Latin language on the dissolution of the Roman Empire. When the scholar has become thoroughly familiar with the Modern Greek declension and conjugation, which for the most part are identical with the classical forms, so far as they go, it will be an easy step to add the dual number, the archaic conjugation in -fit, the perfect tense, and the extended use of case-endings and infinitive moods, almost all of which survive, or have been revived, in isolated phrases even in Modern Greek. Perhaps in no department of classical learning will the benefit of Modern Greek be more apparent than with regard to accentuation. The rules of prosody are learnt at Eton, Rugby, Harrow, and all our great public schools ; rules which are numerous and intricate enough in all conscience, but few and simple by comparison with their exceptions. And what is the result ? After seven or eight years' hard study, scarcely the most eminent of living Greek scholars unacquainted with Modern Greek is able to write from memory a single sentence in Greek without the accents being at fault. Let a man be accustomed from the first never to pronounce a single Greek word without its appropriate accent, and he will never be in doubt how to write it, or " hardly ever ;" the cases where he might hesitate between a circumflex and an acute being very soon mastered when not only the ear, but the eye and ear together are exercised by writing and reading aloud with due regard to the accent. PLAN OF THE FOLLOWING WORK. THE First Part, after discussing the alphabet and pronunciation, contains a story from common life, " Mr. Susamakis' Evening Party," 1 which has been chosen as embodying in its narrative a fair illustration of the literary form of Modern Greek, while its dialogue represents the more colloquial vernacular. Each word and sentence as it comes is grammatically analyzed, repetition being for the most part avoided. When the student has worked diligently through this portion, he will find himself in possession of the main features of Modern Greek accidence and syntax, not learned by rote, as is usually the case, but gathered by actual experience. In the earlier lessons a transliteration is interlined, to facilitate pronunciation ; this is dispensed with later on. The idiomatic translation also given with the earlier lessons is dropped when the student may be presumed to have gained an insight into the general structure of the language. At the end of each lesson an exercise, based on the principle of " ringing the changes " on the words and phrases occurring in previous lessons, is added. In addition to the grammatical analysis, considerable space is allotted to the indication of the philological affinities of each word as it occurs, wherever these are so apparent as to be placed beyond the field of mere conjecture. The comparisons are confined as far as possible to English and those languages with which the average student may be expected to have some 1 The Greek text of the above is taken from Dr. Daniel Sanders' " Neugriechische Grammatik, " founded on Messrs. Vincent and Dickson's " Handbook_to Modern Greek." The author ia Angelos Vlachos. Xll PLAN OF THE FOLLOWING WORK. acquaintance. Apart from the interest attaching to such in- vestigations, it is believed they will form a most valuable "memoria technica." It is always easier to remember two things than one, provided there is any rational link of association between them. In this part of the work I have followed (when in doubt) that sound and cautious philologist, Georg Curtius, in his "Grundzuge der griechischen Etymologie," 3rd ed., Leipzig, 1869. In order that the reader may see on what principle such comparisons are founded, and may know beforehand what sounds to expect as the representatives of the Greek in the various cognate languages, I have appended a table showing the regular changes which the" sounds of words undergo in passing from one language to another of the Aryan family of speech. Part II. consists of dialogues, to which I have attempted to supply a continuous chain of interest by supposing them to take place on a journey to Greece. In order to relieve the strain which a lengthened perusal of dialogues sometimes occasions, I have shifted the Greek and English respectively from right to left and from left to right, without notice. Part III. consists of a classified vocabulary, borrowed in the main from the excellent Modern Greek Grammar of Antonios Jeannarakis (" Neugriechische Grammatik nebst Lehrbuch der neugriechischen Volksprache und einem methodischen Worter- anhang, von Antonios Jeannarakis," Hannover, Hahn'sche Buch- handlung, 1877). Part IV. is an attempt to summarize in a simple form what the student will by the time he has worked through Parts I. to III. actually have learned by practice. This part will be published in a separate form among the series of "Simplified Grammars " commenced by the late lamented Professor E. H. Palmer, and published by Messrs. Triibner. His own Simplified Grammars of Hindoostanee, Persian, and Arabic have been of invaluable use to me as models in the preparation of this portion of the work. A GUIDE TO MODEEN GREEK; PART I. The Alphabet. 1. The Greek alphabet of to-day consists of the following letters, the names of which, to be pronounced as far as possible in English fashion, we have given under each character : A a Ah'lfah. B Fee'faTi. r 7 Ghatimah. A B Dheh'ltah. E Eh'pseelon. z z Zee'tah. H 77 Ee'tah. $ Thee'tah. I 4 Eeaw'tah. K Kah'pah. A X M fi N I/ H f o Lah'mvdhah. Mee. Nee. ICsee. ^'meefcron. n TT Pee. P P JJaw. 2 X x ^ ^ n co Fee. Khee. Psee. Awmeh'ghah. The letter f (5ai5, vahv), pronounced as ^8, is only used in ancient (pre-classical) Greek words. B 2 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 2. Of these letters, a, e, TJ, i, o, v, u>, are vowels fawnee'ehnda), while the rest are consonants (crv/u., x, tf/ t when it sounds as ahf. Ev sounds, under the same conditions as the foregoing, eho and ehf respectively. Hv as eev or eef, according to circumstances. Besides the diphthongs proper, there are three so-called improper diphthongs (Si<0oyyot Kara^i/ori/cat, dhee'fthawngee kahtahkhreesteekeh'), viz. a, rj, u>, in which the letter t (eeaic'tah) is simply written under the vowel in question, but not pro- nounced, CONSONANTS. 5. These are divided into simple and compound. The simple consonants are classified in two ways ; first, according to the organs by which they are pronounced, as (a) Lip-letters : /?, w, <, p~ (b) Tongue-letters : 8, 4 T, 0, v, A, p, ) Sibilants : , os, saw'awss, 'safe;' but S/tupva, Zmee'rnah, * Smyrna.' T sounds as the English , except when preceded by v, in which case it is pronounced as d; e. g. TOVOS, taw'nawss, ' tone ;' but evrovos, eh'ndaicnawss, intense. $ is the English/. X is sounded as the German ck in Bach, or the Scotch ch in loch, except before e, t, or their equivalents, when it is pro- nounced as German ch in ich, &c. We shall represent the first sound by kh, and the second by kh, or vice versa ; e. g. tah'khak, 'perhaps;' but Tx^, psedzhee', ' soul ;' but I/A^OS, eh'mbzeekhawss, ' animate.' OTHEK SIGNS. BREATHING. 6. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word is marked by a sign called a breathing (-n-vevfia, pneh'vmah). This breathing is either smooth (1^1X17, pseelee 1 ) or rough (Sao-eta, dhahssee'ah) sub. irpoo-wSia, prawssawdhee'ah, accentual sign. The smooth breathing is written as a comma over the vowel, the rough as an inverted comma ; thus wSij, awdhee', ' a song ;' 6Sos, awdhaw'ss, ' a way.' As in most of the modern languages of Southern Europe, the rough breathing is no longer heard, but only written. Its presence, however, in cultivated usage is recognized in case a consonant liable to aspiration immediately precedes ; such consonants are IT, T, and K. Thus airo oXwv, ahpaw-aw'lawn, becomes, by elision of the o, afi oXwv, ahfaw'lawn; Kara oXov, Ttahtah-aic'loo naOoXov, kalithaw'loo ; ofy ovrws, oakh oo'tawss, stands for OVK ovrws. The rough breathing is frequently, though not always, written over the p at the beginning of a word, as poSov or poSov, raw'- dhawn, ' a rose.' In the case of -two p's coming together in one word, either the aspirate is omitted altogether, or the first p has the smooth, the second the rough breathing, as 0appos or 0appos, thah'rawsst ' courage.' In the case of initial diphthongs the breathing is written over the second vowel ; if it stands over the first, the two vowels are heard separately ; e. g. avXo's, ahvlaw'ss, ( a flute ' but au\os, ah'-eelawss, 'immaterial.' THE ACCENTS. 7. With the exception of the following words : 6, ^ (aw, ee\ 1 the,' masculine and feminine nominative singular ; oi, a! (ee, eh), A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 7 ' the,' masculine and feminine nominative plural ; et (ee), ' if ;' d>s (aivss), ' as ;' ou, OUK, and ov^ (oo, ook, ookh), ' not ;' ex and e, ' out of ' all words in Greek are accented. The accents are three in kind : (a) The acute, oeia (aivltsee'ali), which indicates that the syllable so marked has the principal stress a stress which is given much as in English, but usually with a more distinct elevation of tone. (Z>) The grave, flaptLa, (vahree'aJi), which indicates that the syllable has a more decided stress than any unaccented syllable, yet less than one which has the acute accent. (c) The circumflex, Trtpio-Trw/itVi; (pehreespaicmeh'nee), in practice no longer distinguishable from the acute, though in theory and origin it is compounded of the acute and the grave. It was held by the ancient Greek grammarians that every un- accented syllable had in reality the grave accent ; consequently a word like d-yaWa (ahghahpah'ee), 'he loves,' might be re- garded as if Avritten aya.7ra.ei When dyaTraet was contracted to a-ya-rra, the accents ' " were supposed to coalesce, and form a kind of musical wave or transition from a higher to a lower key. Hence arose the circumflex, first written A , and afterwards in cursive manuscript rounded into ~ or ". It may be assumed that so long as the i subscriptum was. heard in d-ycwm, so long would the grave accent be heard ; and then, when this was no longer audible, only the acute would be so. The acute accent may stand over either of the two last syllables but one in a word, or on the last syllable when it comes at the end o-f a sentence or clause ; or over a monosyllable inter- rogative, as Tt's, ri The grave accent can only stand over the last syllable of a word, or over monosyllables, as TO fjiiKpbv irr^vov aSet, ' the little bird sings.' At the end of a clause or sentence the grave becomes acute, as aSet TO p.LKpov Trrrjvov, or a Set TO TTT^VOV TO p.iKpov. In writing, the acute is frequently used throughout in place of the grave. 8 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. The circumflex accent from the nature of the case cannot stand farther back than the last syllable but one ; otherwise we should have to assume before contraction the existence of an acute accent on the last syllable but three, which is in- admissible : thus such a form as rjfjieOa would presuppose le/x.e$a, which is impossible. In the case of an accented diphthong, the accent like the breathing goes with the last vowel, and in case of an initial diphthong is written, if a grave or acute, after, if a circumflex, over the breathing ; as avrrj, al/zo, at, otvos, TTOV, -n-al, airrai The Relative position of the accent and breathing is the same in the case of the simple vowel, as av, rjv, r)v, TJS. In the case of initial capital vowels the accent and the breathing are written before the vowel, as 'AOrjvai, *A8r;9, *fi ; but when a whole word or sentence is printed, both accents and breathings are usually omitted. STOPS. 8. These are the comma, Ko^a (Jcaw'mah) or (eepawsteeghmee 1 ), as in English. Full stop, reAei'd (tehlee'ah), as in English. Semicolon, ^/u'/coAov (eemee'kawlawn), which serves the pur- poses both of the colon and semicolon in English; it is also called oVw -J a S "5 o 2 fl M OX) o ; . . ^<- _ rt^^l "d -^"-.^-^t^. * i^ < P ' | S iS^M (g '_^3 "oc^"H>< ^>* al 3 a OS D ^ M J o" oo , f ^ to to * _ '53 . " N " * a a " N " >I0 o 3 00-. ^ H DQ ts o . a O C3 b ,1 .M N O P< ^ .^ ^ ^ S 03 * ^. ' ' *d a *a R M B V* *^ *^ *-- > o p M .* "^ * rt to ^ C5 aj <* rW fc^ o w (H 1 s - 'a B H H O '3 CJ 0) fri C pQ O -^ S uo d DO fl *> a p t> to (D H ^ ^ .1 . 3 o o ^ " M * **** M 3 3 H d .* i. 'Ssg.,?-X>.o b bo^ta-i-s.S 1 *. H O >e , a 3 - ' -S - 1 " " ri o tf O Nt ^^3^^fc_. "fe" H o >-> i [ p ( |5fla >< ' < i > >> H C3 d !M 'S'^ 1 "" ^ " ^ a" to M ri o S "M " ^ _d n H di rf d *& *o '^ a M to 1-1 s^ .s 2 !75 O - O frf O -i & H J a -|1 S IfjHJf i Sfjillii ullzlllj 'rrrrfs"! H M 5-3 !S < rt 1 ^ s.a - 12 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. IIPftTON MA0HMA. FIRST LESSON. Praw'tawn mah'theemah. TrpwTov : neuter nominative of TrpaJro-, superlative degree of trpo, akin to English fore, of which first is also superlative. Hence Trpwrov ' first.' p.a.Orip.0. : from root p.a.9-, ' learn ;' link-vowel 17 and noun ending -//.or-, the T necessarily lost at the end. Hence fj.d6r]fj.a, 'a thing learnt,' 'a lesson.' paO- for p.av6-, is kin to English mind. N.B. T cannot stand at end of a word. 'H e<77rep5 rov Kupi'ou ^ova-a^aKrj. Ee ehspehree'ss too JTeeree'oo Soossahmah'tee. 7%e evening-party of-the Mr. Susamdkis, or Jl/r. Susamdkis' evening-party. *H : feminine nominative article, kin to English she, and standing for etov oirep Aw ioe'reeawsa Soossahmah'ieess eepah'Zeelawss too ghratifee'oo aw'pehr [TJie] Mr. Susamdkis clerk of-the office which SievOvvei 6 Kypto? IIap8aXoaeio = 'writing-place,' 'office.' O7rp : from o, neuter (also root form) of relative pronoun (see above) + irep, intensive or emphatic particle, kin to per, Latin, far, English, in sense of 'very.' Hence oTrep = literally 'the very one which.' SievOvvei : from 8ia for Sfia, kin to Bvo, also to two, twice, be-tween, a preposition here meaning ' in two [or more] directions ' + evdvv-, verbal stem from root fv6v-, 'straight' = 'straighten.' Hence 8uv6vv- = ' straighten in all directions,' ' control,' ' direct,' like Latin di-rig-, in dirigere. -. = 3rd person singular, ' he,' ' she,' or ' it,' corresponding to English s. Hence 8i(v6vvti. = ' directs.' fwfji.ev0i) : f-, sign of past time placed before every past tense ; wp.ev-, verbal stem from vvfjir), ' bride,' the suffix -ev meaning 'be,' 'become' hence wp.fv- = 'become a bride;' -Orj = ' he was ' or ' was.' Hence inpfav&r} ' [he] was become a bride to,' i. e. a bride was given to him, or he married (transitive). With vv^rj are connected Latin nubeo, and the English derivative, nuptials. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 17 Trpo, kin to English -fore, fore-, &c. = { before ;' a preposition construed with genitive case. TLVUV : stem TLV- for K^LV-, kin to Latin qui-s, English which, &c. = ' some ' + genitive plural ending -wv ; accent thrown back Upon Trpo. lj.r]vS)v : stem /XT/I/-, kin to month, moon, &c. -j- same ending -wi/. rfj : stem rr)- (feminine form of definite article) -f t, sign of dative, now written underneath called ISna subscriptum, meaning 1 by the ' or ' with the.' ayaOrj, ending as in -rjj : stem ayaO- means ' good ' or ' kind,' by suffix -0-, from root aya-, which appears in aya/*ai, ' I admire,' ajovj ' very.' o-u/A7rpat : i as above, added to r)-, respectively, vv^rj- as above ; TrAoucria-, feminine adjective formed by suffix o-ia-, from root TT\OV- for 7rAo-, kin to full. Hence TrAovcria = ' rich.' fK : before vowels e, kin to Latin ex, e, ec (in compounds), ' out of,' ' from.' IlaTpuiv : genitive plural, contracted from Iio.rpa.utv (hence circumflex), from Hen-pat, of which the accusative plural Oca-pas, ' Patras,' from its frequent occurrence has become the name by which foreigners know the town. f.\ovaav : v as above ; l^oucra-, feminine participle imperfect active for e^ovro-a, which cannot stand in Greek, from X OVT "' participial stem + o-a-, feminine suffix ; -OVT- answers to our ' ing,' and is cognate with the German ending -end in habend, liebend, &c. ; 1^- means ' have,' probably for O-EX-, an< l cognate with German Sieg, ' victory,' i. e. the holding out against, or successfully withstanding an enemy. Hence Zxpvcrav = 'having,' or more idiomatically, ' with.' lt.lv : a little word or particle hard to render, and seMom rendered iu English. 'Indeed' is its nearest equivalent, but is too strong. The German zwar almost exactly answers in sense and use. eva : for Ivav, which is likewise the popular form ; /- means ' one,' to which it may be related ; -av is accusative ending. 66a\iJ.ov : v accusative ending ; stem 6Qa\fj.o-, 'eye,' from root OTT-, originally 6/cf-, ' see,' with which Latin oculus and German Auge, English eye, from Anglo-Saxon eage, are akin, + Oa\ft.6-, a suffix of obscure derivation. The word is mascu- line. oXiycircpov : ending -ov as in 6(f}0aXp.ov ; oAiywrep-o-, compara- tive of oAt'yo-, which is made up of adjectival suffix -o + root Xiy-, with prefix (merely phonetic, and in some dialects, notably in modern Romaic, wanting) o- ; Aty- seems to stand for an A GUIDE TO MODEEN GREEK. ]9 original XIK-, with which are probably cognate, Low Dutch leey or laag, and English low, perhaps also least. avrov : ending as in TOT), &c. ; avro-, masculine personal pro- nonn, = ' he,' ' him/ &c. oXiywrepov avrov, literally ' less of him,' i. e. less than he. Various prepositions or cases are used in different languages to express this relation. In Hebrew and the Semitic languages generally min, ' from,' is employed. In the north of England they say " better till him," i. e. better to him. We ourselves say "my elders," "my betters," where 'my' is possessive or genitive. dXX' = dXXa, the -a being cut off before the following vowel ; dXXa for dX'a, cognate with alius, alias, &c., in Latin, and with aXXos for 01X30? in Greek, means literally ' otherwise ;' hence * moreover,' 'but.' cis, see above ; here equivalent to ' for ' or ' as.' a7ro?7/u-, with o lengthened in derivation from airo^rjfjuo-, verbal stem meaning ' to compensate,' ' indemnify ;' from dro, ' from,' and r//iua, old form 8a/z.ta, cognate with damnum, and dem in indemnify. Hence aTro^/xtwcrt- =: ' indemnification.' cXXetVovTos : -09, genitive masculine ending; -OVT- explained above, cf . e^ouo-a ; eXXetV- for evXeiV-, from ev, ' in,' and Xer-, strengthened imperfect stem, from root Xnr- for Xtxf-, kin to Latin licv-, root of linquo, &c. ; Xtcf- meaning ' leave ' or ' fail.' Hence eXXivr-, ' lack,' ' be wanting.' TOV eXXeiTrovTos ' of the lacking eye.' SeKuTrevre : SeKa, kin to decem, Gothic taihun, German our ten ; irevre for 7T/x7re, German funf for fumf, our five for fife, and that for finf. Hence SeKaTreVre = ten + five = 'fifteen.' ITT; : for erea, old form feVccra, from stem ferecr-, kin to Albanian ATS, 'year,' Latin veins, 'old;' a being neuter plural ending, here accusative after l^ovo-a. c 2 20 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ijAifaas : s, sign of genitive singular ; -m-, substantive suffix, making noun of ^Xiic-, adjectival stem, meaning literally " how great ;" hence " how old ;" thus ^XiKia = ' [a certain] age.' Treptcro-dTcpo. : a as in erea; -oYep- as in oXtycorepov ; 3 Trepto-cr- (for irepi-Ki-), formed from root Trcp-, kin to fur- in further, meaning ' abounding,' ' excessive.' Hence Trepio-o-drepo. = ' more,' or ' more excessive.' Of the adjective irepto-o-o- ij- o-, there is another form, the later Attic Treptrro-, K.T.X. But TrepiTTo- when used in Modern Greek means ' superfluous,' the old classical sense, whereas Trepicro-drepo- is the only comparative form in use, and signifies simply ' more,' as already in the Kew Testament. roil/ : genitive plural of TO-. TrepicrcrerdvTojv : - a short vowel, in the preceding syllable. A GUIDE TO MODEEN GKEEK. 21 IDIOMATIC ENGLISH TRANSLATION OP THE ABOVE. Mr. and Mrs. Pardal(5s are invited out for the evening. Mr. Susamakis, clerk at the office managed by Mr. Pardalds, had married, a few months before, a rich bride from Patras, with one eye less than himself, 'tis true, but as a set off to the eye that was wanting, with fifteen years' seniority, and as a set off to the fifteen extra years, with thirty-five thousand drachms of dowry. EXERCISE II. Mr. and Mrs. Susamakis are invited out for the evening. Mr. Pardalos had married a wife a few months before. He had married a wife with a dowry. He had married one eye less, but a dowry of thirty-five thousand drachms. Fifteen years' seniority are as an indemnity for one eye less. 'O Kupios Sovcra/xaK^s etve vTrdXX-rjXos TOV Kvptov IlapSaXov. 'O Kvpto? $Lfv6vvei TO y/3aev6r) irpo TIVWV p.r)v5>v vvp.(^f)v TrXovaiav fjikv, aXXa e^ovcrav fva. 6(f)OaXfj.ov 6 repov, Kai StKaTreVre trt] 7rep7croTepa avrou. TPITON MA@HMA. THIED LESSON. Tree'tawn mah'theemah. rpi-, kin to English three. 'O oA/3to? "ovcra/J,dKr)<; eavXXo'yio-Or) TO /far' Aw aw'lveeawss Soossahmah'teess ehseelawyee'sthee taw kaht'arkhah'ss eess The fortunate Susamakis thought at first in 'jrav^vpLcrn.ov TOV crTrovSaiov TOUTOV Kal evTv^ovs pahraeeyeereezmaw'n too spoodheh'-oo tootoo ieh ehfteekhoo'ss celebration of the important this and happy OV /3lov TOV, va seemvehveekaw'tawss too vee'oo too, nah dhaw'ssee khawraw'ii eess event of the life of-him, that he-should-give a-lall to 22 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. TOO? 7rapavv/A(pov<; Trjv avrr/v TWV i\ov rov va TO> Trpofi^Oevcrr) e/c rrj<; fee^awIJ-doo nah taw prawmeetheh'fssee ehk teess strahteeawteefcee'sa friend-of-him that him he-should-procure from the military [Aov ' I am first,' ' I rule ;' Sanscrit arhdmi, Zend arey, ' deserve,' ' be noble,' whence the word Aryan, i. e. the noble or ruling race. Observe the Greeks say TO /car' dp^as, ' the at first,' instead of ' at the first.' Travrjyvpur /J.QV : v sign of accusative after is (see above) ; TTOV- ijyvpur(jio-, fj.o- = verbal substantive ending, making noun of verbal stem iravrjyvpi^- (8 becoming (dyopaSiw), ' I market,' ' I buy.' (nrov&aiov, genitive neuter of o-TrovSaio- (observe accent), from substantive stem o-TrovSa- -f adjective suffix to- ta-. STrouSa- means ' haste,' ' zeal,' ' earnest.' It stands for orovSa-, r having become TT through the influence of the vowel sound ov, which is a lip- vowel ; and answers to the Latin stitdium, etudeo, &c., whence our study. evrvxoCs : contracted from eurv^eos == adjective stem VTv^( probably originally the enclosed green where dances took place, kin to ^dp-Tos, ' grass,' ' sward,' Latin hortiis, English garden and yard. TOVS : for TOVS = TO-, ' the ' + vs, sign of accusative plural. 7rapavvfJLov<; : ending as above ; Trapdw/j-i^o- (observe accent) from irapa, preposition meaning ' by,' ' along with,' and vv/x^a-, 'bride.' Hence Trapaw/x^o-, 'bride-attendant,' 'wedding-guest.' TT/V = rrj-, ' the ' (feminine) + v, sign of accusative ; cf . avrrjv : ending as above ; av-nj-, feminine form of avro-, explained above. ydp.tav : ending as in r>v, K.T.\. ; ya/u.o-, ' marriage ;' cf. ya/t/?pos for ya/x-pds, 'kinsman by marriage,' Latin gener, English kin, kindred. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 25 ll\ov = vX^ (from root O/LM^-, originally Trpo/A^^eV, 'thoughtful,' 'provident.' Hence irpa- fjL-r)6evta, ' I am thoughtful,' ' I provide,' ' procure.' 26 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. n/s : TT) -f- 5, genitive ending = ' of the,' feminine. o-T/DttTitoTiK^s : ending as above ; KTJ-, adjectival suffix ; aTiam- for oTpaTiwr??-, ' a soldier' this from a-Tparia-, ' an army.' Hence crTpa.Tuim.Ko- if- o-, ' military.' /AOUO-UO/S : adjective used as substantive, formed similarly to above, from /xoDo-a, ' a muse,' ' music ;' /AOVO-CL stands for /^ov-cro, ov(ri : for ypa^ovrt, from ypatft-, ' write,' our grave in en- grave, Latin scrib-ere ; also kin to ' scrub," 'rub.' The s before the original Indo-Germanic k probably preserved it as g in the Teutonic languages, or as c in scrub, whereas in rub it has first become h, according to Grimm's law, and then disappeared. For the identity of scrub and rub, cf. German schreiben and reiben. ayfjitpov (old form Tr/fiepov) : from ^/xep-, root of rjfj.pa, ' day/ and T-, root consonant of article, once demonstrative. Cf. Twpa. for TJJ wpo, ' now.' ol : nominative plural masculine of 6-, ' the.' veo^dmoToi : from vto-, our new, and d>ojTicn-o',, verbal ad- jective (observe accent) from a-, ' show,' ' declare ;' cf. Latin fama, ' fame,' fa-ri, ' to speak,' &c. y\a>v : classical passive participle genitive plural, from TrpocTKaXe-, explained above. IDIOMATIC ENGLISH TRANSLATION. The lucky Susamakis thought at first of giving a ball, in celebration of this happy event in his life, to the wedding guests, the very evening of his marriage ; and he had even asked a non-commissioned officer of his acquaintance to procure for him from the military band, a flute, a clarionette, and a trombone, or, as our modern purists of to-day would write it, a 28 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. side-pipe, a shrill-pipe, and a bass-trumpet ; in order that their melodious strains might give wings to the feet of the guests. EXEKCISE IIL Mr. Susamakis thought how (OTTOS) he might give wings to the feet of the wedding guests, in celebration of this happy event in his life. The very evening of the wedding he invited a non-commissioned officer. The melodious strain is fortunate. The modern purists (of our language) write to-day. Ol tra.pa.wp.fyoi five Trpov Trapa- , 6vav\ov veo, ' not even one,' hence ' nothing,' ' naught,' and so in Modern Greek 'not.' YJTO : for eeo-To = e + root ecr-, English is, see above, + TO, sign of 3rd person singular in past imperfect tense of middle or passive verbs. Hence rjro 'he was.' /caAov : neuter nominative of KaXo-, masculine or neuter stem, of root KO.A-, kin to hale, English, meaning ' good,' ' fair,' &c. TrapaTfivrj : for Traparevcrr/ (cf. irpofjirjOeva-r], K.T.X.), from Trapa, 4 along,' and rev-, ' stretch,' kin to our thin. Hence va. 'that he stretch,' or ' to extend.' 30 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. N.B. a- after liquids is dropped, and the foregoing vowel lengthened by way of compensation. p.cTav : for //,Taw = p-fra + vv (see above) = ' together- with,' 'among,' 'between.' s : for o-reTro-ews, genitive after preposition of stem oror-o-t-, literally ' crown-ing. All words thus formed are feminine. oTeV-o-t- is for o-re'^-o-t-, the root crrec- itself however seems to have been modified from O-TCTT-, kin to Latin stipare, 'to crowd,' German Stiff, Stufe, and Stapfen, our step. The original notion was that of fixing firmly down ; hence in Greek OT<- means 'crown,' OTOS, neuter, and are'^avos, masculine, ' a wreath ' or ' crown,' and from the bridal wreath o> and (Modern err* vwo-ts, ' sequestration,' ' withdrawal, ' retirement.' XpoviKov : adjective neuter accusative, from stem xpovo-, ' time ;' probably kin to xps in sense of limit (see above). Stao-TT/fta : from Sia for Sfia, kin to two, tween, in the words in two, between, ' apart ' + aaria(rt8-, from ^>ao-t-, formed like orei/a-, K.T.A., from root ^a-, 'say.' Hence a7ro^>ac7i^a>, 'I say off,' t e. make up my mind, decide. vo. avafidXri : from dvo, 'up,' 'away,' 'off,' and fia.X-, 'put;' ending as in TrapaTftvy, K.r.X. Hence va dvaftdXy, ' to put off,' 'defer.' Trpocr^opcirepov : formed like oAtywrepov from irp6a-<$>opo-, and that from TT/DOS-, ' to,' and op- modified in nominal stems from ep-, our bear, Latin fer-. Hence Trpdo-^opo-, ' fit to be brought to,' 'applicable,' 'suitable.' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 31 ov (nominative, KCU/>OS) = *aipo- + v, ' season,' ' weather,' ' time.' XopevTiKov '. xopevTiKo- + v ', xppevriKo- formed like K.T.A., from xP f v-, ' dance ' (verb), from xP'> ' a dance ' or ' ball. IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. But afterwards he thought better of it, reflecting that it would not be well to prolong the interval between his wedding and his retirement, and he decided to put off to a more con- venient season the celebration of his wedding by a ball. EXERCISE IV. "O xopevriKOS ifavTryvpurfJiAS TWV ya/Awv ocv rjro KaAos. 'O oev rjTO irp6o-(f>opoopu>Tepov. etvai KaXbv va ava(3d\r) b KV/DIOS rrjv airo/j-ovwcriv rov. 'EcrwA.- Xoytardr) va. ava/3d\r) TOV XP V ) aAA' e7ra /xerevOTyo-e /cat a.ire(f>d(Ti(r (^decided on) TOV ^opevrLKOv 7rav7^yv/)i(r/Aov TWV yd/atay TOV, ti%f of It is not good to extend the interval of time. The season was suitable, but the celebration (nominative) was not. He decided to procure a military band, but afterwards he changed his mind, reflecting that it was not suitable to defer his retire- ment. He decided to give wings to the feet of the guests, and therefore he invited them (Trpoo-eKaAecre TOTJS) to the celebration of his wedding by a dance. The time between his marriage and his retirement was less than (17) he decided to be (Gr., that it was) suitable. IIEMIITON MA0HMA. FIFTH LESSON. 7r/A7rrov is precisely our fifth, forfimfth. Ovro) \OLTTOV fierd riva? n,r}i'a^ } rj^epav riva Tre/ATmjv Oo'taw teepaw'n mehtah'-teenahss mee'nahss, eemeh'rahn-teenah peh'mbdeen Thus then after some months, one-day fifth 32 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. o?, Q)paa teess ehvdhawmah'dhawss, awreh'-ah. ehpeeskehptee'reeah. dhee'fceen of-the week, beautiful cards in-the-form fj,eTpiopoi>i\ov<; TOV K.vpiov 2ou ^X ov OUTQJ 'O Kypto? ehlahvehi ieh aw K. Pardhahlaw'ss ehTchawn oo'taw Aw ^ee'reeawss received also the Mr. Pardalox, running thus TJte Mr. ical rf Kypui ^ovfrafj,d/cij TrapaKa\ovai, rov Kuptoy Kal ieh ee Xeeree'ah Boosahmahfcee pahrahkahloo'ssee tawng-Gee'reeawn /teh and the Mrs. Susamdkis beg the Mr. and Trjv Kup/ai/ TTapSaXoy va \dj3uHTi, rrjv Ka\0ffvvrjv va teeng-ffeeree'ahn Pardhahloo' nah. lah'vawssee teeng-gahlawssee'ween nah ike Mrs. Pardalos that they-have the goodness that irdpaHTi TO T^dl et? rrjv OLKiav Ttav rrjv KvpiaKrjv, pah'rawssee taw teah'ee eess teen eeiee'ahivdawn. teeng - (? eereeahtee'n, they-take the tea at the house of -them the Sunday Setca Noe//./3pi'oi/ et? TO? ofcrot TO eatrepat. dheh'kah Naw-ehmvree'oo eess taUsa awktaw' taw ebspeh'rahss. ten(th) of -November at the eigJit the evening. before a vowel ourcos, for OUTOJT, old instrumental case, from demonstrative OUTO-, ' this,' = ' thus.' XoiTroi' : neuter accusative absolute of A.OWTO-, verbal adjective, from root Xnr-, ' leave,' with which it is cognate. Hence AOITTOI/ as adverb = ' what is left,' t e. accordingly, therefore ; first used in this sense by Polybiu*, afterwards in New Testament. Formerly ovv for OIT, i e. 'being,' was employed in this sense. with accusative = ' after.' Observe accent. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 33 TIVO.S : for T6i/avs, accusative plural of stem TIV-. Loses accent when enclitic. p.r)vas : for ij.fjva.vs \ see above. r)p.epav = rjf^fpa, ' day ' + v ; accusative of time. rtva : for rivai/, accusative, masculine, or feminine ; here feminine. Tre/nimfv : 'fifth,' here 'Thursday,' as explained by r^s t/SSo/wxSos = e/38o/AaS-, + 05, genitive ending; from e/3So/io-, 'seventh,' adjective of ITTTO, 'seven,' for a-en-rav, itself softened from ITTTO/AO- ; cf. Latin septem, septimus. c^ra.(v) is probably a bye- form of CTTTOV, i. e. o-eTrrov, verbal adjective from CTT- (creTr-), 'to follow,' and this for o-cxf- ; CTTTOI meaning perhaps, originally, ' the following,' ' the next,' like secundus for sequendus in Latin : counting being in early times on the fingers, in which seven would be the second of the second series, as two was of the first. This is Professor Sayce's suggestion. cupola : from p6Von>, 'modest.' Trpo(TK\Tr]Tr)pL sign of past + vffj.r)-, lengthened D 34 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. stem of root vep.-, l arrange,' ' assign ' + 6ty- = d, sign of passive -f- trav = ' they.' Hence Sieye/AT^o-av = ' [they] were distri- buted.' TOUS : for TOVS. yva>pi/u.oT>s : for yvtopj/tovs, accusative plural of yvwpi/to- = stem yvwp-, as in gnarus, ignore, &c., from root yvof-, know -f- -f">- adjectival ending. Hence yvwpt/xo-, 'a knowable' or 'known one,' 'an acquaintance.' yvwpt/noi, nominative of yvw/n'^ovs (observe accent), ' acquaintances.' i'Xovs, from root , genitive plural of o-, relative. &ape = (I + Xa/? = 'take' + e = 'he') = ' did-take-he ' = ' [he] took,' 'received.' ej(ov : for ZXOVT, literally ' having,' here ' running ' or 'reading.' irapa.KO.\ovcrL '. for Tropa/caXeovrt = stem irapaKaXe- + ovrt = * they.' Xd(3wa-L : for Xa^wvn = Xa/8-, ' take ' + WVTI, ' they may," subjunctive. Observe Aa/3- is aorist or instantaneous stem, viz. the simple root. The imperfect is Xa/j-ftav-, putting in p. and adding av ; Xa/xySavco, ' I take,' eXa/Sov or !Xa/3a (Modern), ' I took,' cXa/x/3avov (a), ' I was taking.' KoXouvKJjv : from KaXo \- -(rvinrj- = -ness. Hence KaXoa-vvyv, 'goodness.' The ending v has been so often explained that we shall not mention it again, unless for some special reason. Trapwcri = -rrap -f- won, explained above. Trap- is for (Trap-, from cTrt, ' up,' and op-, ' take.' Imperfect stem, iraipv-. T&U : the Chinese word, sometimes declined to the extent of a genitive, TOU T&UOV. An alternative is the more Greek-looking form TO re'i'ov, TOU Tcfou, from the French the. OIKIO.V : feminine formed from masculine stem oi/co- for fouco-, Latin vico- (nominative vims), 'a house,' 'a dwelling.' TCOV : ' their,' ' of them ;' cf . TOV above. A GUIDE TO MODERN QEEEK. 35 from Kvpto/co- rj-, adjective by suffix -K- from Lord.' Hence Kvpiax?) = (dies) dominicus or -a. Cf . Spanish domingo, French dimanche, &c. ; ' the day of the Lord,' ' Sunday.' 8fKa : cardinal used for ordinal, explained above. TO.S : i. e. o!pa9, 'hours.' OKTW : Latin octo, our eight. TO eo-Trepas : accusative of time. IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. Accordingly, in a few months, one Thursday, some beautiful cards in the form of modest invitations were distributed among the friends and acquaintance of Mr. Susamakis, one of which was received by Mr. Pardalds, and ran as follows : " Mr. and Mrs. Susamakis request the favour of Mr. and Mrs. Pardalds' company to tea on Sunday, the 10th of November, at eight o'clock in the evening. EXERCISE V. OUTCD AOITTOV Stcve/u,^7/crav ra eVto-KeVr^pia TOU Kvptov IlapSaAov. *O Kv'ptos XlapSaAos rjro yvwpt/xos /cat <^i\os TOV Kvptov 2,ovi\o)v Kal yvo)pi/u.ajv TU>V Kvptov /cat Kvptas 2ovo - a/xaoy. T^v Trefj-TTT^v, Se*ca No/xj8piov eis TO,? OKTW TO ecTTrtpas ot yvwpip.ot TOV Kvptov eo'vAAoyio-^^o-av va Traptoo-t TO TTeoz/ on rrjv ffpepav ravrrjv e%e\e%ev 77 a/Spa To-be-noted that the day this chose the fine "Trpovoia TT}o + s : from ve'o- and w/x<-, see above ; masculine or feminine ; here feminine. Tlao-i^ai;, literally ' bright to all :' from irao-i for TTCIVT + a?;, kin to aos for doT-, ^>ws for #, ' light.' npo^vfcrrarov = Trpos -f v-, our be + e?-, adjectival suffix -f Tare + v = superlative suffix with neuter accusative (also nominative) ending. Hence Trpos^veV- = 'grown-to,' 'fit,' 'natural,' 'proper;' 7rpoOrj : formed like eo-uAAoyi'o-ft? from root O-KCTT-, see above. Trav7/ywpio-0o>(ri : for Travyyvpio-BuvTi = Tran^yvptS + 6, sign of aorist or instantaneous passive + onri, ending, 3rd person plural = 'they,' lengthened from indicative ending ovn; cf. -y for -et, above, &c. oia : for Sfta, ' through,' ' by means of ;' see above. In this sense construed with genitive. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 39 avrov : after article = ' same ;' before article, ' very,' or ' it self ;' or in Modern Greek also ' this,' ' that ;' e. g. oia avrov TOV (OL avrov TOV xopov), ' by the dance itself / oia TOV avrov , ' by the same dance.' neuter (nominative KvireAAov), a diminutive from obsolete root KVTTO- or KVTTO-; in Modern Greek KOVTTO., 'a cup.' o TC : re, bye-form of KCU pronounced KC, but always enclitic like Latin que and Sanscrit cha. Hence o re, ' both the ;' observe accent thrown back from T to 6, which, else unaccented, has now the acute. copnq : for l-fop-r-r], containing, perhaps, root var, our ware, ' to keep,' ' observe,' kin to Latin vereoi; reverentia, &c. + nominal suffix TO.- (TV;-). Hence copny, 'a ceremony,' 'festival;' the e seems like the d in a(3pd, merely phonetic ; -r- is noun suffix. crv/u,/3iou = avv -\- /8iow = genitive of o-u/A/3io- ', ftio- for j3ifo- t pronoun flfo- or fiifio-, kin to Latin vivo-, vivus, vivere ; cf. vis and (3ia, 'force.' Hence drj TJTO veoviyit/3ios riys It is to be observed that Sunday is the anniversary of his birthday. His spouse and himself (awos) were (^crav) newly married. Is it suitable that the marriage and the anniversary of the birthday of that gentleman should be celebrated by the same dance and the same cup of tea ? It is just the thing. EBAOMON MA0HMA. SEVENTH LESSON. OVTCO \onrov TTJV e o"&) rov ^ovtrafjidKr], KOI eroi/jiacriai e7rtcr/ce'v/rea)9 in the house of-the Susamakis, and preparation of -visit ev TO) oiicfp TOV ITapSaXoy. *A? /j,vr)fj,ovev(rci)[ji,ev ev in the house of-the Pardalos. Let us-observe in TrapoSw, Kal Trplv rj el9 rrjv Sei\iav O.VTQV, rot eiTre, /AetSiwv he-divert somewhat the timidity of-him, to-him said, smiling H>ev avpiov TO ecnrepas, Kvpte Aievdvvrd ; shall you we-have to-morrow the evening, Mr. Director ? Xwpi? a\\o, Kvpte Soycra/ia/o; . . . %w/H9 a\Xo / Without aught-else, Mr. Susamakis without aught-else I aTrr/vrrjcrev 6 Kupt09 IlapSaXo? avTi/j,et8i(!)v /cat enelvos replied the Mr. Pardalos back-smiling also he vvre/oo^?? KOI a-smile of -superiority and patronage. : short for StTrAoai = 81-, ( two ' (in composition) + ir\o-, 'fold,' with first three letters of which it is identical + at, ending of feminine plural. IroLfjiaa-iat : ending as above ; from eroi.fj.aS- from eroi/xo-, ' ready ' + a8-, verbal suffix + trta-, feminine substantive suffix. Hence = ' a making ready.' (ruy^povcos : for crvy^povtor (cf. OVTWS), old instrumental (ad- verbial) case of (Tvyx/oovo-, from genitive ending, from root 8e^-, ' take,' whence 8e^o/xai, &c., ' I take.' Thus vTroSoxr) = ' an undertaking,' ' taking up,' ' reception.' Cases as follows : Singular, vTroSo^ -rjv -^s -rj. Plural, vTroSo^al -as -aiv -ais. 42 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. The order of the cases here and elsewhere is as follows : Nominative, Vocative (only given separately when different from nominative), Accusative, Genitive, Dative. ouco- : masculine form of oucta-, explained above. CHKOS, e, ov, O'KOV, O*KW' (observe accent), oucot, CUKOUS, OIKWJ/, OIKOIS. e7rto-K^(os : from stem errto-KeTr-, explained above + crews, genitive ending of substantive suffix cri-. erricrKei/as, eWcrKei/av, iS, 7TKrKl//(J)V, 7Tl- *As : shortened from a, ' let me cast out,' as iSw/xcv, ' let's see,' &c. fj.tnjfjLovevarn)/jiev : aorist stem of p.vr)p.ovev- from fj.vr/fjt.ov-, ' re- membering,' ' mindful,' from root p.va- /u.ve- lengthened to P.VTJ-, 1 remind,' ' remember ' + /U.GV-, ending signifying ' man-doing,' * agent.' Hence /nvr/juoveu-, ' make mindful,' ' remind,' ' observe,' ' relate,' ' record ' + w/xev = ' we may.' Persons as follows : fjiV7]fj.ovV(T(a, fJiVir)/J.ov(v}s TrapoSov, rg TrapdSo)' at irapoSat, ras trapoBovs, rwv TrapdSwv, rats TrapdSots. Trpiv : for trplfi, kin to primus, Latin, and to our fore, first, &c. ^ : connecting particle, link-word or conjunction, joining Trpiv with verb like our "that" in "before that." Generally, 17 when alone means either ' or,' 17 ... 17, ' either ... or ' or ' than.' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 43 fl(rl\0wfj.ev : second aorist, in construction like /zi/T/^ovevo-wju.^. A second aorist means one formed from the simplest root of the verb, without the aid of o- or its substitutes ; it is like a strong as opposed to a weak formation in German or English, only that it does not necessarily modify the' vowel. There is a super- stition in the mind of the learner, difficult to eradicate, that there is some difference of force between a first and second aorist. There is no more than between digged and dug. eicr- c\0tap.ev = eis, ' into ' + cA0-, short for cAu0-, ' come ' or ' go ' + w/iev = ' we [may] go in,' ' enter ' (subjunctive). oua'as : for oi/a'avs, accusative plural of oixia-, explained above. outia -av -as -a' -ai -as -aiv -ats. 'A.[j.(f>iTpvl is a preposition = Latin ambi in ambidexter, &c., apparently compounded of the syllables av- or d/x,- ; cf. d/xiTpvwvi' plural (scarcely found) : -rpvwvas -rpucovan/ -rpuaxnv. evov : genitive of evo-, ' stranger,' ' guest,' probably from preposition ^, by means of an aorist eeveuo-a through fKvev-, fKvef-, ' sail forth,' ' go,' being mistaken for that of a supposed to be a ^evos.' eVos, ^eVe Trporepaiav, i. e. rj^fpav '. from Trporepo-, comparative of Trpo 44 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. (see above) + adjective suffix at-o, -a (masculine and feminine) = 'belonging to.' Strictly speaking, the adjective suffix is simply -t- added to the feminine Trporc/aa [ij/wjpaj. Kaff rfv : for Kara YJV, see above ; rjv, relative feminine accusa- tive, os, rj, o' ov, r)v, o' ov, 175, ov' w, y, v oli, ats, ols. The use of this relative belongs to literary style. In the vernacular, either the indeclinable TTOV or OTTOU, in classical Greek meaning ' where ' cf. our who, and the German provincial wo is employed, but never with prepositions ; or else the compound 6 OTTOIOS, 17 oTrota, TO OTTOIOV, which exactly answers in original sense to the French lequel, laquelle, Spanish el cttal, la cuale, from Latin ilium qualem, illam gualem. oriy/xrjv : any/A?) + v = o-riy-, ' prick ' + p.rj- (fia-), verbal substantive suffix. Hence ony/xT/ = ' point of time,' ' moment.' Cases as \nro8oxrj. fjToifji.d^eTo : formed, like e-KaXe-ero above (e + I coalescing into 17), from croi/naS-, see above. ^roi/Aa^o/A^v, ^rot/xa^eo-o (classical -ov), -ero* -d/A^a -eo-^e -ovro. ava^wp^arj : cf. Trpop-fjOevcry' = dva^wpe- + o~r], with 6 lengthened to 77 in composition. dva^wpr;crw -iys -y' -w/xev -rjre -WO-1 (-ow). From dva, 'up,' 'away;' x w P e '> 'move,' cognate with x^pa-, ' place.' 67rX7/o-tao-i/ = e + TrXi/o'iaS + crev for o-er ; TrX^o-taS- like Tot/xa8-, from TrX-^o-iV, ' near.' Hence eTrX^o-iacra, ' I approached.' CTrX^o-i'aaas, eirX^o-i'ao-cv* eTrXrja-iao-a/xev -darare -acrav. SeiXais : for SeiXwr from SetXo-, adjective of root 81-, ' to fear,' whence Sees- for Stes- (nominative Se'os), ' fear,' by addition of ending Xo, SetXws standing for SeeXws, kin to Latin di in dints. The primary notion seems to be that of ' haste,' ' flight :' Sanscrit di-yd-mi, ' I haste,' ' flee.' Hence also Sivos, ' whirlpool,' ' eddy ;' 8iVo>, Sive'w, Stvevo), ' I whirl,' ' swing,' ' brandish ;' Setvds, ' terrible,' active corresponding to SciXos. TrepieXuro-oH' : for TrepieXto-o-ovTS from Trepl, ' round,' ' about ' + eXi'oxrovT + s ; eXto-o-ovT- is for eXtKiovr-, imperfect participle A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 45 stem from root cXt/c-, whence ?Xt (iXi/cs), 'a snail;' cXi/c- is lengthened by suffix -IK from root eX- for Fe\- } kin to voho, ' turn.' Imperfect participles are declined thus : eXitrcrtav (-OVTS) -ovo-a (-ovTaa) -ov (-OVT) -ovra -ouo~av -ov -OVTOS -ov TTJ TW. ot at Ta, TOVS Tas Ta, TWV TWV Taiv, TO?S Tats Tots. 8a/cTvXovs : for SaxTvXovs from Sa/cTvXo + v -f- s, from root Sax- (St/c-), kin to German zeigen, zeihen, ' point,' ' show,' ' inform,' ' accuse ;' the word SaxTvXo- itself being kin to digitus, zehe, toe. SaKTvXos (vocative -e), SaKTvXov, SaKTvXov, SaxTvXa)' SaKTvXot, oaxTvXovs, SaxTvXtov, SaKTvXots. aXvo-tv : from verbal stem dXv-, enlarged from root oX- dX- eX- from feX-, ' to bind,' ' shut in ;' kin to Sanscrit var, German wehren, Gewehr ; suffix -o-i, as in oTei/ft-, cTrto-Kei^i-, K.T.X. aXuo-ts, aXvo-tv, dXvo-cws, dXvo-' dXvo-ts, dXvo-etov, dXvcrco-iv. wpoXoytov : from wpoXoyto- = a>pa- (woo- in composition) -f- Xoyto-, from root Xoy-, 'to reckon.' Hence wpoXdytov, 'time- piece,' ' watch,' ' clock.' wpoXoyiov -iov -to)' -ta -tW -tots. N.B. Neuter nominative and accusative are always the same. fva : full form of va, and with fuller sense, ' in order to ;' in vernacular, Sta va. Stao-KeSaoT/ : for Stao-KeSdS-o-r; = 8ia, ' about,' ' in different directions' + o-KeSaS-, 'scatter' -f 077 = 'he may.' SetXtav : noun from SetXd-, ' fearful.' Hence SeiXi'a = ' coward- 46 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ice,' ' timidity.' SetXia -av -as -a, plural (scarcely found) -as ->v -at?. r<3 : proclitic pronoun personal = TO + i dative. /ueiSiwv : for /xetSiaovrs, imperfect participle of /x-eiSta-, ' smile, with which (cf. //.eiAixios, 'mild,' 'kind') it is probably kin. Cf. also Scucpv-, 'tear,' and Latin lacruma, old form dacruma, also lingua for dingua. Many words in Greek now beginning with //, have lost a n-es -wtrai -ovra. -wcrav -S>v -aivras -aicras -oivra. -0-IJ>. . Observe accents. ov: from yXvKv-, 'sweet' + suffix po + v = 'sweet- ish,' ' dulcet.' fj.fi.8ia.fjM = fifi^Lo- + /ACI(T), verbal substantive suffix, 'a smile.' fifiBia/j.a, /ieiSio/u^iTOS, fii8ia/u.aTi ; N.B. Suffix /WIT- is always neuter. o-/3acr/>v : for o-/3aS-//,ov from o-e/SaS-, verbal stem + suffix ~fJLOV, genitive of //.o-. indicative, to form subjunc- tive imperfect. Personal endings as aorist. avptov : avpio + v, from stem au + suffix pto ; av- appears also in os, avws for dfws, ' dawn,' Latin aurora for ausosa, &c. The aspirate in Attic cws seems a relic of the F in efcis, ofcis, and though the common form avpiov has the smooth breathing, the rough appears in the Modern Greek ptOavpiov for ' the day after to-morrow ;' cf. tros, e^eVos, above. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 47 Kvpie : vocative of Kupio- by modification of final vowel. Atu0wTa : from Sieuflw (see above) + ra- == ' man who does,' * agent.' Hence Swaflwra- (nominative -i)s), ' director,' ' manager.' N.B. Aicvdvvrd is at once the stem and the vocative case. X^pis : for xwpi'S-s, ' without,' from stem \p&-, ' to divide.' oAAo : for 0X30, Latin aliud, &c. t our el in else; ^copts oAAo, literally ' without an alternative,' i. e. of course, certainly. aTTT/n-T/o-ev : from U.TTO -{- avra- + 7rcp (trvn-ep), Latin super, Albanian aiper, 'above,' and root ty-, 'have.' Hence wepe^w, 'I have the advantage,' ' am superior,' and substantive vTrepo^^, ' a having the advantage,' ' superiority.' Cases as vTrorayr/. Trpooracrias = Trpo + ora + trio, substantive ending, + s, sign of genitive. Hence Trpooraaias = ' of a standing before,' i. e. patronage. IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. Accordingly, on the evening of Sunday, the tenth of November, a double set of preparations are going on at the same time : pre- parations for a reception in the house of Susamakis, and pre- parations for a visit in the house of Pardalds. Let us mention, in passing, and before we enter the homes of our Amphitryon and his guest, that on the evening of the day before, at the moment that Mr. Pardalos was preparing to leave his office, Susamakis timidly approached him, and twirling the chain of his watch in his fingers, the better to divert his timidity, said to him, with a dulcet smile of veneration and subjection, " Then we shall see you to-morrow evening, sir ?" " Certainly, certainly, Mr. Susamakis," replied Mr. Pardalds, smiling in his turn a smile of superiority and patronage. 48 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. EXERCISE VII. C H Trpoorcwri'a TOU Kupiou 8tu0unrou rfro y\vKpov /xciSta/jta. To /u,i8ia/xa TOU u7raXX7/Xou ^ro /xciSta/xa cre/3ao"/x.ou *cai uTroTayrJs. a dva^wpT/crr; avpiov TO ecrTrepas. nepieAurcrei TOUS SaKTuXous TOU eis rrjv aXwrii/ TOU wpoXoyi'ou fva SuwKt8devTrj. Tlrjyaive va 7rtdar)<; ev John ! Command, master. Go that you-take a a/jidgi fiera fjuarjv wpav! lie? TOV va irepdffrj ical OTTO carriage after a-half hour! Tell him that he-pass also by Tt/9 Atie va fiov trdpr) Iva ^evydpi, ydvna the [Madame] Lisie's that me he-get a pair gloves eTTrdfjLLcrv dpidpo, acnrpa! ffpcovrjaev etc TOV Sajuariov seven-and-a-half number, white! shouted from the room TT;7 : vocative and stem (observe how often these coincide). Cases : d^eW^s, d(Vr7(v), atfrevrq, a^ivr*] ; no dative. This word is usually regarded as a corruption of au^eVr^s, shortened for auroeVn??, i. e. avro-em;? = auro-, ' self,' ' very ' + ei/r^s, 'doer' (only found in this combination), from root e, Sanscrit ja, ' go ;' in causative sense, as in 177^1, ' I make to go,' ' send,' 'put in motion' -f derivative or paragogic v + -rrjs = -er. avOevrr)? in classical Greek means 'the real doer.' Hence as euphemism, sometimes ' criminal,' sometimes ' suicide,' felo de ae ; once, perhaps, in Euripides, ' lord,' ' master,' a meaning confirmed by the Septuagint derivative avOevTia, ' authority,' and the adjective av$evriKos used by critics and grammarians, as op- posed to dSeWoro9, 'masterless,' ' unowned.' Hence our authentic, and hence too the false spelling author, authority, which should have been autor, autority, being shortened from Latin auctor, auctoritatem, and having nothing whatever etymologically in common with aufleVi-^s. It is, however, more than doubtful whether auflevn/s would naturally contract to d^evTT/s in Modern Greek. aufoVnjs would be pronounced avre'vr^s (ahfteh'ndeest;) in the vernacular, and as avrds becomes aros, never dVTrj<> as coming straight from aTTo -f e- = d<^>e'-, as in devrr)<>, 'the commander' (cf. e$i'e/*ai, 'I com- mand' (middle), from cri -- -), may have played a part in producing the bye-form of d^eVn/s, viz. e^evnys, whence the A GUIDE TO MODERN GEEEZ. 51 Turkish title Effendi, which is simply the Greek stem Possibly these popular forms (not found in the language of literature) may have been confounded by scholiasts and anno- tators with avOevrr]?, and thus influenced its meaning and interpretation. TTT/yaive : a curious word with a curious history, wrdyo) = VTTO + ayv, kin to axle, is from root dy + s, and = ' that which should draw.' E 2 52 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. /uera: with accusative = 'after;' elsewhere with genitive, 'with' (see above). fjiuj-rjv, ' half,' adjective, as in German ; /HMJ-OS avOpw-n-os, ' half a man ;' pia-ov Teraprov, ' half a quarter ;' p-iurj a>pa, ' half an hour ' = Ein halber Mann, ein halbes Viertel, eine halbe Stunde. The full classical form is Taurus (for CT^/AICTVS), ^/u'creia, ?7/Auruv, ^/u'cmav, ^/Liwru* ^/xicrous, ^/tuo-eias, ^/U'CTOVS' f}p.urcu Plural : ^u,t', literally 'from here' = this ' way.' va p.ov frdpr], ' to get me ;' fj.ov for /JLOL ; cf. TOV for TO> above. irdpy for eirdprj, from em + dprj, present imperfect 1st person singular tTratpw; but a similar fate to that of vrrayw, K.T.A., has befallen this word, it being regarded as aorist of an imperfect irtpvo) or Traipvw. The root dp-, ' take,' ' lift,' seems to be shortened from afep-, and that from dcrfep-, which again would appear to have been lengthened by euphonic d from o-fep-, and point back to an Indo-Germanic root svar, in Sanscrit sar, of which A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 53 the original meaning seems to have been that of ' swaying,' or 'hovering,' 'hanging.' Hence deipw, aipu> for do-fepia>, ' I lift/ ' I raise ;' creipa for o-fetpa, ' a chain/ ' line,' ' row,' Latin series, &c. era : for tv, formed from the metaplastic masculine nominative eras by dropping the s. A metaplastic form is a secondary grammatical formation. From the accusative nominative eVa(/), root stem ei/-, nominative masculine els for eVs, genitive evo's, K.T.A.., a possible stem, era-, is unconsciously inferred, whence the nominative masculine Iras, neuter era. These formations are frequent in Modern Greek, but are not unknown to Ancient Greek and to Latin; in Sanscrit they are likewise common. tvydpi : for evyapu/, i. e. euyaptov, diminutive of euyos, ' a v pair,' genitive ^cvyapiov arising by rapidity of pronunciation from ^cvyapiov, plural evyapia, evyaptaii/ for evyapiwv. evyos is kin to uy6- (s or v, masculine or neuter), ev being the regular strengthening of v in Greek ; cf. fyvyov, e, evyvvfj.i in Greek, 'I join.' yavna: plural of ydvri, French gant, 'glove.' The fine Greek word is ^ei/jo/mov, ^eipoKTia. cirTdfj.Larv : for ITTTO. r)fj.iav, ' seven [and] a half.' for apiOfjiov, accusative after Trdpy, in apposition with dpiOfjio- = root dp-, ' to arrange ' (whence Modern Greek dpd8a, 'row,' 'turn,' a/D/xa(r), 'a thing fitted,' 'a chariot,' arma, Latin, Modern Greek apfj-ara, ' arms,' armus and arm, &c.) -f -i6-, formative suffix + /AO-, substantive suffix, as often above. From the same root, Gothic lithus for rithus, the German Glied for Gelled, with prefix ge, and probably our lithe as adjective ; also, with different suffix, limb : probably also our lid is kin to German Lied, Gelied, Glied; cf. Augenlieder, 'eyelids,' and also the use of numbers, "melodious numbers," with Lied in sense of " song." Link is a further formation from the same root, and reminds us in this connexion of Milton's lines, 54 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. " In notes, with many a winding bout Of linked sweetness long drawn out." L' Allegro, 139. Cf. fu'Aos above. acnrpa : neuter plural accusative of ao-irpo-, ' white,' tlie classical word for which is ACVKO- ; probably for aorirXo-, i. e. d-oTriAo-, 'unspotted.' ewvd-, verb-stem and noun (nominative <^wv^), ' voice ;' for form, cf. a.ir-f]vrr\(Sfv above. CK: the Latin ex, also e before vowels, construed with genitive. 8/umou: diminutive of Sup-ar-, nominative Sfyta, c a room,' ' chamber,' from root Se//,-, ' build,' German zimmern (verb), Zimmer (noun), our timber. a : neuter plural, used adverbially. : for 7-77 &pa, ' the hour, 1 ' now,' as the Scotch say " the day " for " to-day ;" cf. Welsh rwan and nawr for yr awr lion and yn awr, ' the hour this,' i. e. this hour, and ' in hour,' respec- tively. ev&vp.riOr)<; : ending as in eo-vAAoyur&js (cf . eo-vAAoyto-ffy above), from evOvpe- = ev + Ovfue.- for OV/JLO-, ' to have in one's mind ' (0v/Ao-), 'to remember.' 0v/ios is kin to ~L&tin. fumus, 'smoke,' but in Greek has only the metaphoric sense of mind, spirit, anger ; cf. our fret and fume ; the old meaning peeps out, how- ever, in Gvfjui, ' sacrifice,' 6vp.idfj.aTa, ' incense offerings,' OV/JLOV and 0U/A09, ' thyme,' Ovw, ' I sacrifice,' K.r.A. Our dust and the German dunst are (with different endings) from the same root. evAoyjyju.e'vr; : feminine participle perfect passive of evAoye- = ev, ' well ' + Aoyo-, word ' to bless.' Hence cvAoy^/xev^, ' blessed woman ! ' ' bless your heart ! ' Cf . Plato's use of Sai/xoVie. from A^OT/AOVC- (X-rjcrp.ovf.d), A^oyiovw, K.T.A.), from v- (nominative Xrj = 'I.' vo. Ka/Aco, ' that I do,' i. e. me to do. Imperfect stem, KCI/AI/-. fj.rj : negative particle = ' not,' ' lest,' with subjunctive, im- perative, and participles only never with indicative, except in questions, e. g. ^ or /z/jp-ws eras evo^Xai ; ' do I disturb you T XapoVepa : ' worse,' neuter plural for adverb, in classical Greek generally ^cipova from xeipov ; kin to ^eip, ' hand,' Sanscrit Jidrdmi, ' I seize,' haranam, ' hand,' Old Latin hir for mantis, also herns, hera, ' master ' and ' mistress.' Thus xeipov- seems to mean originally ' in the hands of ;' hence ' inferior,' ' sub- ordinate.' The expression p.r) x fL P re P a seems to signify //.r; [xa/xTys] ^etpdrcpa, ' do no worse than you have done,' i. e. you have done enough already. Iif/i6vpurev : from $nvpt- (^t^upt^o)), a word formed from the sound. Sie/3t/?ao-e : Sta/3ia- (8ta^i/3a^w) = 810 + jSijSd^-, redupli- cated for (3a,- from root /8a-, originally ya-, our come, Sanscrit gd, gtydmi, transitive form of /fcuVco for jSavito, = 'make go.' Hence Sia/:?<./3a(o, ' I pass through,' ' pass on,' a watchword or message. virrjperriv : from VTTO + eper-. ' row,' literally ' an under-rower ;' hence ' a servant,' ' waiter.' OO-TIS : double relative = ' the which,' or ' he who.' aTr^vnjcre : explained above. /tryaAowvo>s (-WT) : from /xeyaXo- and tftwva-, ' with a loud voice.' TroAv : stem and neuter singular, kin to full, voll, viel (German) = 'very.' a : neuter plural used as adverb = ' well.' : for O/AWT, old instrumental case of stem op.o- for 56 A GUIDE TO MODERN GKEEK. kin to same. Hence = ' all the same,' ' however,' ' but / with different accent, 6/iws, it means ' at the same time.' In Modern Greek, however, o/xou (genitive) is usually employed in this sense. a-Lja : adverb, for trftyo, probably softened from o-fiKo, kin to German Scliwdgen. BHUTTO, : neuter plural (cf. KoAa), from stem T/KIO-TO- a-, of which -urr- is superlative suffix, kin to -est in English, and r/K- probably stands for 9 (eucre/Jao-Twr) : adverb of evcre'/Saoro-, from u, 'well' + o-/3acrTo- (observe accent), verbal adjective of cr/3a- for o-e/3a8i-, verbal stem from o-e/3as, 'honour,' 'worship,' 'respect.' Hence o-efiao-To-, 'worshipped,' cvo-eftao-To-, 'worship- ful,' ' respectful,' eucre^SacrrtDS, ' respectfully,' ^/aora ei;cre/?acrrws, ' anything but respectfully/ p.a: perhaps the Italian ma for mai, from Latin magis, a relic of the Venetian and Genoese occupations of Greece, but not without echo of Ancient Greek /uyv, Doric p.av, 'nay,' 'but.' d t ^ ra i ns >' tyS/ac^e, ' it rained,' 0a it will rain.' 'run,' imperative imperfect 2nd singular, as if from The imperfect in regular and classical use is , imperative rpe^e, but in the vernacular we get ' run,' and the middle present participle Tpx ( t>/os > ' running ;' kin to Gothic thragja, ' I run.' v d-yopa^s : for va dyopa^s from dyopa, ' market.' Hence dyopaw = 'I buy.' dyopa in turn means 'an assembly,' 'a gathering,' being verbal substantive of root dyep-, 'gather,' whence dyeipw, ' I gather ;' cf . Trav^yvpis above. yavna, 'gloves,' the French gants. The Greek word is X^i-poKTia or ^eipt'Ses. Triads : a bye-form of Triads, Doric and New Testament for Trte'Cfls, of which the classical meaning is 'squeeze,' the later 'catch,' and the modern simply 'get' or 'take.' *A : the interjection ' Ah ! ' Sev : shortened from ovSev, i. e. ovSe Iv, ' not even one,' ' nothing.' Hence simply ' not ;' cf. non, from ne unum, iu Latin. 58 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Ka/A/iio. : for Kav (i. e. Kai av) p.ia(v), ' even if one,' ' so much as one,' 'any,' 'some;' /ca/A/ua opa, 'some time or other,' 'one of these days.' (f>opa : verbal substantive from ep-, kin to bear, literally ' a bearing,' ' taking,' ' turn ;' cf. una vece, Italian, una vez, Spanish, from Latin unam vicem, from root vec-, veh-, ' to bear,' ' carry.' IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. "John!" " Yes, sir ! " " Go and fetch a cab, to be here in half an hour." "Tell him to call at Madame Lisie's, to get me a pair of gloves, number 7|, white !" cried Mrs. Euphrosyne from her bedroom. " All right ! . . . and so now you have just remembered about getting gloves bless you ! " " I forgot it ! What would you have me do now?" " I hope that's the worst !" whispered her consort, and passed the message to the servant, who replied aloud, "Very good, sir; directly !" but muttered to himself in any- thing but a respectful tone, " Ay ! master ! and no mistake, to send me running through the mud and rain to buy gloves and fetch a cab. I wonder whether I shall ever be a master my- self." EXERCISE VIII. O KvplOS e^HOVTJO'C ITpOS TOV V1TfpfT7]V' Tl^jaiVf VO. TTlaCTTJS CV d.fj.a.^1 KOL cva evyapi yavria. " A/ATCOS Kvpic," aTTT/Fnjo-ev 6 VTTT/PC'TT;; /xeiSian' p.cv yXvicepov cr/3acr/x,o{) /cat VTrorayJJs, ciXAa if/iOvpifav criya /ecu rjKLcrra / KaXa KOU rwpa v6vp.-^0r)opd. " John !" cried the lady ; " tell the carriage to call in half an A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 59 hour (say that the carriage call). Did you remember to get gloves 1 " " I forgot it ! "What am I to do now ? " the servant answered aloud ; but whispered to himself, anything but respectfully, " Master, true enough ! " and passing on the order (8ta/3t/?a^wv) to another servant, said, " Run in the mud and rain, bless you, to fetch a carriage, and buy gloves. You will be master, too, one of these fine days." ENNATON MA0HMA. NINTH LESSON. (.waro- : for evvearo- = evvea + TO = ' nine' + 'til ' = ' ninth.' The I is a kind of taking breath before pronouncing the word, c and o being common prefixes in Greek, of which we have numberless instances. Thus tvvea stands for evefa, and that for vefa[v] ; Sanscrit navan, Latin novem, Gothic niun for nivun, English nine. 'O Kupto? ITapSaXo? eiVep^erai ei? rov Koirwvd rov, The Mr. Pardalds enters into the sleeping-room of-him, Kal Trpocnradel va evSvOfj. 'AXXa TOVTO elvai U^VVCLTOV, and tries to get-dressed. But this is impossible, KaOoTi r\ evcrwyLto? crv^v^/6^ rov e^et TrX^e? TO Bot/^drtov in that the well-bodied consort of-him has full the room ea-drJTcov, /j,6cro(f)Opifi)V, fJwBv\i#Vj crTrjOoSecrfACtiv, Kal Trafff]^ of-clothes, petticoats, handkerchiefs, stays, and all crvGKevrs rov "jvvauceov the multiform apparel of-the womanly attire. ^vvdyei, \OITTOV rd ev^vfiard rov, \au{3dvet ev He-gathers therefore the clothes of-him, takes a little tcdrpoTrrpov Kal ev KijpLOV, Kal aTrep^erat 619 TO looldng-glass and a candle, and departs into the office 60 A GUIDE TO MODEEN GKEEK. rov OTTO)? (TWTeKear) ev avrtp TT/V evBvfjiaa-uiv TOV. of-him that he-may-finish in it the dressing of-him. 'AXXa ueT 6\ijov evOvfieirai on elve aj;vpicrTOS, K.O.I on But after a-little he remembers that he-is unshaved, and that TTpeTret, va ^vpicrdf) Trplv v'dXKd^rj. Mera/SaiWt nal TTO\IV it-behoves that he-shave, ere he-change. He-moves yet again etibv TOV, KOI TO. \onra airavrov^va. holding the razor of him, and the other requirements. 'JZvBvfjLeiTai Tore, ort 6e\et Qep^bv vocap, aXXa He-remembers then that he-wants warm wafer, but Traparrjpwv OTI 17 a>pa evai TrpoKe-^wp^fjievri, tea ei/ observing that the hour is advanced, and not i^roXeiTrerat /caipo? iva TO v8a>p dep^avOr), apKelTai et? is-left time that the water warm, he-contents-him with TO fyv%pov } /cal ap^CTat, irpta\ei(f)a)v pe ad'rrwva TTJV the cold, and begins smearing-over with soap the ciayova KOI ra? Trapeta? TOV, \eja)v icaff eavTOV chin and the cheeks of-him, saying to himself @xi pod e\6r) TraXty icafi/Aia icaTai/Saarid et? TO, There-will me come again some going-down into my SovTta TTOV va /u,e Tpe\\dvrj' aXXa ri vd 760/77 / Kat teeth such as me will-madden ; but what may-be-done I And fjToifjid&TO vd iov eiri TT/V Trapeidv he-waa-preparing to bring the razor against the cheek A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 61 avrov, ore J^et KOI Trd\iv o Ku>$>a)V TT} ' comes.' , ep^trat' ep^o/xt^a, ep^ecr^e, ep^ovrai. stem KOITWJ/-, from Kotra-, ' bed ' -f- suffix -wv-, which has the force of ' a place for ' or ' of ;' cf. SeySpeiW, ' place for trees,' ' orchard,' yvvaiKtw, 'women's apartment,' and many others. Koira- is formed by a modification of stem K- 'lie.' jcct/xat, Ketcrat, Ketrai' Kdficdou, Ketcr^e, K(Wai + noun ending -ra-. Cf. Ip^o/xai above. From stem KCI- are also derived : Koi-pd-w, ' put to sleep ;' KU>/AOS, ' a banquet,' literally ' a lying down ;' KW/XT;, ' a village,' ' hamlet ;' the proper name ~K.vp.rj. Cognate are Latin. qui-e-s, qui-esco, ci-vi-s ('a dweller'), our home, -ham, German heim, &c. TrpocTTra^et : for Trpoo-rraOtti, from Trpos, ' toward ' + Traces-, 'feeling,' 'passion.' Hence Trpoo-Trafle'o), 'I direct my feelings (efforts) towards anything,' 'I endeavour,' 'attempt,' 'try.' irpo(nra.6u> -els -et' -oC/xev -etre -ovai (-ow -owe). fv&v&y = Iv + 8u + #? of which cv = ' on ' or ' in ;' 8v = ' clothe ;' -6fj is tense and personal ending, as frequently above = ' he may be.' Hence Hv8v6rj, ' he may be dressed ' or ' dress himself.' Iv8v6 -Oys ~6vj' -^w/xev -Orjre -Qucri (Oovv -6ovve). dSwarov: d = ' un-,' 'in-;' 8wa = 'can;' TOV ^ adjective ending neuter nominative. From stem Suva- we get Swcytai -crai -rat' -fjieOa. -aOe -vrat, ' I can,' &C. = Kara -f- ort, 'forasmuch' + 'as.' = ev, ' well ' + (rw/xo-, the essential part of ieaT-, * body ' + s, ' sign of nominative case. Compounds of this kind (cf . cv[jiopo-, ' beautiful,' from ev- and /^opa-, ' form ') are the same for masculine and feminine. 6 KO.I rj cvcrw/xo?, TO evcrw/xov* TOV /cai rrjv KCU TO var(afj.ov' rov Kal TT}S cucrai/xou, T

' ol xat ai cvcrco/ioi, ra. evcr- O-OJ/AOVS, ra cva-wfJia, TU)V euorw/x.ti>v' rots /cat rats evoxo/AOis. trco-/x.aT- f or o-ao-/u.aT-, ' that which is saved ;' in Homer always a corpse saved in battle, the only thing saved when the hero is killed, a euphemism for a dead body, like Aeu/wov (AetV-o-a-vov) , ' that which is left,' ' remains.' The root crao-, , ' I save,' and is kin to sa- in sanus, sou in sound, su in German gesund, &c. TrA^pes : stem and neuter accusative, from root irXc-, ' fill ' (see above) + adjectival suffix -pes = ' full.' co-^rfrwv: stem eo-^r + 7 = ' do on,' ' don ' + T, suffix forming substantive stem eo-^r- = 'garment.' ecr&js for ecr^rs, ecr^Ta[v], ecr^ros, laOrfTi' ecr^res -r/ras ->7Ta)v -^criv (for ^TCTIV). fj.eopLep- (op-), 'wear;' kin to English bear, Latin fero, &c. + diminutive ending 10-, in genitive plural iwv. Hence /xeo-o^optW = ' of little things worn inside,' 'inside-wearing-lets,' i. e. petticoats. pivSuAuov : diminutive of //.ai'Sus, a Persian word, our mantle = ' of handkerchiefs.' o-TT/floSecr/Awv : from a-rrjOo-, stem (in composition) of 'breast' + Se'oyxwv (genitive plural of Se'oym, otherwise 'bindings,' 'tyings,' being substantive of Se-, as in Sew, Se'vw, 'I tie ;' kin to English tie. Hence o-n^oSe'cr/Aoov = ' breast-bind- ings,' 'stays.' n-acnjs : for Trarro-r;? = stem TTO.VT + cr-T], feminine suffix + s, genitive ending. In iravr- the IT is a labialized K, the ground form being Kpavr-, kin to Latin quanto-. The whole declension is as follows : iras (for Travrs), irao-a, irav' 7ravra[v], Traaav, Trav' Travros (observe accent, and cf. ei/os above), Trao-r/s, Travrog* iravTi, Trdcry, ttavr'c Travres, iracrat, Travra' Travras, Trao-as, Travra' Travrwv, iracraiv (shortened from Tracreuoi'), 7ra(ri(v), Trao-ais, Tracrt(v). With reference to the straight and curved brackets here em- A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 63 ployed, be it remarked that iravrav is a form etymologically postulated, but only found in vulgar Greek, whereas iraa-iv is a recognized form always used before a vowel, as TTO.O-LV dvflpwTrot?, 'to all men.' 7roAu/xopou : genitive singular feminine (cf. CUO-W/AOS above), compounded of TroXu- and /aopc^a-, ' form,' ' shape.' Hence -n-oXv- fji6pov 'multiform,' 'multifarious.' crwKeuTjs : compounded of -scu-ru-s, cu-ti-s, our hide. For the occasional dis- appearance of o-, cf. /neiSioiv above. ywaiKuov : from stem yvvaiK- + adjectival suffix eto-. yuvaiK- is lengthened by suffix -KL- from stem yvvq, standing for ywa/aa-. yvva- is kin to our queen, quean, &c., and to the word kin in English, root yev- and gen- in Greek and Latin, and means ' the bearer,' 'mother.' ywaiKcto- means 'womanly,' 'feminine,' 'female.' crwayei = o-vv-ayei, 'brings together,' ayci being kin to Latin agit. eVSu/xara : neuter plural accusative of ^v8vp.aT- w?>v-, ex- plained above + /xar-, substantival suffix; cf. /xa^/xar-, K.r.A. Hence IvSv^ara = ' clothes.' KarpoTTTpov i from Kara, preposition = ' at ' + root OTT- for OKF- (see above) + substantival suffix rpo-. Hence KO.TOTTTPOV = ' a thing to look at,' ' a looking-glass.' A masculine adjective form, 6 KaToVrpios (i. e. vaXos), is probably responsible for the popular word 6 Ka^pe^TTjs through the stages KaroTrrpios, KaroTr- rpts, KarpoTTTi?, Ko.Tp6rf] to a regular law of vernacular pronunciation, TTT (and also 0) becoming uniformly for dXXayiw, ijXXa^a, dX- Xa xpvo- is found in adjective Kpuo-, 'cold,' noun /cpvcs-, ' cold[ness],' derivative /cpv-oraXXof, Kpou-oraXXov, c ice ;' kin to Latin cru in cru-or, cru-dus, cru-delis, cru-s-ta, old Norse hri in hri-m, our rime, old High German hrdo, our raw. turns about,' 're-turns.' F 66 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. vpdiov : from vpo- (see above) + diminutive ending -dfaov, elsewhere also v(f>iov, as xpaiov, 'a little animal,' ' an insect.' a7raiTov/j.va, = ' things asked,' ' requirements :' participle Im- perfect passive, from aTratre-, 'to ask (of) ' = QTTO + cure-, 'ask.' a7rcuTOv//,era stands for aTraiTC-oyueva. Ofpfjiov: from root 0ep-, as in 0epos, 'summer,' kin to Latin fur- for- in furnus, formidus (cf. Qvpa, fores), Sanscrit gharmas, 'glow,' Gothic varmjau, our warm, Lithuanian zer-'e'-ti, 'to 'glow,' Albanian ziarm, 'fire.' There can be little doubt of the kinship of these words, but the form assumed in the various languages by the first consonant is irregular, and hitherto un- explained. In 6 for gh we have simple dentalization, but in the Sanscrit a v after gh, and in Gothic a g before v, seems to have been lost, while none of the other tongues seem to retain a trace of the v. vSojp : for vSopr-, genitive vSaros for vSap-r-os, kin to water. The vernacular for 6f.pp.ov vSwp is ecrro vepo : eo-To- being verbal adjective from e-, 'boil;' vepo-, akin to vi;po-, 'liquid,' adjective from root ve-, ' flow," or else popularly imagined in the aorist evp(p)V(T, ' it flowed in,' as fypo-, ' dry,' in the aorist eep(p)fvo-f, ' it flowed out,' from ev-peF- and e/c-pef- respectively ; for, as the suffix -fv has elsewhere the force of 'to be ' or ' become,' efppevo~e and eveppevcre (applied to water-courses) might seem to imply the presents ^fpevw = ^pos efyxt, and vepevco = vepos ei/u respectively, the c of c and ev being mistaken for the augment, and the true augment in the second syllable for part of the radical word. (irapaTT/pewv), ' observing :' from Trapa, ' by,' and 'keep' or 'watch.' Traparrjptav -ovcra -ovv -OVVTO. -ovcrav -ovv -OVVTOS -ovo"r)<; -ovv -OUI/TI -ov ' to cool by blowing or spitting,' root v- for O-TTU-, kin to spi- in spit. Hence i/^x 7 ?* 'the breath,' 'the soul.' Cf. ave/Ao-s, 'wind,' and animiirs, anima, 'mind' and 'soul' in Latin. apxerat: middle form of apx, 'he is the first,' 'he rules,' this form meaning 'he begins.' TTepiaAei'^wv : from Trcpt, 'about' + dXet^>-o)v, 'smearing.' o-a7rwva[v] = the Latin saponem. (riayova[v] : nominative (riay-eprj: kin to English bear, Latin fero, &c. " 'sound.' IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. Mr. Pardalds enters his bedroom, and attempts to dress. But this is impossible, inasmuch as his corpulent spouse has the apartment full of dresses, petticoats, handkerchiefs, stays, and all the multifarious apparatus of female attire. He therefore gathers up his clothes, takes a small looking-glass and a candle, and withdraws to his office, to complete his toilet therein. But he soon remembers that he is unshaven, and that he must shave before he changes. Accordingly, he migrates a second time to the bedroom, opens and shuts the door, amid the protestations of Mrs. Pardalos that he will give her cold, and returns with his razor and the other requisites in his hands. Then he re- members that he wants hot water, but observing that the hour A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 69 is advanced, he contents him with cold, and begins smearing over his chin and his cheeks with soap, saying to himself, "I shall have a fine twinge of toothache ! but there's no help for it." And he prepared to bring the razor against his cheek, when once more the bell of the opening door resounds. EXERCISE IX. Aer eiW Kaipos Trpos Oepp.ov vSwp- 17 wpa eti/c TrpoK^wprj^ivyj. Tt (what means 1 que veut dire ?) 6epfj.ov v8u>p ; Zeo-ro vepo. eis TOV KOITU>VOL p.ov Kparaiv TO Kypiov, TO vpd va IvovOw dXX' eive dSwarov, KO.OOTL f] evcra>yu.os o"uuyds p-ov e^et TrX^pes TO 8(ap.a.TLOv Trdcrr] 1 ! rijs TroXvpopfov o-vo-/cev^s yvvai/cct'oi; t/xaricr/xou. 'O lju.aTio-/u,os TCUV yvvatxaJv eTvat KCIT* dX^erav vroXu/>io/3^)O9, av /cai o^t ev/J-optfros. MT' oXtyov IvOvfjLov/juii: on Sev t^o) Of.pp.ov vSwp va vpio~6). Tiapa- rr]pu> OTI TO cepo eTve /cpvo Kai 6Vt 17 wpa eTve 7rpo(Ke) / ^copT;/x,eK>7. 'AXXa Tt va yuvri ; 'ApKOu/xai XOITTOV is TO \f/v^pov, KaOori otv elve xatpos tva Oepfj-avOrj, IleptaXei^xjj /u,e aaTroova TI)V criayova Kal Tas Trapeias. Mou ep^CTai KaTat/3acrta ets TO, oSovTta, Kai \fri6vpieppr} ; (fxovel b IIap8aXo9, 7rpo/3aXXr)v Bid rr}? 6vpa<;. a-little the soai>smeared of-him face through the door. V O%1, devrr/ ! aTravrd KarwOev fj (fxcvr/ TT}pav, eyw epyacriav. Elye avd^tcr] (him) pass an other hour, I-have business. It-is need va 9, Little-Demetrius, and not being-able that he do else, TTo/j,cr 6 vvKrepivbs and comes-out of -the office of-him, while the nightly eTrar/cerm;? dva/3aivei rrjv K\.fj,aica. ^'H K.upia Tpa^avd, visitor ascends the staircase. The Mrs. Trachands, \eyet fiaSicov o vecaarl e\6a>v } era? crreXXei TO K\eiBl says smiling the newly come, you sends the key rov Bewpelov Si diro^e, av dyaTrdre. }Lv%ap of -the stall forthis-evening, if you-like. We-thank A GUIDE TO MODEKN GREEK. 71 TroXu, TreuoY uov, ev^apia'rovfiev, aTravra 6 TaXaiTrropo? much, lad of-me, we-thank, answers the wretched IlapSaXo?, trpocfjradwv va fcokdar) TO opyi\ov TT}? Pardalos, endeavouring that he-restrain the wrathful(ness) of -the fjLop^rjs rov Std TVTTIKOV TWO? /AetSta//.aro? . . . dXXd face of -Mm by a carved sort-qf smile . . . but ecueda i 7rpoaKK\.r}fjievoi, ei? trvvavacrTpofptjv. *A, er^t / we-are invited to a-party. Ah, so I jrpoa-KWO), Ka\r)v VVKTO, era?. Tlpocrnwri^aTa TroXXo. I-worship, good night to-you. Worshippings many. Kat eiVep^erat et? TO ypafaiov TOV vpv\\i, irov Oh, poor- felloic! come here, where it-has more light. AVTOV; ical TTOV va crraOa) ; et? rov aepa ; "EXa, eXa There? and where that I stand? in the air? Come, come rcapa, Kal . Only the necklace of-me have-I that I-put-on. = irpb, ' forth ' + )8aXX-wv, ' putting :' /?aXX- for /3aA7-, stem of imperfect, from root /3aX- for yfaX-, German quell- in Quelle, quellen, our well, well forth, &c. vpTov (cf. evcrto/xos above) = o-aTrwvo-, stem in com- position of o-aTTov- + vp-, 'to knead,' 'smear,' 'puddle,' kin to bar in barm, 'yeast,' German JBdrme + TO-V = verbal adjectival suffix + ending v. vTnjpt.Tpia.-s : feminine of w^pe-ny-s, explained above. Kan: for xav (xai av) TI, literally ' even if aught,' 'something.' TTtpday = irepa. -f- cry : Trcpa, 'pass,' kin to our fare, imperfect Stem vepva.-, whence irepvaw, Trepvai, * I pass,' &c. cpyaaiav : for cpyaS + criav, of which tri-a equals noun suffix, epyaS- = verbal stem forming imperfect stem epyaSi- (epyaSjo/aai), cpydofjia.t, K.r.A. ; root 75, ' visit-or f see above on eTrtcrKCTTT^piov, K.r.X. \iAfyuiMsan ' stem KXipaK- (nominative xXi/x,a^ for Like as this word looks to our climb, it has nothing to do with it, for English c or k implies Greek y. Moreover, the Greek derivation is plain : K\IJUAK- is from KAi/nafY] ( + K), 74 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. whence climate ; K\I/>UI(T)- is verbal substantive from root *Xt* in K\iv(D, kin to Latin clino t mclino, our lean for Mean. The KXt/a.a is that which is leant against the wall. Hence ' ladder,' ' staircase.' veoxn-i: strengthened by suffix ri, from vc'ws (vewr), instru- mental adverb of ve'o-, 'new.' tXQuv : second aorist, root eX0- used with imperfect tenses of fp\~, eX#o>v for eX0oi/Ts, and declension accordingly. oreXXei : for oreX'ei, root oreX- oroX- ; crreXXto, ' I send,' IcrreiXa for ecrrtX-o-a, * I sent,' earaX^v, ' I was sent,' also tcrrdX&rjv. icXewSi (for KXeiStv, /cXeiSiov) : diminutive of KXetS- (nominative icXtts), from root /cXei-, ' shut,' as above. /cXet'-S-, xXet-St, * the thing to shut with,' ' the key ;' cf. German schliessen, Schlussel. v (for ^(opttoo2o) : stem ^ewpeto- = 6ea- Oaf-, ' see ' ' I see,' ' look,' ' behold ') -] po- noun suffix, whence [0of-pos], 'a seer,' ^ewpe-w, 'I am a seer,' ^ewpctoi', 'a place for a seer/ 'a box at an opera or theatre.' Hence also Ota-rpo-v, f a place to see in,' ' a theatre.' 81' = 8ia : with accusative means ' for.' aTToi^c : from OTTO, ' from,' and 6if/e, ' late,' ' at evening.' Hence aTToi^e, 'this evening,' 'to-night.' Observe how, in Greek and English, in words of this kind, the preposition sometimes supplies the place of a demonstrative pronoun. Cf. also e^'eros, 'this year.' aT : verbal stem dyaTra-, from noun dyaTra- (nominative ' love.' dyaTrci, r/yaTrrjcra., dyaTnycra). (cv^aptare-o/xev) : verbal stem eu^aptcrre-, from ev, 'well' + xaptoro-, verbal adjective, from ^aptS- (xaptSjo, Xapi^w), ' to do a favour.' Hence uxaprros = ' well-flavoured,' 'pleasant,' 'pleased;' ctixapiore'to, 'I am pleased,' 'gratified,' 'I thank.' Hence, too, evxapto-Tovpu, 'I am contented;' ev- Xapio-T^/xei'o?, ' delighted,' ' contented ' (also TTv^apio-r^/Atvos). TraiSi = TraiSiv, TraiSt'ov. coXdo-r/ = /coXdS + ay : KoXaS- = ' restrain,' { prevent.' Hence A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 75 KoXaco, 'I restrain,' aKoXaoros (d/cdXaS-ros), 'incontinent,' d*o- Xao-ta, 'incontinence.' opyiXov : from opya- + tXo-, adjectival suffix ; opyd-, kin to Sanscrit urga (' strength,' ' eagerness '), hence wrath ; perhaps cognate also with Latin urgeo. Hence opyt'Xo-, 'wrathful,' TO opytXov, ' the wrathful(ness).' This use of the neuter adjective should be noted, as it is common in Greek. TVTTIKOV : TVTTLKO- from TVTTo-, substantive of root TVTT-, ' to strike/ whence TUTT-TW, ' I strike ;' Sanscrit tup, tump, our thump. From this root comes TU/ATT-CIVO-, ' a drum ' (TO rvp.Tra.vov), whence our tympanum. Nothing to do with tin pan, as schoolboys fondly imagine. TI : said to be a corruption of ovraxri = ovrarr, old instru- mental + i, demonstrative particle ; not without influence of Italian ami on the accentuation. irpoa-Kwo) (VpocrKwec)) : from irpos, ' towards ' -f- KU-VC-O) (ve = sumx of extension), ' I kiss.' Hence Trpoovcww, ' I kiss towards ' (as in Spanish beso las manos), 'I worship,' 'make my respects.' KaXrjv VVKTO. eras, ' good night to you :' crag, enclitic accusative used for dative. '. verbal substantive from TTOOOVCWC-. (for yp-iAAt'Snuv) : formed from ypv, ' a grunt ;' ovS ypv, ' not a syllable,' ' not as much as a grunt ' a word made from the sound (onomatopceetic), like ' cuckoo,' KOKKV, &c. SiaXe^e : for 8ui\ey-cre ; Sia, ' apart ' + Xey-, ' pick,' German lesen for leksen, Latin leg- in lego. Hence StaXeyw, ' I chose, oWXee(v), vernacular (e)StaXe^e(v), ' he,' ' she,' or ' it chose.' avrrj : for avrrjv, agreeing with TTJV yptpav. TTOIOS : for Kfotos (/cFdcrtos), adjective formed from genitive Kfolo, K/-ocr7o of KJ-O-, Latin quo- (cf. cujus), our who for hwo, literally 'of what kind 1 ?' Hence 'what manner of man?' 'who?' rjrov : imperfect middle 3rd singular of es-, standing for eecrro, ICTO with euphonic v added by false analogy of words, like 76 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 8te'A.ee(v), /c.r.X., where v stands for T, sign of 3rd person singular ; cf. in classical Greek, Ae'yovo-i(i/), K.r.X. Persons : T//AOW, ^cro, 771-0- T/fiefla, rja-Oe, Tycrav. Other forms : fj{J.r)v, semi-classical, rj/j,ovva, vernacular, rjcrow and r/crowe, Tjrave' ^/xaore, ?7-s, from root a-ny- (O-TI'W (oriyjw), 'I prick'), our 'stick,' literally 'a puncture' or 'point.' Hence ' a point of time,' ' moment.' ava.Kpd(i : literally ' cries up ;' we say ' cries out.' /cpaei = Kpayiei, root Kpay-. Kovreveis : from KOVTO-, ' near,' probably nasalized from KOTO- or KCITO-, adjectival stem answering to preposition Kara, ' at ' or A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 77 'by;' suffix -cv- means 'get' or 'be.' Hence KOVTO-, 'near,' Kovrev-, 'approach,' 'get on.' vpi(rOr)-Ka. : for evptv6r)v ; the endings -Ka -Kas -KC' -Ka.fj.ev -/care -KO.CTIV or -Kav(e) are used colloquially for the classical -v -s -fj.ev -re -o-av in this tense, on the analogy of eSw/ca for eScoi/, eOrjKo. for eOrjv, &c. In the case of e/3r]Ka for ej3rjv the analogy is perfect. In classical Greek these endings are (regularly) added to perfect (reduplicated), not to aorist stems, e. g. (BefirjKa, 'I have gone,' root /3a-. dSeX^ : a familiar address to any woman (as dSeXe^e to any man), irrespective of real relationship. Cf. St. Paul : fj.r) OVK ^O/X,EV e^ovcriav aSeX^rjv yvvaLKa. ire.pia.yf.iv ; or, as it stands in the Modern Greek version : MT) 8ev e^o/xev eouo-tav va a-u/xTrejot^epo/Acv aBeXr)v yvvaiKo.; "Have we not power to lead about a sister as wife 1 ?" d8eXos, rj, 'brother,' 'sister,' kin to Sanscrit sa-gharlh- jas, i. e. of one womb ; cf. 8eX^)-tv, ' the belly-fish,' i. e. dolphin. cTretTa = CTTI, ' besides ' + ctra (Latin ita), ' then,' the whole meaning 'moreover.' Ki'oXa = /cat + oXa (neuter plural of 0X0- for o-oXfo-, kin to sol- in Latin sol-ido-}, literally ' even all (together),' ' already.' Bfv /SXeVw K^' oXa, ' Already I can't see,' i. e. I see no longer. KaraKOTn/Ka : for KaTfKOTr-rjv, see above on ending -Ka. KOTT- (also Ko/3-) probably kin to our hew. Kav[j.fve : apparently = classical KeKav/j-eve, vernacular Ka.vfji.eve, Kafj.fji.eve, ' burnt,' from root KO.V-, imperfect /cai'co, Kavyw for /caFja), but only in this sense when written with diuresis ; kin to ho-t, German hei-ss. IXa: aorist imperfect giving the stem which is found in classical Greek only in eXa-w, r/Xacra, /c.r.X., of which the im- perfect is eXar-vw for eXaf-vco, ' I march.' The same root also appears in classical future cXeixro/xai for cXafo-o/zai, 'I shall come.' eXa thus stands for eXaf or IXav. So) : short for eSw, popularly supposed to be a transposition of wSe, but much more likely a form of iSou, iSoG (FiSoi)), ' see ! ' 78 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ' lo ! ' ' behold ! ' l$ov is actually found in the sense of ' here,' or just passing into that sense, in Acts ii. 7 : OVK iSoi> Travres OVTOI eio-tv ol XaXotWes raXiXcuoi ; " Are not here all these who speak Galilaeans ? " d>S : for T, (d)TOS, Tl* (f)U>Ta, (^amoV, (f)W(TL. (rra-du> : literally ' be stood.' Hence ' stand.' depa: stem dtp-, probably 'the breather,' kin to ai/fit, 'I breathe.' Ka/Avo) = Ka/A + V + reXeiw/AO'ov TO epyov. (r^e-Sov : adverb = root cr^e- tre'x- (found in Icr^ov, aorist of l^co for crr^o), l-cr^-Ka, perfect, K.r.X.) + adverbial ending -Sov ; cf . (3aOp.t)-86v, ' by degrees,' &c. ' Having ' or ' holding close to ' anything is the notion which appears in ax^ov, 'in a close manner,' ' nearly,' ' almost.' Tpaxfj^d = rpa^Xo -{- ta : feminine suffix, ' a something for the neck ;' rpa^Xo-, kin to rpe^w, ' I run,' rpo^o-s, ' a course, d-s, ' a wheel,' kin to German dreh-en, drechseln. IDIOMATIC TRANSLATION. "Is that you, John?" cries Pardalds, putting his lathered face a little way out of the door. " No, sir," answers the voice of the maid from below. " It is a gentleman ; he wishes to speak to you." A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 79 " More bother !" says our luckless Demetrius to himself, and having no alternative, hastily wipes the lather from his face, and issues from his office, while the nocturnal visitor ascends the staircase. " Mrs. Trachanas," says the new-comer, smiling, " sends you the key of her box at the opera for to-night, if you like to go." " Many thanks, my friend, many thanks ; but we're invited out," replies the wretched Pardalds, trying to keep down the wrathful expression of his countenance under a forced smile. " Oh, indeed ! then I will take my leave. Good night to you." " The same to you." And he enters his office, grunting with rage. " Who was it ? " cries Mrs. Pardalds from her bedroom. " Mrs. Trachanas thought to send us the key of her box." " Long life to her ! It's only when it rains and snows she thinks of us ! She is exceedingly obliging." But after a few moments she exclaims again, " Are you getting on, Demetrius dear ? " " Getting on ! heart alive ! I am not yet shaved. Besides, I can't see any longer, and have cut myself all to bits.'.' " Oh, dear ! I'm so sorry ! Come here, where there's more light." "And where am I to stand in the air?" "Come, come, now, and I'll make room for you. I've nearly finished. I have only got my necklace to put on." EXERCISE X, Uotos rjTOV ; cru ewrat &rjfji.r)Tpa.Kr) [j.ov ; MaXtora' eyw eT/iai* /cat TTOV va crraOu) ; 'ESa> va oraftjs ! eA.a KCU crov K.dp.va> TOTTOV* eSo) e^et TrepurcroTepov eiov rrjv craTTtavo^vpTOV avrov fAopr]v ypvXXi&v IK TOV 0V/J.OV. "AAAo KttKOV / StV /SXcTTCO K?' oXtt KO.I KaTttKOTT^Ka, l) KCU 7 TT/S- /ias KaOviroxpeoxrr fifj.e9a Ka&nroxpcwyu.ei'Of fv^apicrTovfjiev TroXv Kai TT)S o"TeXXo/u.v Trpoo^KW^/xaTa TroAAa. IlaiSt /AOU /AT; Trpou-iraOrj^ va KoXao-r;? TO opyiXov TTJS /xop^s O-QU 8ta TUTriKoS /At8tayxaros. AtaTt SiaXe^e Kat avTr) T^V ^juc/oav /cat T^v wpav va /xas TO (TTeiX-r) ; 09 Trepdoy p.iav aXXyv wpav' e^oyxev cpyao-tav Tcupa Kai o^i povov TOVTO dXXa elfJieOa. TrpocrKfK\Tf]fj.evoi. eis frwa.va.(TTpo^irjv. Tlov five TO /cXeiSi TOU ypac/>eiov yaou; Etve avdyKTr] va TO e^w Ttopa, va TO Xa/3w dyuteo-ws. Tt aTravTas ; Aev aTravToi Twrore. SIOTI 8ev e^w TtVoTe v' diravT^o-cj. 'A T^t / TTpOCTKVviJi), KaXfjV WKTtt CTOS. 'EfpXO/Jicu TOV KOITWVOS ora7rwvo0u/OTOs fat ypuXXt^wv CK TOV Ov[j.ov, KOI ITOI/AOS va o~TaO!a cis TOV depa 6\oVi Sev ^XeVw aXXov TOTTOV, dXXa 17 {iTTr/peTpta dvaxpa^ei KciTOJ^ev /ACT' oXtyas KovTcverc Kvpie ; ei'as K^ptos eti'at eSoi) Kai ^e'Xet, Xeyet, KaTt va IIe9 TOV va Trepda-rj aiXXfjv uipav, KOL va /A^V ava/3fj To>pa TTOU vpio[Jiai' aXXws ^a ^vc avdyKrj va TOW KOITWVOS Kat ^a //.ou tX^g TraXtv Ka/x,/xta KaTat^3ao-ta ets Ta SoiTia, StoTt It is necessary that (we must) call (pass) another time. The gentleman is engaged now, and is invited out. The noc- turnal guest descends the ladder, endeavouring to conceal the angry expression of his face by means of a forced smile of respect and subjection. The wretched Pardalds, half -shaved, and grunting with rage, unable any longer to see, has cut himself to pieces ; and protruding his lathered visage through the opening door of the office, exclaims, " I must have more light. How am I to get on ? Where am I to stand in the air 1 I have no looking-glass and no candle, and the room is full of garments, petticoats, handkerchiefs, stays, and necklaces?" "Oh!" says his corpulent wife. "Come, poor fellow! I A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 01 have nearly finished." I see that the hour is advanced. Don't try to bring the razor to bear upon your lathered cheek. It is not necessary. Let me wipe off quickly the soap from your face. Better to be half shaved than to (that you) cut yourself to pieces. Long life to you ! Here is (iSov) the key of our box. We are invited to the theatre to-night, if we like. We have no business, so we will go. The new comer smiles a forced smile of patronage and superiority, but it is impossible for him (TOV five, K.T.X.) to keep down the wrathful expression of his visage. It rains and snows, and I shall have a twinge of toothache. Why should we choose this day and hour to go to the theatre 1 You have deeply obliged us, but we are only half shaved, and cannot come at present. ENAEKATON MA0HMA. ELEVENTH LESSON. NOTE. As the learner is now presumably acquainted with the more constantly recurring peculiarities of Modern Greek idiom, the interlinear translation will be somewhat freer henceforth, and the free idiomatic translation will be as far as possible dispensed with. 'O IlapSaAo? TreiOerai, a~vyKivovfj,6vo<; VTTO Trjs Pardalos obeys, moved by the conjugal TO 779 KpeuaTcti eVl TOV VTrepaKud^ovTOS anjOovs from which hangs upon her more than mature breast T7 7 ? XP V(70V< * Xo/3icr/fo<>. Kai TTOV 0e\ei<> va crra^w Ta>pa ; a golden locket. And where do you wish me to stand now ? vTro\a/j,{3avei 6 ra\ai7TQ)po. arms bent back behind her head. Ae'ere fjuov /ita (TTVyfjLr) eSa> avTO TO j3e\ovoa.Ki, Kal Tie me a moment here this little (piece of) velvet, and 9 aTfjbofirjxavr), Kal depify/jievrj Sia rov fj,av&v\iov like a steam-engine, and fanning herself with her handkerchief, ev(Z 6 crv^vyos rrjs ^vpl^erai. *A, A^/^Tpa/o; . . . Xeyei, while her husband shaves. Ah, Demetrius, dear ! says sh(, /ioXt? KaropOovcra vd apdpMcrrj rayo$ ) p%is va who, greedy by nature and gluttonous, began to forgive to V rov. Susamdkis his party for the sake of his supper. To %evpa), SIOTI rov eloa arj^iepov TO Trpcot et? rr/v I know it, because I saw him to-day in the morning at the G 2 84 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ayopav, teal tywvi^e. At, Tore market, and he was making purchases. Eh, then there's some v7roepeTai, Sion /J,a rrjv dXtfdetav ... Kporo? a/u-a^?, enduring it, for in truth ... TJie sound of a carriage, (TTadeia-rjs Trpo TT)? Ovpa? TT}? oiKias, SieKotyev atyvrjs coming to a stand before the door of the house, interrupted suddenly TT)I/ pdcriv rr}? Kup/a? Tlap8a\ov. Na / aveffxavijcrev 6 the sentence of Mrs. Pardalos. There ! exclaimed the /tioXi? rrjv (rTiy/jLijv Keivrjv rekeiovwv TO %vptv, old form of a~vv, ee above. Hence /ierau = ' betwixt,' ' amongst.' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 85 Ka.Ta-yivofj,evr]v, literally 'getting down,' 'getting deep ' into any- thing. Hence = ' immersed/ ' buried,' ' absorbed ' (in a task). KOTTOV : genitive of KOTTO- (after p-era. in sense of ' with '), from root KOTT-, ' to cut,' ' wear,' ' tire.' Hence KOTTO = ' toil,' ' trouble,' 'labour.' 8e-a~r) : 8e-, kin to English tie. oTTia-Oev : from root OTT-, probably for cro-n-f-, o-cTrf- for o-e/cf-, Latin sequ- in sequor, &c. Hence 077-1-8-, ' following,' ' visita- tion,' ' awe ;' O7no-0ev = omS-Oev, ' from behind ;' also K ' afterwards.' /u.eXav-os, ' black :' kin to Latin mal-us, ' bad,' &c. [jU.eA.avs], //.eXatva [jueXaj/Ja], //.eXav ju.eXava[v], ^e'Xaivav [/xe fieXav ju.eXa.vos, //.eXaii^s, /xeAavos* /u,eAavt, yaeXaiVr^, /u,eAavi' /Ae i, fj.eXa.va.' /aeAavas, /xeAatvas, p.fXava.' /xeAatriv [-vcriv], s, /xe'Aao-tv. /xeAav-repo-s, ' blacker,' /xeXav-Taros, ' blackest ;' but in the vernacular, /xeAavwrepos, /teXavwraros, as also ^(.e'Xavos, fj.eXa.vi), fj.eXavo(v}, in positive degree. Hence, also, 17 fj.eXa.vrj, 1 the ink.' fieXovSov : a foreign word, the Italian velutto, nominative : seemingly for rev-i'a, certainly from root rev- rav-, strengthened from re-, 'stretch,' TCIVW (re'viw), 'I stretch,' erav- Orjv or eTd-6rjv, 'I was stretched,' 'I stretched myself:' kin to our thin. Hence raivta, ' a thin strip,' ' a thong,' ' a ribbon.' /Aoupt^rys) only in the aorist ; yet it seems to be ignored by every Western grammarian. The Rev. T. JL Arnold in his " Practical Introduction to. Greek Composition," which, he informs us in the preface to the fourth edition (1841), was then used at nearly all our public schools, and has ever since maintained a considerable, and in many respects well-deserved reputation, gives on page 20 the following examples : "/AT) KAeVre, 'do not steal' (forbids stealing generally). " /AT) K\^/rjUpOS = TTCpt, ' all OV6r ' + TTOpVpO- foT 7TVp-(i>OpO-, fire-bearing, with which it is kin. Hence Trepnr6pvpo as a substantive, 'grain,' ' groats,' in classical Greek ; and ' granular ' or ' groat-like ' is the only meaning given to the adjective in Liddell and Scott ; but the analogy of the Latin grand i-s seems to imply that the common Modern Greek meaning belonged to the root before the separation of the Grseco-Italic stock. Our own groat and great point back to a still earlier connexion. The connexion of meaning is probably to be sought in the contrast between coarse unground grain and fine (small) flour. /Spaxtov-es, ' arms :' the Latin brac-i-a. 6 ySpaxtwv means apparently ' the shorter,' i. e. upper arm, comparative of /3paxu-, 'short,' kin to Latin brev-i-s for bregv-i-s. di/a-Ka/MTTOfievoi, ' up-bending ' or ' back-bending :' Ka/wr-T-w, ' I bend,' Ka/A7r-T-o/u,ai, ' I bend myself,' ' am bent,' root *a/r-, whence also KafjLTnj, ' a caterpillar,' from the ease with which it bends its body, especially in the case of the " Loopers " (Geometrina). A GUIDE TO MODERN GKEEK. 89 Ka\7)- + suffix -0X77-, the same word which, with another suffix, appears in Latin caput, Gothic Haubith, German Haupt, Dutch hoofd, Anglo-Saxon heofd, Old English heved, and Modern English head. Se-o-e : in Old Greek Se'o-ov, though Homer has evy-, ' I came ;' so that eXfv&fpo- means ' free to go/ -cpo- being adjectival suffix. dir)fj.i airo + irj-p.1, f I send forth.' The elements are a for OTTO + ? = ' send ' + v = sign of imperfect + w = ' I.' Tenses : a, a^iva or -ov, infinitive a^iveiv (d^twat, classical) j aorist 6a.XaiJLrjTr6X.os : compound with changed vowel, from 0oXa/>- = ' chamber,' and -TroXos, bye-form of -xoXos, ' care-taker,' kin to Latin col- in agri-cola, &c. Hence ^aXayu,^7roXos = ' chamber- lain ;' generally feminine =: ' ladies' maid.' TrepaTol (vernacular Treparovct) : from Treparo-, verbal adjective of Trepa- = ' accomplish,' ' go through,' kin to fare + personal ending -- = ' he,' ' she,' ' it.' Hence Trcparoei, Treparoi, ' finishes,' ' completes.' re'Xos : accusative case used as adverb = ' [at the] end,' ' at last.' Kara-TTLTrTeij 'falls down:' TriVrei, imperfect stem by doubling from root TTCT-, kin to feath- in feather; cf. TTTC/JOV above. Tenses : invre^ eTriTrrov, eTrecra -ov, va TTCCTW, K.r.X. Ka6i8po, a.--q-p.L for fa-cra : shortened from 7x~> ^ n ^ Gothic and German mag, English may. Hence our machine, through Latinized form machina. de/3j.o/xen7 (dep-t^-o/Acv-r/) : from dtp-, nominative dr/p = d-eps, from root a-, ' breathe ' + p-> our w in lead-er, read-er, &c., so that d)p is literally ' the breather ;' hence ' wind ' or ' air,' distinguished from al6-rip, ' the blazer,' i. e. the starlit sky, as the lower part of the atmosphere, the region of winds, from the upper or region of lights. Hence depi^o/ien; = 'fanning' or ' airing herself.' evuS = fv w, 'in that' = 'while.' KaT-op0o>j/ -wv -wv, -ois -ais -ois : whereas the vernacular are regular throughout : jneyoXos, : for xa-TT?-/oi-ov, substantive from x aT "' 'y awn / 'long,' from verbal adjective ^a-ro-, from root x a -> ^ n * our <7a-pe and yaio-n, German ga-ffen, gdh-nen. Steps as follows : Xa.-, 'yawn,' x a - T -> 'having yawned,' 'yawning,' ^c^e'-a), 'I an i yawning,' ' open-mouthed with eagerness,' ^or-iy-pi-ov, ' eager open-mouthedness,' ' desire.' viro(j>ep(D : for o-rTro-^epa), the Latin suf-fero, 'sufifer.' TTtoi : arising by rapid speech from TTI-U, root TTI-, Latin bi in bibo ; reduplicated form of po, as in potare. TTLVW, Z-jnva. (-ov), 7ria, or 7777-401, K.r.X. Zwoia. crov : properly Iwoia crov, literally ' your care !' i. e. what foolish anxiety ! never fear ! from ev -f- vota, i. e. yvoia, 'knowing;' see above. N.B. voia is found in composition only ; the simple word is vovs for yvo-os. po'crw : shortened for Eixfrpoarvinr), a common Greek name, the goddess or muse of gaiety, from ev, ' well,' and <}>p6v-, ' thought,' 'mind' (as substantive poo-vvir] = ' glad-hearted-ness.' Forms like /3oo-w are declined : 17 $pocra), ryv $/DOCTW(V), T^S 4>pocrovs or $/3oo-ojs ; dative not found. 92 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. irovrjp&s : adverb of -jrov-rjpo-, ' cunning,' ' wicked/ ' sharp ;' originally 'laborious,' from TTOVO-, 'labour,' root TTCV-, whence Wvo/xai (classical), ' I labour,' Trev-^-^s, ' a poor man,' Trev-i-xpos, ' poor,' Trevia, 'poverty,' irtlva. for Wi^a, ' hunger.' An initial er has been lost, which we find in o-Travt-s, 'need,' also in our English words spin, span. Cf. use of German participle ge- tpannt. cvpei (for ygtvpfi) : from aorist c&vpov or ^fvpov, ' I found out,' whence the popular instinct argued back to a supposed itvp< or rj&vpw, ' I know.' The real present imperfect of ceupov is eeiy>-to-K(jo, the force of -UTK- being frequentative, as -esc- in Latin. Ka6s, ' like as.' 6a /xas exy, ' he will have for us :' accusative for dative, as in English 'he will give us.' povra. : the Italian frutta, Low Latin fructa, Latin fructus. The proper Greek for this is oTrwptxa, literally " autumnals," from oTrwpa, ' the after-season,' ' the autumn,' or, perhaps, ' the ripening season,' i. e. either from OTT-, ' after,' as in Karoinv, or r- as in li/^w [CTTO-O)], ' roast,' ' ripen ;' CTT- a bye-form of TTCTT- ; see below. vov TO evpis, 'Where do you know it?' i. e. How or whence do you know it ? rfTTuarepov, more mildly, from 7771-10-, mild. Xaip.apyov-cri-, * be-ing,' ' growing,' * nature.' TroAiK^ayos : TroXu = 'much,' -ay- seems to be cognate to Sanscrit bhag, l to distribute,' ' to receive one's share,' ' to share,' ' enjoy,' whence bhaksh, Sanscrit and Old Persian, ' enjoy,' ' consume.' Hence, too, apparently the Arabic and Turkish bakshish, borrowed, it would seem, from the Persian. (c-apx i c )> ' b e g an : ' imperfect past of dpx i - from dpxa- n), 'beginning.' (rvyx^PV (" u yx to) / 3e '?7) fr m "w, 'with,' and x ( * ) P a ~> 'place' = * find room for,' ' allow,' ' forgive.' Scurvou, ' supper :' SeiTrvov = SC'TT-IVOI/, from root S-TT- 8a-7r-. Cf. Sanscrit dd-p-dj-dmi, causative of da, 'to distribute,' Latin dap-s, ' a meal ;' hence, too, Anglo-Saxon -fiber, -tifer, ' an offering,' ' victim,' and German Un-ge-ziefer, l vermin,' literally ' what cannot be offered.' irpoDt : from irpo-, ' the fore-part of the day,' ' the morning.' c-^o)-v-i-f : ^u>vi- for oi^om^-, from oif/o- (for TTOI^W, to avoid double TT, from TTCTT- for Kfexf-, kin to Latin coqu-o, quoquo) = ' cookery,' ' food ' + wve- (cove'o/xai), 'buy,' from wvo-s, 'price;' for fos : for KO.V TTWS, i. e. Kai av 7ra>9, ' even if somehow,' i. e. more or less, if not much ; xaTrws trro^epeTcu, ' there is some enduring it,' literally, ' it is in a manner endured.' pa : this particle in Ancient Greek was generally used in negations, as ov, /u,a Ata / ' No, by Jove ! ' its place being supplied in affirmations by vr) (perhaps a bye-form of vat, ' yes '), as VT) TOV 'ATToAAwva, ' Yea ! by Apollo.' In Modern Greek vy is obsolete, and p.a. is used in either case. It is probably a form of p.e (' with '), from which jute-ra is lengthened, just as KO.-TO. is from the particle K7s for ora^ei/T-cnjs : (rra-O-evT- = root ara + 6, sign of passive aorist + -evr- participial suffix. The whole declines : ora^ets (ora^evTs] crra^eicra crraflev' rrTa.6f.VTa -eTcrav -eV -eWos -evros' -eVri -1077 -evrt* -evrcs -etcrai -eVra' -e'vrwv -eicrciv ' -ettriv -icrai9 -eurtv. = St--K07r-o-v = Sta, ' through ' -f , sign of past 4- KOTT, 'cut' + o-, sign of 1st aorist + e(v) for er, sign of 3rd person singular. Hence SICKO^CV or cSia/coi^ev, ' (he) cut through,' ' interrupted.' at(f>vr)<; : for amV^s, also with preposition e, e^aTTtvr/s, (vernacular ^a<^>va), ' suddenly ;' from same root comes at ' sudden.' But probably in its turn dm-tV^s is for a7n/7/-s ; cf. KaTrivos for /caTTvosj ' smoke,' as also a, aTrveo), and the original meaning will have been breathless, breathlessly, from d + TTVf.-. pd-cn-v, ' a saying,' ' sentence,' from root aS-o-i-v. Hence <^>pa^o/*at for ^>pa8io/xat, ' I say,' but in Homr always ' I show.' Probably kin to ^>apS-u-s (for paSv-s), our broad, German breit, the original meaning being 'to spread abroad,' German ausbreiten. s is not found in Ancient Greek, but is certainly a genuine Greek word, as shown by the fact of the noun TO for vi/Sjw or viyno, in the vernacular vi(3-yw, I 1 wash.' This is another case of labialism, or the procession of a consonant from the throat to the teeth, which we meet with in /3a- for ya-, English come, ITTTTOS for txfos, K.T.\. pdo-ovs Xa/A/3avet 7raA.iv TO ou Kptp.a.Tai XoySiVxos 6 OTroros etve CK ^pvcrou. Aev /3Xe7ra) TroO va crTaOfa, Xeyei 6 IlapSaXds. Hoi) ?ve TOITOS Ktvos ; "EXa Kai o-ov KOI/AVW TOTTOV' /XT; fj.ovp{J,ovpL,ri<;. TaJrra Xeyovcra T/ /cvpta /xetXi^uos eXey^et TOV dvSpa Tr;s. 'H ^ovSpot aurr}s jSpa^toves e've 7repi7rop0vpoi CK TOU /AaTaibu KOTTOT; ov KO-TaftoXXu. TeXos TO ftfXovoaKi, loedrj, KCU. 6 TOTTOS d^tverat KaTrws eXev^epos. 'H 0aXaya?77roXos TrepaTot T^/V evSv/xacriav T^S Kupias TT/S, ev<3 6 crv^vyos TT/S /caTaTrtTTTCi K Kat dor^/Aatvwv 7rt dvaKXtvTpov. H aT/io/xr;^avr) vo-a KOL KpOTOV Trpo TT}S $vpas. 'O Kupios dcpt'^CTat /cat /toXts Ka.Top66vet va apOpwcrr) Tas Xeeis TOV. IIpocrTra^et va ypd\j/r) apOpov oia TTJV e<^r/p.ptSa dXXa 6 KOTTOS TOV etve /taTatos. MeyaXo TOV &r]/j.r]Tpa.Kr) /xas T}TO TO ^aTr}pi va Trcfyr; va TTI'T; TO Tet'ov TOV VTraXX^Xov TOV. 'O 'Opeo-Tr/s ryTO ets T^V dyopav" TOV etSa Kai et^covte KpaaaKt Kat OTrwptKa. SvyKtvetTat r/ $pdo~to Sta TWV Xe^ewv TOVTWV Kat ytveTai KctTrws TyTrtwTepa. IloXXot av^paiTroi eTve Xai/xapyoi <^>vo-et Kai 7roXvayot, Sta SCITTVOV /u-a T^V dX^etav 96 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. VTrofpovv TTO\V. K/3OTOS o.TfJ.ofJirj'^avrj'i Ko.1 TroXXuiv (TTa.6eipa.crw TT}S povp- fi.ovpiovcrr]opet ev rd^et rov Kadapov rov ^irtava, ical Pardalos puts on in haste his clean shirt, and Bevet 77877 rov Xat/AoSeTTii/ TOU, ore e^codev rfjt is tying already his necktie, ivhen from outside of the dvpas cucoverai 17 ^xavrj TT}? VTrriperpias. *A(f>evTT) ! door is heard the voice of the maid. Sir / A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 97 KaXo, tca\6, a? (TTa0f) \tyd>ci, (j)a)vd^et dcf) evo? Well, well, let him wait a bit, cries from one (side) 6 A^T/rpatfT??, ez/ ^evpco, Kvpia, 6e\ei, Has he brought my gloves ? / don't know, ma'am, he wants va emy K,art TOV dfavros. 'O a/ua^a? 6e\ei to say something to master. The cabman wants va nov eiTrrj nan ; AVTO 6a elve. 7rd\iv dirb to say something to me ? That will be again of the rajpa(f)a. "O%^ dffievTr), elve 6 Kvpios unwritten (i.e. some new surprise}! No, sir, it is Mr. 'OpetTT?/?. r Q Kypto? 'OpecrTTy? / dva(f)covt rj <&p6cr(o. Orestes. Mr. Orestes! exclaims Phrosy. Heplepyov ! Aeyeis v dpyr'icrafjiev ; epwra o ITapSaXo?. Curious I Should you say we were late ? asks Pardalos. To o)po\oyi //,a? 6a TTiyyalvet rpofiepa VICT&) / "A? opicrr) Our clock must be going frightfully slow! Let him ' /ia? rf\0ev d/copr/, KOI ... Ka\r)o-rrepa the carriage has not come for iis yet, and ... Good evening crapd(T6(t)<;. '70) elfj,ai icaXd, dXXa last part of the sentence. I am well, but 77 TIa,(ri(f)ar) . . . Tleo? / rt Tpe%ei ; KaKoSidOeros, terms ; Pasiphae . . . Why ! what's up ? indisposed, perhaps ? Aei/ elve rtTrore / /ie TOV XP ol> 7r6 / 3I/ ^ TrapaTr/pei If s nothing/ with the dance it will pass away, observes A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 99 a TroXXi;? ffrtofivXiaf 17 Kupia IlapSaXoi). "Ewoia era? / with much volubility Mrs. Pardalos, Never fear ! 'eyo> rrjv KCLJJLVW xai %op6Vt 7roA,i> f I'll make her dance well! from. irapa, 'by' + ^P 6 ') 'watch,' 'keep.' Hence Trapariype-, 'watch by,' 'observe,' Traper^p^o-ev = 'ob- served.' wpoAoyiov : from <5pa-, Latin hora, f hour,' and root Acy-, ' to tell.' Hence wpoAoyiov = ' time-teller,' ' clock,' ' watch.' OKTOJ Trapo, Te'raprov = 'eight all but a quarter,' i. e. a quarter to eight. Observe idiom, and use of Trapo, with accusative. As from rerap + TOV we get TerapTov, ' a fourth,' ' quarter,' so from rpt + TOV we get rptrov, ' a third,' from TTC/XTT- (TTCVTC = we get Tre/ATTTov, ' a fifth,' &c. opet (^ope-et), ' puts on :' secondary formation from * bear,' 'wear;' also, as intransitive = 'wears.' /ca0apo-v, the German heiter, Latin hilari-s for hidaris ; cf. Old Latin dingua, dacruma, for lingua, lacruma. The original meaning is that of the Greek, 'pure,' 'clean.' ^tTwv-a (nominative ^ITWV for ^ITCOVS). Se-v-et : modern form with inserted v of Se-et, tie-s. Cf. Su'co, both classical. Se-Tiy-v = ' neck-tier.' = e|w, ' out ' + 0ev, ' from ' = ' from without ;' cf. Kt-0ev, ' there-from,' thence ovpavo-6ev, ' from heaven.' Srj-Oev, ' from now,' ' henceforth ' (the probable primary sense) = ' for- sooth,' ' to be sure, as pretended,' i. e. as no one would havr suspected hitherto. Atya/a : diminutive of 'Atyo(v), oAtyov, ' little,' i. e. a little bit. wvai (c^covayiei) = pi8-o-a>, eyva>pi8-o-u, whereas the aorist of vdo> is 0a)va|a), vaa. That this ay- is really the same as in oyw, ' I bring,' seems likely when we consider that ' erepou for O.TTO eTpou. erepo- perhaps akin to other, in which case the ' is accidental. 2fpvt, ep- appears. decros : as if from stem devros is identical in form with genitive of participle dv), obsolete in vernacular Modern Greek. d;u,a-a-s : a common modern formation ; cf . in classical Greek T- is then formed, by addition of -a-, the further verbal stem epwra-, Ho be in search for,' 'ask,' 'seek.' 6a inqyeuvei : observe use of 0a with indicative. Oa. would mean, ' will be going at some future time ;' Oa. means 'must now be going.' 'Will' is used in this sense in English, especially by Scotchmen and Northerners. rpo/xepa : neuter plural of rpo/x-epo-, used as adverb. rpo/Aepo- = root rpofj.- rpe/x,- (Tpefj.-w, ' I tremble '), kin to Latin trem- in trem-o -f adjectival suffix -epo-. TTto-w : short for oTrtcr-o), ' behind,' old instrumental for oTrurtoT, from same root oTriS- which we had in oma-Oev for oiri8-0ev, 07Tto-<> standing for oTrurJw. as opta-fl : for aes = airb + I + s, old imperative of d^>t-r^-/xt, Modern at-v-w, 'I send forth,' 'I permit,' ' allow,' " let,' and 6/31077 for opi8-o-r), from opo-, ' boundary,' ' limit,' ' term,' ' order,' 'condition' -f verbal suffix -18; cf. Aoyi-, K.r.X Hence opi^w, 'I define,' 'order,' 'command.' as optcry eis TT) (raXa, literally ' let him command into the drawing-room ' or ' parlour ;' opurare, short opurre, plait-il ? wie beliebt ? ' What is your pleasure 1 ' 'command,' i.e. What did you say; also 'Come!' 'This way, please,' &c. the Italian word, French salle. literally ' I am now arrived,' i. e. I will be with him directly : a graphic use of the aorist for the future. 2-Oa-a-a. (imperfect <$a-v-u>), root <0a-. It would seem that 6a- is a corruption of i^a- (71-0-0.-), and that a metathesis for o-Tra-, the same with spee- in speed, German spu-ten, Albanian speit, 'quickly.' In classical Greek, Qavu> means 'overtake,' ' arrive first,' rather than simply ' arrive ;' this sense is preserved in Modern Greek in the compound irpo^Odvn). 6dvci, in Modern 102 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Greek, means also, ' it is enough,' ' it reaches ;' TrposOerei. Oe-r-fi), the modern form of Trpos-ri-Oq-crL for irpo^riQtirL, 'he puts to,' ' he adds.' a7ro-Tetv-o/x.evo-s : for aTro-ro^-o/Acvo-s, imperfect participle passive masculine nominative, from root rev- rav-, ' stretch,' ' direct ' -f- preposition OTTO- = ' away.' Hence Avorctvojuat = ' I direct myself,' ' address myself.' (3ta (ftia-i) : dative of /3i'a-, ' force,' ' haste,' kin to vi- in Latin vis, vivo, vita, &c. ; cf. the expression vis vivida mice.. Hence also the masculine form /3i-o-s, 'life.' lirev^vrrjv : for eTri-ev-Su-rjj-i', literally ' the over-dresser,' ' the coat' aWovaav : the elegant classical for o-oXav = aW-ovr-a-a-v, from root alO-, ' hum ;' cf. alOrjp ahove. Literally ' the burning-room,' ' the place where the fire hurnt,' the central hall of the old Greek dwellings. cu#- kin to Latin aed- in aed-e-s, 'house/ 'dwelling-places,' plural; aestus for aed-tus, 'burning,' 'heat,' aestas [aestats], 'the burning season,' 'summer,' Anglo-Saxon dd for aid, ' a log,' Middle High German eiten, Modern High German heizen, so mispronounced for eizen, from supposed kinship to heiss, 'hot,' which, however, as we have seen, has quite a different etymology, being akin to Greek Kauo, jc.r.A. dva-/xVi = ' a-waits,' ' waits for ;' /xtv- kin to man- in Latin maneo, &c. SetXos : for Sc-tAo-s, from root 8c-, ' fear/ whence also Se'-os [Sees-], ' fright,' ' fear ' (substantive), and Setvos, Se-tvo-s, ' terrible/ 'fearful' Observe active and passive meanings of the two suffixes -Xo- and -vo- respectively. irepiXuTros, ' full of grief,' ' with grief all about one :' from irepi and Avrra-, perhaps for purra-, kin to nip- in Latin ruptura, ru(m)po, the root idea being that of breaking. Ka.Ta/3t(3\r)fj.fvov (KaTa-(3e-ft\r]-fJifvov) : from Kara-/3A.a- Kara^SaX-, 'cast down.' Hence 'downcast/ 'sorrowful.' ^0os : whence our ethics> ' manner/ ' mien/ of which a bye- A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 103 form 0os has the sense of ' habit.' 10- stands for nominative %dp ^ or X t/ P" s > ' hand.' Pro- bably kin to gr- in grasp, grip, grab, where we see one root with various suffixes. 6pia.fj./3evTii above), from root /ox-, ' to scrape ;' i/'wxos, ' a man who has to scrape his platter,' ' a scraper,' ' a poor man.' It should, however, be borne in mind that TTTW^OS, the actual, is the older form, ^aw standing for TTTCIO). TrposTTOiov/Aevos, irpos-TToie-d/xevos : from irpo?, ' to ' + wote-, ' make.' Hence TrposTrotoC/xat, ' I make to myself,' ' I claim ' or 'pretend.' Various etymologies have been suggested for the verbal stem TTOU-, but the simplest and most obvious is that it is from the pronominal root TTOIO-, as in xoios, orroios, &c., and means to 'make of a certain kind,' the derivative suffix -c- having often in itself the force of ' make,' ' do.' TcAevTatov : for reAevra-i-ov, from substantival stem TeAevra-, ' end ' + adjectival suffix -to-. Hence TcAevraiov = ' last/ ' final.' TcAeuTa-, from verbal adjective reAevro- (-a- feminine), from verbal stem reAef- or TeAeu-, also reAe-, reAeo--, ' to end ' or ' finish,' substantive re'Acs-, ' an end.' (stem ftp es ")> ' a P ar ^ :' from root ju.ep-, ' to divide,' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 105 'assign,' kin to Latin mereo, mereor, meritum. Hence, too, fjLoipa. (/Aopia), ' share,' ' fate,' ' appointed lot,' /xopos, ' doom,' ' destiny.' TL rpe^ei, literally ' what runs V cf. German was ist los ? i. e. what's loose 1 what's up 1 what's the matter ] for which also the Greeks say, n Trpay/xa ; 'what thing 1 ?' s, literally * ill- disposed,' i. e. indisposed, from root e- (Sia -j- 0e-) (Starffirfpu, Siaflerw) ; see above. [io-a>r], literally ' equally,' i. e. by an even chance ; as likely as not, perhaps, from To-o- for fi'crfo-, Sanscrit vishu ; root probably ft- (vi-), ' to separate,' ' divide,' as in di-vid-ere, vi-du-a, wi-dow. Hence TO Icrov, 'the fair share,' To-os, 'fair,' 'equal.' Ti-TTore, ' anything- whatever,' ' anything at all :' TTOTC, relative and interrogative of ore, ' when.' o-Tw/xuXtas : from a-rw/AwAo-, literally 'mouthy,' from cn-(j//,a(T-), ' mouth ' (properly OTO/A(Dvr) T^S UTT^peTpias , 0eAa> j/a erTrw KOLTI TOU d>Tos. Tt ^e'Aeig va CITT^S ; OTt e^epa TO. ydvTta, ^ juaAAov xa^ws Acyouv ot veo&a.(Tf.v aKo^rj. Tr\Tr)criov TOV Xa/ATriypos, /pacrf ws. Eur0e KaXa ; o^i' 8uo"Tv^cos el/j.a.1 TroXv Kaco8ta^TOS' vo/xi^oj Oju.o)s OTI SEV etve TITTOTC Kai OTI /x,e TOV x9 av Kare\,i7rev avrpv 17 Bvva/j,t<; va reXeiaio-j;. as if there had deserted him the power to finish. T/7TOT6 o{3eobv Trvperov. and has now since mid-day a terrible fever. Etz/e et? TO KpeftfiaTi irpo rpifav (apwv, cocrre Kal crra^ara She's in bed these three hours, so that and he stops ird\iv } e\7ri(ov vd TOV fiavTevcrcocrt, TOV again, hoping that they will guess him, poor fellow (i. e. his va TOV meaning). No one, however, will guess his meaning. C O Kyptos IIapSaXo9 Kal f) Ki/pi'a HapSaXoi) I'aTavTai Mr. Pardalos and Mrs. Pardalos stand direvavTi TOV d(pci)voi, a>9 epeoT^yu-aritfa (rrj^ela, e/celvos Se opposite him dumb, like interrogatory signs, while aiaQdverai ort 17 yXoJcra-d TOV eKO\\rj6r) ev ro5 \dpvyji TOV. he feels that his tongue has cloven in his throat. nX^y, O7ra)9 S^TTore, BtdX-oyi^eTai, TO irpdyaa irpeirei But, somehow or other, he thinks, the matter must vd TeXeiwcrrj. FtVerat \onrbv TO\fjir)pdTepo$, /cal K\eio)v end. He grows therefore bolder, and shutting TOW? o(f)da\/jLov<;, a>9 ot SetXol dcrdevels ol /ieXXo^re? vd his eyes, like cowardly patients who are about to KaTaTriaxTi iriKpov laTpi/cbv, 7ravd\aa(3dvei,' "fla-Te elve swallow bitter medicine, he resumes : So that it is dSvvaTov diro'tye . . . vd XaySa> TTJV TifArjv. . . . Aey impossible this evening . . . for me to have the honour. . . . You T)%evpT 7Tucra fjuovov Kal depi^erat pe TO fiavSv\iov TT??, nothing; she only pants and fans herself with her handkerchief , aicrOdverai Se dKardfjia^rov ope^iv va e^opv^rj TOU? hut she feels an invincible desire to gouge out the o^>6a\^ov^ TOV Kvpiov Soucra fj,dtcr], o, re\o^ } d(f> ov eyes of Mr. Susamdkis, who, at last, after fidrrjv TrpocreTra^cre va irpo^dearj pepi/cas Xe^et?, vainly attempting to add a few words, ov$ev d\\o evpe va elirri, rj JJLOVOV KaX^i> vvicra found nothing else to say, save only Good night o-a?. . . . Ma? (rvy^wpetre, Kupte Aievdwrd . . . to you. . . You excuse us, Mr. Manager . . . Sev elve erarj ; Ol 8vo av^vyot evevcrav etc 5 don't you 1 The couple, nodded in concert, like avro/jiara, TTJV KefyaXrjv, na\ o Sovcra/Lta/CT/? dve^atprjae. Mera automata, their head(s), and Susamdkis departed. In av r ra>)VTa OUTO>? eireiv r)/*ar TOV, a while there were heard his groping steps, so to say, 677t T?}? (TKoreivfis K\.LfjLaKo-, 'late.' Cases: /3paS-us -eta -u* -uv -eta -v' -eos -etas -EOS' -ct -cia -i -ets -ciai -ea* -cTs -etas -ea' -e'wv -eiwv -e'wv' -eai -ei'eus -e'crt ; kin to Sanscrit mrdus for mardus, and standing for /tpaSvs. Hence TO jSpdSu, ' the evening.' Observe accent, and cf. Italian sera, French soir, from Latin sera, serum. olovei i= otov = ' such,' ' so as ' + ci = ' if.' Hence oiovet = ' as if.' ev-a/3pu-v-o)u.evos : from d/3po- [d/3pu-], ' delicate,' explained above. 7ravaXa/A/3dvo)v (e7r-ava-Xa(/i)/3-dv-(ov (\a{3-), 'taking up again,' 'resuming.' evflu's (for ev6vr) : adverb of evOv~, ' straight ' = ' straightway.' Perhaps from eu, 'well' + 0ef- 6v-, 'run,' i. e. with a good run. eTTtcr^s, i. e. e?r' IOT^S ypajn/x^s = ' on a straight line,' ' equally,' ' evenly,' ' also ;' cf. our ' even so.' (rra/xara (oTa-/xaT-a-ei) : from crTa-/u,aT-, 'a stand-ing,' 'a stop.' Hence ora/AaT-d-w, 'I come to a standstill' Swa/u-s : noun of Swa-pai, 'I can,' 'I am able' = 'power,' ' ability. 1 cTrt^cDvei (rt-o/3-e-/jo- : adjective by suffix -e-pb- of root o/3~, c fear,' verb o/3epov, ' fearful ;' cf . rpopepd above. TTvpcrbv : apparently verbal adjective from irvpe- (not found), verbal stem of Trvp-, fire, with which it is kin. KpeftfidTi. (/cpe/3/3arioi>) : diminutive of KpafifiaTov, ' bed ;' seemingly a foreign word, found in Latin as grabbatum. TTpo rpioiv wpuv, literally ' before three hours,' i. e. since three hours, three hours ago (and still), or these three hours. eXTTi^wv (eXTuSiwv) : from ZXmS- (nom. eArn's), ' hope,' kin to Latin volup- in voluptas, and standing for FeXmS-, root fe'A-Tr-, lengthened from fe/V, kin to volo and will. pavrev- : verbal stem of /J.O.VTL-, 'a prophet,' kin to fj.a(v}6dvw, men(t)s, mind, &c. Hence p.a.vrevw, 'I prophesy,' 'I divine,' ' I guess.' Svo-Tvxrj (cf . Sucrruxws above) : from Sus-, ' ill,' and n^a-, ' fortune ;' stands for Svcrrvx^Ci'], and that for Suo-rv^eav, and that for 8v(TTv^(rav. The stem is Suo-rv^e's-. Cases : SUOTU^-^S -es' TJ -es' -ovs (-cos)' -ei (-e-et)' -ets (-es) -^' -wv (-eW)- -ecrt (-ea-crt). The forms in brackets are obsolete for the most part. dir-eVavTi = CLTTO + iv + av-ri, ' from-ui-front-of :' compare such compounds as French devant = de db ante, Spanish adelante = ab de illo ante, Italian innanzi =. in ante, &c. acjxitvoL : from d- = un-, and (JXDVO.-. Hence a^wovo-, ' voiceless,' ' unvoiced,' ' dumb.' /3WT7/jU,aTtKa : from stem epura-, explained above, whence comes e/>wT?7/xa(T), 'a question,' ipiarri^o.r-t,Ko-, 'belonging to a question,' ' interrogatory.' , ' I burst,' seems to come from an original root o-icaS- (scad-), and to be kin to English shatter, German scheitern. No doubt if we knew all the Greek that was spoken in classical times we should find this word ; as it A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 113 is, we have a bye-form of the same word in creSa- (o co-KcSacre), kin to scatter, which itself is a bye-form of shatter. 7repaoT-iK-a : adjective from verbal adjective Trepaoro- of stem irepa.-, present Trcpvaw, Trepvai, ' pass.' Hence 7repacrri/co- = ' transient.' oLKaTafjid^rfTov, a-KaTa-fjid^rjTOV '. from stem fJ-o.\e- of root ' to fight/ whence e/Aa^eo-a/i^v, e/Aa^^cra, ' I fought,' ' that may be fought,' Kara/xa^^To-, ' that may be fought down,' ' conquered,' dKara/xax^ro-, ' un-down-fight-able,' ' invincible,' kin to Latin mac-ilium, ' butcher's market,' mac-tare, ' to slaughter,' Gothic meki, ' a knife.' opfw : for opey-o-i-v, substantive of opey- (ope'y-o/xai), ' desire,' kin to opyi?, above. f^-opv^-trrj : opv%- = ' dig ' (present 6pv(i)vov : (rw -|- <^>o)va-, whence trv/x,<^)a)vo-, * with common voice,' ' in agreement,' e o-v/x^wvou, 'by agreement,' 'in concert.' avro-fjiara : O.VTO-, ' self ' -J- pa-, ' desire ' (Homer, jMepaws, perfect participle, ' desiring '). Hence avrofiaro-, ' self -prompted,' ' spontaneous,' avr6/j.ara., ' automata,' ' marionettes.' i(fr]\a(f)C)VTa : from tyrjXo, ' fine,' adjective of \j/d-, literally ' rubbed ' + aO>TI- from on- (nominative opov : for Kard^opov, a lengthened to 17 by force of accent, from Kara-fop-, ' bear down.' Hence Kar>;o/3fpo<; Trvperos. aiverat TO wpoXoyi /xov. Aeyeis vd/cpvocre; Aev KpvoXoyovv XOITTOV Kat ra wpoXoyta ; Orav KpuoXoy^crg Kavets /narauos TrpotnraOti va /AetSiacrj;. Atart' (rra/xaras ; AIOTI /t KareXen/'ev ^ Svva^is va TeXewucrto. 'EXTrt^w oyncos va )ue /navrevoT/TC. Aev $e'Xei KOVCIS va /xe p-avTcvarr/ TOV a^Xiov; IIws va ae /xavTvcru)/xev ; Aev cip.fOa /iavTts. Ta epwr^aTiKa Xapuyyi /mau. Tt 8taXoyt^(7^ ; AiaXoyi'o;u.ai TTWS ^a TeXewoo^ TO 7rpay/*a. a OTTWS Sr^TTOTC. npeVei o/xws va TeXetwo"^. Ot SetXot ju.eXXovTS va KaTaTrtwcri Tri/cpov taTpt/cov xXetovv TroXAaKts (often) TOIIS 6(f)Oa\fJiov<;, Kai 8ev rj^evpere wais XvTrowTat, rows Ip^tTai eras /JeySaiovej va o-Kao-ow. *As crKacrouv XOITTOV, ew^oyaat va etve jrepacrTiKa. Atari /u.epi/cas Aefeis, veww w? auro/xaroj/ T^V Kea\r)v KOL dva^wpai. Mera fjuKpov 60. aKOvcrrjTe TO. i/o/Aa^wi/Ta ovrws etTrctv /8^/Aara /AOU CTTI TT}S cr/corav^s /(Xi/xaKOS' ouSeis Se $a cnAAoyto-^ " /* ^xoTtcrry TW SuaTV^ /cat ^wpis aXXo $a KaraKi;\7ycra> TOI/ Karrjifiopov, The couple nod in concert, and reply with a self-satisfied smile, Dancing is doubtless a sovereign cure. It is a bitter medicine, however, for timid patients, replied my friend. I always catch cold when I dance. I have been in bed these three days with (dtTro) a fearful fever. My watch has stopped. It seems to have caught cold likewise. I hope it may pass off; but I i'eel that my tongue has cloven to the roof of my mouth. Well, it must end somehow ! Perhaps I shall feel better if I close my eyes, like invalids when they are about to take medicine. It is impossible that I should have the honour of seeing you at my house this evening. You can't think how sorry I am. I'm like to burst. No one can guess my chagrin. I feel as if I had an invincible desire to scratch your eyes out. In vain I try to add a few words. I can only say " Good night ! " and " Long life to you." If you hear my feet groping on the dark staircase, and do not think to light me, do not murmur if I fall headlong, nor stand (/x^Se errors) like a sign of interrogation, as if you did not know what had happened. Why do you repeat the last word with a self-satisfied smile, as if you luxuriated in it 1 Because in truth it is so. Why do not you attempt to smile likewise ? AEKATON TETAPTON MAOHMA. FOUETEENTH LESSON. 'O A?7/i77TpaK779 Kal rj <&p6aa> e/j,eivav JJLOVOI. "^iwrrwcn Demetrakes and Phrosy were left alone. They are e dfjL^orepot, /catrot Sidtyopa cUff&fjfJkarra tcvfiaivovan ras both silent, although various sentimenta agitate their I 2 116 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ? rwv, Kara rrjv fypdcriv rwv rpajiKcov hearts, to use the language of the tragic poets. Ta eZ8e? ra ! \eyet CTTI reXou?, fjurj ^vva^evr] rc\eov vet You see ! says at last, unable longer to Kparrjdfj, fjujre ^edvfjuiivovaa apKovvrats Sia p,6vov restrain herself, nor finding vent sufficiently in mere rov (j>v ov appaxTTijO'e rj ryvvalicd rov ; AUTO elve Sta when his wife has fallen ill ? That's for va ra "jricrrevrjre ai/Tab/Liat 70) Tt 6a erpe^e and she needn't think it. I've a pretty shrewd fancy what's up pera^v rmv. a ra-axtodrjicav 7ra\t, Ka0a>? (rvfifiaivei between them. TJtey will have quarrelled again, as happens raKTiKa fiiav opav rrjv efiBopaSa rovKd^icrrov, Kal regularly once a week at least, and rb rtraictafjid TOV? ^earraae '5 TO xe(j)d\ifjiaopdv. their quarrel has burst on our head(s) this time. It is to be noted here for the sake of -the curiosity A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 117 rwv rjfjierepwv avayi'oxrrSn', on r\ Kup/a TlapSaXov eftavrevev of our readers, that Mrs. Pardalos guessed opOorara 8ia rr}9 e rrjt otvt'a? ra Ko/j,i TOVTO ai Tptd/fovra TT}? TrpoiKos rov ^tXtaSe?. ' A\X' as permitted (this) his thirty thousands of dowry. But 7 Kvpia ^ova-a/jLaKr) eTraOe ra vevpd TT;?, Mrs. Susamakis had a nervous attack (lit. suffered inher 'nerves), KTV7rrj(re TOU? ron^ou? Sta TWV ^eipwv TTJS, TO Trdrwfia Sta struck the walls with her hands, the floor with rov TTO&K awTT/9, xal rov ^Opearrjv Sia T)? rcavrovtyKas rrfS, her foot, and Orestes with her slipper, Kal, %arr\(L>0icra et? ryv K\lvrjv rrj<;, rrpoa-7rot^0rj rrjv and, extended in her bed, pretended to have \eirr60vfjbov, e'(' 00-77^ wpav evofticrev ittavrfV O7ra>9 fainted, till snch time as she thought sufficient for 7Tipoau>, Kal had finished her sentence Mrs. Phrosy, when I'eo? Kporos d/j,dj~r)s eTrava-e TTpb rrj poor John had succeeded in finding. We 7repiypd(f>0fjiev rrjv d7re\Tri(TTi,Kr)v teal a-Trapa^tKap^tov do not describe the desperate and heartrending Tpi(f>$iav /jLcra^v d/^a^TjXdrov ^T/TOWTO? dSpdv airo^^i'iaxJiv triody between (the) cabman seeking abundant indemnity eirl T&5 fiaraia) KOTTO), ITapSaXov d^tovvros va for his vain trouble, Pardalos claiming to pay fjiiav fjbovyv Spax/jLrjv, Kal TOW 8vcrev. 'H opa. : adjective neuter plural of verb 8tavvcra-. fiaraKta pov, literally * my little eyes ! ' i.e. my life, my darling ; cf . the expression ' guard as the apple of mine eye.' Diminutive of fj.drt(v), ' eye,' itself a diminutive = op.p.a.r-1-ov of o7r-/xaT-, from root OTT-, kin to eye, German Auge, explained above. u<' ov = a.7ro ov, ' from which,' i. e. since. dpptocrnyo'e : aorist 3rd singular of apptaa-rc-, verb of appwcrro- from d = ' un- ' + poxrro-, verbal adjective of po-, ' be strong.' pwfj.7], ' strength,' pw/xa-Xe-o-, ' strong,' K.T.X. Hence the greet- ing eppaxro, i. e. ev-pwcro, ' be strong,' middle imperative aorist (classical Ippoxrui) of verb fppo-. The doubling of p is due to lost a, whence we are led to connect trpo-, as a bye-form, with root avTo-, verbal adjective of atVco, aorist passive fdvr)v, tpavw. Hence (^avrd^ofj-at = 1 1 have appearances,' fyavra., ' I fancy ;' ^>avrao-/u.a = ' ghost,' ' apparition,' from root a-, ' say,' r)fu, ' I say,' Latin fa- in fa-bu-la, fa-ma, &c. TcraKO)Or}Kav : for l-rtraKw-Orj-Kav, literally ' they have been caught,' ' they have caught together,' ' become entangled (in a quarrel).' TCTOLKOV- perhaps for O-O.KKOV-, ' bag,' ' catch,' from era/era-, 'a bag.' TO.KTLKO. : plural neuter = adverb of raKTiKo-, adjective of verbal adjective raKT<>-, from root ray- or T ' I bedew,' ' I cool,' ' I refresh,' Sporrwrnxa, 'refreshments,' Spocrepo-, 'cool.' a<0ova>s : adverb of a-^Oovo- = ' without grudging ' or ' envy.' Hence ' plenteously.' <^>^ovo-s probably for 6dvo<;, kin to (f>6a.vo>, 'reach' or 'overtake,' literally 'the overtaker,' personified by the ancient Greeks as 'that which was sure to catch a man,' ' the jealousy,' <0ovos, ' of destiny.' a^>i|tv : for a-iK-o-i-v, from aTro + IK-, ' to reach,' present (classical) d^i/cve'o/xat, 'I arrive,' 'I reach,' for fix-, Sanscrit vif-d-mi, ' I reach,' ' touch.' 6pyipua|as : aorist participle nominative masculine singular of pva-y- (puao/mi), ' to be restive,' ' neigh ' (of a horse). The root is pu-, kin to l>ray, the ay- is suffix. cftpovrrja-e : from /3povra-, verbal stem from (Bpovra-, ' thunder,' this again a verbal for /Jpo/A-ra- from root /6pe/x-, kin (in spite of irregularity as regards initial consonant) to Latin frem-o, German brummen, Sanscrit Ihram; perhaps, too, connected, so far as /?pe- is concerned, with the foregoing pv-. 7TTpe7rOV = f.TT for 7Tl -)- tTpCTTOV I 7Tl-Tp7r-W = literally ' I turn over [to any one],' 'I allow,' 'permit.' rpt-rr- [rpa/c-] kin to German dreh-en, 'turn.' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 123 7ra$e (present Tracr^w for vrdO-a-KW, cf. yiyvto-o-/fw, K.T.X.), ' suffered,' kin to Latin pat-i-or, pat-i-enti-a, whence our patience, &c. : kin to Latin nervo-, where the r and v are transposed. : from KTVTTO.-, from KTVTTO-, the Homeric ySoibro- in -, 'land-resounding,' 'the sound of a blow.' Hence dw, ' I strike,' fKrvir-tjdr) /zoVos TOV, ' he was struck or stabbed by himself,' 'committed suicide, or attempted it.' TOI^O- : distinguished from TCI^CS. with which it is kin, as the partition from the outer wall of a house, paries, not murus, in Latin, still less moenia, ' the walls of a town ;' Wand as opposed to Mauer in German. TraTw/ActjV], literally ' that which is trodden :' from ' path,' whence Traro-v-w (not found), 'I make a path of,' ' I tread.' Hence Trarw^a = ' floor,' ' storey,' TO avw 7raTWju,a, ' the upper storey,' TO Kcrno Trdrw/jLa, 'the lower storey.' 7ravrov(f>Xa : from the French pantoufle, 'a slipper.' ea.7r/V], do-Tratpto, ' to quiver ;' kin to our spring, German springen intransitive, and sprengen transitive + Kap8-, heart -{- adjectival suffix -to- + v. T/oteoS-i-av : from rpi-, three, and wSa- for dotSa-, ' song,' from root dfiS-, ' sing,' for dfeiS-, kin to vS-co, iS-e'-w, ' I sing,' aTjSwv [dfijSwv], 'the nightingale,' Sanscrit vdd-d-mi, 'I speak/ 'I say.' a.ireXiri.6- = suffix) to S.8r]v, also aSrjv for o-dS-^-v. The root is o-a-, found in Latin sa-tur, sa-tis, &c., in German satt, 'satisfied,' our sad. d^touvTos = dfto-ovT-os : from d^io- (d^to-w, d^tovw), ' count worthy,' from adjective aio-, i. e. ay-on-o-, literally ' takeable,' ' acceptable.' Hence d&.owTos = literally ' counting worthy, and so claiming.' Hence, too, di'a>/ta, ' dignity,' ' office,' di'a, 'worth.' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 125 TrA^poxn? : from irXypo-, verbal stem from TrA^pes-, 'full,' explained above. Hence TrXypovu, literally ' I fulfil,' i. e. de- mands, and thus = 'pay.' Sw^epy : stem (W^epes-, literally 'ill to handle.' 'ill for the hand,' from Sw-, 'ill,' and ^ep- (nominative ^etp, genitive x e P's and xpo?)> 'band.' &vopa alopdr) Sev ^Swaro TrXeov va Kparr]0y. Aev fK6vfj.a.v6'rjv (f@vp.dv6'r]Ka), Aeyei, dp/covvrcos d/co/i^. 'Optorc TaJpa' T6 Ae'yeis ; Ti Xeyco ; aTT^VT^cre /AetXi^tws 6 a^iiyos TT;S' eyw Aeyw va /x^v 7ra/xc ; /cat TTOJS va Tra/jLf a ov dppaio'TTjo'e TO) avOpunrov r) a TOV (yvv^ TOV) ; 5ets ot di/Spes -trio-rev frt TroXXd. 'Eyw 126 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. o/zus opav TovXa^tcrrov Trjs /3So/>idSos va KGU avr)v T)v (f>opav ^aiVerat TTCOS 17 Karatyt's T7racre is TO Kpudr) KOU /SpovT^cry 6 /cvptos o-uvyos TIJS d<^' ov f/j-aOe TOVTO. Touro Sev tTreVpeTrov OUTC at Tpta/covTa TJJS Trpotxos TOU ^tXtdSes OUTC Ta KaXct ^/. ETTIOT^S 17 2ovo"ayu,a/catva KatTOt 7rao~^e TCI veCpa TT/S Sev cTrpeTre va KrvTrrjcrrj TOV 'OpecrTr/v 8td TJ}S 7ravTOw<^)Xas TT/S, OUT va TrpocnroL-rj&fj TTJV XenroOv/Jiov av Sev ^TO Tg aXrjdeia XeiTrd^u/aos, TO OTTOIOV 8ev e^>atVTO inOavov (probable) Kara Trp Svva/Atv fie^' ^s eKTVirrjcre TOV avSpa TI^S. 'iSou TO a7roTXeo-/xa Trapa TW Kuptw ETapSaXw. *Q TaAatVcupe oSwp^ / evpi'o~Keo~at eis 8uo~^epr} Kat 8uo~K^oXov Oecriv. Tt aTrcXTrto'TiK'^ Kat o-7rapa|tcdp8ios (TKfjvrj. 'O IlapSaXos d^tot va TrXrjpwcrr) p.iav fiovov $paxfj.rjv. 'O auar)Xa.Tr)/ro opyto"/Aevos, dXAa TeXos TraWcov ij WKrjvr) 8ie\v6r), KO.I rj }vpo) heartrending and desperate to describe. How terrible was the result of the tempest ! The wall was beaten with hands, the floor with feet, and Orestes with a slipper. Moreover, Pasiphae had a nervous attack, and pre- tended to faint away. But these things were but the beginning of evils. The cabman had to be (en-pcTTc va) indemnified for his vain trouble. Mr. Pardalos got angry, and Mrs. Pardalds swore a frightful oath. All this happened because Pasiphae had driven away the refreshments so abundantly brought from the A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 127 confectioner's. What wonder (TI 0aO/ixa) if Susamakis stormed and raged? The curiosity of our readers will have guessed most correctly that the pair (ol o-vvyoi) had quarrelled. This generally happened regularly once or twice a week, at least. Oh, my life ! The man's wife is ill. What can he do 1 She does not cheat me, however, said the lady, so she needn't think it. We are both silent because we have nothing to say, though various sentiments agitate our breasts. No man can find sufficient vent for his anger by merely panting. He must say something, but he need not swear. If he must, it is better that he should remain alone. In vain does Mrs. Susamakis strive to escape the keen-wittedness of Mrs. Pardalos. She fancies accurately enough what must have happened betwixt her and her husband. 128 A GUIBE TO MODEKN QKEEK. PART II. INTKODUCTIOK THE student will by this time have attained so complete an insight into the general structure of the Greek language, that he will have no difficulty in seeing his way through the follow- ing conversational sentences. HOW TO USE THE DIALOGUES. (a) First learn a page by heart, committing each column to memory, so far as to be able, when the right-hand column is covered with a sheet of paper, to recall the words by looking at the left. (6) Now write out in an exercise-book the left-hand column from sight; put the " Guide" out of view, and translate on the opposite page from memory. (c) Open the " Guide," and correct carefully any mistakes, down to every accent and breathing. (d) He- write till there remains no jot or tittle to correct. (e) Practise yourself in the composition of original dialogues (1) by ringing the changes on the column already written out, e. g. : HpofTOijJMa-6Tf] f) ava^u>pTf]6dvei apyd, K.T.X. (/) Afterwards these original exercises may be enlarged to any extent by consulting the classified vocabulary at the end of the book, Part III. A GUIDE TO MODERN QEEEK. 129 CONVERSATIONS. AIAAOrOI. Am = 'between two' + Xdyo- = 'word,' 'discourse.' A JOURNEY TO GREECE. TatSiov cts rty 'EXXaSa. rai8iov, diminutive of rd^t-r = Tay-o-i-s, literally ' an order,' ' arrangement,' ' mission.' Hence rai8tov = ' little mission,' ' trip,' 'journey.' HpoeT6ip.do-0T)Te Kara irdvra Bid rqv Are you all ready to go ? (lit. Did you prepare yourself in every- thing for the departure P). Are your things all ready ? Everything is ready. Don't forget that the ticket office closes five minutes before the departure of the train. Ta Trpdyfiard eras five irdvra erot/xa ; Ta Trdvra five eroi/za. Mij \ijo~[j.ovfiTf on TO ypafpelov r>v flcriTTjpitov K\eifTai jrevre Xenra Trpo rfjs dvaxa>pr)(Tfs. a' aXXa ra Kt0coria vd KovfldXrjO-g TO Ta p.ov tie TOV ara.6\iQV. Not in England ! And besides, I have taken my ticket beforehand. Very well. But your boxes ? I have read somewhere a notice that all luggage arriving too late is kept back till the next train, and is subject to charge for carriage. In England, on the contrary, it is not forwarded at all, but is kept at the lost luggage office. I have provided, however, against this, and have hired a porter to carry my things to the station. 130 A GUIDE TO MODEBN GREEK. *EXct/3a d((Tiv fit TO Travrofpopelov TOV o-tSjjpoSpo/xou ware dev 6a 'l8oi> f Ti al fj.iav iri\odfjKT)v 8ta TTJV ap,aav TTJS aTrotr/cfUj}?. Taura 6eXa> va eyypd\|/-eo. Ta Xoimi p,ov irpay^ara 6a jrdpta (*av p.ov. ArjXa&f) TroSoTuXry/xa, fiaK-rrjpiav, rptls Tf(rcrapas(})aK\\ovs, oir\ov, KVvdpiov, dvo rovpKiKas KOTTVO- crvpiyyas nal fva -)(f\u>viov a>v- TO.VOV. *Qs TTpbs ra aXXa a? rjvf' dXXa 8ia TO Kvvdpi (TO o~KvXd/ct) irpfirt i va \r)(p6f) IdiaiTfpov ypappdriov, KOI avrb irpfTTd va vndyrj p.e TTJV dTTOffK(VT)V. To ^eXww ofjLo>s TrptTTfi v dcprjcrrjTe Zvi TO K.aTapidp.tis fls TO o>v(pia ; , ei/( five TeTpdirodov epneTov Kal QTI TU fvrop.a five oXa e{-dtro8a. Soii ev o-f\iviov Tip.fj T^S tlcroSov els TOV Z&JoXoylKOJ/ KfJTTOV, fKTOS TTJS Aetrrepas OTOV five p.6vov ednevov. I have taken a place in the railway omnibus, so I shall not want a cab. Here we are (arrived) at the station. What luggage have you, sir? I have two trunks, a travelling- bag, and a hat-box, for the luggage van. These I wish to register. My other luggage I will take with me. That is to say a foot-wrapper, a stick, three or four parcels, a gun, a lap-dog, two Turkish pipes, and a live tortoise. As for the rest, let them pass ; but for the dog a separate ticket must be taken, and he must go in the van. As for the tortoise, you must leave that behind : we don't convey vermin ! Vermin ! So you reckon a tortoise among the vermin ? Certainly, sir ; it's an insect. An insect ! My good fellow, where did you go to school (study) ? I refer you to the Zoological Garden (s), and there you will learn, if you have any brains in your head, that the tortoise is a four-footed reptile, and that insects are all six- footed. There's a shilling for you, the price of admission to the Zoological Gardens, except ' on Mondays, when it is only sixpence. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 131 Av fvKaipfis ras AevTepar, Ttaye 8vo cpopas 8ia va (pTi(r6fis KaXXiYfpa. *Q CTUTO flvf a\\o ^rjrrjfia, Kvpif I Kat Taipa fvdvp.ovfj.ai on 6 evo- 86^os fuel Trepa e^ft /3(j3X('oi.' p.e reroia 6epia fj.fcra. *As TJVG \onrov. MoXov TOVTO al Xe'ei? TerpaTToSov Kal fdiroftov f^ovv ii\\r]v njftaofav ds TTJV IftiKyv pov 8ov\flav. TO(TW TO Ka\\lTfpOV ! KVTTO.f \OITTOV TT]V it.Kf]v (Tov 8ov\flav, KOI acpere els ffie'va ra rerpan-oSa TiVa decriv e'XajSere ; Tpirrjs ra^ftas. Atari Tai8euere Tptrrjv Atort 8fv vndp^ft TfrdpTT "Els TrfV Ip\av8iav ofitas vjra MaXtcrra 1 TroXXa dXXoKora Trpdy- p.ara inrdp^ovv fKfl' Tfcrcrapts rd^fis, KUL rdis ovSe/jiia' rov- MIJTTCOS Kal tv 'EXXa6t 6a i'Sr^re. Take your places, please. Come, let us get in quick. Don't go so near the engine. Let us try to get a seat near the door. I like to have my back towards the engine, so as to escape the wind and dust. I hear the third bell. We are going to start. 'ifioii TO crvpiyp.il ! What a length the train is ! If you have time on Mondays, go twice, that you may be more thoroughly enlightened. Oh, that alters the question, sir ! And, now I come to think of it, the landlord over the way has a book with those kind of creatures in it. I daresay you're right (lit. Let be then). All the same, four-foot and six-foot have an- other meaning in my business. All the better ! Mind your own business then, and leave thp four-footed reptiles to me. What place have you taken ? Third class. Why do you travel 'third ? Because there's no fourth. There is in Ireland, however. Yes, indeed ; there are many strange things in Ireland. Four classes (orders), and no order at least, great disorder. Is there better order to be found in Greece ? You will see. Acz/3eT6 ras dep,(v ypr/yopa. Mi) Ttriyaivr/Tf rocrov TrXrjcriov TTJS >p.*v va KaT Trapa TTJV dvpav. va e^w ra v>ra p.fva irpos TO /ne'po? rfjs p. rov rpirov \op.ev v d That's the whistle P Ti /xe'X- K 2 132 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Do you know whether it stops at Redhill? The time-table says it passes without stopping. "Wait ! It does not pass at all. What a pace ! We have already come thirty miles. Have you had your luggage hooked ? Yes ; here is the ticket they gave me. Keep it carefully. You must give it up when you arrive, in order to get your luggage. oy\T)yopa. av o-rapara ets KOKKIVO- ftovvov ; To SeXTt'ov Xe'yet OTI ftiaftaivet ^toptr rai (ppi*era r] a 'H aiTi' fivt OTI dntxofJifv paxpuv TTJS firixavTjs. 'iSoti tp^erat /ii'a d^ia^offTot^i'a. Eu/f rf/s eiriaiVeTat ort (Iff eVi TTJS lyp-eTf'pas 6Sov. Mr/ Tapa.TTT)(rde. At eVto-Tpe(povo-ai dfjia^offToi^iat iropfvovrai rrdv- rore eVt rrjs aAAqs ypa^jjf. 'l8ov ((p8dTov (TTddflOV. Tlocrov 6a [j.fiva>p.fv e'Scu ; '' O^t TT\(OV TO>V Tpifov \TTT>V. Stucrra (pduvei va Kavcrtofjitv ra x t ^- r ) yuay KaranivovrfS TTOV Kcuptv. 'iSov ndXiv ttKivi](Tafj.(v. Ei/ie^a fls TO (TKVTOS. imitytiov opvyfia. Where are we now ? 'Op.oid^t ort ftp.f6u (Is TOV depa Ate8pa/to/iei/ (Sterpe^o/xei') 17877 rpia- /fowa /MtXta. "Efeypa^ars ra Trpdyfjuird i/Xd^are TO TrpcxrtKTiKcas' TrpeTret va TO irapafta>s' aXXa alcrOdvofuu Perhaps ; but I feel a headache, yiav KOI KaTf\ofj.ai o\os dirb and am all of a chill. piyovs. Bpe d8e\- Let's go on deck. The fresh air fjMTos' 6 8poo~epbs drjp fla o~f will do you good. If you are sea-sick here, between Dover and Calais, what will you do between Marseilles and the Piraeus ? Yes, indeed : " If they do these things in the green (wet) tree, what shall be done in the dry ? " Translate that into Modern Greek (the spoken language). That's about what we should say nowadays. But even in the original, every one understands it. 'O avfp.os five ovpios. Tt'y five OVTOS 6 eVt TOV e/i/3oXou ; Eti*e 6 irXoiapxos' dvaftaivei fKtl 8ia va daxrrj diaTayds. 'H a7ro$aXa(nria five fj,eyd\r). "HKOvcra TT>S 8ev e%fi SfHmrat KOI iraXippoiav els TTJV Ao/3pt'ou /cat TOV KaXaicri'ou, Tt 6a KdfjLrjTf p.(Tav TTJS Mcuro-d\ias KOI TOV JIeipaiS>s ; MaAiora' " el eV TO> vypti v\pav. BXfVco TTJV aKTTjv. 6d p.(v (is oXiyov, 'iSou t(pddo~ap.(v. Here LlKpifiuiS. Ufpl ras 8vo, j/o/ii'fco. Aicdpdp.oiJ.fv rjSr) rpia ^iXtuf Ildcn/i' >pav p-evovv (8a> ; 'O\oK\T)pov reraprov TTJS upas Toero) TO KaXXirtpov' Siort a va TTfivat Ka vu 'Eive d\T) H>s XotTroi/ e^ovv oi*EX\T)vfs rptis Xf^ety 8t avrrjV. Tas KaTfcrKfiKMrav ol \oyiurraroi TO>V, r Tov\dKTTov ras e<*]p~ Kaipw. Kai fKTOS TOVTOV, Tjt-fVpfTf OTl Ol *E\\T)YfS tlvf Kal irdvroTf rj(rav rpop-fpnl vavrai Kal fvpicrnovrai iravTov rov Korrp,ov. Ilpos rovrots five Kal rpupfpol 0efj.fv rrjv VVKTa ; Et/wrapetre va /j.tn crvcrTT](rr)Tf KaXoi/ Kai ev0rjv6v ; MaXiora, dXXa pvcmKa. ! Siori, a(pov fv8fx6fj.fvov va ruiroaflovv TO. Xo'yia fjiov, 6 Koa/ioy 60. eXeye OTl 8(i)po8oKT)0T]V BlO. TT)V (TV- E8a) rovXa^tcrroi' five ^ fX" dpKfTa KaKrjV o^nv Kal ir\r)criov rov crradfjiov TOV criSrjpo- 'AXXa TI. (TTj/jiaivfi TOVTO, a(j> ov (fievyofjifv avpiov UTTO aXXou ara&pov fls TO p.fo"r](j,(3pivbv p,fpos Ttjs TToXfcas; ^O^t TUtpU 7T\fOV' flp.TTOpOVfJLV VO. faKo\ov6fjO'a>iJ.ev TO Tai8iov pas \mpls v aXXa^cojaej/ crTadpov. AotTroj' as Kovbovviaoip.fv e'Sco. Have you a double-bedded room (to let) P I don't know, sir ; but I will ask the landlord. Gentlemen, I have one bedroom with two beds. On what floor P On the second. Bring us soap, water, and towels : we want to wash. But what a tiny basin ! It's the custom in France, sir. Here we are at last, safe and sound, thank God, in Paris. Now for Marseilles. But where are we to pass the night ? At a hotel, I suppose. Can you recommend me a good, cheap one P Yes, but in confidence ; for, since it is possible my words may be printed, the world would say I had taken a bribe for my re- commendation. Here, at all events, is an inn which. looks well enough, and is near the railway station. What does that matter? We shall have to start to-morrow from another station in the south part of the town. This is no longer the case. We can continue our journey with- out change of station. Let us ring here, then. Eere 8fj.aTiov fit 8vo K\ivas. Eis Trolov TraTO>fj,a ; Ely TO 8fi>Tfpoi>. $fpfTf p.as vepov p.e (rcnrovvi Kal -irpoafyia' 6f\op,fvva Tr\vi>d5>p.ev. 'AXXa TI fj-inpov \fKavi8iov ! QVTO>S crvvfi6ifTai els TTJV FaXXiay wpie. 136 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. And as for the soap, haven't you brought your own ? No ; I forgot that this is also the custom in France. Tell us how often do people wash a day in France ? According to taste, and to necessity. To tell you a tale, however : Et^a TTore - 6r) Kal Kvrrdgas els TO KOTOTrrpov f(pa>vae, "&ev! e^a> TOV ' pavpov OdvaTov,' irdya> TrXia / Tf\tiova> ! TOV laTpov Aei/ T/TOV ofj.dDs riTrore irapa 6 KOTTVOS TOV Aovftivov. "Core ySXeVfre Kvpioi on eVSf^o- (ifvov va ir\vvT)Tai 6 FaXXos fls TTJV i8iKT)v TOV Trarpifia fiiav (popav fls p-iKpoo-KoniKov Xf/cavi- 8tov, x^pi- 5 O-OTTOVVI, Kal va r/vt KadapatTfpos dno TOV "AyyXov 6 analog Xovtrat Kal Tpls ) TfTpaKis TTJV rjp.epav. 'Ev TOVTOIS T] virrjpeTpia Ba tray pav (rvvrpayovv ; Ety ray oKrob dxpiftcas. Twpa TTOV ffpvye eKflvos 6 uao~Kapds, faipfTos f] evKaipia va. e'era- o~a>ij.ev Tas K\ivas, Oh ! I'm turning entomologist, perforce. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 137 Tt iriavfis' XeTTiSoTrrepa; jrera- \ov8ais ; TOCTOV fi)(apiaTov ! dii(pia TroXii KaXXiYfpa avert- Tvy/ieVa tls TTJV 'EXXaSa. M7 /xou rot dvaipfpeTf. A.OITTOV as KaTafia>fj.fv els TO Belnvov Kal as 8eiirvr](Ta>p.ev Ka\a, diort 6a xda-copev alfjta aTTO^e. Tims enepda-are rrjv VVKTO ; 'ApKfra caXa dvaXoyats rfjs rrvv- Tpofpias. Tt crvirpofpia ; 'iSoii TrapaSet'y/Liaroj XP IV > "K 5 eras (paivovrai ravra; *Q dee fj.ov ! 6a TO. ((pfpere pav (ray. HoXv Tridavbv' TovXa^ioTov eras lTTOi ol "AyyXot, aXXa rpS>vf (-rpatyovvf) Ka\a Kal n\t]p6vovv Ka\d. Ti i'jraTf ; EITTO OTI yv TO What are you catching? Lepi- doptera ? Butterflies ? Nothing so pleasant! Aphani- ptera and hemiptera : fleas and bugs. Never mind. You will find these insects much better developed in Greece. Don't mention it. Well, let us go down to supper, and get a good one, for we shall lose blood to-night. How did you pass the night ? Pretty well, considering the com- pany. What company ? Look there, for example, what do you think of these ? Good heavens ! You must have brought them with you. Very likely. At all events, we have left you enough behind to remember us by. Oh, that is superfluous. (Aside) Strange fellows, these English ; but they eat well, and they pay well. What did you say ? I said, We always know the English by their ready wit and their excellent French pronunciation. 'AXXa 6 (pi\os uov five " Qavud^ofj.ev Kal TOVS ol FaXXoi TTJS 'AXXa o TO>pivoi ; AUTO! five (pIXoi T>V I hear the bell. 138 A GUIDE TO MODERK GREEK. ~E.lfi.f6a 0X0 -rrXrjcriov. (paiverai' irov elp.eda T&pa ; Eir ro A.ovy8ovvov. H6 Kaipov e^ofiev f8a> ; "Ocrov 6e\op.fv, diori f)(opev TO va du n/v -rropfldv pas. A.VTTJ f) apa^ocTTOixia o/xros ird\iv p.fTa fucocrt Treire XfTrrd. *Af (pdyvpev \onrov Kal as ( aKO\ovdrj(ra>fj.ev TTJV iropeiav. 'Biipvvop.cn ras d I want to get on. So do I. a.Kop,T] fiiav ytfpvpav va irfpdfj.ev. 'EITOS oXiyou ^a flp.fda (Is TO repfta TTJS 68onropias p.as. Not so fast! We have four or five days' sail yet . Oh, that's only rest after the railway. I trust you may find it so. It depends on the weather. But it's always fine in the Medi- terranean. Yes; except when it thunders, lightens, rains, blows, snows, or hails, it is very pleasant weather there (lit. the weather there is very pleasant). Ti' &pav dva^capfl TO ar/iOTrXotov avpiov ; At seven in the morning. Let's walk quicker. We are quite near. Here we are, off again. I have been asleep, it seems. Where are we now ? At Lyons. How much time have we here ? As much as we like ; for we have the right of breaking our journey here. This train, however, starts again in twenty-five minutes. Let's dine, then, and continue our journey. I'm tired of delays. GeXeo va Trpo^a>pr}(ra). Kal e'ya) tir'urtjs, Here is the last station but one. We've one more bridge to pass. We shall soon be at our journey's end. 'AyaXta, dyaXta .' e^o/iev Ttcrcrdpa>v TTfvre r)p.epa>v TT\OVV aKOpLr/. *O TOVTO 8(v dvf Trapa dvanavais fitTa TOV (ri8r)p68popov. *As 8a>ar] 6 Qtos va TO evpijTf ovrwy. 'E^aprarai TOV Kaipov. AXXa five iravroTf (v8ia ts TIJV Mecroyftoi' ^aXao - o - ai'. MaXtora, (KTOS OTUV ftpovrq, d- a6vti clve TTO\V (iid 6 Kiupus (Kfl. At what o'clock does the steamer start to-morrow? EIJ TQS firra TO irput A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 139 Iloaov Kaipov 6a ypeQa Ka$' ooov; How long shall we be on the passage ? Tea-aapas rj ne'vTf f)fj.epas. Four or five days. 'Svfj.TTfpiXap.fBdvfTai rj Tpoii,r]v ; MaXitrra Kvpie, wore, /SXeVcTf, Yes, sir; so you see we have \6yov va o-irev' every reason for despatch. I am so tired of walking from stem to stern, from starboard to larboard (right to left), of hearing the noise of the wheels and the engines, and the cries of the pilctf; and the sailors, and of seeing nothing but sky and sea, and the black smoke vomited by the funnel. Look ahead ! What do you see yonder (over there) ? BXeVti) o>s vnohevKov T ve(pos. ~Elve f) o.KTr) TTJS 'iraXiar KOI fls Svo &pat 6a p.(v fls TOP Xt/ieva TTJS NeaTToXetos. Etve 'HfpaicTTfiov opos (Ktivo ; MaXiora five 6 Becrovftios. Ga dvvr)6>iJ.V va eVtcncf$a>/L(.e> TO. aTrop.fivapia TOV 'H/jaxXciou Kal TCOV DafMVtmrj TOUOV va TrepiTrarw OTTO TTJV 7rp>pav els TTJV irpvfjivrjv, df^iodev npos Ta.pi(TTfpa' v aKOvo) TOV KpOTOV TtoV TpO%U>V KOI TTJS firjxavfjs, KOI ras Kpavyas TOV vavK\r]pov KOI T5)i> vavT&v, /cat va y.r) fiXeirat ov8ev irapa ovpavov Kal 6a\acrcrav KOI rov p.e\ava Kairvbv TOV (f/j.ovp.fvov VTTO TTJS irp6cr ! Ti rrepav. I see, as it were, a TvMti ah cloud. That is the coast of Italy ; and in two hours we shall reach the harbour of Naples. Is that a volcano P Yes ; it is Vesuvius. Shall we be able to visit the remains of Herculaneum and Pompeii ? No ; because we are in quarantine. Why is that? Because our ship has been at Con- stantinople, where the plague prevails. What a pity 1 Pity, indeed ! but there's no help for it (lit. what are we to do?). a 'idwptv K'ITI aXXo ' OpOS KOTO. TOV TT\OVV ,' Atar/ TOVTO ; AioTt TO TT\OIOV pas rjTO els TTJV K.a>v- TavTivoviro\iv, OTTOV tTTtfcparei 6 Xoi/xoj. Tt Kpip,a ! rwoj/Tt / dXXa Ti va Shall we see any other volcano on our voyage ? 140 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. a iScapev *at TTJV A.tTvav 8iair\evo~avTs TO. (rrtva TTJS The glass is falling; we shall have a storm. The wind has suddenly risen. The sky has become covered with clouds. It has clouded over. The sea is rough. It is growing rough. I feel sea-sick. I'm very bad (lit. I suffer dread- fully). . Drink a drop of gin. I would rather lie down in my hammock ; perhaps that will relieve me. My head turns round. true' irS>s fvpiaKf>TT)piov fi\e?ro[j.(v eVei nipa. Eive 6 MaXea?. \oiirov irpi7T\fO[i.v "rijv OKTr/v TTJS HOT* 6a cpdd(rci)ftev flf TOP Ueipdia; Avpiav TO irpati, eav e\oy.ev Trpvftov TOV avefjLOV. 'O avefios dvf ovpios. Tt 6a elirfi fj (rrj^iaia f) onoia ai- verai va nvda-arjTai eVt TOV (prjp.ov (Kfivov Ppa%ov ; KpareiTai tv x*'P' fpijftiTOV (ova- T)TOV), OffTIS Tp(V *l8oi> TOV e/3a\oi> Ka\d6i els TTJ 6a\as TOVTO p* avaicov(p{o~ri. H Kf(pd\T] flOV TTfplO~rpf(pfTCU. Good morning. How do you find yourself to-day ? Somewhat better. What headland do we see out there P It is Malea. Then we are sailing round the coast of the Morea. When shall we reach the Piraeus ? To-morrow morning, if we have the wind at our backs. The wind is favourable. What is the meaning of that flag which seems to be brandished about on that desolate rock? It is held in the hand of a hermit, who is supported by the alms of voyagers. Look, they have flung a basket into the sea, which the waves will carry to the shore. A GUIDE TO MODERN GEEEK. 141 iJi/ optgiv, KaXayrjpf pov. Now he is waving his flag, as a sign of gratitude. He gives us his blessing. Tcopa 6a TrXaytacrtt). Oa KOifj.rj6pa Tivdcrcrd TTJV crrjpaiav TOV irpos ev8fi{-iv fvyva>fj.oo"vvT)s. Mas 8ioei TTJV fvxr)v TOV. Now I shall go to bed. I will go to sleep, too. Swirvare ! Kovrevoptv els TOV Xi- lieva. 6a (fTacrovv TU fc(/3o>rta pas fls TO Tf\mvflov ; 4>ucrtKa) ra> \6yco. 0a {j]TT}crovv va tfiaxrt TO Sta/3arr;pid H>s diaicpivovv TOVS "Ayy\ovs ; Ata TTJS dyvoias rutv fi>u>v y\a>(r- V Kap.apu>p.ciTU>v T6AV. KaXa TrporfprujMTa I Ga avarpetyovv oXa TO Tvpa.yfj.ara pas. 'I8oi> epxovrai ol VTraXXijXoi TOV Tf\(OVfLOV. ~Evap(TTf6rJTf va fiol ey^etpi'crijTe TO Sta/3aTijpta pr)6ij TO fita- eras VJTO TTJ s ' eKi dXXa p.e dveflaXov fls TT)V (iravpiov OXTT( rjvayKdcrdrjv va ava^wpi^cro) avtv TTJS Vi- 6ea>pr]crfs. ife TVO-OI Tviroi irpbs eKir\ripa>cri* axrre 6 epiropos 8(v evKaipd irdvroTf va (ruppopcpud^ pe av- TOVS. 142 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Qd o~ds Saxru) Trpocrcopivbv 8ia- fBaTTjpiov, Kal TO. TUKTIKU eras 8ia^aTTjia 6d ad Besides this, your passport is not H\TJV Se TOVTOV TO 8iaf3aTT]pi6v crag in regular order ; its date has 8ev elve ev Ka\fj Ta^eC expired a fortnight. fj Trpodfcrfj-ia TOV irpn I will give you a provisional pass, and your proper passports will be returned to you at the police-office. What red-tapeism ! *E^re ri va SiaSTjXwcrTjrf / *EX&) 8vo rpia irpd.yna.Ta vTTOKeip.tva els Tf\a>viov' 6a TO. evpr/re tTrdvo) fit TO KljBuiTlOV. 'YndytTf fls TO ypcxpelov, 77X77/30)- (rare fls TOV ivpaKtopa KOI Xa/3ere Ti ypacfifiOKparia ! Have you anything to declare ? I have two or three things liable to duty. You will find them at the top of my trunk. Go to the office, pay the receiver, and get a receipt. Have you anything to declare, crr/Tf, Kvpif ; sir ? *E^w o~iydpa. I have cigars. TaDra 8fv five \a6pfpiropiov e'Scb, These are not contraband here; Sttin elvai evdrjvoTfpa els TT/V for they are cheaper in Greece 'EXXaSa r) Trapd V/MV. than with you. 'iSov op.a>s TpixaTTTa TUV Bpve\- But here is some Brussels lace. Kpdrovs. TO elo-o8fnj,ara TOV You are defrauding the revenue of the State. fj.ov p.e dvayKafi vd My duty compels me to seize this i TOVTO TO KlfttoTlOV. box. 'O v6fj.os five prjTos Kal Trpeirfi vd The law is positive, and we must eVi/3Xe7ra>/iei' els TTJV fKTf\striv see to its execution. TOV. vd dvao-u Then I had sooner pay at once. HoG five 6 orafywf TOV (nfypo- Where is the railway-station p A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 143 Close at hand. When does a train leave for Athens? In a quarter of an hour. What is the fare, third class, to Athens? Forty-five lepta (fourpence). And first class ? One drachm (eightpence-half- penny). I hear the bell. Take your seat, please. We start directly. Na TJ crvpiKTpa. Tt Ka.fji.vatv "Ex, (palveTat, 6 Heipaievs TroXXa epyocrTaata. What is its chief manufacture ? Silk, cloth, and cotton, I believe. What trees are those ? Olives. They are very like willows. And what are those low plants we see growing among them ? Don't you know them? They are vines. Will there be many grapes this year ? About as usual. An average crop. Kat TO ebpoXo'yt /now fTnVr/y. "law? 8fv TO fKovp8io~aTf. Aep SouXevet. Hrjyaivfi KaXa TO i8iKov eras ; 'ESa> 7T\T)o~iov. Elore dva-^tapel ap.a^ocrroi^la dia TTJV TrdXii/; Ets ev rernpTOV rrjs wpa?. Ti elve f] TrXr/pw/iij 8ta TT/V rp'irrjv ra^iv els 'A.6fjvas. 'Sapdvra Trevre \enra Kai Sia TTJV Mia 'AKOVW TOV Kva (TO 'A.vdj3r)Tf, eras TrapaKO\a>' (f>evyop.fv afMecrcus. There's the whistle. We are off. What a number of chimneys ! The Piraeus has a lot of factories, it seems. Tt five fj Kvpicortpa TOV KaTacrKevfj. MfTa^t, epiovxov, KOI j3a^ij3dv ; Aev TO. yntpifrrt ; elve a/ 0a yeivovv TroXXa crTa(pv\ia ((pfTOs; KOTO. TO o-vvrjGfs Trepinov. Mfo-iavbv 6 epos. Here we are. We have stopped. So has my watch. Perhaps you haven't wound it up. It does not go (serve). Does yours go right ? 144 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Hrjyaivfi ep.Trpos. TLlve xaXacrpevov. ~K.aff tK.d(TTr)v rjfjifpav fievet ojri'tru) ei> TfTapTov TTJS &pas. 'O/xoidfei p.e TO capo\6yi TOV H\oidp- Tov IOIKOV fJiov Sums TO ptya eXaTTjpiov IQpavaBt] OHTTC bev 8ov\evei SioXou. No/iijjw ore ^ oXvtrty eKorrr). 0a Saxrco/iei/ KCU ra 8uo (dp.(portpa) va 8iop6a>6a>(Ttv a/xa TO KdX\LTpOV ^fv AvvcKrdf va vndyrjre eV rracri; dcr- (paXdq els TO fvodo\flov TTJS AlyvTTTov. KaXa 6d flaQf . Eis iroiav ooov five. ~Eive fls Trjv TrXareTav TOV Hav- *Ay -ndputpfv TO iravrofpopeiov. Srdcrov o&rjyf! 'H a/xa^a etve Aei> e^f t TUTTOV. "Evay rtirros \iovov five a8ftos. Hpenei va Trepinevupev. 'iSov aXXo iravTo ; *As dv Aev (i/jiiropS) va Ka0T)(ra>. hdfifTf TrapaKoXS), xvpie, ri]v *aXu>- ovvrjv va Tpa/3t^^Tf irapfKfi. It is fast. It is out of order (spoilt). It loses a quarter of an hoar every day. It is like Captain Cuttle's watch. But of mine the mainspring is broken, so that it does not go at all I think the chain is snapped. We will get both of them put to rights as soon as we have found an inn. Do me the favour to tell me the best hotel. You may go with perfect safety to the Egyptian Hotel. You will be comfortable there. In what street is it ? It is in University Square. Let us take the omnibus. Call to the conductor. Stop, conductor 1 The carriage (omnibus) is full. There is no room. There is only one place free. We must wait. There's another omnibus. But it is going another way (in another direction). Where are you going, conductor ? We are going to the bank. Are you going to the University ? Quite close. Let us get up. I can't sit down. Have the goodness, sir, please, to move a little further on. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 145 Ka$ij dpyd. 'H 686s five 7r\r)pr]s dua^&v. "Orav |8td) els Tavrrfv TTJV yuviav. *A0es fJ-f va eeXda> Trpcoros. npocreare. BdpSa (guarda) ffiirpos ! (Driver's cry.) Aore /not TTJV Mi) Pid&o-de. Ti a va VVKTO. Eifjuropel TIS e'Scb va MaXtara, Kvpte ElfjLiropovfj.fi> va Mas 8fe av e^w/iev dvo 8a)/idria dta evoiidov. Yiraye va 1817?, dXXa yprjyopa. Kupioi, e^oo fjiovov tv 8a>iJ.dTiov fif 8vo K\ivas va eras 7rpo. Aev fjiol ue\fi 8ia TO Sw/iaTiov' dpKfl fjiovov ?) K\iiT] va rjve Ka\rjf TO /Aei'. 146 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. The counterpane is dirty. To e ei/z7rop va Koip.rjdS> low. Ke(paXr) p.ov KeiTat ^aurjX: Take off this feather bed, or put BydXe (e'/c3aXe) rouro TO it under the mattress. arptaua fj /3dXe TO VTTO TO imo- fj.a. Tell them to make us a good fire. Ewe va. pas fToip,d va TTJJ> dvafyovv. Ti Kam>6s ! nviyopai. *A.s KaTapa>p.ei> va 8fi7rvrjfJ.fv. QepfTf TOV KaTO\oyov TO>V (^a-y^rwr. 'Idov. Ti poo'(Kd8as 6(TTpfO)v Kal Xiyo KOKKIVO Kpacri (oXiyov tpvdpbv oivov). To Tpairfnp.dv8v\ov dtv dvf Ka- Gapbv' /3dXe aXXo. TiiroTes aXXo va ads Read the bill of fare, gentlemen. Leg of mutton, duck pie, beef and cabbage, cold fowl, roast pigeon, and sweets. Have you any fish quite fresh? Lobster, salmon, barbels, soles, octopus, and cuttlefish. What ! do they eat cuttlefish and octopus here ? Yes, sir ; many like them. Why do you eat them ? A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 147 / Tpa>yovo~iv ol "AyyXot TO /SKpreKtop, Kal oi FaXXot jSarpa- Xovs, Kal ol Xiveoi (pcoXeds; Because they like them, I suppose. That's the reason we eat cuttle- fish. But why do you like them ? There's no accounting for tastes. But are they wholesome P Yes ; they are very nourishing. And besides, they are allowed in Lent. 'Eyo> 8ev KaraXaft/SoVw ircos va 8vvr]6fj Kavels va (^dyrj irore TfToia TrpdypaTa. Ta fdoKifj-dcrere irore ; TloTe uov. A.OITTOV ii diei fj yvd>fj.7} eras / Nothing ! You are right. *As ra 8oKifj,da-cafJtV. Which? Both together. KaAu, d/iecrwr. Na TO / Hoiov five TO OKTa-jrobiov KOI iroiov (Tomid ; To Trpos Tapiarepa five TO 'xranodi Kal TO irpbs TO. 8e|ta etve j] (TOVTTld. H>s eras dpecrovv ; ui' dd\a. l8ov 6 \6yos SL ovriva Tpa>yop.v Tals crovTrials (ras CTTjTrias). 'AXXa Start eras dpto~ovv ; Ilept operas ovbfis \6yos. 'AXXa elvf apd ye vyieivai ; MaXto^ra, eive Kat npos TOVTOIS five I don't understand how any one can ever eat such things. Have you ever tried them ? Never in my life. Then what is your opinion worth ? TtVorf e\(Te di Let's try them. To iroiov ; Very well ; directly. There they are. Which is the octopus, and which the cuttlefish ? The one to the right is the octo- pus, and the one to the left is the cuttlefish. How do you like them? They taste of the sea. Very likely ; that's where they are found. ar peaovv Ta Tt Xa^ai'tKa ayanare ; HaTarats (yeatprjXa) Kal Xa^aro- K pan fir] v. 4>'pe /nay tro\op.6v. Aoy /xaf oXiyov Kpatrl (oivov). Tt el8os (ri Xoy^y) otvou; L 2 148 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Malmsey [still common in Greece]. Thera (Santorini). Red [black]. White. Ho) S TOV TrpOTlfjLaTf TOV CTO\Op.OV ; TrjyavrjTov p.e v8i Kal \d8i (oos Kal f\aiov). 'Ayairare KapiiKevpa (crd\T(rav) ; Qe\Te va fToip.da~rjTf TTJV o-aXdrav fj.6voi eras; MuXiora' 86s pot TO SXas, TO tXaiov KOI TO oos. Ady /iot 6\lyov veov &PTOV (^/ap.i)' O$TOS (TOVTO) five TTO\V naXaids (-oV). ^ llape aura TO Trivdiua Kal 86s p.as fj.fo-T]v fiobs /i p,aviTapia. Have you any game ? Not yet, sir. The shooting season has not begun. What dessert will you have ? We will have some cheese first, and afterwards some pears. The bill, please. HcuBiov ! bvo Ka(pe8ff Kal dvo pas Kal triydpa TroCpa. 1 Kpep.a (dvdoyaXa). "O\i' 6a Trapa) dTrXwj Ka(pev. Waiter, give me the Times. It is being read, sir. Well, then, the Daily News, or the Illustrated London News. Trjs Wlove/jift TT;S Qfjpat Y.OKKIVO, navpo. *A.o-rrpo [probably for oWXo = aCTTTlXo = Spotless], \fVKOV. How do you prefer the salmon ? Fried with vinegar and oil. Do you like sauce. Would you like to make the salad yourselves ? Certainly. Give me the salt, the pepper, the mustard, the oil, and the vinegar. Give me some new bread : this is very stale. Take away these plates, and bring us loin of beef with mushrooms. Kvvrjyiov ; Kvpie' f) Kwr]yfTiKr) Ti eiriSopiriov 6e\fTf ; Tvpiov deXopev 7Tp>Tov Kal tbttita. TTJV a~r]fjLfLa>o~K(Tai, Kvpit. KoXa XOITTOI/' TO. 'Hp.(pr)(ria Nea, ff TO. EiKovoTepa a^ AeycTat OTI fVawzaraon? els Trjv K.prjTrjv. Ta dp^aia 8rj\a8r) ; MaXtora' (cat TO veatTepa. At Kvpia>Tepai dpxaiorrjTfS five 6 Hapdfvwv KCU TO Qrjo-flov (CK TTJS frro^rjs TOV HepucXeovs), TO 2ra- Stoi', TO pvdmov 'iXta'crof, at crTrj- Xat TOV 'OAu/wrt'ou Aior, f) Ylv\r) TOV 'ASpiavov, TO. /jLvrjufla TOV AwiKpaTOVS KO.I TOV <$lXo7ra7T7rOU, TO. dtarpa TOV A.iovvo~ov cai TOV 'HpeoSou 'ArriKou, TO 'A.o~K\r)- irelov, 6 vabs TTJS 'ATJTepou NIKI;S, TO HpcmuXaia, TJ HivaKodr]KT}, TO 'Epfx^ewv KOI at KapuartSej, 6 "Apeios Ttdyos, f/ Hvv, ra Xei- \l/ava TTJS BouX^s, /cat TTJS IIoi- KiXrjs Sroas, 6 Naoj TOV AtdXou T) TO)V 'AvfpCW, Kal f) Tlv\T) TTJS 'Ayopay. Ta fT /xaTa five TO. e^rjs. Ta 'Ai/a/CTopa, f) MrjTp6rro\is, TO llO TO Noo"OKO^ftov, TO HTO>XOKOfJ.f'ioV, rj ''EdvlKT] Bt^- \io6r)KT), TO BpcpoKOfJLelov, TO Xdyos Tpe^ei. 1 ' Kvfyvaxra Ttrotov TI els Tr]v 'Srj- fuiiav aXXa at 'EXXjjvt/cat e KOI dpxaio\oyi- the Numismatic and Archseo- KOJ* Movo-fia, f) 'AKaSrjp.ia, TO logical Museums, the Academy, no\vTfxvfiov, KOI TO Mfyapov the Polytechnic, and the Ex- TO>J> 'OXvuTrtwv. hibition Hall. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 151 PART III. INTRODUCTION. THE Classified Vocabulary is intended both for easy reference on any topic, and also to be applied to the construction of original exercises founded thereon. Now that the student has worked through 'Parts I. and II., and has rung the changes on the dialogues so as to be thoroughly familiar with the ordinary usages of grammar, and with many phrases and idioms, he will find the greatest advantage in constructing sentences for himself under each heading of the classified vocabulary. The following is a sample : Ta TrpodcrTeia Kal ra Trepi^utpa five, pepr) rfjs TroAews. 'O 8/oo/xos Sia/3aivi TO Kevrpov riys TrdAetos. Oi TTC^OI toravrcu ets rrjv Sta- rail/ 6Su>v. 'H SioSos (f>epei eis T"rjv TrAaTetav. If the student is at a loss for a word, it is better to think of another expression than to cast about for the missing word. By the time he has worked through the vocabulary, and used his accumulated knowledge to illustrate each succeeding section, he will find himself in a position to express with certainty and ease almost anything he may desire to say. 152 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. CLASSIFIED VOCABULARY. N.B. vl. signifies "vernacular." IIoAis. TTJS TToXews' T) awoua' TO TO KfVTpOV TT]S ro TrpodoTfiov TO. TO Tfl^OS TI 686s, 6 8p6p.os 6 8pop.ivia T] diatrravpaxris TO>V 685>v (TO TT) 686s TO \ld6o~Tp- iricris, f) fl8onoir)o-is dyytXiav f) 810805 17 yopd T) yt(pvpa iva> TTJV ytfpvpav TOWN. Parts of the town ; community, or municipality. The town, the city. The district ; the ward. The centre of the town. The suburb. The environs. The wall. The way, the road. The lane. The end of the road. The corner. The crossing of the roads (cross- roads). On the way. A passable, frequented road. The pavement, paved way. The paving-stones. The footway. Foot-passengers walk on the footway. The message, communication, de- claration, advertisement. I post a notice. The passage. The square. The market-place. The bridge. A suspension bridge. I cross the bridge. The lighting. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 153 ro (pa>Taepiov (TO depidcpas) 5 (pavos, TO (pavapiov TO t>LKo8up.T}[J.a, f] OIKoSojUJJ dri[io(ria otKoBo/j.^, S^/iocrioi' OIKO- TO. dvaKTOpa, vl. TO TraXcm ia, TO 8rjp.apxeiov ] KOIVOTIJS 6 8r al ap^ai, rj fovcria TI 8T)fj,o/iarta ^ifr' eVt- Ka.TaXva> els Sta/xeVco, /caToiKW fs TO Kafpeveov TO ^a^apoTrX TO K.curT]\elov 6 KaTTijXos TO OlVOTTOiXfloV TO VOfTOKO/JLeloV TO 6fpanevTT]piov TO (ppevoKO[i,flov TO The gas. The lamp, light. The building, edifice. A public building, public edifice. The palace, royal residence. The hall. The mansion-house, mayor's resi- dence. The community. The mayor. The authorities. Public order. Constabulary. The inn, hotel (eating-house). The hotel (on a large scale). The host, landlord ; hostess, land- lady. The waiter. Houses to let, lodgings to let. Rooms are let furnished. I put up at an inn. I stay or live at an hotel. Private house. The coffee-house. The confectioner's. The shop (stall). Small ware dealer, pedlar. The wine-shop. The inn. I dine at a restaurant. The exchange. The mint. The hospital. The convalescent home. The asylum. The orphanage. The church. 154 A GUIDE TO MODERN GEEEK. TO K(a8a>vocrTacriov 6 KCOOCOI/, vl. TI 6 doKos T) fJ.T)TpQTTO\lg 6 O~TpdTO>V TO TO ypap.fiaTOKio)Tiov TO ypafj,p,aTocrr]fji.ov TO Tij\fypa OIK'UIV TTTto oiKiav ev TIVI OIKIO. KdTOlKU) OlKltlV Tivd TTOV KdTOlKflTf ; f) KaXv^TJ OIKIO XlQoKTKTTOS, Tr TO. (pfma TraXatov HOUSE. Parts of the house and home. The house, the cottage. I lay the foundation stone. I build, erect a house. I pull down a house. I live in a house. I inhabit a house. Where do you live ? The hut. A stone house, a brick house, a house of marble. A wooden house. The ruins. An old wall. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 155 17 oiKt'a avTT) aVftXet TO olKo86/J.T]Ha, T) OtK 17 crrfyr) TO e8a(pos 6 KfpafjLOs, TO Ktpafj.idiov OTtyr) fK Kepafiav, (rrtyrj fK Sapyvpov TO avtp.6 jj.tr pov f) opocprj at SOKOI, TO SoKtipia 6 Tol^Og 6 OTvXoj rj Qvpa' 17 TruXij, vl. 17 TO Trapdffvpov TO fJLtTUITTOV TO derw/^a f) K\"i/j.a^, vl. f] (rKa\a at paSpiSfs, vl. ra trxaXta TO Trarw/^a TO Itroyfiov irpwTOv, SfVTtpov, TP'L f] a.Tro6r)KT), f] o^odrjKr], vl. 6 66\os 6 ft-a>(p\ioi> da TraTTjcro) TrXe'oc TO i6v TOV TO 8cme8ov f] TOV fjuiv8a\ov, 6 TOTTTJ? TO trapddvpov TO TrapdBvpov j3XWi Trpbs TTJV 7rpo/3aiVa) els TO irapdQvpov The deposit. Payment in advance. The landlord, landlady ; master, mistress, of the house. The anteroom, vestibule. The chamber, room, apartment. Adjacent, adjoining room. The neighbour (male) ; ditto (fe- male). The neighbourhood. A bedroom. The dining-room. The parlour ; drawing-room. The kitchen. The threshold. I will never cross his threshold again. The floor. The roof ; the wainscot. I board up, wainscot. The walls. The door. The door creaks. The folding doors. The door doesn't shut. The door-handle. Shut the door. A door ajar. The lock. The bar. The bolt. The key. I open the door. I bolt. The carpet. The window. The window looks into the yard, into the street. I go up to the window. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 157 va\os TOV Trapadvpov, vl. TO The window-pane. 8nr\ovv irapdQvpov TO irapadvpQfj.a, vl. TO TO 7rpao-Kf(f)d\aiov, TO TrpocrKfT], 6 , deppov, TO XftpO/XOKTpOI', TO TO O~a7TG)l>lOV, vl. TO (TdTTOVVl T) 68oVTOKOVlS 6 ^/VKTTJP TU>V 686vT(cv, PpovTcra TO KTeVlOV' KTI/l'fo/iat TpOlTf^lOV TTJS VVKTOS TCI fvavo-p-ara, vl. TO (nripT 6 \afjLTTTrjp, TI Xv^via, 6 vl. ; Xd/^Tra f) dpvaXtds, TO (f)VTV\l vl. TO eXaiov 6 \V^VOO"TdTT)S, TO KT)pO7TT)yiOV, vl. TO Kavn.\iepi or 6 KavTiXifprjs 6 KTjpos, vl. TO Kepi' TO (T7rfpfJ.aTO~e- TOV TO , euto dvf apala ev8fv/j.evr) 6 (ppdicos vl., 77 /3eXd8a vl. TO fTravu>(p6piov TO KoXdpov vl., TO (pa>Ku>\oi> vl. TO (TTrfdos al xfiptSfs, vl. Ta fjiaviKia TO {jTTOppap.p.a, vl. 77' v, vl. 8vb o-ft- pals >co/i/3ia > vl. s, vl. TO s, vl. rj pop.TraTfKaiJ.fpa ij VTroftfo-is TO VTTUO'TJp.a TO i>TTo8rjp.a, vl. TO TraTTovrcri f) 6/j./3ay, vl. fj 7Tawo or Xouorpapw TO. ira- TTOVTO-IO. vl. 77 fj.f\avrr)pia, TO \oy^a)T6v, vl. 7 /iTroytd rj jSouprcra vl. at TT^Xo/SaTiSes, vl. Ta KaXoona 77 Kf(f>a\r) TO KoXvfjip.a TTJS KetpaXiJs 6 TriXos, vl. TO KarreXov TO KaCTKfTOV vl. Karoo TO Karre'Xov / vl. p.av8v\iov TOV \ai/jLov TO craXiov vl. ro -^eipoKTiov TO copoXdyiov 6 KV\iv8pos, ij ayKvpa Xpvaovv, apyvpovv (opo\6yiov TO (opoXoyiov JJ.QV fO~Ta.0T) or ivfi fj.av ovpav OTTlVd) ^opSt'^a) (vl. Kovp8t'^a>) TO o>po- Xoyioi' TO fcXeiSt'oi/ TOV a>po\oytov TO cXdTTJplOV fOTTCUTC o a>o8eiKTTjs' 6 X?TTO- 77 a\V(Tis TOV copoXoytou Ta 8ioTTTpa, vl. Ta /xaroyvaXta TO /SaXavTtoi', vl. TO irovyyi TO pa/SSioi/, vl. TO nircuTTovvi T) Kairvoo-vpi.y, vl. ?J TTITTO KOTTVOS TO (riyapov T) Tafj.paKo6f)Kr), vl. ij I black or polish the shoes. The blacking. The brush. The galoshes. The head. The covering of the head. The hat. The cap. Off with your hat. Neckerchief. . The shawl. The glove. The clock, watch. The cylinder; the escapement. A gold, silver watch. My watch has stopped. It is an hour fast, slow. I wind up my watch. The watch-key. The spring is broken. The hand ; the hour-hand ; the minute-hand. The watch-chain. The spectacles ; glasses. The card-case. The note-book. I make a note of, note. The purse. The cane, walking-stick. The tobacco-pipe ; pipe. I smoke. Tobacco (lit. smoke). The cigar (cigarette). The snuff. The snuff-box. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. J61 V. yuvai/cos. ' a- o-7rpo'povxa (vl.)' fpyu yvvaiKfla. TO (popffia, vl. TO (povcrTavi 77 ovpd TO eo-a>(p6piov, vl. p.eao(j)6pffjia TO d-rr)nf \TJTOV TO (TTri668ecriJiOv, vl. o Kopves TO cra'Aioi/ TO p.av8v\iov r) a>vT) TO. Tpi^mrra, vl. 77 8afTXXat? TO irepifap,!!, vl. r) Trofita 77 j KO/ir;, Ta /iaXXid ' KTeviop,ai dpafiaTa, vl. 3 a, TO. oroXt'&ta \lsip.vdiov, vl. TO (pVK /SeXoj eVcoTta, vl. Ta p.av8v\iov TOV \aifjLOv \lse\\iov, TO /Spa^id dvefj.io"rf]pi:OV, vl. ; aXe^Xioj*, vl. TO TrapaaoXt ioi', vl. T) o/iTrpe'XXa TO do"7rpdpou^a vl. TO VTTO^tTWVtOl', TO VTTO/CO/ltCTOV WOMAN'S DRESS. Ornaments ; trinkets ; linen ; female work. The dress. The train. Tinder garment. The neglige, morning dress. Stays, corset. The shawl. The cloak. The sash, girdle. Lace. The apron. The cap. The gown. The hair. The plaits. The parting. The comb; I comb my hair. The perfumes ; scents. The perfumer. Trinkets, ornaments. Rouge. The hairpin. The earrings, eardrops. The neckerchief. The bracelet. The fan. The parasol. The umbrella. I put up my umbrella. I put down, shut my umbrella. The linen ; washing. I wash. The washerwoman. The chemise, shirt. 162 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. \ivovv v7ro Pafj.j3cuci.vov or Ka.fJ.KTOV TO. Konftia TI ir(piKvr)fj.is, vl. 77 Ka TO. To~ovpa7ria vl. 6 Ka\To-o8frrjs vl. A linen shirt. A cotton, calico shirt. The buttons. The stockings. The socks. The garter. paTTTO)' 77 pdnTpia TO v(pao-fj,a, TO -navlov TO piv6p.aK.rpov, TO pav8v\iov, TO The pocket-handkerchief. at yvvaiKtlai fpyacriai Female employments. " Work," handiwork. I sew ; the sempstress. The stuff, the cloth. The seam. The stitch. Sewing. Work-table. The sewing-machine. The thimble. The scissors. The needle ; the bodkin. The thread. Plaiting, knitting. Knitting-needle. The needle-case. avappdirro), o~vppdirTa>, vl. fj.jra\6va> I mend, patch. TO KeVTT)p.a, TO KfVTTjTOV TO vvyfj-a, y @(\ TO pu^ifinv Tpa-rrtiov TOV p fj firj^avfj pairTiKTjs, ij 77 SaKTvXtjdpa TO v/^aXi^ioi' j /3fAoi>77 - rj K TO vrjp.a, rj /cXaxmy TO trXexTov TO (3e\6vLov (TOV Tr\fip.a.Tos) KfVTO> TO 8flyp.a Embroidery, embroidered work. I embroider. The pattern. I spin. VI. 7J 0/Jl'l va Kopr], vl. p.avpa /uaXXta Kao-ravoxpovs, vl. /caorai/a HUMAN BODY. Parts of the body ; qualities ; attitudes. The head. The hair ; locks. Black hair, black tresses. Auburn hair. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 163 av06s' iroXios, KOfjLij \(VKT), vl. aa-Trpa /taXXta Kovpevofiai 7 Kovpd TI (pfvdKT), vl. rj irfpovKO. T; KopvT(piKov ovs TO Tvp.na.vov TO aro/ia TO 6tXor TO iiKpov TTJS Yellow-haired, bloud ; grey- haired. White hair. I have my hair cut. Hair-cutting. The wig. The top of the head. The skull. The brain. A brainless idiot. The face ; the countenance. I have the appearance, look as if. The forehead. A high forehead. He has wrinkles in his forehead. The eye. The glance, the look . I fix my gaze on something. I turn away my eyes. A sharp, quick eye. An eye-witness. The apple of the eye. The pupil of the eye. The eyebrows. The eyelids. The eyelashes. The nose. He speaks through the nose. He leads by the nose. The cheek ; the jowl. The ear, the ears. The lobe, outer ear. The drum of the ear. The mouth. The lip. Coarse, thin lips. The tongue. The tip of the tongue. M 2 164 A GUIDE TO MODEKN GREEK. Tptxti fls Tr]v y\>cr(rav pov ddnvto (vl. Sayjcai/co) rfjv yXfJacrcrdv /uov 6 ovpavicrKOS TI Kiovis, 6 yapyapew 6 (pdpvyf- 77 o~tayu>v fj.acr>, p.(irra 6 o8ovs' ol 686vr(s, TU oSoi/Tta TO ouAoi', TO o^Xa 8tv dvoiyd TO aropa TOV TO yevftov' ij yeveids yevtt&Mft' dyevftos 6 pvcrTat;, vl. TO 6 fjios TJ fjLaa~xdXr} 6 ^pa^icov* rj dyKoX dinru^o^iu, 7rpof pa> TO o Trr)%vs' o ayKotv (T(f)iyya> TTJ TO 8dltTV\OV, 6 8aKTV\OS TO (IKpOV TOV 8a.KTV\OV 8aKTV\o8(lKT> Tiva o avrlxfip, o 8dnrv\os o \ixavus, 6 8dKTr]S /uov It's on my tongue (of a word). I bite my tongue. The roof of the mouth. The uvula. The gullet. The jaw. I chew, he chews. The tooth ; the teeth. The gum, the gums. He does not open his mouth. The chin. The beard ; whiskers. Bearded ; beardless. The moustache. I shave (myself). The throat. The neck. The backbone, vertebra. The windpipe. I hiccup. The shoulder. The armpit. The arm ; the embrace. I embrace, put my arms round. I greet, I kiss. I offer my arm. The forearm ; the elbow. The hand (right, left). I come within arms' length, engage, come to blows. I squeeze, press the hand. The finger. The tip of the finger. I point at some one with the finger. The thumb. The fore-finger. The middle finger. The fourth finger. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 165 O (JilKpOS 6 Ow, TO OVV rj 7rapxis t) irvyfiff, 6 ypovdot rj ypovdia 7 Ta o~rpe(f>to TO. vS>ra Ttpos nva ?7 8v\lKr] ves tj l(T\l/S T TO alfta' aifiaTTjpds, cdfiotrrayf/s The little finger. The nail. The whitlow. The fist. The blow with the fist. The span. The back. I turn my back to any one. The vertebral column. The loin. The rib. The side. The chest The breast. The bosom, lap. The belly. The abdomen. The shank ; the leg. The knee. On bended knees. I fall on my knees, kneel. I fall at any one's feet, The thigh. The ankle. The foot The sole. The toes. I go on tip-toe. The heeL The limb ; the skin. The joint. The bone ; bone, of bone. The marrow. The flesh. The nerve ; nervous. The sinew, sinews. The muscle, the muscles. Strength of muscle. The blood ; bloody, bleeding. 166 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. q v \a>v(\>a>' 77 irt^ns, / ^taj ra fvrtpa, TO fvr6o-6ia TO T/Trap' J TO s' ISpovci) 7; fa.Tp.r)(ns' rf dianvor], y 18paxns at iropoi' 7ropa>8i]s 6 TrrapfJ.6s' irrapvi^opMi TO odxpvov' 8aKpvu>v icXa/b)* "xy va) ftaKpva fjifTa 8aKpva>v tls TOVS o(pdd\p.ovs 77 XP*a T0 XP&pa rj oi/fiy 77 evcrw/^arta, 17 iro\vcrapKia TI wpatorrjs, TO KaXXof cupaios, fvtiBrjs, fv(i.op(pos' Ka0a>paia> OS' \f7TT(>S a.o~xr)p.os Bloodthirsty, sanguinarj-. The vein; the artery. The pulse. The heart ; hearty. The heart beats. The throbbings of the heart. The lung ; the lungs. Inspiration, breathing. Panting. I breathe. The gape, yawn. I gape, I yawn. The stomach. I digest ; digestion. The bowels, the entrails. The liver ; the spleen. The gall, bile. The spittle ; phlegm. Expectoration ; I spit. Sweat ; I sweat. Transpiration, sweating. The pores ; porous. Sneezing ; I sneeze. The tear ; weeping. I cry ; I shed tears. With tears in his eyes. The colour, complexion. The appearance, look. He looks well. He has the look of an actor (a theatrical air). Pallor ; pale. Stoutness, fatness. Leanness ; lean. Lank, thin. Large of stature. Beauty, loveliness; fair, beautiful, lovely ; I beautify. Prettiness ; pretty ; delicate. Ugliness ; misshapen, ugly. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 167 ij 8v " f *X fl n vy'a How are you? How is your (TOS; Tr>s fvpia-Kfo-dt; health? How do you find yourself ? Thank you, very well. All my family are well. Indisposition. I am out of sorts, poorly. I am not so very well. Illness ; ill, unwell. The patient. Weakly, ailing, delicate. do-devS) I am ill. 77 Kf(pa\a\yia, 6 irovoKe(pa\os, 6 Headache, pain in the head. Kf(pa\6irovos TJ oSovraXyia, 6 OO'OVTOTTOVOS, 6 Toothache. TTOVO&OVTOS ai, iro\v O\T) rj oiKoyeveia p,ov five vyirjs 77 doiadeo-ia, 77 KaKodia6f(ria (ifjtai d8iddfTos, KOKodiddfTOS 8ev fifj.cu Tocra) K.a\d 77' dffOcvfta' dcrdfpfjs, appaxrTos 6 dcrd(VT)s (pi\do-0evos' TI 8v, vl. {-(pvio 01 CTTraayioi" 8iK6s 77 eVtXj/^ia 77' dnOTr\T)ia vnb dTroTr\T}ias Trpo Indigestion, bad digestion. Indigestible, subject to indi- gestion. I suffer from indigestion. I have a stomach-ache. The cold. I have caught cold, taken cold. The cough ; I cough. The cold ; hoarseness. Rheumatism. A swelling, swelling. I swell. The cold in the head ; piles. Sickness, vomiting. I am sick, vomit. Spasms; spasmodic. Epilepsy, falling sickness. Apoplexy. I am stricken with apoplexy. rj TrapaXvo-is, 17 irapair\r){;ia' irapd- Paralysis, palsy ; paralytic. Xvroj 6 Trvperos* 7rvpeTa>8r)s Fever ; feverish. Trpoo-jSoXr) irvptTov An attack of fever. fj (pvffp'iTis, vl. f) iXp7 Scarlet fever, scarlatina. A GUIDE TO MODERN GEEEK. 169 TO T] Troftdypa' r ij dvo-fVTepta TO jiiaa-^i' dcrdfVfia 6 \OlfJLQS rj ij 0X77' aXtb/j) \rjdapyia Tj aiy^OTTTVcrta' T) alfjioppayia TJ KVK\o(popia TOV atpaTOS ij alpoppoia Trjs pivos TO epvcrmeXas, TO dvf^.OTTvpa>fjLa TO x f i[i.f TI Kvrjcrts, TO vcri/iioi/ T) tdpd pater is TJ TOUT/, TO Ko\lnp.ov KOTTTOflOl TJ ydyypatva TJ Tr^r/yT)' r/ ovXiy ?7 TTTWCTIS' 6 \eipovpyos 6 laTpos 6 68ovTo?aTpos' TI 6' 77 86cris TO irpo(pv\aKTiKov p.tcrov TO fl>8wap.(OTlKOV TO KdTcnroTiov' 77 KOVIS 77 (Xe/3oro/ 77 Si'aira' 77 ev(a, vo f7ricrii(7rTop.ai dcrdevfj alarddvo/jiai TOV 6a TrjprjcrrjTf Siairav 6 TTOVOS' dXyfivos ; dvdppaxris' clfaXa/i/3 TI Oepaneia' 6fpaTtfi>a> o /St'oy, ' vos, vl. povyyos K(t>(pd\a\os us' 77 (f)d\aK 6s' ^wXaiVco' 77 The prescription. The medicine ; the dose. The measure of precaution. The tonic. The pill ; the powder. Bleeding ; I bleed (transitive). The diet ; the treatment. I treat a patient. I nurse, tend the sick. I visit a patient. I feel the pulse. Have you any appetite ? You will take care what you eat (observe diet). The pain ; paintul. Recovery ; I recover. Cure, curing ; I cure, heal. The life, ditto (vital principle) ; I live ; living. Lively ; liveliness, animation, vivacity. Death ; I die ; dead. Death struggle, last struggle. Mortal ; mortality. Immortal; immortality. His late father (lit. blessed). The late queen. Bodily defects. Blind; blindness. Blind from birth. One-eyed ; wall-eyed, with a cast in the eye. Squinting; I squint. Short-sighted ; short-sightedness. Deaf; deafness. Dumb. Deaf and dumb. Stammering ; I stammer. Bald; baldness. Lame ; I am lame ; lameness. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 171 y' xv(f)6s, KVpros, vl. irovprjs dpio-Tfpos o vdvvos' 6 yiyas TO Tpas' Maimed ; bent, hump-backed. Left-handed. The dwarf ; the giant. The monster ; monstrous. VIII. al\lf, d/xjSXvs TTJV oifnv yva>pia> avrbv f o^ews T) aKOT]' UKOVta' dvf)KOV(TTOS ocrcpprjcris' ocr^paiVo/^at, p.vpi- 6fj,aTa>8ris, vl. ({-VTTVOS f) KapSia' fyicdpoios TO \oyiKov' \oyiKOs T) viivfcns' Q-uvfTos, (ppovipos SOOL. Senses ; activities of the mind . language. The soul. The five senses. Sight ; I see. I observe, look at. Visible ; invisible. I am short-sighted. Short-sighted, dim-sighted. I know him by sight. Hearing ; I hear ; unheard of. I listen. Hear me. Smell ; I smell, I scent. Smell this flower. It has an odour. It smells nice ; it stinks. Touch ; I touch, feel. Taste ; I taste, try. Sweet; sweetness. Sour, sharp ; acidity. Bitter; bitterness. Wit ; wittiness. Witty, spirited, clever. The heart; cordial. The reason ; reasoning. The understanding ; sensible, nonsense. 172 A GUIDE TO MODEEN GREEK. C^W BiKOlOV, a8lKOV ?^o> \6yov, alriav diraiTa> five voTfcria 6 vovs' tras Trapfvorjfra r] irapavorjcris evvoeirai ! vow, tvvoS), KaTa\ap.j3dva> TO dvTlXrjITTlKOV TOVTO five aKaravorjrov r) iicavoTTjs' IKUVOS' dviKavos f] KO\OKap8ia fj ft,eya\o T'I va vTro6f f) I8e'a' ISaviKos f} l8aviKOTT)s' TO l8aviKov ov8e/j.tav iSe'ai/ e^ei irepl TOVTOV dvaTrrvcrtTta Tas Ideas pov f] yvu>p.rj, T) So^acria fifj.ni TTJS yv6>fj,rjs on T) (TVfJ,^OV\fj' O~Vpl3oV\(V jiai Tiva fj dva7TQ\T)cri?, 6 dva\oyi(rp.6s' dva- 6 fK TOVTOV flTfTUl OTl - ) TTa ' dea>p> fj didnpicris iva' 8iaKpivop.ai TTjs' f) dcr(f)d\(ia t' TO /j.i>T(viJ.a fj (pavracria' (pav f] p.VT)p.T], TO [J.Vr)IJLOVlK.l> fj yvaxris' r] yva>pip,ia fiadeiat, yvaxrfis els yva>pi.p.os /JLOV yvaxTTos' ayvaxTTOS pos, jSXd^, vl. KOUTOS f crocia' trocos I conjecture ; the conjecture. The inference ; the conclusion. I infer. From this it follows that The remark ; I regard. The observer, I ohserve, remark. "Worth noting, noteworthy. The distinction. The exceptionality. I distinguish, am distinguished. Persuasion ; I persuade. Persuasive ; I dissuade. The certainty ; the safety. The assurance ; I assure. The conviction. Sure ; persuaded. The doubt ; I doubt. Doubtful ; uncertain. I guess ; the guess. The fancy ; I fancy. Fanciful, fantastic. The memory ; the reminder, power of memory. Memorable. From immemorial times. The remembrance. Forgetfulness ; I forget ; forgetful. Knowledge ; acquaintance. Profound knowledge[s]. An acquaintance of mine. Known ; unknown. Wise ; learned, cultured. Illiterate, unlearned. Quickness of wit; presence of mind. Ready (of resource). Dexterity ; dexterous, awkward. Folly, stupidity. A fool, a dullard, a blockhead. Wisdom ; wise, clever. 174 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. TO at(T0r)fi.a' i; alcrdrja-is alcrddvopai' alcrdrjTos, e os' dvatadrjTos f] evaHT0T)f T) ejTUTraxrir f) fjridvfiia' 6 irodos 6 (TKonos, f) (TKOTTOl' e^ft KOKOVS (TKOTTOVS fi drro f] emppofj TO irdQos, f) opur) fp.ira6r)s' drradfjs f] d8ia(f)opia' dbidfpopos 6 fpa>s, 17 dydirT)' dyatrS) ayana rbv irfpiiraroi' TO [u f] (rvyKivrjcris' f] d(po 6 evvoovpfvos' f] (vvoovpfirr) fj (pi\ia~ (pi\tKOS, (Tis' f alOS V7TO\f]\lffO>S' d.V(KTlfJ.l]TOS f/ KaTcKppovTjo'ts' KaTa TO rf opyr)' opytXos 6pyiop.ai' ot-vdv fj ^a\|/t?, T) TrapcKpopd f] \v' epi'^o) rrpos riva (piXovtiKos . f) \VTTT) I am disgusted, I loathe a thing. Loathsome, abominable. Terror; indignation. I abhor. Pleasing ; unpleasant. Favour; I favour. The favoured one (m. and f.). Friendship ; friendly, kindly. The friend ; dear one. Familiarization ; I familiarize myself. Enmity ; hostile, inimical. The enemy ; foe. The reconcilement, reconciliation. I am reconciled. Reputation ; I am reputed. Worthy of repute ; invaluable. Contempt ; I despise. Eespect ; I respect, reverence. Venerable, august. The neglect ; I neglect. Wonder, admiration; I wonder, admire. Wonderful, marvellous. Astonishment; astonishing. I astound. I am surprised ; I marvel. Dumbfoundered. Wrath; wrathful. I am angry ; quick-tempered. The fit of passion, fury. I fire up, I am carried away. Frenzy ; madness. Raving, mad. Satiety, surfeit. The difference, feud, quarrel. Strife ; war of words. I quarrel ; I dispute with a man. Quarrelsome. Grief. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. TOVTO /ie f\VTTT)(T TTO\V five d^ioXvi five \virTjp6v on f) inro^ov8pla' i rj (pai8poTT]s' ai8pos j x a P TO 6f\yr)Tpov, ra df\yrjrpa 77 fj8ovT)' at rjSovai 6 y(\s f] o-rtpgis, f) fvxapio-TT](ris crrepya) ' dnoXavtt I cause grief. This (has) grieved me much. I am grieved, sorry. He is deserving of pity. It is sad that Affliction ; afflicted. Heaviness of heart, grief; sor- rowful. The melancholy ; melancholy. Hypochondriasis ; hypochondriac. Joy fulness ; joyful. Gladness; glad. I am gay, I amuse myself. I gladden. Joy ; merry, jocund. The charm, the charms. Inspired, carried away. Pleasure ; pleasures. Amusement, diversion. Amusements. Charming, captivating. I charm, captivate. Laughter ; I laugh. I smile ; the smile. Laughable ; absurdity. I make a man ridiculous. This man has become a laugh- ing-stock to the world. I make fun of a man, mock him. I scoff, laugh at. The fun, the joke, the jest. Gravity ; grave. Seriously. Contentment, pleasure. Pleased, contented ; I am con- tent. Displeasure ; I displease. Enjoyment; I enjoy. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. rj Trpoc 7repi7Tot,r)TiK6s' TTfpi.noiovp.ai vocroKofj.S) 7ro\v(ppovTis' a.(ppovris' dp.eptp.vos T) npocrdoKia' Trpoo~8oKu>, 7rfpip.ei>a> fj ftdcravos' ffacravifa TJ avrjav^ia' avr]crv^os T; fga\l/is' f T) uvaTTavcris' fTravanava) 6 06/3oj' (f)of3ovp.ai , (K(po0i^ T) (ppiKT)' npos Tiva T] (Kfppacris ev fvl X6ya> 7; crvi/o^iiXia' (rvvop,i\a> aXf^iy' ' ovofia^ofjiai, Ka\ovfj.ai TO 7rpoa>vvfjiiov' TO ovopa' TO eirti>- WJJ.OV TO opyavov' 77 (j)tovr] 6/itXerre 8vvarirr)p6s, - eptOTO) TTfpt TWOS 9rapa*caX&> irepi TIVOS npocrayopevcns vofj.au>' avayopeva) K(pa>va> \6yov rj epu>Trja'Ls' T) VfJLVVO), O rj ava(f)opd 17 aTTOKpuris iravrrjO'is 8ia7rpayfiaTfi/ofjLai' r] I talk nonsense ; nonsense ; a babbler. I call ; I summon. I name ; I am named, called. The Christian name ; the name ; the surname. The organ ; the voice. Speak louder. Speak softly. Silence ; silent, taciturn. I hold my peace, am silent. The question. I ask about something. I make a request. The address. I name ; I proclaim. I deliver a speech. A sonorous, a hoarse voice. The question ; the request. I beseech ; conjure. I swear, take an oath. The reference, mention, appeal. The answer, reply. I answer, reply. He repeated. I negotiate ; the negotiation. The narrative, the recital. I recount, narrate. The eloquence ; eloquent. f]s, (vy\u>TTOS IX. Aperat KOL irporeprj p.aTa Kal para. nf>(TTj' fvdptTos KaKia, TO VIRTUES AND VICES. Advantages and defects. Virtue ; virtuous. The vice, the defect. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. TO TrpOTpT]p.a, TO TTpOCTOV 179 7; eXXfi^ttf, TO o-(pa\/jLa T) TjdlKT), f) f]6lKOTT]S' TjdlKOS TO dvrjdiKov, 77 dvrjdiKOTrjs' dvTjdiKos The immoral, immorality ; im- moral. The advantage, the attribute, qualification. The defect, drawback. The want, the fault. Moral (virtue), morality ; moral. TO fj&T] TO KddfJKOV, TO XP e ' OS KTf\U> TO. K(l6r]K.OVTa (J.OV eKnXrjpci) TO XP* S P ov irapa/j,f\S> TO. XP**) f lov TO iOToSefy/za, 6 vrro T) dyadoTijs, r] Ka\a>o~vvr) TO ayaQ ayaQos (pi\6(ppa>v' /caXds Morals. The duty, the obligation. I perform my duties. I fulfil my obligation. I neglect my obligations. The pattern, model. Goodness, kindness. The good ; good. Good. Kind ; kindly ; favourable. is Equity ; fair, equitable. r KdKos Wickedness, depravity ; bad. Depraved, villainous. The evil. Orderly ; disorderly. Worthless, good-for-nothing. Agreement ; disagreement. The benefit ; the benefactor. Beneficence ; compassionate, bene- ficent. 6 KdKovpyos' TO KaKovpyrj^a The evil-doer ; the crime. 6 OIK.TOS' olKTLpficov, o-vfj.TTa6r)s, Pity; pitiful, compassionate, mer- evo-TrXayxvos ciful. TO eXeos' dvi\i]s' olicTpos, eXtewos Mercy ; merciless ; piteous, wretched. Piety ; pious, religious. Impiety ; impious. Severity, harshness ; harsh, hard- KdpSos hearted, ti yevvaio^rvyia' yevvai6'^rv)(os Generosity ; generous. 71 lifyako^rvyia' fj,fya\6^vxos Magnanimity ; magnanimous. 7; fyC\otvia' v, (v f] fvo-f&eia' evo-ffifjs, T] do-efida' acre/Srjs 77 crKXrjporrjs' o~K\r]pas, 180 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Tj fvyvatfiocrvvr)' 77 x a P iS dyvto/juov, d^dpicrros (rds fvyvcofiovS) fj a^apjOTi'a* TJ f] flXlKplVfi T) npo(moiricris' TrpocrnoirjTos irpCHTTTOlOVfJiai fj inroKpifTis, fj inroKpiaria' TO A^evSos' TJfflHTTTjS f] dXfjdfia' d\T)dfjs 6/uXcirc dXrjdais ; fj 8o\iOTT)s' 80X10? j inKpiffa' aia/cptrof f] irepifpyia, f) TTtpiepyfia' epyos TOVTO five jrepifpyov 6 (HTTfTri 8ev (pSovS) TTJV eiirv^iav TOV Gratitude ; the favour. Ungrateful ; thankless. I am grateful to you. Thanklessness ; ingratitude. Sincerity ; sincere. Pretence; pretended. I pretend. Hypocrisy ; hypocrite. Falsehood, lie ; liar. Truth; true. Are you speaking the truth ? Craftiness ; crafty. The mistake ; I am mistaken, wrong. Slander, calumny. I accuse, slander ; a slanderer. Accusation, evil-speaking ; 1 de- fame. Taciturnity ; taciturn. Indiscretion ; indiscreet. Curiosity ; curious. This is curious. Delicacy ; delicate, tender. Confidence ; I confide. The confidant ; confidential. Distrust ; distrustful. Trustfulness, credulity; credulous. Faithlessness, infidelity ; incre- dulous, infidel, faithless. Faith, troth ; faithful. Suspicion, misgiving. Distrusted, suspected. I suspect some one. Jealousy; jealous. The rival, antagonist. Envy ; envious ; I envy. I do not grudge him his luck. Superstition ; superstitious. Gravity, propriety. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 181 (TffJiVOS, 77 derail p-ocrvvr], rj f) Tcnrfivocppocrvvr)' Tcnreiv6(ppa>v f) Tanflvcocris T) fiiKponpfTreia' rj ^a^ j TO f) ayavG.KTTjo'is f] dvaLO-^vvria, f) dvaifttia dvaiBrjs, dvalvxyvTOs f) (rv(TTO\f] i fj 8eikia' SetXoy 7) a()o{3a s, (<>oos f) dpaavTrjs' dpacrvs TO Qappos' 6appa\os fvdappvvci)' . f] evddppwcris d-rrodappvvco' r) dnoddppvvcris f] dvavSpia' avavSpos f) dv8pfia, f] yevvaioTT]! dv8pflos, yevvaios fj (rrepeoTTis' arepcdy f) d8vvafiia' ddvvaTOs f) avcrTrjpoTrjs' avtTTrjpos f} dvtKTlKOTTJS' dvfKTtKOS dftJfOfUU, vnofifvca, vrrofpepa) dvenTos' d(poprjTos, dvvircxpopos f) 0pa>7ria' 6p(oTros f} diravdpcoTria' dna f] j3ap@apQTT}s' jSapjSapo? f] CTKXrjpoTTjs' noTT)s' capos f) TrpaoTTjs' irpaos (Trpaela, fern.) KaraTrpavvco T) XfTTTOTTJS' \fTTTOS f] evyivfia' tvyevrjS r) dytvfia aTToXtreuros, dyevrjs T) dypoiKia' aypoiKOS f] /Sai/avcroTTjy' ftdvavcros fXXfityis dya>yrjs, airaibfvcria aTrai8fVTOs' dvdywyos, KaKoava- 6pfp.fJ.fvos f] dya>yf), rj dvarpotyr] T) fvrrpoa-rjyopia' fvrr potrrjyopos TO dtfpa(TTOi>, TO d fpd Repentance, penitence ; I repent TI of anything. TO diafpfpov' TO fi>8ia(pfpov' Sia- The difference ; the interest ; dif- (pfpcov, eVSta0epcov fering ; interesting. f] l8ioTf\tLa' l8ioTf\rjs Self-interest ; interested. fv8ia(pfpop.ai irtpi TWOS I am interested in anything. Selfishness ; selfish. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 183 6 eywtcr/Lto?' t/ cpi\apyvpia' tpiXdpyvpos j; yfvvaio8copia' yevvaioSapos TI datoria' acra>Tos dcnravG), Karai/nX/oxo), fo8ev f) 8aTrdvrj, ra e^oSa 77 oiK.ovop.ia' olK.ov6fj.os OIKOVO/J.S) drjcravpifa TJ dupifieia.' dKpifttjs' dupiftos i] ddcooTrjs' dda>os Kadapos neia.' evirpfirrjs 17 perpioTrjs' p.frpios f) p.(Tpiaoj3apT)S TI ranis' TI dra^ia TdKTiKos avdpairos (iTdKTOS, afcaracrraTOf TJ KaffapioTTjs' Kadapos fj anadapcria.' amidapToy TJ pvTraporris' pvrrapus fj dfieXei Conceit; conceited. Zeal. Avarice ; avaricious. Greed ; greedy of gain. The love of money; money- loving. Generosity ; generous, liberal. Loose-living ; loose-lived, " fast." I spend, I expend, I lay out. Expenditure, outlay, expenses. Domestic management, saving ; a manager, saver. I save. I hoard. Accuracy ; accurate ; dear (i. e. " beloved " and expensive). Innocence ; innocent. Cleanliness ; clean. Steadiness ; steady, moral. Seemliness ; seemly. Absurdity ; absurd. Moderation; moderate. Moderation (as a process) ; I moderate. Greediness, gluttony ; gour- mandizing ; daintiness. Greedy, gluttonous ; dainty. The glutton ; the gourmand. - The tit-bit, gourmet. Luxury; luxurious. Drunkenness ; drunken. Getting drunk ; drunkard, tipsy man. Order ; disorder. An orderly, regular man. A disorderly, unsteady man. Cleanliness ; cleanly. Uncleanness ; unclean. Dirtiness ; dirty. Negligence ; negligent. - 184 A GUIDE TO MODERN GRKEK. fj cVi/icXcta' fTrifif\f)s f] ia' (pl\OTTOVO5 f] oKvrjpLa' OKvrjpos f) Spa&TTjplOTTjS dpaaTTjpios, evepyrjTiKOs TI apyia' aepyos' apyos fj dnpa^ia' f] apyia 6 rj\os fj fariporrjs' farjpos T) aypvTTvia' uypvirvos rj Trpofro^rj' irpoffeKTiKOf Kadicrrio nva Trpo dnovoia' dos avvfcra, TJ TI dirpofiovXia, r] dnpoporjo'ia TJ (ppoivj&is 17 Kaprtpia' KapTfpiKos T) VITOfJiOVT]' {jirOp.OVT)TlKOt TI di/VTro/iovTjcrta' dvvir6p.ovos T) einrfiSeia' einrfidrjs ij dirddfia' dirtidrjs rj bvarpoiria' Six TI irticrp-ovrj' TT(irrp.aT8i]s 17 uKiiXavdia, >j (rvvfT Diligence ; diligent. Industry ; industrious. Laziness ; lazy. Activity. Active, energetic. Idleness ; idle ; slow. Inactivity ; idleness. Zeal, ardour. Liveliness ; lively. Watchfulness ; watchful, wakeful. Attention ; attentive. I call a man's attention (make him attentive). Inattention ; inattentive. I attend to a thing. Absent-mindedness ; absent- (minded), abstracted. Diversion ; I divert, amuse any one. Want of intelligence, want of cau- tion. Senseless, uncircumspect, hasty. Want of forethought, improvi- dence. Improvident ; provident. I take precautionary measures. Prudence. Prudent. Steadfastness, stability. Steadfast, stable. Inconstancy ; inconstant. Perseverance ; persistent. Patience ; patient. Impatience ; impatient. Obedience ; obedient. Disobedience; disobedient. Bad behaviour; unmannerly. Obstinacy ; obstinate. Spite; spiteful. Consequence, result. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. irpos Tre 107x0 TIVOS Ka/ii/o> TI 185 dvaKoXovdos, d 77 dvaKO\ov6ia, r\ da vv t Tract I do a thing to spite any one, or in spite of him. Consequent, consistent. Inconsequent, inconsistent. Inconsequence, inconsistency. X. Evvoiai TO ov' T; ova-La' ff KaTcicrTacrts' >7 Qecris tls Karacrratni/ or 0fo~iv ' dva(paivop.ai Kara ra T) e'jucpawcrty, 77 Trapovcri'a xQ*s &fv tfpdvT) ToOro TO /StjSXtoi; ((866r) ev avfTai tan t fn OVTO Ttidavos 77 6p.oioTr]s' TO d8vvaTov' ddvvaTos 77' S aVTlKtfJifVOV ABSTRACTIONS. General notions ; space ; colours, iSfc. Existence ; I exist. Being ; essence ; essential. Essentially. The thing. The condition ; the situation. I am in a position to do any- thing. Actuality; actual. I verify. The look, the appearance ; I appear, arise. According to appearances. The appearance, the presence. He was not seen yesterday. This book was published (ap- peared) in Athens. It seems. If you approve it. Probability ; probable. Acceptable. Similarity, likeness ; like. I resemble (seem like, seem likely). The possible ; possible (strong). The impossible; impossible (weak). It is impossible. Power ; I can. Powerful, strong. Object. 186 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. T) TTeplTTTOXn?' T) TTTOHTIS TI Trepio-Tcuris' y fvKcupla TO 8vvos, TO Kiv8vvfVfjia Kara 77 f] ev8aip.ovia' fv8aif avdyKT)' avayxaios ty' IXXet^ts TWOS rj fpova' a()ovos e^co d(f)6oviav T} fVTTOpla' fVTTOpOS f) TTfvia, T) Trrw^t'a' TTfvrjs, f) ev8(ia' fv8f^s 6 TrXouToj' TrXoi/atos TrXovTi^o)' TrXovrw T) ddXlOTTJS' ad\lOS 6 opos TJ TTOIOTTJS, TO TTOIOV T) TTOfTOT^y, TO TtOCTQV TO O"UVO\OV, TO oXoi/ TO p.epos' TJ /jifpis TO Acd^t/ia, rj p.pis Case ; case (in grammar). The circumstance ; the occasion. The event, the occurrence. It happens, occurs. What has happened ? The misfortune. The fortune, the coincidence. I hazard, chance a thing. The danger, the risk. I run a risk. Fortune, chance ; chance (adj.). By chance. Luck. Good luck ; happy. Misfortune ; unlucky. Success. Happiness ; happy. Calamity. Danger ; dangerous. Necessity ; necessary. Need ; I need something. Lack; lack of something. We are short of money. Plenty ; plentiful. I have plenty. Easy circumstances ; well off. Penury, poverty ; needy, poor. Want ; in want. Wealth ; wealthy. I enrich ; I am rich. Misery; miserable. He has become miserable. Succour. The term, limit, condition. Quality. Quantity. The whole, the sum total. The part ; the portion, share. The party, side. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 187 TO TO TO r) fj.op(pr)' T) eiricpdveia' e'jriTroXaios fj dp^rj, "7 frapfrs TO Te\os' Te\eiova>, Treparovat TO aKpov' (ixpos TO fifo-ov' ev T TO. f)&T)' TO (dlfJLOV f} avvydfia' crvvrjdrjs f] j; f] dia.Ta.yr] 8ia> 8iaT(iyr)V T) TUNIS' TdKTLKOS fKTdKTOS TO aXXo/COTOf r; dXXayij, 17 d rj ( f] 8ta/taXos f) f^aipetris' KCLT f^aip TO TTupaSetyya' Tra 7rapa8fiyp.aTos X^P lv n - X- Iva dva(p(pa> fv Trapd8fiyfj.a TO fifty /xa, TO vTroSfty/ia TO dvriypcHpov' dvriypd'pa) fj f(pevpe f] (rxfcris' O~X(TIK.OS T) dvatpopd 6 TP OTTOS TIVI Ot TpOTTOt r, dp 6 CTKOTTOS' TO (T^fS frriTTjbfs, o~KOTrip. TO p.f(rov' 6 (TKoirds KO.TOpd6v6> TOV O~KOTTOV JJLOV rj dcr^oXm' e'i/ e vos rj fpyacria' epyd^ofj.a.1 r\ IT poo-Trad f LO.' Trpoo-Tra 77 axpehfia, TO o(p(\os' a>(pf r; /SAa/Sr;' /3Xa7rra) TJ {Jin'ia' fruiovd) 77' aTTofonicao-is' oTro 8ev a>(jf\fl ovbev TO fp.7r68iov' f[j.Tro8ta), /cwXvci) rj fv6^\r]o'is' Vo^Xa> p.r]7Ttt>s o~as eVo^Xw; p,rjTT(os eras dvr]O-v^i^a> ; flo~6f, fJ.f) TapdTTfo~6( ] la/C07TJj' ai SiaKonai f) Tapa%r]' 6 06pvj3os 6 eiraivos' nraivv' d I cause anything. The ground, reason, cause. The result. My plan is shipwrecked. The proposal. The circumstance ; opportunity. The trial. The attempt, experience. A tried, experienced man. Experienced ; of great experience. The proof ; I prove. The means ; the end. I succeed in my object. Employment ; I am busy in any- thing. Engaged, busy. Business ; I work. The attempt, endeavour ; I try. The benefit, the gain ; beneficial. Useless ; I benefit. The injury ; I injure. The damage ; I damage. Indemnity ; I indemnify : com- pensation ; I compensate. It's no good, avails naught. Advantageous ; injurious. Harmful. The hindrance ; I hinder, prevent. The annoyance ; I annoy. I hope I don't annoy you. I trust I don't disturb you. Don't disturb yourself, don't be alarmed. The interruption ; I interrupt. The holidays. The disturbance ; the noise. The praise ; I praise ; praise- worthy. Fame ; I am talked about. Famous ; I blaze abroad. 190 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. s' ovofiacrros irepipor/rns' 8ia&vrjTos TJ \afJLTrpoTrjs' \dfnra>' T] TTO/iTTIj' 7TOp,TTO)8t]S (aiperos, e^aicrios fj -rrpoTi/jiT/a-is' Trport/xoj TOVTO flVC TTpOTlfiOTfpOV fj a-navioTTjs' (TTrnvios 6 opurpos' 6pia> TJ an6a(Tis' dirofpacrifo T) dvaKoivaxris' KOIVOTTOIO) rj TTpo T} dfrayopfvcris' aTrayopevca T) Trporaats' TrporeiVo) 17 Trifcris' Tcie^a) Tj KaTfnrifcns' xaraniefa T] air '(\tvde putcris' dir(\fvQfpova> ff iXtvdfpia' f\fvdepos fj SovXet'a' SouAevu VTTT/peTO) f) l(r(')TT/s' 'l(ros' ei(r) TJ wrr/pta-ia, r) ei(8ovXfV(Tis TO Kep8os' Kfp8aiva> TOV iiprov p,ov 6 \oyapiaa-p.6s 8i8(t> \6yov' VTTfv o x&pos' (vpi>xa>pos T) KTa(TlS' fKTfvf)f, fv r) j3pa^iirr]s' ftpa^-us, KOVTOS i] , TrXttTur, fvpvs TO fiddos' ftadvs' (fjifiadv TO vtyos' v\lsrj\us v\l/6v<0' ij v^axris TO Tf^os' Tras' TTVKVOS TO fjLtytdos' jJLeyas, p.fyd\os TO fj.fya\flov' T; jj.fya\fi6rr)s T! CTfJilKpOTrjS' filKpOS KoKocro-idios i (TTeVOTTJS' ff jBapvTTjs' fiapvs TO J3dpos' e^co jSupos orrjs' e\a, dva.Kov T) $V (VKoXia.' ei/KoXos evKo\vva> rj Kivrjrris' Kiva> Kll'rjTOS, fVKlVTjTOS aKLVTJTOS This bridge is a hundred feet long. Shortness ; short. Brevity ; short, brief. I shorten, abridge. In short, in a few words. Breadth, width ; I broaden, widen. Broad, wide. Depth ; deep ; I deepen. Height ; high. I raise, heighten ; the heightening, exaltation, elevation. The thickness ; thick ; close. The size ; great, large. 1 increase (trans, and intrans. , grow; increase, growth. Majesty, prowess ; the greatness. Littleness ; small, little. Colossal. Narrowness ; narrow. I increase, enhance ; increase, ad- vancement. I lessen ; decrease. Number ; numerous. Boundless, innumerable, cou less. I count ; counting, calculation. The number ; I calculate. Gravity ; heavy. Weight; I have weight, I weigh. Lightness ; light. I lighten, relieve. Difficulty; difficult. Easiness ; easy. I facilitate. Movement ; I move. Movable, nimble. Immovable, motionless. 192 7 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. is' ftpaovs ff 8iev6vi>u>7r6s Blackness ; dark. TO TroXiov, TO ^apoV TroXiof, Grey ; grey. TO Kvavovv' Kvavovs, Kvavo%povs Kvavtoiros, vrroyXavKos Ioei8rjs TO irpdcrtvov' Trpdcrivos Blue ; blue, bluish. Bluish, greyish. Violet. Gieen ; green. I make green, grow green ; greenish. Yellow; yellow. I turn yellow ; yellowish. Red, crimson. KOKKIVOS' TTuppo'y, KOTO- Red, crimson ; reddish, reddened. KOKKIVOS Redness ; reddening. Red-hued ; crimson-coloured. Rose-coloured, rosy. Brown, brownish colour. Brown, blackish, swarthy. TO KiTplVOV' KlTplVOS KlTplVlfa' KlTplVOTTOS TO (pvdpOV, TO KOKKIVOV TI fpvdp^Tijs' y ( TO (paiav, p.f\dyxpovv tpaios, fifXdyxpo A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 193 XL I> dvTeptoV 6 (nrXavr/s do~Trjp 6 TToXiKos do~TT]p 6 Sidrrcav da-rrjp 6 aorepoets ovpavos TO TrXavrfTiKov (TV- 6 KOfJLT]Tr]S' Tj OVpd 6 yd\aias rj fs' (f)a>Ttiv6$ TJ aty\r), TI o~Ti\@T)' TO CTKOTOS' (TTOTflVOS TO \VKOS TI o~Kid' o-Kiepos TI o-eX^i/j;' TO 8T)s TO -^fv^os' 6 tivffj.os TJ 8popa TOV erovs TO tap, ? uvoif-i TO dfpOS, TO TO ( It rains ; the shower, the heavy rain. The hail ; it hails. The snow ; it snows. The frost, ice ; frosty, icy. The flood; I flood. The cold ; cold. The wind. The cool ; cool. Warmth ; heat. The dew ; the hoar-frost, rime. The damp, moisture; moist, damp. Drought. Dry ; I dry. The time of the year, season. The spring. The summer. The autumn. The winter. XII. opos, 6d\ao- 6 jSopeioy TToXt/cos KVK\OS 6 VOTIOS TToXtKOS KVK\OS al evKpaTOi EARTH. Sea, river, mountain, &(c, The earth ; terrestrial ; the ter- restrial globe. The hemisphere. The north pole. The south pole. The axis. The equator. The parallel, line of latitude. The meridian ; the degree. The tropic of Cancer, of Capri- corn. The arctic circle. The antarctic circle. The torrid zone. The temperate zones. 2 196 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. >vai T) yfaypafpiKT) Beer is TOTTOV TO firjKos' TO TrXdror f) irfpio~Tpo(f)T] rrjs yTJs Trepl TOV aa>vd TIJS (nepi TOV rp^iov) rj yf) o~Tpf(p(Tai iff pi eavrfjv T] ddXacro'a' 6 axfav 6s T] TraXt'/jpota* 17 ir\T]fi.pvp\s KOI ro Kvp.a' r 6 (TKOTreXos" f] vTT]piov ' ij y^o~os' TO vTjo~i8iov T] XifiVT) 6 TroTa/xos* 6 pva, TO pvuKiov' rf irr]yT], 17 6 KaTappdicrrjs T) Tr\r)p.p.vpa' Tr TO opos' opfivos' fS 17 ireo'ids' TO opoire&iov T) dfipds' T) OLKpfapaa f icXtTvs The frigid zones. The geographical position of a place. The length ; the breadth. The revolution of the earth on its axis (round the sun). The earth turns round. The mainland, continent. The sea ; the ocean. The tide ; the ebb and flow. The flow, high tide ; the ebb, low tide. The wave ; the undulation. The rock ; the shoal. The shore, the beach ; the break- water. The gulf; the anchorage, haven. The strait ; the isthmus, neck of land. The harbour. The promontory, headland. The peninsula ; the island ; the islet. The islander. The lake. The river ; the torrent. The brook, the rivulet; the spring, the fountain. The tributary. The navigable river. The river's mouth, estuary. The waterfall. The flood ; I flood. The canal, dyke. The mountain ; mountain(ous), hilly. The plain ; the table-land. The chain, neck ; the peak. The foot ; the slope, side. A GUIDE TO MODERN GKEEK. 197 6 Xoepos' TO \o(pi8iov' TO v 6 /Spa^o?' 6 Kprjfivos Tj KOiXds TO T]V fj.r}i>o>v KO.I pmv' &pa' jjAtKi'a. 6 xpovos' e^a> Kaipov ff xpovoXoyia' xpovoXoyiKos 6 dva.xpovio-p.6s irpo Xpto-roC (TT. X.) /xera Xpiordi/ (p.. X.) TO Trapof, ro ei/ecrroy TO irapeXdov' TO p,e\\ov 6v6- rjpe- )' o alotv VTdfrripis TO fTOS' TTjpa' (vwpis p.ia &>pa KOI yp.icr(ta TO \fTTTOV' TO 8(VTp6\TTTOV Troia (TI) &pa five ; SevTtpa (8vo) Kal TfT TpiTT) (Tpfis) Kal rjp,io-eia (irra irapa Ttraprov irapa 8fKa rrfp TTJV fKarTjv pav Three months long. The month ; monthly. The first, second of May. The week ; weekly. The weekly journal. The day ; daily. The news of the day, " Daily News." A week ago. A fortnight ago. Day by day. The daily bread. From time to time. The night; midnight. The morning, the forenoon. Good day. Midday, noon. Before noon (a.m.). After noon (p.m.). The evening. This evening, to-night. The evening party. This morning. Yesterday ; the day before yester- day. To-morrow ; the day after to- morrow. The day before. The following day ; the morrow. The hour ; early. An hour and a half. The minute ; the second. The moment. What o'clock is it ? A quarter past two. Half past three. Quarter to seven. Ten minutes to . Just ten, ten precisely. About the tenth hour. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK, eopct, fj.ecrt]fjifptov 199 TToiav r'i\iKiav e^ere/ rrocrwv fTuiv tlcrdf ; fio~epx(Tat fls TO 8eKdTov evarov TOS cra TO TfcrcrapaKocrTov fTOS TT\T)0-tdei els TO TpiaKoarbv eros (paivfrai vtcnTtpos r) ocrov elvf It is twelve o'clock, midday. The age. What age are you ? How old are you ? I am twenty (years old). He is entering on his nineteenth year. I have completed my fortieth year. He is approaching his thirtieth year. He looks younger than he is. Infancy, childhood. Youth ; young. The young man ; the young woman. The youth (collectively), young people. The elder ; the younger. Age; full age, majority ; of age. Minority ; a minor, under age. Old age. An old man, an old woman. The ancient (old) Greeks. Antiquity ; ancient, r; dpxatoTrjs' dp^aio\6yos, dp%aio- The antiquity ; antiquarian, 8i(pT)s archaeologist. vfos veavas' TJ veavis r/ veo\aia 6 TTpeo-ftvTfpos' a veurepos ff TJ\LKia, f] fVr)\lKOTT]f' fVTJX TJ avijXiKOTrjs' dvr]\iKos TO yrjpas ytpcav, ypaia ol ap^aiot (TraXatoi) 9 ap^alos OwcoyeVewx. VOp.lKT) ij otKoyevtia oicoyeveas KaXrjs oiKoyfveias TJ o-vyyeveia' crvyyei>Tjs o-vyyeveas XIV. FAMILY. OIKO- Names of relationship; domestic 'Tat. economy ; servants. The family. The head of a family. The founder of a family. Of good family. Relationship, kindred; kin, rela- tive. The degree of relationship. 200 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. ot irpoyovoi, 01 irpoiraTopfs ol airoyovoi ri fjifTayevfo-Tfpa yevtd 6 Trdinros' TJ n avrjp' 6 , V y/jLos, TO avvo ol (lppa{35)ves dppafia>viopai, /j,vT)v' n'rXot KCU dia>p.aTa' diOLKrjcris, K.T.X. f) KOlVOiVia. TO eBvos' rj fdviKoTrjs, r) fdvoTijs edviKOs' o Idayevfjs, 6 avro^dcov 6 evos' fvos, dXXoSaTToj' 17 dXXo- 8cnrf] 6 Xaoj' 6 o^Xo? 6 ir\r]dvcrp.6s' TroXvavdpanos f] 8r)flOTlKOT1JS' 8lJp.OTlKOS rj iraTpis' 6 iraTpid>TT)s, 6 (j)i\oTra- rpis f) TT)s, 6 7rarptTayp.aTtKTi f] fdviKTj crvve'Xevcris, f) fdvocrvvf- XV. SOCIETY. i Forms of government ; titles and offices; administration, Sfc. Society. The nation ; the nationality. National ; the native, aboriginal. The foreigner, stranger; the fo- reign country. The people ; the populace, mob. The population ; populous. Popularity ; popular. The (native) country, fatherland ; the countryman, patriot. Patriotism ; patriotic. The fellow-countryman, the man of the same race. The sovereign ; sovereignty. The feudal lord ; feudal lordship. The subject ; the citizen. The slave ; slavery. The constitution. The monarchy ; the monarch. Monarchic. The absolute monarchy. The constitutional monarchy. The national assembly. fj yepovcrla f] fBovXr] 6 7rp6f8pos' f) npoebpfla crvyKa\G>' 8iaXva> 6 fiovXevTrjs e^Xeya)' f) (K\oyr)' 6 fK\oyevs f] 8rjp.OKpa.Tia f) dpifTTOKparia' 6 dp f) (rvvrriprjTiKr) pepis The legislative council. The senate. The parliament. The president ; presidency. I summon ; dissolve. The member of parliament. I elect ; the election ; the elector. The democracy, republic. The democrat ; republican. Aristocracy ; the aristocrat. The conservative party. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 203 ) avTOKpaTopa' avTOK fj avTOKpardpa' aiiroKparopiKos TO jBacrih.fiov' 6 /3ao"tXeus f] /3a<7i'Xicrcra' /SacriXtKoy (3a(Ti\fV(o' fj /SacrtXei'a 6 8id8o^os TOII 6poi>ov i] dvdffacris els TOV Opovov 6 StaSo^of' r) 8ia8o^f] 6 TTpOKCLTO)(OS TO oW/Lt^a' TO 0-K.rjirTpOV rj 'M.fyaXfioTTfs' fj.fyd\flos MeyaXfiorare / 6 eK\fKTa>p' 6 dov' f) bovKicrcra 6 fjieyas 8ou|' 6 apxidovt- 6 r)yep.a>v, 6 irpiyKi]-^ rj ijyefjLOvia' rj r]yfp.oi>is, 7; 6 riyep-oviKos OLK.OS 6 Kop,T]s' T) Kop-rjcrara' 6 ftapaivos' rj fiapdtvr), f) ftapavis 6 ImroTrjs' ITTTTOTIKOS r] avXr)' aiXiicds KVpia TTJS avXrjs or TTJS Tip.r}s ol ti)7rarpi8ai, 01 fi (VTraTpiSrjs, fvyevrjs r} r} TrpecrjSei'a' 6 ol Trpeo-fteis 6 fniTfTpap.p.tvos, 6 dvTnrpocratTros 6 riVXos' TO dia>[j.a. Liberal ; radical. The empire ; the emperor. The empress ; imperial. The kingdom ; the king. The queen ; kingly, regal. I reign ; the reign, rule. The viceroy. The successor to the throne. The ascent of the throne. The successor; the succession. The regent. The crown ; the sceptre. Majesty ; majestic. Your Majesty. The elector ; the duke ; the duchess. The grand-duke ; the arch-duke. The prince. The princedom, principality ; the princess. The princely house. The count ; the countess ; the county. The baron ; the baroness the barony. The knight; knightly. The court ; courtly. Lady in waiting, maid of honour. The master of the court. The nobles, the lords. Noble, well-born. Diplomacy ; the diplomatist. Diplomatic. The embassy ; the ambassador. The legates, delegates. The charge d'affaires, the repre- sentative. The secretary to the embassy. The title ; the office. The clerk, subordinate. 204 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 17 at TO imovpyelov' 6 vnovpyot TO f) f 6 6 i/o/ios* 6 drjfios i) irpa*T(vovpov, rf Ka>fj.rj ] a-Twofjia' 6 vira.OTVvoiJ.os' 6 K\rjTT]p Administration ; I administer. The administrative powers. The ministry ; the minister. The cabinet (council). The province ; provincial. The provincial. The district ; the township. The capital ; the seat of govern- ment. The town ; the village, the hamlet. The countryman; country (adj.). The police ; the police inspector. The policeman ; constable. The gendarme ; country police- crrpa- 6 orparoy 6 OTpaTlU)TT)S 6 ed(\oi>TT)s' Tiarrrjs fj crTparoKoyia.' o i/eocrvXXfKro? T] povpd' 6 (frpovpos ff 0VO(J)V\aKT) 6 aTrd/ia^of TO tTTTTiKdV 6 'nnrfvs TO TTf^lKOV' 6 7Tf6s 6 tvfovos TO irvpotSoXiKov' 6 7rvpoj3o\r)Tf)s TO fj,i)xaviKov (o~aJ/Lia) 6 dia>fj.aTiK.bs TiKoi> crco/xa XVI. ARMY. The army. The soldier. The volunteer ; the mercenary. TO crvvTayp.a TO Tayfjia 6 Xo^os TO (TTlTe\floV The enlistment ; the recruit. The garrison ; the man on garri- son duty. The militia. The old soldier, retired soldier. The cavalry ; the horse-soldier. The infantry ; the foot-soldier. Rifleman, sharpshooter. The artillery ; the artilleryman. The engineers. The artillery officer. A body (corps), force of soldiers. The division. The regiment. The batallion. The company. The regimental staff. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 205 TO yfVlKOV 6 iJ7rao-7ri i] crrjfj.ata 6 (rTpaTpxrjs, 6 a-Tparrjyos 6 dvricTTpaTrjyos varepot repot 6 \oxayos Oearpov. TO Qfarpov' 6farpiKOs t] r)' (TKTJVIKOS rj avXai'a, TO KaTa/3X?pa The general staff. The adjutant. The standard. MILITARY GRADES The generals. The commander, commander-in- chief. The general. The lieutenant-general. The general of division. The lieutenant-major. Staff-officers, higher officers. The colonel. The lieutenant-colonel. The major (of infantry). Ditto (of cavalry), the commander of cavalry. Lower rank officers. The captain. The captain of the horse. The lieutenant. The vice-lieutenant, second lieu- tenant. Non-commissioned officers. The ensign. The corporal. The vice-corporal. The sergeant. The lance-corporal. The common soldier, private. XVII. THEATRE. The theatre ; theatrical. The scene ; scenic. The curtain. The scenery. 206 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. f] lp.aTodrjK.rj TO. dtatptia 6ea>pfiov TTJS rrpwrrjs, Sevrepas Vfipa? TO n^iOearpov TO vnepaiov TO elcrtTrjpiov T) 8pap.aTiKr) re^vr] f) irapdo'Tacris T] evepyfTiKT) Trapaoracrts Tj 8oKlp.T] f] Tpay G) 8ia TOV TO Taxv8pop.f'ioif 6 8ifv6vvrrjs TOV 6 ayyapos, 6 T)p,(po8p6p.os 6 dp.a^T]\dTrjs' 6 fjvlo^os TJ (popTTjybs ap,au, TO xdppov itrpo^OV, TfTpaTpo^ov Kappov f) Xfipapaga TO \eu>V TO flo-iTr/piov Trpcorijs, di/a^copeT, (pvei rj ap.aoo- T] ra^eia The stay ; the arrival. The tour ; the walking tour. The pedestrian. The walker. The passport. The guide ; I guide. The cicerone. I leave by post. The post (office). The postmaster. The messenger, courier. The letter-carrier, postman. The carriage. The coachman drives. The driver ; the charioteer. The waggon, the cart. A two-wheeled, four-wheeled cart The velocipede. The omnibus ; the sledge. The luggage ; the box. The way, the road ; the high road The railroad. I leave by rail. The railway station. The tramway. The station. The steam-engine. The boiler ; the stove. The locomotive. The ticket. The ticket (for luggage, baggage, &c.). First, second class ticket. The train. The train starts, arrives. The luggage train. The special, extra train. The passenger train. The fast train. 208 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. f) KUT' fvflf'iav a/j.a^o(TToi:X<- a f) crvyxpovtris 8110 d^ia TO TrptXTCtiiriKOV TUIV o~tdr)po8pop.ov 6 $ievdvvTr)S T 8ievdvvo~is 6 vnd\\TJ\os 6 odrjyos TO 8po[io\6yiov TO TT)\fypa TpKTT]S' O TTOTT/f fj \ainapyla' 6 (payas 6 \IXVQS' fj \ixvda TO \ixvfvp.a irtivat' TTtivaXeos FOOD. Eatables and drinkables ; table requisites ; kitchen articles. Food. I nourish ; nourishing. Breakfast ; I breakfast. Dinner ; I dine. I live on anything. The evening meal; I take an evening rneal. Supper ; I sup. I eat ; eatable. I drink ; drinkable. The eater ; the drinker. The glutton ; gluttony ; the guzzler. The gourmand ; daintiness. The dainty, tit-bit. I am hungry ; hungry. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 209 17 5p(lS' OpfKTlKOS 8i\lsa>' fj Sn/ra TO of o~vv8aiTVfj.6vfS' oi fvot at Tpocpai, TU Tpotpipa TO (payrjTOV' TO dyairqTav (payrjTov 6 faj/idr, vl. 17 erovTra TO Kptas' TO ftpacrTov TO ifrrjTov' TO ird TO jSwSu/oV TO |3i8eXtor ot vfovyyaTOV TO a>6v, TO avyov 6 SpTOS, TO ^0)/il'oV TO rj Kopa, vl. 17 tyi TO y\VKio-fj.a TO faxapcoTOV f) fie\iTovTTa, fj TO y\VKve(pdov, vl. f) Tn 7rtSdp7rta, TO f3ovTvpa>p.evov ^ofiio TO XlTTOS TO TVpLOV Appetite ; appetizing. I am thirsty ; thirst. The banquet. The chairman of a banquet. The guests. The host. The victuals, the provisions. The viands ; the favourite dish. The soup, the broth. The meat ; boiled meat. Boiled veal. Roast ; the fat. Beef; veal. Kidneys. Mutton ; roast mutton. Pork; ham. Smoked tongue. Chop, cutlet. Roast turkey. Roast fowl. The piece ; the help. The sauce. The stuffing. The fish. The vegetables. The potatoes. Puddings. The omelette. The egg. The bread ; the roll. The crust ; the crumb. The sweetmeat, confectionery. The ice (sugar). The honey cake. Jam, preserve. Dessert, fruit. The butter. The bread and butter. The dripping. The cheese. 210 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. TO aXas' &\aTta> TO TTlTTfplOV TO crivairiov, vl. TJ povo'Tdpo'a TO ot-os, TO u8*oi> TO eXatov, vl. TO Xa'Si TO Kivva/jLCOfjiOV, vl. f) Kavve\\a TO Kapv6(f)vX\ov, vl. TO yapo(paX\ov TI fo/c^aptf, TO aKxapov TO v8a>p, vl. TO vepov 6 vdos, vl. TI fiTTipa 6 fiavapiicbs vdos 6 olvos, vl. TO Kpacri 6 olvos TOV 'Prjvov 6 ya\\tKos oivos 6 KdfJiTraVLT7)S TO yd\a' TO dvdoyd\a, vl. TO KCUfUUU TO ovya\a, vl. TO yiaovpTt TO. TTVfVfJUlT&O'T) TTOTtt TO olvOTTVfVfJ.a TO pOKlOV, T) pOKT) TO pa>fj.iov f] \tfiavds, f) \p.ovd8a f) o-QKoXara 6 KCXpfS Kctfpes x^P^ 5 yaXa(itTos) TO Tf'iov, vl. TO TO TO TpaTTftov five Kadia> fls TO Tpanfiov TO TpaiT(^OfJMv8vXov TO XdpOnaKTpOV, vl. 17 ITtTCTfTa TO Tpv{B\lOV, TO TTiaTOV TO KOX\ldplOV, TO KOVTaXlOV TO /xa^atptoi' TO TTTjpOVVlOV TO (pidXiov, vl. TO (^Xvrfai'i TO The salt ; I salt. The pepper. The mustard. The vinegar. The oil. The cinnamon. The clove. The sugar. The water. The beer. Bavarian beer. The wine. Rhine wine. French wine. Champagne. The milk ; the cream. Buttermilk. Spirituous liquors. Spirits of wine. Brandy. Eum. Lemonade. Chocolate. Coffee. Coffee without milk. Tea. Table requisites. I prepare; lay, cover; take away. The table is laid I sit down to table. The table-cloth. The napkin. The china. The dish. The spoon. The knife. The fork. The cup. The glass. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 211 TO KCLVOTIOV TO [jLayeipelov 6 fidyfipos' rj p.aydpi(r(ra j) o^odiJKT), 6 TO o\lso(J)v\dKiov, TO TO fjLayfipiKa o~Kevr) fj xvTpa, TO xaXxflov, vl. TO Ttrov- Kti\i. 6 TeiT^tprjs 6 \fj3rjs, vl. TO Ka^dviov TO Trjydviov T] fa^dpa, vl. fj crKapa TO KvcrTpov, TO Iy8iov, vl. TO yovbi 6 8oi8v, vl. TO yov8o)(fpi rj XU>VT), TO XUVLOV TO KOCTKIVOV' KOO~KlVla> TO a>pr]pvo-Tpoj>, TO ea, crt (neut.) are simply added on to the stem ; but be it observed (1) That as ps cannot end a word, 77/35 and eps become vjp, the e being lengthened for the sake of compensation ; similarly ops becomes wp, K.r.X. For like reasons r;vs and evs become ijv, ovs and wi/s become wv, as do also ovrs and WVTS, while evrs becomes ets. 214 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. (2) S, 6, and r fall away before s, and ea, ecus, et ; ts, ets and eas, fwv, ccri, and crcriv for efa-iv. Ileipaieus, the harbour of that name, for obvious phonetic reasons, contracts as follows : Ilctpata for ea, ws for ecus, ei for ei. In all these cases various ancient dialects present forms jnore strictly regular. Stems in v and i, though they present the general features of consonantal stems, are in strictness vowel stems, and, save in the case of ev = ef, form their objective in v, not in a ; e. g. (3ov-v, vav-v, iroXi-v. Unaccented stems in 8 have an optional objective in v for 8v ', e. g. TroXuTrow or -iroSa, tveXiriv Or twc'XTriSa. (6) If the word be a monosyllable, the endings ds, i", wv, trt are (thus) accented, except TTOIVTWV, iratrt, ' all,' TratSwv, ' boys,' wru>v, ' lights,' TIVOS, rivt, rtvcov, rt'crt, interrogative, OI/TOS, A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 215 a-i. Here, however, the apparent monosyllabic stem has been contracted from a dissyllabic one, e. g. x?), plural TlfJ.O.1, TI/AO.S, Tl/XWV, Tl/miS, K.7.X. 2. Masculines in a and 17 have the ending s, , v, o (= ov when combined with a), i, and in the plural are identical with feminines. The vocative is always the stem vowel, viz. a (not 17), e. g. vcan'as, genitive vcavtov, vocative veavta ; orpaTicuT^s, genitive orpaTicoTov, vocative orpaTiwra ; but here be it observed that all masculines in TTJ-, likewise all compounds of ptTprj-, ir have the a short, and consequently where admissible circumflex the foregoing vowel, e. g. orpuTtioTa, /3t/3Aio7rwAa, K.T.X. 3. A number of masculines in a, signifying an agent, and a few others, with most proper names of this form, as well as many in tj in the vernacular, simplify this declension by merely leaving the stem bare in the genitive and vocative, e.g. TOV ifrrjOypa, TOV ftoppa, TOV (j>aya } TOV toyna, TOU MavoX^, w MavoAi;, /c.T.A. 4. If c precedes rj (a) in the stem, co becomes r}, and e is swallowed up in all other cases, causing eircuiu flexion of last syllable, e. g. xpwe'o, ^pucr^, XP W/ 2?> XP vcr V> K - T ^' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 217 II. O-stems. Chiefly masculine and neuter, with some feminines. The case-endings are (practically) s, (with o modified to e), v, v, t , t, D9, tov (absorbing o but without accent), is for the masculine and feminine ; v, v, , , a absorbing o, uv, is for the neuter. If the o of the stem is preceded by c or o, contraction takes place, oo and eo becoming ov, while in the other cases e and o are simply swallowed up. With monosyllables the circumflex marks this process, but not otherwise except the e or o has the accent, e. g. TOV TrXoou, TOU TrXou, TO ooreov, TO OO-TOW, but 6 TrcptVXous, TOU TrepiTrXou. 6 xpvcrovs is really for o xpuo-eos, although 6 xpuVeos is the nncontracted form actually found in ancient Greek. A few stems in o seem to have lost an or, and to have been originally consonantal ; such are the classical feminines rj rjx^ rj aiSous, which decline 01, w, oi)s, 01, and the proper names KXeiw, ^aTT^w, AT/TW. Like these are the modern proper names fj Xuu, genitive r>}s Xicus, accusative rrjv Xio>(v), 17 Mapiyoi, K.T.\. A few nouns are heteroclite or of mixed declension, e. g. TO oVeipov, ' the dream,' plural TCI ovetpara, TO ypai/'i/Aov and its ana- logues, plural TO, ypai//i//,aTa. Also the accusatives of proper names in ye'ves, /cpaTes, /^^Ses, <^>aves, TeXes, which form their accusative in TJV instead of in fa, 17. This doubtless arises from false analogy, the nominative -rfs suggesting r) instead of es as the stem-ending. METAPLASTIC NOUNS. In the vernacular a number of accusatives like 7raTepa(v), Xa/x,7ra8a(v), suggest a fresh stem TraTcpa-, Xa/A7raSa-. Hence we get such nominatives as 6 Trarcpa^, 6 avS/aas, 17 Xa//,7raSa, -f] VVKTO, for TTOT^P, avrjp, Xa/x7ra(S)s, vv. Such forms frequently preserve the old genitive, as -n/s VUKTOS, TOU di/Spos. 218 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. A number of nouns in a and y, chiefly circumflexed on the stem- vowel, form their plurals from the stems aS and 178 in the vernacular ; also a few paroxytones like /xavra, ' mother,' x^X as > ' laugher, 'xao-*cas, 'gaper,' iraTraTpexas, 'rambler.' The masculine forms do not draw forward the accent in the genitive plural, e. g. ^a^aSwv, TraTraTpr^aSoov. Foreign vowel stems follow the analogy of those in a, e. g. ( 6 jcacies, TOV Kae, plural ol KaS KopaKous, TWV Kopa/ccov, K.T.X. ; but these belong wholly to the vernacular. The vernacular also writes ais for at and ds, accusative feminine plural, ts or ais for as, masculine accusative plural, and y for at, feminine plural of the article. Other instances of metaplasm and heteroclite declension in the vernacular are : TOV Trpay/xaTov for Trpay/xaros, 7rpai, 7rpats for 7rpats, Trpd^ews, Tracer or Tra^et for Travis, plural nominative masculine of Tra^v-, 'fat,' K.T.A. GENDERS OP NOUNS. 1. Masculines : (a) All stems in ev. (&) All substantives in vr (except those in OWT), and most in rjv, v]p, op, CUT, IT ', but rj ^>p^v, f) x^v, and, of course, f] fj-^rfjp and fj Ovyd-rrjp, TO ^ais, ' the light,' TO ovs, ' the ear.' 2. Feminines : (a) The few whose nominatives are ws and w. (6) Most in 8 ; but TraiS-, ' boy,' ' girl,' XoyaS-, ' picked man or woman,' ecnepo-. 5. As alternatives to repo-, TOTO-, the endings iov-, IOTO- are added to a few adjectives, while in other cases the stem of the positive is changed. Hence arise the following seeming irregularities : aicr^pd-, ' base,' CUCT^IOTO- j aoyxevo-, ' glad,' doyxe- yccrrcpo- ; /cad-, ' bad,' ^eipdrepo-, ^fipov-, KOLKLO-TO- and ^etpicrro- ; d-, KaXXiov- (neuter KaXXiov) or KaX^repo-, /caXXtoro- ; /xe'yaX-, v- for yueyjov-, also p.fyaX-qrfpo-, p-eyicrro- ] dXtyo-, eXao'O'Oj'- f or fXa^iov- from eXa^u-, eXa^ioros, also oXiytorepo-, 6Xty wrro- ', A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 221 TToXv-, TrXaoi/- or TrXeidVepo-, TrXeurro-, also TreptcrcroTepo- \ Ta^urro- as superlative of ra^u- ; vi/aoro- of 111/07X0-. Note too aTrXov-s, aTrXouorepo-s, dy^ivov-s, dyxivovorepos, as though the stem were over. 4. The following comparatives of adverbs and prepositions are noticeable : Tr\7]Tros, ' a very good man.' SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 1. Personal pronouns : I eyw, fj.e (e/xe, e/teVa), fj.ov (/xoi!), jaot (e/xot). Thou tri) (ecrv), o-e (eo-e, creva, ccreva), (rov, croi. He avros, avrov (TOV), aurov (TOV), avraJ (TW). She ^ yv rjv r}s ^s -Q y It 6 o- o like masculine. We T7/x.ets, rjfJ.a.v ()U.as), rj fJ.lv (p-Ss). You {i/x-ets (ecrets, crts), i/xSv (eras), vfuv (eras). They aurot, avrous (TOUS), avroii' (TOJV), avrois (TOIS). Fern. ai as as ats, K.T.X. Neut. a a a and the rest as the masculine. (a) The shorter forms are the less emphatic, and when written after the words governing them lose their accent, e. g. TOV IStoKa TO, or TO ISwKa TOV, ' I gave it him. (b) The nominatives are not expressed with verbs, save for emphasis. 222 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 2. Eeflective pronouns : I myself, (yw) auros or -rj, K.T.X. Of myself, I/J.O.VTOV, -rjs, K.T.X., and so on. Ourselves, (^/xei?) O.VTOL, fjfAwv avrtav, K.T.X. Thyself, a-cavrov, K.T.X.; yourselves (u/xels) avrot, K.T.X. Himself, auros, of himself, eavrou, K.T.X. ; herself, avrrj, CavrJJs, K.T.X. But the Greeks also say in the objective rbv lavrov pov, TOV eavTov aov, K.T.X., and sometimes TOV loiov eavrov /xou, K.T.X., lit. 'the own self of me ;' also in the nominative, eyw 6 ?Sios, ' I myself.' 3. Reciprocal pronoun : dXX^Xous, -as, a, K.T.X. THE ARTICLE. ADJECTIVAL PRONOUNS. 1. The definite article 6, f), TO, plural ot, at, TO., is declined in other cases as from the stems TO-, TT/-, TO-. As indefinite articles, rts, rt, or cts, /xia, Iv, the numeral ' one,' are used. N.B. Masculine and neuter stem = !v, feminine = /ua. 2. ' My,' &c., is expressed by 6 p.ov, K.T.X. ; 'mine ' or ' my own ' by 6 ISucos pov, K.T.X., and so on of the other pronouns. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, 3. ' This,' ' that,' when not over emphatic, is auros -^ -o, always combined with the article, thus, 6 aV$p TCLVTT] TOUTO) PLURAL. ovrot airrai Tavra TovYovs Tavras Tavra TOUTOJI' Tot/rots TavYais TOUTOIS A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 223 Here, too, the article must accompany the substantive. e/ceu/os ''f] ~-o, ' that, yonder,' is declined quite regularly, except that the neuter nominative and accusative drop v. The use of the article is the same as with OUTOS. TOO-OUTO-, ' so great,' and TOIOUTO-, ' such,' follow the declension of OUTOS, K.T.A., except that the initial T of ravrnv, K.T.\., is never inserted. aAAos, aXXrj, aXXo, ' other,' is as regular as avro-. Observe that all these pronominal words drop v in the neuter accusative and nominative. An old demonstrative compounded of the article -f Se is used in certain cases, e. g. //.ex/at T ^e, ' hitherto.' The article with plv and 8e (not written in one word), 6 /uv 6 8, K.T.X., means ' the one ' ' the other.' Also 6 Se alone means ' and he ' or ' but he.' INDEFINITE AND INTERROGATORY PRONOUNS. These are : TLV-, nominative rls, TI, indefinite, losing accent when enclitic, e. g. avflpwTros rt? eT^e 8vo viovs, ' a certain man had two sons;' and TI'S; ri; interrogatory. TTOLO- ; iroia- ; originally = ' of what kind?' but now = TI'S; TI; 6 Seu/a or 6 Setvas (heteroclite) , TOV Setva, TOV Setvos, TO) Setvi, and 6 rdSe or 6 TaSes, TOV TaSe, TOU TctSe (dative not found). The following distich was for some time the motto of a Greek satirical journal in Athens called TO ws, ' the Light,' appended to a caricature of the fallen and standing Prime Ministers, one of whom was represented head downwards, and the other in his natural position : Kat 6 Setvas feat 6 Etve oAoi Mr. This and Mr. That Each and all are Messrs. Flat. 224 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. To which, in one of the comic papers the prompt rejoinder appeared : Kdt 6 !WTa/CT77? TOV Matr/cdpas ?v /cat And the Editor of Light Is as flat as any, quite. KELATTVE PRONOUNS. The commonest relative pronoun is 6 OTTOIOS, fj OTTOM, TO OTTOIOV. Occasionally the more classical os, fj, o, or the compounds ocrirep, fyrtp, oirep are used : irep is a mere indeclinable particle, in force equivalent originally to ' very ' or ' same.' For the rest os, K.T.A., is declined quite regularly, as is also rts in composition, e. g. ovriva, TJVTWO, o,rt, OVTIVOS, lysTivos, K.T.X., but ov-rep, r) (fem. gen. and dat. 2 8vo or 8uw. 3 rpds, rpia (gen. Tpia>v). 4 rtacrapfs, Tftrvapa. 5 TTfVTf. 6 (%, vl. e|t. 7 fTTTO. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 225 8 OKTO). 9 fvvta. 10 dKO. 12 8u>8fKa. 13 8( /carpels -/a. 14 8(Ka.Ttcrcrapfs -a, K.T.X. 20 fiKoai. 21 fuocrt Kal etr or eiKocrii' K.T.X. 30 rpiaKovra (Tpidvra). 40 TfaorapaKoira (crapai/ra). 50 TTfVTT]KOvra 60 (rjKovra (f 70 ej38op.T)Kovra 80 oySoijKoi/ra (oyfiwvra or o ^vra). 100 (KO.TOV. 101 fKarov (KOI) fly, K.T.X. 103 eKarov rpfis, K.T.X. 200 StaKoa-ioi (declined). 300 rpiaKocrioi. 400 500 600 ej-ctKocnoi. 700 7rra(cocriot. 800 OKTCtKOCriOt. 900 e'i'(j'e)aK6crtoi. 1000 ^t'Xtot. 2000 StcrxtXtot or Si'o ^'XtaSts (in apposition), and so on, add- ing x/Xiot to rpls, TfrpaKis, K.T.X., meaning 'thrice,' &c., to ^iXtot, or combining the first ten numerals with 10,000 Se/caKty^tXioi or (classical). N.B. fivpiot means ' countless ' (note accent). 20,000 1,000,000 100 x 10,000. A billion, Sto-eKaro/i/ivpiop. 1883 xiXia oKTUKOffia oy8or)KOVTa rpia. Trpwroy. ORDINALS. 20th 21st 30th TfcrvapaKOCTTOs (8fKa.TOS. 12th So)8eKaTOs. 13th 8(KCITOS TpLTOS, K.T.X. Fractions are expressed by the neuter of the ordinals : Sev- TCpQV (or r^JLLfTV) = ^, SvO TptTtt = f , K.T.A. 226 A GUIDE TO MODEKN GREEK. THE VERB. The verb consists of a root (or stem) combined with personal affixes or endings. Verbs are divided into Active and Passive. Most have both an active and passive form. Those that have only a passive form are for the most part active in sense, having lost in the process of usage their originally passive meaning. Verbs are further distinguished as to tense or time. The two main tense divisions are 1. Imperfect tenses, or those denoting a continued action. 2. Aorist tenses, or those denoting an instantaneous action. The future tense in Modern Greek is expressed by com- binations or adaptations of these other two. Verbs are further subject to changes of mood according to whether the action is represented as actual, or conditional, or commanded. These moods are called respectively, indicative, subjunctive, and imperative. For the imperfect there is sometimes, but not always, a separate stem, called the imperfect stem. The aorist stem is in such cases the root of the yerb. Given the imperfect stem, the present imperfect tense in the indicative mood in all its persons may be formed at once by adding on the following affixes : ACTIVE. 123 Sing, w eis PI. o/xev ere overt (ow) PASSIVE. 123 Sing. o/j.ai ecrat rrat PI. o/xc0a fcvyw, root vyov, aorist !uyov. This is called the 2nd or strong aorist. In case the imperfect stem is the simple root, the letter o- is interposed between stem and personal endings, or the syllable lengthened in cases where for the sake of euphony the o- is suppressed, and the endings are as follow in the active : while in the passive the 1st aorist interposes 6, the 2nd aorist nothing, and the endings are as follows : ACTIVB. Sing, a as e PL are av PASSIVE. Sing. TJV 175 PL 77/icv Examples : /SaXAw, ' I put ' or ' throw,' e/?aXXov, ' I was throwing,' efiaXov, ' I threw,' /3oA?/v, ' I was thrown ;' Xv, ' I will,' &c., followed by the INFINITIVE. This is formed of the stem + the ending (v), passive -ea-Bai, in the aorist fj(va.i), e. g. 6a Aua>, ' I will loose ' (as a habit) ; 0a Xva-w, ' I will loose ' (on some special occasion) ; passive 6a XvOu, K.T.A. fle'Aw /3dAAei(j/), ' I shall put ' (habitually) ; /?aAei(v), ' I shall put ' (once for all) ; 0e'Ao> /?dAAeo-0at, fiaXfj. N.B. 'I will put ' is OeXo) va /3dAa>, K.T.A. The infinitive is properly the old locative case of a noun. It is still used as an indeclinable substantive with the article, but in this case the old classical form is employed, i. e. the v is never dropped in imperfect and 2nd aorist, and for the 1st aorist at is used instead of et, while the etv of the 2nd aorist active is always circumflexed, e.g. TO /SoAAeiv, TO (3aXuv, TO Xva-ai, TO XvOfjvai, K.T.A. The modern form of the infinitive aorist is also used with ^(0, 'I have,' to form a compound perfect and pluperfect, e. g. e^w Auo-ei, ' I have loosed ;' l^w (3dX<=L, ' I have put ;' eT^oi/ (for te^ov) Xvo-i, /3dtA, K.T.A., ' I had,' &c. Another way of forming the perfect and pluperfect is e^w + the perfect passive participle in -p.fvo- T/-, e. g. ^o) (Ae)Av/xtVas Tas o-TrovSa?, ' I have broken the treaty.' The doubling of the first syllable is optional. IMPERATIVE MOOD, OR MOOD OP COMMANDING. To the imperfect stem the following endings are added, in the active : [<;] (' thou ') and occasionally eVw (' he '). T (' ye ') very rarely eVwo-av or OJTGUV (' they '). and in the passive : A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 229 ccro (ov) eaOta. e(T@ ea-Oaxrav or ecr^tov. As a rule a wish regarding all other persons but the second is expressed by as followed by the subjunctive, e. g. as A.VO-W, as Aver??, as Xverovv. as is short for aes, 2nd aorist imperative of d-e-, imperfect a^urjfji.L, ' let,' ' permit.' To the 1st aorist stem the following endings are added : ACTIVK. e or ov area. ere or are dvTwv. PASSIVE. ov or rjri or i}6i (the latter if no aspirate precedes) -firw. 7/T6 fiToxrav or evrtav. N.B. (1) To form the 2nd aorist imperative the endings of the imperfect are added to 2nd aorist stem : whereas in the passive the endings are alike for 1st and 2nd aorist. (2) ov re- quires the active stem, e. g. ypdij/ov, not -ypd^Oov. The foregoing supplies the key to all the most ordinary fovms of the verb except the participles ; but before we speak of these it may be well to mention a few classical forms not in common use, but cropping up in occasional phrases, such are : THE CLASSICAL FUTUBE. This is simply the same as the present imperfect + the in- sertion of o- between stem and personal ending in the active, and 6r), ecu, oa>, and dov contract to w, w. eo, oo, oe, eov, oou ,, ov, ov respectively. ae, ar), aei, ay a, a. , eci , et. oa 5, 01. A?I *v v> ri- But for the most part verbs in o insert v in Modern Greek before a vowel, and thus contraction is avoided, e.g. SiopOovfi for SiopOoei, SiopOol, ' he corrects.' Keeping the above contractions in view, the student will be able to write out correctly the paradigm of any contract verb. Apparent exceptions in the mouths of the common people, e. g. cTLfj.ovfji.ovv or TLfj.ovfj.rjv for T^wyu,^v, arise from the tendency 232 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. to assimilate all contract verbs to a common scheme, and as the vowels a and e (and even o) were probably in origin variants of one indeterminate vowel sound, there is some justification for the process. As a rule verbs in a, e, and o lengthen these vowels to 77 and to respectively in forming the aorist, e. g. ripdu, TI/AW, ' I honour,' eTi/xiycra, 6a TI/WJCTW ; &)Tcra or eSidp$a>cra, /c.r.X. Apparent exceptions, such as yeXao>, yeXdcrw, 'laugh,' dpKu>, dpKecro), ' suffice,' 8nj/du>, Sumatra), ' thirst,' Treivaco, Tmvacra), 'hunger,' o-Traw, cnrda-o), 'break,' KoXew, KaXeVco, 'call,' efe/^eaj, 'vomit,' reXe'cD, 'finish,' atWw, 'praise,' K.T.\., reveal in their passive forms, e. g. 8u^ao-/u.vos, rfpKta-O-rjv, TeTeXeoyteVos, K.T.X., that they have lost an o- after the root- vowel a or e, so that they do not properly come under the rule. Such other exceptions as occur (and they are very rare) are probably due to false analogy. Such is the general scheme of conjugation, and to it there are no exceptions. Given the imperfect and aorist stem of a verb, the whole conjugation is known. Some verbs have both 2nd and 1st aorists, and some only 1st or 2nd. As a rule, when the imperfect stem and the root of the verb are identical, the 1st aorist is used, when the imperfect is a secondary formation, the 2nd. In forming the 1st aorist it must be remembered that : (1) (3, TT, combine with a- to form ty y K > x " s while 8, 6, r are lost before . a- (2) that X, /A, v, p absorb the following o-, the preceding vowel being lengthened by way of compensation ; e. g. 1/x.eiva for l/xevo-a, lorciXa for eoreXcra, eirrjpe for e-irdpo-e, K.r.X. To form the imperfect stem either the simple root is retained, as in ypd yvutpi^ta, ' I know,' for yvwpt'Siw, Trpacrcrw for TrpaKiw, Staracrcrw for Siarctyiw, K.r.X. 4. By the affix av often accompanied by nasalization of the root, e. g. Aa/x,/3ava>, ' I take,' from A.a/3-, fjia.v6a.vw, ' I learn,' from fjLa.6-, Xa.v6a.vv, ' I hide,' from Aa0- ; or by suffix av + t consonantal = atv, as Tra.6a.ivo>, 'I suffer,' from Tra.6-; or by v alone, as e'pvw from vy-, 'flee,' i^0r)v and a^iKop^v \ p. p. drjcra and arJKa ', imperat. ai/xa'os, ' leave,' ' let go.' /3aivw (chiefly found in compounds), e/S^v, t/ifys, ?/&/, K.r.X. ; imp. /3a, f3fjre, ' go ;' aor. pass. Trapeftddrj, ' it was transgressed ;' f. 0a (3u>. For Zflrjv the vernacular uses tftrjKa, K.r.X. ^SaXAw, root j8a\ and /3Aa, ^a /3aXw, eySaXov or l^aXa, fftX^Oijv, (3c(3\r]/jifvo<;, 'cast,' 'put,' 'put on.' fiap-uvo), Oa (3apvi>(i), efiapwa, 6a (3apvv6>, e/3apvv6r)v, 'weary,' ' burden. ' jSXeTTtD, aor. from root 18- [A'S], ?Sov or -a, "8e and iSe, also JSe?, tScov, ^a tSa>, 'see.' In compounds regular, as KarejSXe^cv, ' he looked down,' dve^Xei^a, ' I looked up.' POCTKW, aor. from stem /3oovce-, ' feed/ ^a POO-KTJCTW, K.T.\. (3ov\op.a.i, ' I will,' ' intend,' 0a J3ov\r]6>, e , also rj(3ov\rj6r]v, as if from /3ovXe-. /Spe^w, pass. aor. Ifipdxyv, 6a /Spa^w, K.T.X., 'rain.' yT/pao-Kw, ey^pacra, K.T.X., 'grow old.' yiVo/xat (yiyvo/xai), 6a yttVo), eyiva or eyevo/x^v, yevo/xcvos J pf. yeyova ; pf. p. ycyovws, ' become.' (yiyvwcrKw), 0a yvwcrw, eyvucra and eyvwv, lyvtos, lyvoi, lyvco/xev, cyvwrc, eyvcocrai/ ; imp. yvuOi, yvwcrov or yi/aicre aor. p. yvwo-as and yvors (yvovr-), ' know.' Chiefly in com- pounds, e. g. dp6r)v, ' flog,' ' flay.' Hence 8ep-/xa, ' skin.' a Se^^to ; p. p. SeSey/ieVos ; aor. m. also found, j p. St^^ets and Sc^a/xevos, ' receive.' ), the aor. from StSa^-, ' teach.' (in comp.) (root Spa-), aTrc'Spacra, aTreSpaffas, djreSpacrer, A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 235 also dWSpas, aTrcSpa (cf. yvw-) ; part. diroSpa?, di 'run away.' Si'Sw, $a Soxro), eSoxra and IStoKa, $a SoOw, eSoOrjv ; p. p. p. SeSo- /xe'j/os, 'give.' Swa-ynai -(rat -rai -fJLfOa -ade -vrai (a throughout) ; subj. Svvwfuu, ovvrjcrai , 8vvrjrai, Swia/jueOa, SvyrjaOe, Svvwvrai, or like ths indicative ; inf. Suvao-$at ; p. Swa/ao/os ; imp. eSwa/tr/v and r]8vvd/j.r)v (cf. jSovAo/itu), K.r.X (with a throughout) ; ^a SwTjOS), rjSvvrjOrjv, 'can,' 'am able.' cyctpw ; imp. rjyeipov ; aor. ^yetpa, ^a eyeptfa), ^ycp^r, ' raise,* 'wake,' 'rise,' 'awaken;' p. p. p. eyr7yep/'vos. (ei/xt), ?crat, etvc (ecrrt'), i/xe$a (ecryitei'), eTcr^e, eTi'e (etcrt) J subj. gjaat (fjt,ev, TJT, ^oio-i, ' live, 1 , ' know, 1 fj.a.9-. D, ' bury ' (ra<-, pass.) ; p. p. p. (class. TiOrjfjii) (Oe-), Wr)K.a, Oa 6f.) (/cepSc-), 'gain.' ooi) (KepdwvfJii), da. Ke/aao-co, K.T.X., ' mix.' /cAauo (/cAaf-), cf. KCU'W, ' weep.' (cXe7r- *(Xa7r-), ' steal,' e/cXaTTTjv, ^a KXaTToi. i, not used, but ^a Kopecro), eKO^ecra, ' satiate.' KOTTTW (KOTT- or KO^-), 'cut.' .vd(a, Kpffj.a.jjia.1 (cf. Swa/^ai) ; $a /cpeynao-w, 6a Kpc/iacr^ai, K.T.X., 'hang.' ^-), 'fall in with,' 'obtain by lot.' Xav0oVw (Xa#-), ^a XavdacrdS), 'hide,' 'escape,' in passive 'am mistaken.' (Xou- and Xovo--), ^a Xova-Qa), Xou<7/teVos or wash.' v(a (/i0-), ' learn.' (only in imperfect), ' fight.' For other tenses, /u,eXXa>, ' intend,' ' be about to ' (only in inipf. ) ; past ^/xeXXov and 2/xeXXov. /uyvww (p-ty-), ' mix,' t/Ai^a, /j.Lyr)v, ffjiL^Orjv. olSa (ftS- foiS-), ' I know.' Chiefly in phrases, TI'S otSe ; ' who knows?' Kv'ptos oTSc, ' Lord knows ;' OUK oT3a for Sev ^evpw, ' I don't know. ' Cf. our own archaism, 2 wot not. (in comp.) (p.va- /XVTJO--), l/x^cra, c/av^cr^v, ' remind,' remember.' TCtpOV, (3/CTeipa, f pity.' 6fj.vv(j) (O/AO-), w/iocra, ^a ofj-ocrta, 'swear.' A GUIDE TO MODERN QEEEK. 237 (for TrdO-a-Kw) or 7ra.6a.LVO) (ira.O-\ 'suffer.' 7Tt$co, TreiOofJLai, ' persuade,' ' obey ;' cTretcra, oreur&jv ', TreTrctcr/Aai, ' I am persuaded ;' TreVotfla, ' I trust.' irrjyaivo) and virdyw (Tray- viray-) , ' go ;' tirrjya., 9a Traya). The 17 in e-jryya or {>7n/ya is the result of the augment in the aorist (or imperfect) of the simple verb rjyov, rfya. from ay-. TTivw (TTI-), ' drink ;' CTTIOV and rj-jria.. (TTCO-- for Trer-), 'fall.' ew Or TrAcuto (TT\V-, TrXef-), c sail.' 5w (TTvev- TTvef-), e7rvcijcr^i/v, 'breathe.' pea), pfvco (crptv- crpff-), eppeucra for Icrpeucra, ' flow.' pr/yrvw (prjywfjii), p^yw/xai (cf. Suva/iat), K.r.A. (pi7y- pay for f pay-), hence eppay^v, /c.r.A., 'break.' i, obs. except in eppwcro, Ippwcr^c, ' be strong ! ' ' hail ! ' ' farewell !' vvo) (-, cf. rpi^-, nom. ^pt^), ' feed ;' fTpdr)v, TtOpffjifJ-tvos or T$pa/Ap;evos. Cf. also Odirrta. ( ^ fyo-P')) 'run;' !rpea and ISpa/xov. wya) (class. tcrBiu)) (<^>ay-), ' eat.' ~)> ' chance.' Or uTroaxo/xat, VTre ' promise.' aiVo/Aat, 'seem/ 'appear' (for epvu), ' bring ;' imp. e^epov j aor. e^epa. In a few compounds the stem eveyx- or eve/c- is used for aor. ^ or ov, lv^6S), rjve^6r]i', K.T.\. uyw (vy-), 'fly,' 'flee,' 'depart.' 238 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. <{>@cipddpr)v, e #<* x a P^> tX^PW ' rejoice,' ' be glad.' Impf. active, aorists passive in form, but intransitive in sense. a-), ' satiate.' X ^*) X" V(a > exce pt in comp., x u(ra > K X V / A "' OS > K.T.A., 'pour.' ON DERIVATION AND COMPOSITION. Closely allied to the subject of Greek accidence is that of the formation of words. There are two principal ways by which words are built up in Greek, first, by addition of suffixes and prefixes by themselves unmeaning, and secondly, by the compounding of two or more words. The first may be called an inflexional, the second an agglutinative process, or they may be distinguished as the processes of derivation and composition. DERIVATION BY AFFIX OR PREFIX. The principal prefixes are : o(v)- = English un, e. g. ypaTrro-, 'written,' aypairro-, 'un- written;' virofapTo-, 'bearable,' awTrofapro-, 'unbearable.' Observe change of accent, which is typical. eu-, 'well,' 'easily,' &c., e.g. KaToXiprTo-, 'comprehensible,' cv/caTaAT/Tn-o-, ' easy of comprehension.' Svo--, 'ill,' 'hard,' &c., e.g. di/a/Jaro-, 'accessible,' 'that may be ascended,' Swai/a/Jaro-, 'hard to ascend.' All these prefixes may be compounded with the essential part less the formative vowel of a substantive, and form, by the addition of a new formative vowel, an altogether fresh word, e. g. from fjf,op-a-, ' shape,' take a and add o ; the stem /xopo- thus obtained, which has no independent existence, may then be combined, thus: a/xopo-. This principle is of very wide application, e. g. e/op-, and similarly many others. Besides a-, eu-, and Sucr-, the chief prefixes are prepositions, but as these are independent words, we shall consider them under the head of " Composition." Besides these, we have the merely euphonic 6-, d-, as o-Aiyos for Aiyo-s, 'small,' 'few ;' do-Ta^iov for v, ' an ear of corn. ' Suffixes. -/xo-, masculine = '-ing,' e. g. iraX-, 'paZ-pitate,' TraA/xo-s, 'palpi- tation,' 'throb;' also adjectival, e. g. 0ep-, 'heat,' tfep/xo-, ' heated,' 'warm.' -fMv-, masculine = '-er,' e.g. ^ye-, 'lead,' ^ye^wv [ov-s], 'leader.' -pay-, masculine, e. g. rAa- rA^-, 'bear,' rA^/uwv, 'enduring,' 'suffering.' -/iev-, masculine, '-er;' iroi- (TTOC- Trae-), 'feed,' 'shepherd.' -/tar-, neuter, effect of action, e.g. wpaK-, 'do,' ' deed,' ' thing done.' -/M)-, feminine, e. g. ypap.-fjLr) for ypcw^-/*?;. ' a line.' -rep-, chiefly in relations, e. g. 7ra-r?p, ' father,' ftt/n/p, ' mother.' -rrjp- = ' -er ;' KA^-r^/a, ' caller,' ' summoner,' ' policeman,' orw-n/p, 'saviour.' -rop- = ' -er ;' p^-ra>p, ' speaker,' ' orator.' Of this, rvp in pap-Tvp is a variant. 240 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. -Trf- = '-er;' TroXi-n;?, 'citizen;' also -ry-, e.g. Kpi-n??, 'judge.' -rpta- and reipa, feminine form of above, as irotry-rpia, ' poetess,' virr/pe-rpia, ' maid servant.' -rpt'8- = ' -ster,' ' -stress ;' avXrj-rpis, ' flute-player ' (female). -rpo-, -Tpo-, neuter = instrument or object of action, e. g. apo- rpo-v, ' plough,' Xov-rpdv, ' bath.' -0po-, bye-form of above; ap-6pov, ' ar-ticle,' 'joint,' 'fitting,' from dp-, 'fit.' -0\rj-, feminine form of above, e. g. yeveOXrj from yeve (yev-), ' birth,' ' generation.' = '-ness,' feminine, e. g. evpc^otrwT; = tvcfrpov-avvr], 'glad- ness.' T- = ' -th,' feminine, e. g. veo-nys [TS], ' yonth.' -ta, -ta, and to, ia = ' -th,' feminine, e. g. fiav-, ' rave ' (/xatvo/xat), fiavia, 'madness;' dX^ecr-, 'true,' dX^eta [dX^e(cr)ia], ' truth ;' apaOear-, ' unlearned,' d/xa0eia, 'ignorance ;' arrpar-o, ' force,' trrpaTto, ' army ;' O-KOT-CS-, ' dark ' (subst.) O-KOTUZ, ' darkness.' to-v, neuter, 'place of,' e.g. Movo-o, 'Muse,' /xovo-etov, 'place of Muses ' (jU.oixre'-i-oi', /tovcnji'ov) ; //.vry/tT/, ' memory,' p.v-qp.^iov, 'place of remembrance, "tomb,' 'monument;' Ionic, p.vrj/jirj'iov. -cuv, masculine, ' abode of ;' Se'vSp-c-o-, SevSp-o-, ' tree,' SevSpewv, ' plantation.' -18- = '-ess ' ~\ Sign of female /" Tcp/jtav-o-s, ' German,' C agency or-< /tavtS-, ' German lady.' -a.8- = '-ess' j quality. (. XOI/XTT-, ' shine, 'Xa/X7ra8-, 'candle.' -atva-, 'wife of;' Kaxrras, ' Constant,' Kwaraiva, 'Mrs. Constant.' -LVO.-, ' wife of ;' NtKoX-r}-s, Nt/coX-iVa. dprj-ay-, ' eat,' v-, ' mill ' (/AvXo-s), ftvXwva-s, ' miller.' ->JXa-, -vXa- = '-ness;' ymavp-o, 'black,' navpyXa, 'blackness.' -ov, feminine of a-s ; fiovrvp-o-, ' butter,' /Sovrvp-ov, ' butter- woman.' A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 241 -ovpa-, the Latin -ura, our -ure ; O-KOT-OS, o-Koroupo, ' (black) care ;' xXei-, KXei-o--ovpa, ' an enclosure ' (the o- is that of the aorist). -ovpta-, 'haunt of;' KXeT-i^s (KXeTmjs), 'robber,' KXe^rovpto, ' den of robbers.' -crta- for r-ia ; avorj-r-o-, ' senseless,' ' avotf-or-ia., ' senselessness.' -Xrj- = ' iness ;' O-/J.LX-XTJ, ' mist(iness),' vff-Xrj (v7ros for uAo-av0pa>7ros, ' wooden- man,' ' blockhead.' If the stem of the first word ends in a consonant, or an. a or rj, o is either inserted or substituted, e. g. 6a\a.os, ' a man-slayer' (but dv0pw7roKTovos, 'slain by man '), Aoyoypai, e.g. (ovo/xciT, dialectically ovv/xar), ' named after,' but famous.' In the case of verbals in -TO- compounded with a preposition, only usage can teach the student where to place the accent, but probably the explanation of the irregularity is that where the compound verbal is taken straight from the verb, e. g. dva/3aTos from avafia-, the accent maintains its natural place; where, however, the verbal is first formed a simple word, and then compounded with the preposition, the accent is thrown back, e. g. Oerov, ' a thing placed,' liri-derov, ' an adjective.' PARTICLES OR UNINPLECTED WORDS. These may be subdivided into adverbs, conjunctions, and prepositions. ADVERBa The greater number of these are themselves inflexions of adjectives, and are interesting as revealing to us old case- endings otherwise lost to the language. Any adjective can be changed to an adverb, either by the ending -* -61, also locative, e. g. aXXax-odi, l elsewhere.' The following is a list of the principal adverbs of time and place : ADVERBS OP PLACE. iroC; where? whither? TTOU, somewhere. OTTOW, where. rrodfv ; whence ? odev, oTrodfv, whence. fvra\i6a, f8w, S)8e, here, hither. O.VTOV, there. ocei, there, yonder. (Kfl(T, thither. fKtWev, thence. ei/Tfvdfv, thence. Trjde KOLKela-e, hither and thither. '&< KOI tKft, here and there. aXXavoC, oXXou aXXn^opt, else- where, elsewhither. aXXo$ei>, elsewhence. ov, iravTov, everywhere. v, somewhere. , from or on either side. v, from or on both sides. v, on the right. todev, on the left. KVK\, round about. , around. i>, beneath. K.U.TQ), below. KaTcaQev, from below. avatdfv, from above. Seia, to the right. dpurrepa, to the left. 6ftov, together. Trpoa-arepto, further OU. fTTtivot, above. ava>, above. ir\T), without. fKTOS TOW ore, i/a, K.r.X,, except that, , back, backwards. KaroTTiv, behind, afterwards. oTri, from behind. )$, before, forwards. epTrpoaQfv, from before. oiifia/toi;, nowhere. p.a.Kpav, far. Murtof, in the presence of, be- fore. cmevavTi., opposite. Trepav, irepa, beyond. e'*ceZ irepa, over yonder. irepatrepa, further. 246 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. f, when. ever. v, to-day. avpiov, to-morrow. Trpwi, early. fjitdavpiov, the day after to- morrow. X&fs> e> X$ es > yesterday. TTpox&es, the day before yesterday. aXXore, formerly, at another time. irpiv, TTporepov, sooner, before. Tore, then. eirftra, (Ira, then, afterwards. re\os, at last. irdvroTf, dfiiroTf, aei, always. ala>via>s, eternally. tltrafl, ffrad, for ever. Ti, lately. s, lately. 17817, already, now. ir\eov, henceforth, more. en, fla-eri, aKOftr), still, yet, besides. dnes, ev6vs, straightway, di- rectly. apyd, late. fipadvrtpov, later. furore, since then. ADVERBS OF TIME. iiroTf, sometimes. , often. 'Vf^wy, vvxvdKis, continuously, frequently. never. p,oXiy, scarcely, hardly. a^eSo!/, almost. a'icpvrjs, suddenly. fas, sud- denly, oo-oi' ovira), very soon (lit. just not yet). ttperos, this year. TOV xp vov > next year. irepvai, last year. dveKadfv, from earliest times. aTro^e, this evening. e V"' yesterday evening. jbv, day and night. >ov, on the same day. eVwply, early. r, at the same time. ?, simultaneously, w, a-vva/jta, (rvvdpa, at once. IOP, by degrees. apa, along with, at the same time. Xotirw, therefore. nv, rwpa, now. Many of these adverbs serve also as conjunctions, and others as prepositions ; indeed, no very definite line of demarcation can be drawn between these various particles, but as conjunctions proper the following should be noted : KOI, and, also, even. Kai Ktu, both and. r( /cm, both and, e. g. fintpoi re Ko.1 /ifyaXoi, both small and great o^t fjiovuv XXa Kai, not only but also, oi f*,6vov aXXo KOL, not only but also. icai fie, but also. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 247 ovre ovre (with indie.), neither nor. pjre p.T)Tf (with subj. and im- per.). neither nor. otifie, p,T)$f, not even. 7, or ; r; 77, either or. etre etre, fav re lav re, whether or. ufv, indeed, 'tis , true > ^ ever " rs ^ in 8e, but. J a sentence - ore fiev ore Se, at one time at another. jccurot, ei KOI, fav KOI, po\ov on, although. 3, although. r, however. [j.'o\ov TOVTO, fjJoXa TOVTO, never- theless. fl 8f fir/, else, tl HT], unless. oo-aKis, as often as. Ivca, while. eVo'o-w, as long as. jrplv, 7rp\v 77, Trplv va, before (fol- lowed by subjunctive). ecos ov, eo>s OTOV, until. fjifXpis ov, a%pis ov, until. a(pov, since. eav, av, fl, if. av, noTfpov, whether, ort, that (with indie.). va, that (with subj.). apa, so, then. va>s, accordingly. , so that. va, so as to. ri, that is to say. i, that is. 771-01, f[yovv, that is. ermfiij, since. 8i6ri, because. ocr< rocrw, ocrov TOCTOV, the the, as in " the more the merrier." y.a\\ov, rather, more. iva, Sta va, OTTOIS, in order that. o>s, OTTO>S, as, so as, just as. oaw Kal av, however much, as tav, axrav, aav, axrfi, as if. PBEPOSITIONS. In the vernacular all prepositions, in as far as they are used at all, may be construed with the accusative case ; but educated people, following (partly) classical usage, employ them as follows : With the Objective (Accusative) alone. eis, 'in,' 'into,' 'at.' fie, ' with.' over ' 'up,' 'i ' 'by; aa dva , ' beyond,' ' without.' tv, Trpo, ' before.' IK, e (before vowels), ' out of,' 'from.' With Dative alone. iv, 'in' (never into). | ow (not common), 'with.' With Genitive and Accusative. Kara, Gen., ' against,' e. g. Kara. TOV avOpuirov, ' against the man.' Ace., 'according to,' 'by,' 'in,' e. g. Kara /xepos, 'in part.' //.era, Gen., ' with,' e. g. ftera TroXAwv avOpwTrwv, ' with many men.' Ace., ' after,' e. g. /xera TroXXas tyju.epas, ' after many days.' wrep, Gen., ' for the sake of,' e. g. vn-cp I/AOU, ' on my behalf.' Ace., ' over,' e. g. wep TT)V iroXiv, ' over the town.' wo, Gen., 'by,' e. g. vif c/xov, ' by me.' Ace., ' under,' e. g. VTT' e/xe, ' under me.' cnro, 'from,' Ace. or Gen. without distinction of meaning, but colloquially with former. Sia, Gen., 'with,' 'by means, of,' e.g. Sio, TOVTOV, 'by this means.' Ace., ' on account of,' ' for,' e. g. Sta TOVTO, ' on this account.' irepi, Gen., ' about,' ' concerning,' e. g. Trepl e/xov o/uAovo-tv, ' they are talking about me.' Ace., * round,' 'near,' e. g. Trepi e/x, IO-TCIVTCU, 'they are standing round me.' With Genitive, Dative, and Accusative. CTTI, Gen., 'in the time of,' 'upon,' 'on,' e. g. CTT' e'/Aov!, ' in my time,' ?ri TT/S Tpairt&js, ' on the table.' Ace., ' on to,' ' up to,' e. g. ri TO ret^os rj\6e, ' he came up to the wall' A GUIDE TO MODEEN GREEK. 249 n, Dat., * on account of,' ' over," e. g. CTTI 1-17 68upo/u.ai, ' I wail over,' or ' bewail my misfortune.' Trpos, Gen., ' for the sake of,' e. g. Trpos 6eov ! ( for God's sake !' Ace., 'to,' ' towards,' e. g. Trpos avrbv rjXOov, 'I came to him.' Dat., ' in addition to,' ' besides,' e. g. Trpos TOVTOIS, ' more than this.' Trapo, Gen., ' from (the part of),' e. g. Trapa TOV virovpyov, ' from the minister.' Dat., ' with,' f among,' e. g. irapa TOIS *AyyAo6?, ' among Englishmen.' Ace., ' along,' ' by the side of,' ' all but,' ' short of,' e. g. Trapa TOV Trora/xov, ' alongside the river ;' rpcts irapa Teraprov, ' three all but a quarter,' i. e. 2.45 ; Trap' oAtyov tyovfvOrj, 'he was all but killed.' Syntax. The syntax of Modern Greek is on the whole so like the English that a few remarks will suffice. ON CONCORD. With regard to number the rules are the same as in English. With regard to person, the first person takes precedence of the second, and the second of the third, where there is more than one subject of the sentence : eyo> Kai tru ^A^oyaev /Aav, ' you and I came together ;' crv Kal avros ^A^ere /*.av, ' you and he came together.' With regard to gender the masculine takes precedence of other genders in the case of animate, and the neuter in case of inanimate subjects, e. g. 6 Trar^p *ai rj ^rrjp TOV <^alvovrai vfot, ' his father and mother seem young ;' ot taj-jroi, al KoiAaSes /cat ra SaaT/ five TO cap ^Aoepa, ' the gardens, the valleys, and the woods are green in springtime.' 250 A GUIDE TO MODERN GEEEK. THE AKTICLE. The definite article is commonly used with proper names, but frequently left out after prepositions before names of places and countries, as rj 'EXXas etve eXeufle'pa, ' Greece is free,' but 7r?7yaiva> cis 'EXXaSa, ' I go to Greece.' It is also used where we should omit it, with all abstract nouns, as rj dXr/fleia, ' Truth,' 17 vcrci, Kara (o/Aev, ' to write,' 'writing,' genitive TOU ypdfyuv, K.T.\. If it is desired to place the adjective after the substantive, the article must be repeated, e. g. 6 aV0pw7ros o xaXos or 6 KaXos dv$pawros, ' the good man,' not 6 av#pa TT?S, ' she suffered (in) her nerves.' THE GENITIVE. The general use of this case is so exactly like the English possessive or its equivalent, objective + ' of,' that we need only remark on its employment with comparatives, e. g. ftcyaXifrepos ejuou (for 17 or Trapa c'yw), 'greater than I.' Cf. Latin ablative and Semitic min, 'from.' In a few cases, "from," rather than "of," would be the natural preposition in English. Ilapa, followed by the nomina- 252 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. tive, is also used for " than." One usage, however, is decidedly peculiar, e. g. irore fwv, 'never (or ever) in my life,' literally 1 my ever ;' /AWOS pav, ' I by myself ;' fK-nnryOv) /u-ovos TOV, literally ' he was smitten alone of himself,' i. e. he committed suicide, or stabbed himself. A few verbs which take the genitive where we might expect the objective, are generally easy to translate by words which even in English suggest the genitive relation, and in nearly all these cases the use of the objective is optional, e. g. aT vyeias, * I am in the enjoyment of good health ;' s, ' I avail myself of the opportunity.' THE DATIVE. This case is rarely used in conversation. The objective either alone or with a preposition, eis, Trpos, Sto, K.T.A., may be used instead, or in some cases the genitive ; but the dative is admissible in verbs of giving, belonging, telling, pleasing, dis- pleasing, fitting, meeting, &c., and after adjectives implying gratitude, ingratitude, plainness, obscurity, indifference, pleasure, pain, likeness, unlikeness, advantage, disadvantage, &c. The dative is also used to express time when (see above), and in a few phrases indicating manner or instrumentality, e. g. TO> ovrt, 'in very deed,' 'really,' rt'vt rpoTru), 'in what way,' A.oyo> KCU epyo>, 'in word and deed,' Trappvyo-ta, 'with boldness,' 'openly,' vavrl crOfvet, 'with might and main,' TOIS e/carov, 'per cent.,' rpayp.aTi, ' in fact,' fj,eyd\r) rfj wvfi, ' with a loud voice,' literally 'with the voice loud,' xP tT i ou, 'by the grace of God,' K.T.X. THE VERB. The only really common tenses of the verb are the present imperfect, past imperfect, aorist, and future (aorist and imper- fect). Their meanings are best understood from illustration : ypaw, ' I will write,' ' practise writing,' ' be an author.' 6a ypauj/w, 'I will write (a letter or a book).' ypdif/ov (e), 'write (e.g. this letter).' ypa0e, 'begin to write,' 'be writing,' 'be a writer,' 'choose writing for an occupation/ fir] ypanf/ys, ' do not write (hereafter).' fj.rj ypue/n;?, ' stop writing,' or ' refrain from writing now.' N.B. The aorist tense indicative stands also for perfect and pluperfect. In cases where misunderstanding might arise, the compound tenses, l^w ypai^ei, el^oi/ ypat/fci, may be used. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, AND USE OF PARTICLES. The subjunctive mood is used after the conjunctions and particles, $a, va, iva, Sia va, OTTODS, OOTIS, elOe va, icrcos, a/xa, *c.T.X, whenever future time is in view, e. g. ; fcnos ZX6ddo-avToxl, o^ with nouns, adjectives, and participles used ad- jectivally, e.g. o^t aurds/ 'not he !' o^i ws T^TT^CIS aAAa }), are some- times used, e. g. rotyap raWpo TWV TrA^yom ; ' Surely their white hue does not wound ? ' INDIRECT QUESTIONS. In these the same interrogatory pronouns and particles are used as in the direct questions, the indicative mood is kept, except after /X^TTCOS (^)j which is followed where fear or douht is expressed by the subjunctive. As a rule, if the first or principal clause of the sentence is in the past tense, the dependent clause is also in the past, but the present is sometimes retained, e. g. p.e epwra TroOev ep^o/xai, ' He asked me whence I came ;' /* r/pwr^cre iroOcv ^p^o/A?/v (also Ip^o/^at), ' He asked me whence I came ;' *7rpoo-e^e /XTJTTWS TTCCTT/S, ' Take heed, lest you fall ;' epwroj av ry/cowas vrepi TOUTOV, ' I ask whether you have heard of this.' APPENDIX. IT has been thought well to add in the form of an Appendix the following specimens of letters received from Greek correspondents. As actual and authentic examples they will possess in the eyes of the student more value than the artificial products to be found in " Guides to Polite Letter- Writing." It is needless to add that all particulars which might lead to identification have been carefully suppressed. 258 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 'A^fojs, 7/19 S-ffyovapiov, 1881. 1 Kupte, IloXXa/as SifvorjOrjv va eras ypai^a) oXtyas ypa/A/zas, diem ouSa/iuis iTredvfJiovv ovTta aTrOTO/icos va Staxoi^a) Tracrai' yaeTa TUJV eV 'AyyXia c/>tXcov /xou cr^tcriv, dXXa Suorv^ais 17 8tuc?i>vcris T?}S KaToiKi'as eras, ^v dva^wpouvTes cvreC^ev /AOI d^^Kare, aTrwXcTO' eyw 8e Tore a.7r6Ta.Orjv Trpos TTjf ev A.i[3epirov\r) Kupiav - ^fns T(3 OVTI //.ot 7re/ii^c T^J/ Sieu^uvcrtv eras, dXXa TOCTW SucravcxyvwcrTOv wore T]ivt]v /2e/3a6OTaTOs ort /cat /t^aviKais av djTeypac/>a avr^v, 17 ^ /xou Sei/ 65a eras eupterKev. TOVTOU Ivcxa 7rt raiv TTJV e/3So/xa8a dTrocrTaXeicroiv v/xlf fa)Tter/iov TWV /x^ T^V 'EXXciSa etSoTtov "AyyXwv Kat TOJV 8tacrTpoc/>(ov TIJS dX^flei'as, Sta TJ}S Sr)p.o- crtcucrews ev Ttvt evTaS^a ec/>r;/>teptcit /XTac/)pdcrews av ov^V TOU oXov, /xepovs TOvXa^icrTOV T^S 8taTpt)8^s eras 7rec5j;/xow va yVOMTTOV TO OVOfJ.0. CTttS tS TO TToXv eXX^VlKOV KOtVOV, dXXa yvwpt^w OTI at Swa/xets /zou TroXv vcrTCpoCcrt TOV cpyov TOVTOU *cat /ATa XVTTIJS fiou lyKareXfuj/a rrjv tSe'av Taurrjv. IIX^v Stv eXeii^a va /xeTaStucrw cts TrdvTas TOUS c^t'Xous /nou Kat yvwptcravTas v/xas ecTavc^a TO Trepte^o/xevov r^s StaTpijS^s eras, omvts TTCIVTCS r^v^apLorr-rj- Orjcrav KOI p.er tp.ov a>s "EXX^ves euyvco/iovovcrtv vfuv 8ta TO cTTt/catpov T^S S^jLtocrtcucrca)?. 'OS TTpOS TO. TToXlTlKa )U,aS TOVTO /AOVOV XeyO) OTt CVplfTKOfJifBa fjiera^v cr^>upas *cai aKyacovos, V7repe7rt$vyuoi5vTS /x-ev dc/>* cvos va irpocr8pcx/xto/xev Trpos /So^etav TWV 8oi)XcuovTcov dSeXc/wv /xas, (froflov- It is usual in Greece to date letters according to both old and new style. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 259 ATHENS, 7/19 February, 1881. DEAR SIR, Many a time have I had it in my mind to write you a few lines, since I by no means wished so suddenly to drop all connexion with my friends in England, but un- fortunately your address, which you left me when you went away from here, got lost ; and I then applied to Miss in Liverpool, who actually sent me your address, but in so illegible a form that I was quite certain, if I were even to copy it mechanically, that my letter would not find you. For this reason I added on the newspapers sent last week the words, "near London," and heaven only knows whether both the newspapers and my present letter will be lost. Your essay on " Grsecia Eediviva " has duly come to hand, and I have eagerly read it. Although its contents are rather intended for the enlightenment of Englishmen who do not know Greece, and of perverters of the truth, yet, by the publica- tion in some paper here of a translation if not of the whole, at least of a portion of your treatise I should like to make your name known to the general Greek public ; but unfortunately I am aware that my powers fall far short of the requirements of the task, and, to my chagrin, I relinquished the idea. I have not failed, however, to communicate to all my friends who have known you here the contents of your treatise, and they were all delighted, and, with myself, are grateful as Greeks for the timeliness of the publication. As to our politics, I can only say this : that we find ourselves betwixt the hammer and the anvil, longing above everything, on the one hand, to rush to the rescue of our brethren still in S 2 260 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. p.voi 8 a Tpov p/ff Trpoo'/cpouo'WjU.ei' ets Tas iSeas L\rjs TIVOS a/tews. Ai TrpoeroifJiacriai p.as Trpos 7roXe//.ov elve etTrep irore ^peis, Sei> vrrap^ci 8e oiKoyeveia 77715 va //.TJV l^g ^v rj TrXeidrepa aro/xa /caTaTeray/xeVa cis TOI/ a-rparov. Et? TOJV aSf\(av p.ov uTr^peret a>s tTTTreus, eyo> TOVS l@VOepovTO. raiv XoiTraiv vX>v r^s 'AvaroX^s I^o/Aev dxpaSavrov irtTroi6-Y]tTa Xvo-crcoS?/ TraXiyv 17 vt/cr/ CTTI reXovs eorat vTrep 6 TroXe/xos 17 ^ flprjVTj Sev e^aprarat, rjfjia.i'Xos, n. 2. Y.F. [wrepa ypa/i/teVov]. ^Eypcu/ra cXX^vio-rt Trpos TrXeiorepav . *Av 8ev aTraTwynai /xot e?^cre VTTOO-^ tav aas. e'Xcrc XOITTOV va ras /x,ev ; 'Ae^jvan, rp 8/20 Ma/yrfoy, 1881. Kvpie, A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 261 slavery ; yet fearing, on the other, lest we run counter to the views of some friendly power. Our preparations for war are complete, if ever preparations were. There is not a family which has not one or more individuals enrolled in the army. One of my brothers is serving in the cavalry, and I am enlisting in the national guards. Knowing the Turks better than European journalists, who only reckon numbers, and relying on the strength of Hellenism, and, if you will, also on the interests of the other races of the East, we have an unshaken conviction that after a furious struggle, victory will at length be on our side. But unhappily the question of war or peace does not depend, it seems, on us, but on the Great Powers. Great ! What an irony does the word express from a moral point of view. From the very day of your departure hence I have been employed in an English office, as you observe from the heading [of my letter]. Besides this, I have given one of my sisters in marriage, who has now also got a little daughter. Hoping that both you and your honoured wife, with the rest of your family, are enjoying the best of health, and that I shall soon be favoured with a letter from you, I remain, Your friend, P. S. P.S. I have written in Greek for your greater satisfaction. If I am not mistaken, you promised me your photograph. What do you say to an exchange ? ATHENS, 8/20 March, 1881. MY DEAR SIR, Your kind letter of the 28th of last month has duly come to hand, and I was very glad to see from it that you 262 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. aTToXaveTC a/cpas vytetas TOCTOV v/ms 6Vov Kat 77 XOITTT) oiKoye'vetd era?. Ev^aptarru) vp.lv eiXiKpivais Sta ras i\opovr]creiopaiv TT/V v/j-frepav SiaTpt^v, dXXd Too-u) o-T/3Xtoyu,evov, WO-TC av^wpet crvvira^a. ?Tpov SiavXXd8iov iva ifcy KOT oXtyov /x,6Ta^>pao-iv avTOv. Tovro yae /caTv^aptcrT7/o-ev is TrX^povv TOV TTO^OV V/AWV Te Kat e/xov, /cat do-/x,evws TW Trape^aprja-u. avTO. To 8idopov p.ov /JXerreTe o~r)p,iu>fj.vov Iv TW vXXa> T}S Ile/xTrTT/s 8t' IpvOpov /xoXv/SSov, TravTa 8e TO. XotTrd Trpoep^ovTai CK T^S 2vvTa^cos TOV " Ti^Xeypd^ov." 'H e^aKoXov^o-t9 T^S /AtTa^pao-ecos 6a yeV^Tai Kat r^v e/3So/xd8a TavTrjv, eyKatpws Se ^e'Xw aas Trefju(/ei \ t / Ttt aVTtTVTTO. 'ETreiSi) TroXv TTt^avov va /A^ )U,ot f7no~Tparj TO <^>vXXa8tov o~as CK TOV " TiyXeypd^ov " KaTa TO evTav^a e^t/xov, eras irapaKaXw va /uot TreyMi^r/Te ev tTtpov Trpos tv6vp,r)crt.v. IlaptKaXco-a Kat TOV SvvTaKTr^ T^s " IlaXtyyeveo-tas " va KttTa- ^u>pr)a"rj o*^TtKov TI 8td<^opov, dXXa, /xc^pt TovSe Sev TO Kayu.ev. Ta TroXiTiKa ^as Xt'av d/x^>t/3oXa, ev TOVTOIS cTriKpaTet irpos TO , literally " a various," i. e. one of the paragraphs usually A GUIDE TO MODERN GEEEK. 263 yourself are now enjoying the best of health, as well as the rest of your family. I thank you sincerely for you good wishes in regard to my situation, and your congratulations on my sister's marriage, &c. I do not think that you saw my sister during your stay here, inasmuch as at that time she was staying as teacher in a branch of the Arsakeion (Girls' High School) in Corcyra. Her husband deals in oil, the produce of the island ; and their little daughter finally has been named Irene. I was delighted to get your photograph, which is indeed more than successful According to my promise, and since you wish it, I herewith enclose you my own. Last week I observed by chance in the newspaper, New Ideas, a paragraph referring to your treatise, but so perverted that I the very same hour drew up another paragraph for insertion in the Telegraph. The editor of the latter, after some information from me concerning the treatise and its author, had the goodness to ask me for the pamphlet, that he might insert, by instalments, a translation of it. This pleased me exceedingly, as it meets the wishes both of you and myself, and I gladly let him have it. My paragraph you see marked in Thursday's paper with red lead, but all the rest proceeds from the editorial office of the Telegraph. The continuation of the translation will be made this week also, and I will duly send you the copies. Since it is very likely that your pamphlet may not be returned to me from the Telegraph, according to the custom here, I beg you to send me another as a remembrancer. I begged the editor of the Renaissance also to insert a similar paragraph, but hitherto he has not done so. Our politics are very uncertain. Meanwhile, for the present, found in newspapers under the heading " various " or "jottings." 264 A GUIDE TO MODEEN GREEK. irapov a/cpa ^o~u^ia. 'O irpwOvirovpyos ;u.as, Ivavriov TOV KOIVOV pov^uaTos, eTve Xtav ^Xiapos, /xdXov 6Vi eis TO TrapeXOov Sev KoXaKevTO ovo/Aa^o/Aevos av$pw7ros TOV Trvpos KOL TOV criS^pou. H ^Tr]p |U,ov aas Trpocr^epei TOUS arf.fia.a'p.ovs TTJS, Xtav Se Tlpo(T(f>peTC Trapa/caXw Tas Trpocrp^creL^ p,ov Trpos T^V vXXd8iov oTrcp v-np(TTri6r]Te va /AOI TrejLu/oyre. 'Aveyi/wv avro /ACTO. Trpoo-o^s Kat e^dprjv iSa)v ort vif/ovre (jxDV-rjv inrep TOV StKatou, {i7repao"7ri'^ovTes TO 4'0i/os TO eXX^vt/cov on-cp TroXXot, e^i'Xot, TOV O-KOTOVS /cat TOV \jfev8ovs, 7rp07rr)\a.Kiovo-i KOL v(3p(ovo-i. Kat TOVS /ACf TOIOVTOVS ^15 TTepL(f}pOVOVfJieV, TOVS /U,TO. TO, ^/ACTepa Strata ayaTr!a/j.V KOU ovSeVoTe avTOts. To vp-tTepov ovo/x,a /AOI ^TO yvwcrTov Trpo TroXXov ec TOV KaXov ey^eipiStov Trepi T^S Ka^' ij/xas 'EXXijvtK^s' Kai 1^87; roXv Xap.ftdv(DV aopp.r]v va 7rto-TCtXco v/uv Ta oXtya Tavra. oXws v/Ae K. A. Y.F. 'Eav vo/xt'^Te on SvVa/tat TTOTE va $iv(p, 'lavovapiov 14??, 1881. Kvpie, UapaKaXw 8eao-$e Tas eiXixptveis evxapicm'as p.ov Sta TO <^vXXaSiov o?rep (f>i\op6vtot. 'Aveyvwv avTO A GUIDE TO MODEEN GEEEK. 265 the utmost tranquillity prevails. Our Prime Minister, in op- position to the general sentiment, is very lukewarm, although in the past he might be called, without flattery, a maa of fire and sword. My mother presents her compliments to you. She was very much pleased with your photograph. Please remember me most kindly to your good lady, and accept the salutations of yours very truly, P. S. LONDON, 6/18 January, 1881. EEV. SIR, I send you very many thanks for your pamphlet, which you were pleased to send me. I read it with attention, and rejoiced to see that you raise your voice on behalf of justice, defending the Greek nation, which many, friends of darkness and falsehood, revile and insult. Such men, indeed, we despise ; but those who boldly vindicate our rights we love, and never cease feeling grateful towards them. Your name was already long known to me from your excellent handbook on Modern Greek ; and now I am very glad to have occasion to write you these few words. I salute you, and am, Yours truly, K. L. P.S. If you think I can ever show myself of use to you in anything, you will find me always willing. LONDON, January 14, 1881. DEAR SIR, Please accept my sincere thanks for the pamphlet which you kindly sent me. I read it with great interest, and 266 A GUIDE TO MODEEN GREEK. fj.Ta /xeydXov Sta^epovTos Kai a>s "EXXip evyvco/xovaj vp.iv oY ocra TOCTOV dXij&Ss Kai TOCTOV CVTOI/CDS eypdi/raTC VTrep TOW r/fJifTtpov e$vovs ?rpos (f>(arri(rfj.ov eKfivwv TCOV vp.frep? v/xer H. 2. A. Y.F. a ^ro KaXov va a-raXfj ev dvriTiwov irpos TOI/ ev Ttpytcrrr] " KXetovs." 9 ; 21 'loi/., 1881. Kvpic, *EXa/3ov T^/V vfLf.re.pav 7rto"ToX^i/ Kai ^aipta OTL ftov. avro tTri^v/AW, fj.eyi TOW KOTTOU, av dfXijTf. eyw va IX^w va o-5s tSw eo-Trepav Ttva Trepi ras OKTW ^ KVpiaKrjv nva yaera yu.o~>j/x/Sptav ^ T^V eaTrepav dXX' eav v/xets 7rporip,aTe va ZXdrjrf Trap' e/u-e, dpKet /xovov va /xoi ypanf/rjrf Kai ^d yu.e fvprjre. KOLT OLKOV OTrotavS^TTOTC KVpiaKrjv Kai av Tov Kvptov 6v ovo/id^ere Sev TOV yvtopt^w. "lo-ws 6 crwVa8eX<^>os TOV flevpfi 'Eyw etyaat MiKpao~tavos CK T^ f.K.ap.a. ojnajs Tas o"7TOu8ds /AOW ev 'A^vats Kai ei/ Kwvo-TavrtvoviroXef A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 267 as a Greek I am grateful to you for all that you have written, no less truly than earnestly, on behalf of our nation, for the enlightenment of those among your countrymen who need enlightenment in regard to the real condition of Greece. Please tell me where I can buy three or four copies of the pamphlet in question, that I may distribute them among English friends. Wishing you a happy and prosperous New Year, I remain, with all esteem, Yours very truly, P. S. A. P.S. It would be well that a copy should be sent to the editor of the Clio, in Trieste. 9/21 Jan., 1881. KEV. SIR, I received your letter, and am glad that you wish to make my acquaintance. Since I also wish the same, I shall feel the greatest pleasure in seeing you, and in clasping your hand. I regret, however, much that on the weekdays I am engaged with lessons until seven p.m., and, as I am single, I take my supper away from home, and return late to my lodgings. Only on Sundays can I remain at home, but I fear this day will be altogether un- suitable to you. To relieve you of trouble, if you choose, let me come to see you some evening about eight, or some Sunday afternoon or evening ; or, if you prefer to come to me, it is enough if you simply write to me, and you will find me at home on any Sunday that you may fix. The gentleman you name I do not know. Perhaps my colleague is acquainted with him. I am from Asia Minor from Cyzicus but I have studied in Athens and Con- 268 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. TOVTO Se etvc TO StKarov eros dt' OTOV r/\.0ov eis AovSivov. Kai Tavra eTri TOU TrapovroSj irXeiova Se orav, crvv @e<$, crvvavrrjOwfJiev. 'Acr7rao/u.ai ty-ias, Kai SiareXw, oAwS V/ACTC/30S, K. A. Y.F. ^"ATTO T^S 26 TOU /xr;vos TOUTOV ^a /u,Ta/?aivo> KaTa vacrav TeTap-nyv ci9 - X^P LV ^Orj/j.a.Twv KOL vo/At^a) OTI TO yu-epos TOVTO 8ev cxTre^ei TroXu TOU TOTTOU T^S KdTOi/aas o-a?. Hpos TO Trapov 8ev va o-as CITTO) TTOIO.V av /cto>5 a Tio TO Trept Tas Trerre 17 1^ /t./u,. 28 Mapriov, 1882. Mo'Xis (rrjp.epov irepirjXOev ets \eipas ftou TO {iju-eVepov ov BeXrapiov, SIOTI Trpo TroXXwi' p-^vlav fj.eTeKOfJ.L. 'AXXa ^)u.cpiSas as eT^ov crTCtXet v/xtv Trpo TIVOS Katpou* StOTi 6eXa) va TO.S Swcrw cts ^>t'Xov cis TOV OTTOIOV Tas ' Acr;rao/Aat v/ias Kat ct/xat, oXa>s ^acTcpos, M. N. Kupte, 7rtCTTpe^as IlaptcrtoDv evpov TO vper cat ev^apicrToi V/AIV 8ta T^V 7rpoo-/cX^criv o/xws o"^>oSpa OTI Sev ^a $vvrj6u> va eX^w *cai TrapaxaXoi va Trapd(T\r)TC. crvyyvw/x^v. ' v/xas i/'v^s Kat StaTfXw, oAws v/xeVcpos, N. A. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 271 Tuesday Evening. KEY. SIR, I have received your post-card, and with much pleasure shall come to see you. But I fear it will be a great deal of trouble to you to meet me at the station, especially as I have not been able to make out the trains clearly. I think, however, that at six p.m. I shall have finished my lesson, and I will come by the first train afterwards. Perhaps it will be best that I should come straight to your house. By asking, I shall easily find it. Yours truly, L. G. KBV. SIR, Please send me by post the two Spanish-Hebrew newspapers which I sent to you some time ago ; for I want to give them to a friend to whom I had promised them. With kind regards, I am, Yours truly, M. N. Monday. KEY. SIR, To-day, on my return from Paris, I found your post-card, and thank you for the invitation. I regret, however, exceedingly that I shall not be able to come, and beg that you will excuse me. With kindest and most cordial regards, I remain, Yours truly, N. L. 272 A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. Aayirfrta 'Apjfl. 95, 96. Kvpic - , T7repag eju.ev oTy/>iepov /A ./A. Kal eras ?8a)/x.ev dXXa avptov TO yevfj.0. /xag irepvo/xev cis TO HevoSo^erov /x,as eis TO TpaTre^t TI)V 5 jti.yu, Etyu.^a 0X01 KaAa /cai TO auTO ev^o/Aai Si' v/Aas xat T^V otKoye'vetav o-as. IIpoo-pT Tag Trpocr/jiyo-ctg oAwi' /x,ag etg T^V Kvpt'av o-ag. 2ag 8e dcrTra^o^ie^a, H. B., A. B. Ku/ne M- Evpi(TKOfj.a.i fv-raWa -rrpb CIKOO-IV fjfjifpiav /cai Sev TTOTC ^" di/a^a)/37jo'a). KaTa T^V IAvo-iv /x.ou eo-KOTreuov va !A$aj KOI o~ag ?8co TrA^v elSoTroir/6'rfi' ey/catptog OTI aTrovo'ia^aTe. v A.p.a VKaipr](r' ^eAa> o/xtog o-ag ypd^et Trpo ^/xe'pag, /xiyTrajg Kai Aeu/o/re TrdAiv. 'EATri^cov 17 -rrapova-d pov va o-ag evpry TOQ-OV v/x,ag /ca^wg Kai oAiyv o"ag TTJV oi/coyeVeiav aTro- Aavovras vyetag, n. B. 3 In colloquial Modern Greek, the vowel a is used as an alternative of In this instance it has the advantage of marking the tense, airovtrid^erf, present. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. 273 Booms Nos. 95, 96. DEAR MR. Yesterday evening I arrived here with my sister and brother-in-law. We shall remain over to-morrow, and leave the following day. Perhaps we shall come this afternoon to see you, but to-morrow we take dinner at our hotel, at the table d'hote at 5 p.m. "We are all well, and I hope you and your family are the same. Give my kind remembrances to your wife. Yours truly, P. B. and D. B. DEAR M- I have been here for three weeks (20 days), and have not made up my mind when I shall leave. On my arrival I intended to come and see you, but learned in time that you were away from home. As soon as I have an opportunity I intend to come and pass a few days in London before my departure, and I will come and see you. I will write, however, a day beforehand, lest you should be away again. Hoping that this letter of mine may find you and all your family in good health, I am, with kindest regards, P. B. e in the 2nd person singular and plural of the imperfect past active, the more classically correct form, would not be distinguishable from the LONDON : PRINTED BY GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED, ST. JOHN'S SQUARE. A CATALOGUE OF IMPORTANT WOKKS, PUBLISHED BY TIRTJIBIIXriEIR, cte OO- 57 AND 59 LUDGATE HILL. ABEL. LINGUISTIC ESSAYS. By Carl Abel. CONTENTS : Language as the Expres- sion of National Modes of Thought The Conception of Love in some Ancient and Modern Languages The English Verbs of Command The Discrimination of Synonyms Philological Methods The Connection between Dictionary and Gram- mar The Possibility of a Common Literary Language for the Slav Nations Coptic Intensification The Origin of Language The Order and Position of Words in the Latin Sentence. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 282, cloth. . 1882. 9s. ABEL. SLAVIC AND LATIN. Ilchester Lectures on Comparative Lexicography. Delivered at the Taylor Institution, Oxford. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. Post 8vo, pp. vi.-124, cloth. 1883. 5s. ABRAHAMS. A MANUAL OF SCRIPTURE HISTORY FOR USE IN JEWISH SCHOOLS AND FAMILIES. By L. B. Abrahams, B.A., Principal Assistant Master, Jews' Free School. With Map and Appendices. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth. 1883. Is. 6d. AGASSIZ. AN ESSAY ON CLASSIFICATION. By Louis Agassiz. 8vo, pp. vii. and 381, cloth. 1859. 12s. AHLWARDT. THE DIVANS OF THE Six ANCIENT ARABIC POETS, ENNABIGA, 'ANTARA, THARAFA, ZUHAIR, 'ALQUAMA, and IMRUULQUAIS ; chiefly according to the MSS. of Paris, Gotha, and Leyden, and the Collection of their Fragments, with a List of the various Readings of the Text. Edited by W. Ahlwardt, Professor of Oriental Languages at the University of Greif swald. Demy 8vo, pp. xxx. and 340, sewed. 1870. 12s. AHN. PRACTICAL GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. By Dr. F. Ahn. A New Edition. By Dr. Dawson Turner, and Prof. F. L. Weinmann. Crown 8vo, pp. cxii. and 430, cloth. 1878. 3s. 6d. AHN. NEW, PRACTICAL, AND EASY METHOD OF LEARNING THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. By Dr. F. Ahn. First and Second Course. Bound in 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 86 and 120, cloth. 1866. 3s. AHN. KEY to Ditto. 12mo, pp. 40, sewed. 8d. AHN. MANUAL OF GERMAN AND ENGLISH CONVERSATIONS, or Vade Mecum for Eng- lish Travellers. 12mo, pp. x. and 137, cloth. 1875. Is. 6d. A 2 A Catalogue of Important Works, AHN. NEW, PRACTICAL, AND EAST METHOD OP LEARNING THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. By Dr. F. Abn. First Course and Second Course. 12mo, cloth. Each Is. 6d. The Two Courses in 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 114 and 170, cloth. 1865. 3s. AHN. NEW, PRACTICAL, AND EAST METHOD OP LEARNING THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. Third Course, containing a French Reader, with Notes and Vocabulary. By H. W. Ehrlich. 12mo, pp. viii. and 125, cloth. 1866. Is. 6d. AHN. MANUAL OP FRENCH AND ENGLISH CONVERSATIONS, FOR THE USE OP SCHOOLS AND TRAVELLERS. By Dr. F. Ahn. 12mo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1862. 2s. 6d. AHN. NEW, PRACTICAL, AND EAST METHOD OF LEARNING THE ITALIAN LANGUAGE, By Dr. F. Abn. First and Second Course. 12mo, pp. 198, cloth. 1872. 3s. 6d. AHN. NEW, PRACTICAL, AND EAST METHOD OF LEARNING THE DUTCH LANGUAGE, being a complete Grammar, with Selections. By Dr. F. Ahn. 12mo, pp. viii. and 166, cloth. 1862. 3s. 6d. AHN. AHN'S COURSE. Latin Grammar for Beginners. By W. Ihne, Ph.D. 12mo, pp. vi. and 184, cloth. 1864. 3s. ALABASTER. THE WHEEL OF THE LAW : Buddhism illustrated from Siamese Sources by the Modern Buddhist, a Life of Buddha, and an Account of the Phra Bat. By Henry Alabaster, Esq., Interpreter of Her Majesty's Consulate-General in Siam. Demy 8vo, pp. IviiL and 324, cloth. 1871. 14s. ALL THE PROPOSED POLITICAL, LEGAL, AND SOCIAL REFORMS IN THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE AND OTHER MOHAMMEDAN STATES. By Moulavi Cheragb Ali, H.H. the Nizam's Civil Service. Demy 8vo, pp. liv. and 184, cloth. 1883. 8s. ALLAN-FRASEE. CHRISTIANITY AND CHURCHISM. By Patrick Allan-Fraser. Second (revised and enlarged) Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 52, cloth. 1884. Is. ALLEN. THE COLOUR SENSE. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. X. ALLI60NE. A CRITICAL DICTIONARY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE AND BRITISH AND AMERICAN AUTHORS (LIVING AND DECEASED). From the Earliest Accounts to the latter half of the 19th century. Containing over 46,000 Articles (Authors), with 40 Indexes of subjects. By S. A. Allibone. In 3 vols. royal 8vo, cloth. 5, 8s. ALTHAUS. THE SPAS OF EUROPE. By Julius Althaus, M.D. 8vo, pp. 516, cloth. 1862. 7s. 6d. AMATEUR MECHANIC'S WORKSHOP (THE). A Treatise containing Plain and Concise Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals ; including Casting, Forg- ing, Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of " The Lathe and its Uses." Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. vi. and 148, with Two Full-Page Illus- trations, on toned paper and numerous Woodcuts, cloth. 1880. 6s. AMATEUR MECHANICAL SOCIETY. JOURNAL OF THE AMATEUR MECHANICAL SOCIETY. 8vo. VoL i. pp. 344 cloth. 1871-72. 12s. Vol. ii. pp. vi. and 290, cloth. 1873-77. 12s. Vol. iii. pp. iv. and 246, cloth. 1878-79. 12s. 6d. AMERICAN ALMANAC AND TREASURY OF FACTS, STATISTICAL, FINANCIAL, AND POLITICAL. Edited by Ainsworth R. Syiofford, Librarian of Congress. Crown 8vo, cloth. Published yearly. 1878-1884. 7s. 6d. each. AMERY. NOTES ON FORESTRY. By C. F. Amery, Deputy Conservator N..W. Pro- vinces, India. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1875. 5s. AMBERLEY. AN ANALYSIS OF RELIGIOUS BELIEF. By Viscount Amberley. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 496 and 512, cloth. 1876. 30s. AMONGST MACHINES. A Description of Various Mechanical Appliances used in the Manufacture of Wood, Metal, and other Substances. A Book for Boys, copiously Illustrated. By the Author of "The Young Mechanic." Second Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp. viii, and 336, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 3 ANDERSON. PRACTICAL MERCANTILE CORRESPONDENCE. A Collection of Modern Letters of Business, with Notes, Critical and Explanatory, and an Appendix, containing a Dictionary of Commercial Technicalities, pro forma Invoices, Ac- count Sales, Bills of Lading, and Bills of Exchange ; also an Explanation of the German Chain Rule. 24th Edition, revised and enlarged. By William Anderson. 12mo, pp. 288, cloth. 5s. ANDERSON and TUGMAN. MERCANTILE CORRESPONDENCE, containing a Collection of Commercial Letters in Portuguese and English, with their translation on opposite pages, for the use of Business Men and of Students in either of the Languages, treat- ing in modern style of the system of Business in the principal Commercial Citiea of the World. Accompanied by pro forma Accounts, Sales, Invoices, Bills of Lading, Drafts, &c. With an Introduction and copious Notes. By William Anderson and James E. Tugman. 12mo, pp. xi. and 193, cloth. 1867. 6s. APEL. PROSE SPECIMENS FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN, with copious Vocabularies and Explanations. By H. Apel. 12mo, pp. viii. and 246, cloth. 1862. 4s. 6d. APPLETON (Dr.) LIFE AND LITBBABY RELICS. See English and Foreign Philoso- phical Library, Vol. XIII. ARAGO. LES ARISTOCRATIES. A Comedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Etienne Arago, by the Rev. E. P. H. Brette, B. D. , Head Master of the French School, Christ's Hospital, Examiner in the University of London. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 244, cloth. 1868. 4s. ARMITAGE. LECTURES ON PAINTING : Delivered to the Students of the Royal Academy. By Edward Armitage, R.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 256, with 29 Illustra- tions, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. ARNOLD. INDIAN IDYLLS. From the Sanskrit of the Maliabharata. By Edwin Arnold, C.S.I,, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 282, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. ARNOLD. PEARLS OP THE FAITH ; or, Islam's Rosary : being the Ninety-nine beau- tiful names of Allah. With Comments in Verse from various Oriental sources as made by an Indian Mussulman. By Edwin Arnold, C.S.I., &c. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 320, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. ARNOLD. THE LIGHT OP ASIA ; or, THE GREAT RENUNCIATION (Mahabhinish- kramana). Being the Life and Teaching of Gautama, Prince of India, and Founder of Buddhism (as told in verse by an Indian Buddhist). By Edwin Arnold, M.A. , bs x. and 140, with 86 Plates and Woodcuts ; half -bound. REPORT ON ELURA CAVE TEMPLES, AND THE BRAHMANI- CAL AND JAINA CAVES IN WESTERN INDIA. By James Burgess, LL.D., F.R.G.S., &c. Royal 4to, pp. viii. and 90, with 66 Plates and Woodcuts ; half -bound. BURMA. THE BRITISH BURMA GAZETTEER. Compiled by Major H. R. Spearman, under the direction of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. 764 and 878, with 11 Photographs, cloth. 1880. 2, 10s. BURMA. HISTORY OP. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 70. BURNE. SHROPSHIRE FOLK-LORE. A Sheaf of Gleanings. Edited by Charlotte S. Burne, from the Collections of Georgina F. Jackson. Demy 8vo. Part I., pp. xvi.-176, wrapper. 1883. 7s. 6d. Part II., pp. 192, wrapper. 1885. 7s. 6d. BURNELL. ELEMENTS OF SOUTH INDIAN PALEOGRAPHY, from the Fourth to the Seventeenth Century A.D., being an Introduction to the Study of South Indian Inscriptions and MSS. By A. C. Burnell. Second enlarged and improved Edition. 4to, pp. xiv. and 148, Map and 35 Plates, cloth. 1878. 2, 12s. 6d. BURNELL. A CLASSIFIED INDEX TO THE SANSKRIT MSS. IN THE PALACE AT TANJORE. Prepared for the Madras Government. By A. C. Burnell, Ph.D., &c., &c. 4to, stiff wrapper. Part I., pp. iv.-80, Vedic and Technical Literature. Part II., pp. iv.-80, Philosophy and Law. Part III., Drama, Epics, Puranas, and Zantras; Indices. 1879. 10s. each. Published by Trubner <& Co. 11 BURTON. HANDBOOK FOR OVERLAND EXPEDITIONS ; being an English Edition of the " Prairie Traveller," a Handbook for Overland Expeditions. With Illustrations and Itineraries of the Principal Routes between the Mississippi and the Pacific, and a Map. By Captain R. B. Marcy (now General and Chief of the Staff, Army of the Potomac). Edited, with Notes, by Captain Richard F. Burton. Crown 8vo, pp. 270, numerous "Woodcuts, Itineraries, and Map, cloth. 1863. 6s. 6d. BUTLER. EREWHON ; or, Over the Range. By Samuel Butler. Seventh Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 244, cloth. 1884. 5s. BUTLER. THE FAIR HAVEN. A "Work in Defence of the Miraculous Element in Our Lord's Ministry upon Earth, both as against Rationalistic Impugners and certain Orthodox Defenders. By the late John Pickard Owen. With a Memoir of the Author by William Bickersteth Owen. By Samuel Butler. Second Edi- tion. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 248, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. BUTLER. LIFE AND HABIT. By Samuel Butler. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 308, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. BUTLER. GAVOTTES, MINUETS, FUGUES, AND OTHEK SHORT PIECES FOR THE PIANO. By Samuel Butler, Author of "Erewhon," "Life and Habit," &c. (Op. I. mus.), and Henry Festing Jones (Op. I.) BUTLER. EVOLUTION, OLD AND NEW ; or, The Theories of Buffon, Dr. Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck, as compared with that of Mr. Charles Darwin. By Samuel Butler. Second Edition, with an Appendix and Index. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 430, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. BUTLER. UNCONSCIOUS MEMORY : A Comparison between the Theory of Dr. Ewald Hering, Professor of Physiology at the University of Prague, and the "Philosophy of the Unconscious " of Dr. Edward von Hartmann. With Translations from these Authors, and Preliminary Chapters bearing on "Life and Habit," "Evolution, New and Old," and Mr. Charles Darwin's edition of Dr. Krause's "Erasmus Darwin." By Samuel Butler. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d. BUTLER. ALPS AND SANCTUARIES OF PIEDMONT AND THE CANTON TICINO. Pro- fusely Illustrated by Charles Gogin, H. F. Jones, and the Author. By Samuel Butler. Foolscap 4to, pp. viii. and 376, cloth. 1882. 21s. BUTLER. SELECTIONS FROM HIS PREVIOUS WORKS, with Remarks on Mr. G. J. Romanes' recent work, "Mental Evolution in Animals," and "A Psalm, of Montreal." By Samuel Butler. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 326, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. BUTLER. THE SPANISH TEACHER AND COLLOQUIAL PHRASE-BOOK. An Easy and Agreeable Method of acquiring a Speaking Knowledge of the Spanish Language. By Francis Butler. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 240, half-roan. 2s. 6d. BUTLER. HUNGARIAN POEMS AND FABLES FOR ENGLISH READERS. Selected and Translated by E. D. Butler, of the British Museum ; with Illustrations by A. G. Butler. Foolscap, pp. vi. and 88, limp cloth. 1877. 2s. BUTLER. THE LEGEND OF THE WONDROUS HUNT. By John Arany. With a few Miscellaneous Pieces and Folk-Songs. Translated from the Magyar by E. D. Butler, F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 70. Limp cloth. 2s. 6d. CAITHNESS. LECTURES ON POPULAR AND SCIENTIFIC SUBJECTS. By the Earl of Caithness, F.R.S. Delivered at various times and places. Second enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d. CALCUTTA REVIEW. SELECTIONS FROM Nos. I.-XXXVII. 5s. each. C ALDER. THE COMING ERA. By A. Calder, Officer of the Legion of Honour, and Author of " The Man of the Future." 8vo, pp. 422, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d. CALDWELL. A COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE DRAVIDIAN OR SOUTH INDIAN FAMILY OF LANGUAGES. By the Rev. R. Caldwell, LL.D. A second, corrected, and enlarged Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 804, cloth. 1875. 28s. CALENDARS OF STATE PAPERS. List on application. 12 A Catalogue of Important Works, CALL. REVERBERATIONS. Revised. With a chapter from My Autobiography. By "W. M. W. Call, M.A., Cambridge, Author of "Lyra Hellenica" and "Golden Histories." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d. CALLAWAY. -NURSERY TALES, TRADITIONS, AND HISTORIES OP THE ZULUS. In their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon Callaway, M.D. Vol. I., 8vo, pp. xiv. and 378, cloth. 1868. 16s. CALLAWAY. THE RELIGIOUS SYSTEM OF THE AMAZULU. Part I. Uukulunkulu ; or, The Tradition of Creation as existing among the Amazulu and other Tribes of South Africa, in their own words, with a Transla- tion into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 128, sewed. 1868. 4s. Part II. Amatongo; or, Ancestor-Worship as existing among the Amazulu, in their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 127, sewed. 1869. 4s. Part III. Izinyanga Zokubula ; or, Divination, as existing among the Amazulu, in their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 150, sewed. 1870. 4s. Part IV. On Medical Magic and Witchcraft. 8vo, pp. 40, sewed, Is. 6d. CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TRANSACTIONS). Vol. L, from 1872-1880. 8vo, pp. xvi.-420, wrapper. 1881. 15s. Vol. II., for 1881 and 1882. 8vo, pp. viii .-286, wrapper. 1883. 12s. CAMEEINI. L'Eco ITALIANO ; a Practical Guide to Italian Conversation. By E. Camerini. With a Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. 98, cloth. 1860. 4s. 6d. CAMPBELL. THE GOSPEL OP THE WORLD'S DIVINE ORDER. By Douglas Camp- bell. New Edition. Revised. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 364, cloth. 1877. 4s. 6d. CANADA. A GUIDE BOOK TO THE DOMINION OF CANADA. Containing Information for intending Settlers, with many Illustrations and Map. Published under the Direction of the Government of Canada. Demy 8vo, pp. xiv.-138, thick paper, sewed. 1885. 6d. CANDID EXAMINATION OP THEISM. By Physicus. Post 8vo, pp. xviii. and 198, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. CANTICUM CANTICORTJM, reproduced in facsimile, from the Scriverius copy in the British Museum. With an Historical and Bibliographical Introduction by I. Ph. Berjeau. Folio, pp. 36, with 16 Tables of Illustrations, vellum. 1860. 2, 2s. CAREY. THE PAST, THE PRESENT, AND THE FUTURE. By H. C. Carey. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1856. 10s. 6d. CARLETTI. HISTORY OF THE CONQUEST OF TUNIS. Translated by J. T. Carletti. Crown 8vo, pp. 40, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. CARNEGY. NOTES ON THE LAND TENURES AND REVENUE ASSESSMENTS OF UPPER INDIA. By P. Carnegy. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, and forms, cloth. 1874. 6s. CATHERINE II., MEMOIRS OF THE EMPRESS. Written by herself. With a Preface by A. Herzen. Trans, from the French. 12mo, pp. xvi. and 352, bds. 1859. 7s. 6d. CATLIN. O-KEE-PA. A Religious Ceremony ; and other Customs of the Mandans. By George Catlin. With 13 coloured Illustrations. Small 4to, pp. vi. and 52, cloth. 1867. 14s. CATLIN. THE LIFTED AND SUBSIDED ROCKS OP AMERICA, with their Influence on the Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Land Currents, and the Distribution of Races. By George Catlin. With 2 Maps. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1870. 6s. 6d. CATLIN. SHUT YOUR MOUTH AND SAVE YOUR LIFE. By George Catlin, Author of " Notes of Travels amongst the North American Indians," &c., &c. With 29 Illus- trations from Drawings by the Author. Eighth Edition, considerably enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. 106, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 13 CAXTON. THE BIOGKAPHY AND TYPOGRAPHY OF. See BLADES. CAXTON CELEBRATION, 1877. CATALOGUE OF THE LOAN COLLECTION OF ANTI- QUITIES, CURIOSITIES, AND APPLIANCES CONNECTED WITH THE ART OF PRINTING Edited by G. Bullen, F.S.A. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 472, cloth, 3s. 6d. GAZELLES. OUTLINE OP THE EVOLUTION-PHILOSOPHY. By Dr. W. E. Gazelles. Translated from the French by the Rev. O. JB. Frothingham. Crown 8vo, pp. 156, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. CESNOLA. SALAMINTA (Cyprus). The History, Treasures, and Antiquities of Sa- lamis in the Island of Cyprus. By A. Palma di Cesnola, F.S.A., &c.. "With an Introduction by S. Birch, Esq., D.C.L., LL.D., Keeper of the Egyptian and Ori- '^ ental Antiquities in the British Museum. Royal 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 325, with upwards of 700 Illustrations and Map of Ancient Cyprus, cloth. 1882. 31s. 6d. CHALMERS. STRUCTURE OF CHINESE CHARACTERS, under 300 Primary Forms after the Shwoh-wan, 100 A.D., and the Phonetic Shwoh-wan, 1833. By J. Chalmers, M.A., LL.D., A.B. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 200, with two plates, limp cloth. 1882. 12s. 6d. CHAMBERLAIN. THE CLASSICAL POETRY OF THE JAPANESE. By Basil Hall Chamberlain, Author of " Yeigo Henkaku, Ichirafi." Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 228, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d. CHAPMAN. CHLOROFORM AND OTHER ANAESTHETICS : Their History and Use dur- ing Childbirth. By John Chapman, M.D. 8vo, pp. 51, sewed. 1859. Is. CHAPMAN. DIARRHCEA AND CHOLERA : Their Nature, Origin, and Treatment through the Agency of the Nervous System. By John Chapman, M.D. , M.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. 8vo, pp. xix. and 248, cloth. 7s. 6d. CHAPMAN. MEDICAL CHARITY : its Abuses, and how to Remedy them. By John Chapman, M.D. 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. CHAPMAN. SEA-SICKNESS, AND HOW TO PREVENT IT. An Explanation of its Nature and Successful Treatment, through the Agency of the Nervous System, by means of the Spinal Ice Bag ; with an Introduction on the General Principles of Neuro-Therapeutics. By John Chapman , M. D. , M. R. C. P. , M. R. C. S. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. viii. and 112, cloth. 1868. 3s. CHAPTERS ON CHRISTIAN CATHOLICITY. By a Clergyman. 8vo, pp. 282, cloth. 1878. 5s. CHARITABALI (THE), or, Instructive Biography. By Isvarachandra Vidyasa- gara. With a Vocabulary of all the Words occurring in the Text. By J. F. Blumhardb, Bengal Lecturer at the University College, London ; and Teacher of Bengali for the Cambridge University. 12mo, pp. 174, cloth. 1884. 5s. The Vocabulary only, 2s. 6d. CHARNOCE. A GLOSSARY OF THE ESSEX DIALECT. By Richard Stephen Charnock, Ph.D., F.S.A. Fcap., pp. xii. and 64, cloth. 1880. 3s. 6d. CHARNOCK. PR03NOMINA ; or, The Etymology of the Principal Christian Names of Great Britain and Ireland. By R. S. Charnock, Ph.D., F.S.A. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 128, cloth. 1882. 6s. CHATTERJEE. See PHILLIPS. CHATTOPADHYAYA. THE YATRAS; or, The Popular Dramas of Bengal. By N. Chattopadhyaya. Post 8vo, pp. 50, wrapper. 1882. 2s. CHAUCER SOCIETY. Subscription, two guineas per annum. List of Publications on application. CHILDERS. A PALI-ENGLISH DICTIONARY, with Sanskrit Equivalents, and with numerous Quotations, Extracts, and References. Compiled by Robert Caesar Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. Imperial 8vo, double columns, pp. 648, cloth. 1875. 3, 3s. CHILDERS. THE MAHAPARINIBBANASUTTA OF THE SUTTA PITAKA. The Pali Text. Edited by the late Professor R. C. Childers. 8vo, pp. 72, limp cloth. 1878. 5s. 14 A Catalogue of Important Works, CHINTAMON. A COMMENTARY ON THE TEXT OP THE BHAGAVAD-GIT! ; or, The Discourse between Khrislma and Arjuna of Divine Matters A Sanskrit Philoso- phical Poem. With a few Introductory Papers. By Hurrychund Chintamon, Political Agent to H. H. the Guicowar Mulhar Eao Maharajah of Baroda. Post 8vo, pp. 118, cloth. 1874. 6s. CHRONICLES AND MEMORIALS OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND DURING THE MIDDLE AGES. List on application. CLARE. MEGHADUTA, THE CLOUD MESSENGER. Poem of Kalidasa. Translated by the late Rev. T. Clark, M.A. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 64, wrapper. 1882. Is. CLARK. A FORECAST OP THE RELIGION OP THE FUTURE. Being Short Essays on some important Questions in Religious Philosophy. By "W. W. Clark. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1879. 3s. 6d. CLARKE. TEN GREAT RELIGIONS : An Essay in Comparative Theology. By James Freeman Clarke. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 528, cloth. 1871. 15s. CLARKE. TEN GREAT RELIGIONS. Part II., A Comparison of all Religions. By J. F. Clarke. Demy 8vo, pp. xxviii.- 414, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. CLARKE. THE EARLY HISTORY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN POPULATIONS, &c., in their Migrations and Settlements. Illustrated from Autonomous Coins, Gems, Inscriptions, &c. By Hyde Clarke. 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1882. 5s. CLAUSEWITZ. ON WAR. By General Carl von Clausewitz. Translated by Colonel J. J. Graham, from the third German Edition. Three volumes complete in one. Fcap 4to, double columns, pp. xx. and 564, with Portrait of the author, cloth. 1873. 10s. 6d. CLEMENT AND HUTTON. ARTISTS OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY AND THEIR WORKS. A Handbook containing Two Thousand and Fifty Biographical Sketches. By Clara Erskine Clement and Lawrence Hutton. Third, Revised Edition. 2 vols. crown 8vo. pp. 844, cloth. 1885. 21s. COKE. CREEDS OP THE DAY : or, Collated Opinions of Reputable Thinkers. By Henry Coke. In Three Series of Letters. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, pp. 302-324, cloth. 1883. 21s. COLEBROOKE. THE LIFE AND MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS OF HENRY THOMAS COLE- BROOKE. The Biography by his Son, Sir T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. 3 vols. Vol. I. The Life. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 492, with Portrait and Map, cloth. 1873. 14s. Vols. II. and III. The Essays. A new Edition, with Notes by E. B. Cowell, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 544, and x. and 520, cloth. 1873. 28s. COLENSO. NATAL SERMONS. A Series of Discourses Preached in the Cathedral Church of St Peter's, Maritzburg. By the Right Rev. John William Colenso, D.D., Bishop of Natal. 8vo, pp. viii. and 373, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d. The Second Series. Crown 8vo, cloth. 1868. 5s. COLLINS. A GRAMMAR AND LEXICON OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE, Entitled Sefer Hassoham. By Rabbi Moseh Ben Yitshak, of England. Edited from a MS. in the Bodleian Library of Oxford, and collated with a MS. in the Imperial Library of St. Petersburg, with Additions and Corrections, by G. W. Collins, M.A. Demy 4to, pp. 112, wrapper. 1882. 7s. 6d. COLYMBIA. Crown 8vo, pp. 260, cloth. 1873. 5s. " The book is amusing as well as clever." Athenceum. "Many exceedingly humorous pas- sages." Public Opinion. " Deserves to be read.'' Scotsman. "Neatly done.'' Gravhic. " Very amusing." Examiner. COMTE. THE CATECHISM OF POSITIVE RELIGION : Translated from the French of Auguste Comte. By Richard Congreve. Second Edition. Revised and Corrected. and conformed to the Second French Edition of 1874. Crown 8vo, pp. 316, cloth, 1883. 2s. 6d. COMTE. THE EIGHT CIRCULARS OF AUGUSTE COMTE. Translated from the French, under the auspices of R. Congreve. Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 90, cloth. 1882. Is. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 15 COMTE. PRELIMINARY DISCOURSE ON THE POSITIVE SPIRIT. Prefixed to the " Traite Philosophique d'Astronomie Populaire." By M. Auguste Comte Translated by W. M. W. Call, M.A., Camb. Crown 8vo, pp. 154. cloth. 1883 2s. 6d. COMTE. THE POSITIVE PHILOSOPHY OF AUGUSTE COMTE. Translated and condensed by Harriet Martineau. 2 vols. Second Edition. 8vo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. xxiv. and 400 ; Vol. II., pp. xiv. and 468. 1875. 25s. CONGREVE. THE ROMAN EMPIRE OF THE WEST. Four Lectures delivered at the Philosophical Institution, Edinburgh, February 1855, by Richard Congreve, M.A. 8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1855. 4s. CONGREVE. ELIZABETH OF ENGLAND. Two Lectures delivered at the Philosophi- cal Institution, Edinburgh, January 1862. By Richard Congreve. 18mo, pp. 114 sewed. 1862. 2s. 6d. CONTOPOULOS. A LEXICON OF MODERN GREEK-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH MODERN GREEK. By N. Contopoulos. Part I. Modern Greek-English. Part II. English Modern Greek. 8vo, pp. 460 and 582, cloth. 1877. 27s. CONWAY. THE SACRED ANTHOLOGY : A Book of Ethnical Scriptures. Collected and Edited by Moncure D. Conway. Fifth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 480. cloth. 1876. 12s. CONWAY. IDOLS AND IDEALS. With an Essay on Christianity. By Moncure D. Conway, M.A., Author of "The Eastern Pilgrimage," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. 1877. 4s. CONWAY. EMERSON AT HOME AND ABROAD. See English and Foreign Philoso- phical Library. CONWAY. TRAVELS IN SOUTH KENSINGTON. By M. D. Conway. Illustrated. 8vo, pp. 234, cloth. 1882. 12s. CONTESTS. The South Kensington Museum Decorative Art and Architecture in England Bedford Park. COOMARA SWAMY. THE DATHAVANSA ; or, The History of the Tooth Relic of Gotama Buddha, in Pali verse. Edited, with an English Translation, by Mutu Coomara Swamy, F.R.A.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. English Translation. With Notes, pp. 100. 6s. COOMARA SWAMY. SUTTA NIPATA ; or, Dialogues and Discourses of Gotama Buddha (2500 years old). Translated from the original Pali. With Notes and Introduction. By Mutu Coomara Swamy, F.R.A.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 160, cloth. 1874. 6s. COPARCENERS (THE) : Being the Adventures of Two Heiresses. See "Arthur." CORNELIA. A Novel. Post 8vo, pp. 250, boards. 1863. Is. 6d. COTTA. GEOLOGY AND HISTORY. A Popular Exposition of all that is known of the Earth and its Inhabitants in Pre-historic Times. By Bernhard Von Cotta, Pro- fessor of Geology at the Academy of Mining, Freiberg, in Saxony. 12mo, pp. iv. and 84, cloth. 1865. 2s. COUSIN. THE PHILOSOPHY OF KANT. Lectures by Victor Cousin. Translated from the French. To which is added a Biographical and Critical Sketch of Kant's Life and Writings. By A. G. Henderson. Large post Svo, pp. xciv. and 194, cloth. 1864. 6s. COUSIN. ELEMENTS OF PSYCHOLOGY : included in a Critical Examination of Locke's Essay on the Human Understanding, and in additional pieces. Translated from the French of Victor Cousin, with an Introduction and Notes. By Caleb S. Henry, D.D. Fourth improved Edition, revised according to the Author's last corrections. Crown 8vo, pp. 568, cloth. 1871. 8s. COWELL. A SHORT INTRODUCTION TO THE ORDINARY PRAKRIT OF THE SANSKRIT DRAMAS. With a List of Common Irregular Prakrit Words. By E. B. Cowell, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge, and Hon. LL.D. of the University of Edinburgh. Crown Svo, pp. 40, limp cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. 16 A Catalogue of Important Works, COWELL. PRAKRITA-PRAKASA ; or, The Prakrit Grammar of Varamchi, with the Commentary (Manorama) of Bhamaha ; the first complete Edition of the Original Text, with various Readings from a collection of Six MSS. in the Bodleian Library at Oxford, and the Libraries of the Royal Asiatic Society and the East India House ; with Copious Notes, an English Translation, and Index of Prakrit Words, to which is prefixed an Easy Introduction to Prakrit Grammar. By Edward Byles Cowell, of Magdalen Hall, Oxford, Professor of Sanskrit at Cambridge. New Edition, with New Preface, Additions, and Corrections. Second Issue. 8vo, pp. xxxi. and 204, cloth. 1868. 14s. COWELL. THE SARVADARSANA SAMGRAHA. See Trubner's Oriental Series. COWLEY. POEMS. By Percy Tunnicliff Cowley. Demy 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1881. 5s. CRAIG. THE IRISH LAND LABOUR QUESTION, Illustrated in the History of Rala- hine and Co-operative Farming. By E. T. Craig. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 202, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. Wrappers, 2s. CRANBROOK. CREDIBILIA ; or, Discourses on Questions of Christian Faith. By the Rev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Reissue. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 190, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d. CRANBROOK. THE FOUNDERS OP CHRISTIANITY; or, Discourses upon the Origin of the Christian Religion. By the Rev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 324. 1868. 6s. CRAVEN. THE POPULAR DICTIONARY IN ENGLISH AND HINDUSTANI, AND HINDU- STANI AND ENGLISH. With a Number of Useful Tables. Compiled by the Rev. T. Craven, M.A. 18mo, pp. 430, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. CRAWFORD. RECOLLECTIONS OF TRAVEL IN NEW ZEALAND AND AUSTRALIA. By James Coutts Crawford, F.G.S., Resident Magistrate, Wellington, &c., &c. With Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 468, cloth. 1880. 18s. CROSLAND. APPARITIONS ; An Essay explanatory of Old Facts and a New Theory. To which are added Sketches and Adventures: By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 166, cloth. 1873. 2s. 6d. CROSLAND. PITH : ESSAYS AND SKETCHES GRAVE AND GAY, with some Verses and Illustrations. By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo, pp. 310, cloth. 1881. 5s. CROSLAND. THE NEW PRINCIPIA ; or, The Astronomy of the Future. An Essay Explanatory of a Rational System of the Universe. By N. Crosland, Author of " Pith," &c. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 88, cloth limp elegant, gilt edges. 1884, 2s. 6d. CROSS. HESPERIDES. The Occupations, Relaxations, and Aspirations of a Life. By Launcelot Cross, Author of " Characteristics of Leigh Hunt," " Brandon Tower," " Business," &c. Demy 8vo, pp. iv.-486, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. CSOMA DE KOROS. LIFE OF. See Trubner's Oriental Series. CUMMINS. A GRAMMAR OF THE OLD FRIESIC LANGUAGE. By A. H. Cummins A.M. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 76, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. CUNNINGHAM. THE ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA. I. The Buddhist Period, including the Campaigns of Alexander and the Travels of Hwen-Thsang. By Alexander Cunningham, Major-General, Royal Engineers (Bengal Retired). With 13 Maps. 8vo, pp. xx. and 590, cloth. 1870. 1, 8s. CUNNINGHAM. THE STUPA OF BHARHUT : A Buddhist Monument ornamented with numerous Sculptures illustrative of Buddhist Legend and History in the Third Century B.C. By Alexander Cunningham, C.S.I., C.I.E., Maj.-Gen., R.E. (B.R.), Dir.-Gen. Archaeol. Survey of India. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 144, with 57 Plates cloth. 1879. 3, 3s. CUNNINGHAM. ARCiLEOLOGiCAL SURVEY OF INDIA. Reports from 1862-80. By A. Cunningham, C.S.I., C.I.E., Major-General, R.E. (Bengal Retired), Director- General, Archaeological Survey of India. With numerous Plates, cloth, Vols. I.- XI. 10s. each. (Except Vols. VII., VIII., and IX., and also Vols. XII. to XVIII., which are 12s. each.) Published by Trubner & Co. 17 CUSHM AN. CHARLOTTE CUSHMAN : Her Letters and Memories of her Life. Edited by her friend, Emma Stebbins. Square 8vo, pp. viii. and 308, cloth. With Portrait and Illustrations. 1879. 12s. 6d. GUST. LANGUAGES OF THE EAST INDIES. See Triibner's Oriental Series. GUST. LINGUISTIC AND ORIENTAL ESSAYS. See Triibner's Oriental Series. GUST. LANGUAGES OP AFRICA. See Triibner's Oriental Series. GUST. PICTURES OF INDIAN LIFE, Sketched with the Pen from 1852 to 1881. By R. N. Gust, late I.C.S., Hon. Sec. Royal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 346, cloth. With Maps. 1881. 7s. 6d. GUST. THE SHRINES OF LOURDES, ZARAGOSSA, THE HOLY STAIRS AT ROME, THE HOLY HOUSE OF LORETTO AND NAZARETH, AND ST. ANN AT JERUSALEM. By R. N. Gust, Member of Committees of the Church Missionary Society, and British and Foreign Bible Society. With Four Autotypes from Photographs obtained on the spot. Fcap. 8vo, ! pp. iv. and 63, stiff wrappers. 1885. 2s. DANA. A TEXT-BOOK OF GEOLOGY, designed for Schools and Academies. By James D. Dana, LL.D., Professor of Geology, &c., at Yale College. Illustrated. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 354, cloth. 1876. 10s. DANA. MANUAL OF GEOLOGY, treating of the Principles of the Science, with special Reference to American Geological History ; for the use of Colleges, Academies, and Schools of Science. By James D. Dana, LL.D. Illustrated by a Chart of the World, and over One Thousand Figures. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 800, and Chart, cl. 21s. DANA. THE GEOLOGICAL STORY BRIEFLY TOLD. An Introduction to Geology for the General Reader aud for Beginners in the Science. By J. D. Dana, LL.D. Illustrated. 12mo, pp. xii. and 264, cloth. 7s. 6d. DANA. A SYSTEM OF MINERALOGY. Descriptive Mineralogy, comprising the most Recent Discoveries. By J. D. Dana, aided by G. J. Brush. Fifth Edition, re- written and enlarged, and illustrated with upwards of 600 Woodcuts, with three Appendixes and Corrections. Royal 8vo, pp. xlviii. aud 892, cloth. 2, 2s. DANA. A TEXT BOOK OF MINERALOGY. With an Extended Treatise on Crystallo- graphy and Physical Mineralogy. By E. S. Dana, on the Plan and with the Co-operation of Professor J. D. Dana. Third Edition, revised. Over 800 Wood- cuts and 1 Coloured Plate. 8vo, pp. viii. and 486, cloth. 1879. 18s. DANA. MANUAL OF MINERALOGY AND LITHOLOGY; Containing the Elements of the Science of Minerals and Rocks, for the Use of the Practical Mineralogist and Geologist, and for Instruction in Schools and Colleges. By J. D. Dana. Fourth Edition, rearranged and rewritten. Illustrated by numerous Woodcuts. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 474, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. DARWIN. CHARLES DARWIN: A Paper contributed to the Transactions of the Shropshire Archaeological Society. By Edward Woodall. With Portrait and Illustrations. Post 8vo, pp. iv.-64, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. DATES AND DATA RELATING TO RELIGIOUS ANTHROPOLOGY AND BIBLICAI ARCHE- OLOGY. ( Primaeval Period. ) 8vo, pp. viii. and 106, cloth. 1876. 5s. DAVIDS. BUDDHIST BIRTH STORIES. See Triibner's Oriental Series. DAVIES. HINDU PHILOSOPHY. 2 vols. See Triibner's Oriental Series. DAVIS. NARRATIVE OF THE NORTH POLAR EXPEDITION, U. S. SHIP Polaris, Cap- tain Charles Francis Hall Commanding. Edited under the direction of the Hon. G. M. Robeson, Secretary of the Navy, by Rear-Admiral C. H. Davis, U.S.N. Third Edition. With numerous Steel and Wood Engravings, Photolithographs, and Maps. 4to, pp. 696, cloth. 1881. 1, 8s. DAY. THE PREHISTORIC USE OF IRON AND STEEL; with Observations on certain matter ancillary thereto. By St. John V. Day, C.E., F.R.S.E., &c. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 278, cloth. 1877. 12s. DE FLANDEE. MONOGRAMS OF THREE OR MORE LETTERS, DESIGNED AND DRAWN ON STONE. By C. De Flandre, F.S.A. Scot., Edinburgh. With Indices, showing the place and style or period of every Monogram, aud of each individual Letter. 4to, 42 Plates, cloth. 1880. Large paper, 7, 7s. ; small paper, 3, 3s. B 18 A Catalogue of Important Works, DELBRUCK. INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF LANGUAGE : A Critical Survey of the History and Methods of Comparative Philology of the Indo-European Languages. By B. Delbruek. Authorised Translation, with a Preface by the Author. 8vo, pp. 156, cloth. 1882. 5s. Sewed, 4s. DELEPIERRE. HISTOIRE IJTTERAIRE DES Fous. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1860. 5s. DELEPIERRE. MACARONEANA ANDRA ; overum Nouveaux Melanges de Litterature Macaronique. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. 180, printed by Whitting- ham, and handsomely bound in the Roxburghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d. DELEPIERRE. ANALYSE DES TKAVAUX DE LA SOCIETE DES PHILOBIBLON DE LON- DRES. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 134, bound in the Rox- burghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d. DELEPIERRE. REVUE ANALYTIQUE DES OUVRAGES ECRITS EN CENTONS, depuis les Temps Anciens, jusqu'au xix Wme Siecle. Par un Bibliophile Beige. Small 4to, pp. 508, stiff covers. 1868. 1, 10s. DELEPIERRE. TABLEAU DE LA LITTERATURE DU CENTON, CHEZ LES ANCIENS ET CHEZ LES MODERNES. Par Octave Delepierre. 2 vols, small 4to, pp. 324 and 318. Paper cover. 1875. 1, Is. DELEPIERRE. L'ENFER : Essai Philpsophique efc Historique sur les Legendes de la Vie Future. Par Octave Delepierre. Crowu 8vo, pp. 160, paper wrapper. 1876. 6s. Only 250 copies printed. DENNYS. A HANDBOOK OF THE CANTON VERNACULAR OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE. Being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Doinestic and Business Purposes. By N. B. Dennys, M.R.A.S., &c. Royal Svo, pp. iv. and 228, cloth. 1874. 30s. DENNYS. A HANDBOOK OF MALAY COLLOQUIAL, as spoken in Singapore, being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R. A.S. Impl. Svo, pp. vi. and 204, cloth. 1878. 21s. DENNYS. THE FOLK-LORE OF CHINA, AND ITS AFFINITIES WITH THAT OF THE ARYAN AND SEMITIC RACES. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S. Svo, pp. 166, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. DE VALDES. See VALDES. DE VINNE. THE INVENTION OF PRINTING : A Collection of Texts and Opinions. Description of Early Prints and Playing Cards, the Block-Books of the Fifteenth Century, the Legend of Lourens Janszoon Coster of Haarlem, and the "Works of John Gutenberg and his Associates. Illustrated with Fac-similes of Early Types and Woodcuts. By Theo. L. De Vinne. Second Edition. In royal Svo, elegantly printed, and bound in cloth, with embossed portraits, and a multitude of Fac- similes and Illustrations. 1877. 1 Is. DICKSON. WHO WAS SCOTLAND'S FIRST PRINTER? Ane Compendious and breue Tractate, in Commendation of Andrew Myllar. Compylit be Robert Dickson, F.S.A. Scot. Fcap. Svo, pp. 24, parchment wrapper. 1881. Is. DOBSON. MONOGRAPH OF THE ASIATIC CHIROPTERA, and Catalogue of the Species of Bats in the Collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. By G. E. Dobson, M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &c. Svo, pp. viii. and 228, cloth. 1876. 12s. D'ORSEY. A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR OF PORTUGUESE AND ENGLISH, exhibiting in a Series of Exercises, in Double Translation, the Idiomatic Structure of both Lan - guages, as now written and spoken. Adapted to Ollendorff's System by the Rev. Alexander J. D. D'Orsey, of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, and Lecturer on Public Reading and Speaking at King's College, London. Third Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and 298, cloth. 1868. 7s. DOUGLAS. CHINESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY OF THE VERNACULAR OR SPOKEN LAN- GUAGE OF AMOY, with the principal variations of the Chang-Chew and Chin- Chew Dialects. By the Rev. Carstairs Douglas, M.A., LL.D., Glasg., Missionary of the Presbyterian Church in England. High quarto, double columns, pp. 632, cloth. 1873. 3, 3s. DOUGLAS. CHINESE LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. Two Lectures delivered at the Royal Institution, by R. K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of Chinese at King's College. Crown 8vo, pp. 118, cloth. 1875. 5s. Published by Trubner & Co. 19 DOUGLAS. THE LIFE OF JENGHIZ KHAN. Translated from the Chinese. With an Introduction. By Robert K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of Chinese at King's College. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 106, cloth. 1877. 5s. DOUGLAS. POEMS : Lyrical and Dramatic. By Evelyn Douglas. Foolscap 8vo pp. 256, cloth. 1885. 5s. DOUGLAS. THE QUEEN OF THE HID ISLE: An Allegory of Life and Art. And LOVE'S PERVERSITY ; or, Eros and Anteros. A Drama. By Evelyn Douglas Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii.-258, cloth. 1885. 5s. DOWSON. DICTIONARY OF HINDU MYTHOLOGY, &c. See Triibner's Oriental Series. DOWSON. A GRAMMAR OF THE URDU OR HINDUSTANI LANGUAGE. By John Dow- son, M.R.A.S., Professor of Hindustani, Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo pp. xvi. and 264, with 8 Plates, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. DOWSON. A HINDUSTANI EXERCISE BOOK; containing a Series of Passages and Extracts adapted for Translation into Hindustani. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Professor of Hindustani, Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo, pp. 100, limp cloth. 1872. 2s. 6cl. DUKA. THE LIFE AND TRAVELS OF ALEXANDER CSOMA DE KORO'S: A Biography, compiled chiefly from hitherto Unpublished Data ; "With a Brief Notice of each of his Published Works and Essays, as well as of his still Extant Manuscripts. By Theodore Duka, Doctor of Medicine ; Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of England ; Surgeon-Major, Her Majesty's Bengal Medical Service, Retired-; Knight of the Order of the Iron Crown ; Corresponding Member of the Academy of Sciences of Hungary. Post 8vo, with Portrait, pp. xii.-234, cloth. 1885. 9s. DUSAR. A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE ; with Exercises. By P. Friedrich Dusar, First German Master in the Military Department of Cheltenham College. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 208, cloth. 1879. 4s. 6d. DUSAR. A GRAMMATICAL COURSE OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. By P. Friedrich Dusar. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 134, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d. DYMOCK. THE VEGETABLE MATERIA MEDICA OF WESTERN INDIA. By W. Dymock, Surgeou-Major Bombay Army, &c. &c. To be completed in four parts. 8vo, Part L, pp. 160; Part II., pp. 168; wrappers, 4s. each. EARLY ENGLISH TEXT SOCIETY. Subscription, one guinea per annum. Extra Series. Subscriptions Small paper, one guinea ; large paper, two guineas, per annum. List of publications on application. EAST WICK. KHIRAD AFROZ (the Illuminator of the Understanding). ByMaulavi Hafizu'd-din. A New Edition of the Hindustani Text, carefully revised, with Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By Edward B. Eastwick, F.R. S. , M. R. A. S. , &c. Imperial 8vo, pp. xiv. and 319, cloth. Reissue, 1867. 18s. EASTWICK. THE GULISTAN. See Trubner's Oriental Series. E6ERS. THE EMPEROR. A Romance. By Georg Ebers. Translated from the German by Clara Bell. In two volumes, 16mo, pp. iv. 319 and 322, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. Paper, 5s. EBERS. A QUESTION : The Idyl of a Picture by his friend, Alma Tadema. Related by Georg Ebers. From the German, by Mary J. SAFFOHD. 16mo, pp. 125, with Frontispiece, cloth. 1881. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d. EBERS. SERAPIS. A Romance. By Georg Ebers. From the German by Clara Bell. 16mo, pp. iv.-388, cloth. 1885. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d. ECHO (DEUTSCHES). THE GERMAN ECHO. A Faithful Mirror of German Conver- sation. By Ludwig Wolfram. With a Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton. Post 8vo, pp. 130 and 70, cloth. 1863. 3s. ECHO FRANfAIS. A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO CONVERSATION. By Fr. de la Fruston. With a complete Vocabulary. By Anthony Maw Border. Post 8vo, pp. 120 and 72, cloth. 1860. 3s. ECO ITALIANO (L'). A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO ITALIAN CONVERSATION. By Eugene Camerini. With a complete Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton. Post 8vo, pp. vi., 128, and 98, cloth. 1860. 4s. 6d. ECO DE MADRID. THE ECHO OF MADRID. A Practical Guide to Spanish Con- versation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and Henry Lemming. With a complete Vocabulary, containing copious Explanatory Remarks. By Henry Lemming. Post Svo, pp. xii., 144, and 83, cloth. 1860. 5s. 20 A Catalogue of Important Works, ECKSTEIN. PRUSIAS : A Romance of Ancient Rome under the Republic. By Ernst Eckstein. From the German by Clara Bell. Two vols. 16mo, pp. 356 and 336. cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. ; paper, 5s. ECKSTEIN. QUINTUS CLAUDIUS. A Romance of Imperial Rome. By Ernst Eckstein. From the German by Clara Bell, Two vols. 16mo, pp. 314 and 304, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. ; paper, 5s. EDDA S^EMUNDAR HINNS FfiODA. The Edda of Ssemund the Learned. Translated from the Old Norse, by Benjamin Thorpe. Complete in 1 vol. fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 152, and pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d. EDGREN. SANSKRIT GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. EDKINS. CHINA'S PLACE IN PHILOLOGY. An attempt to show that the Languages of Europe and Asia have a common origin. By the Rev. Joseph Edkins. Crown 8vo, pp. xxiiL and 403, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d. EDKINS. INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE CHINESE CHARACTERS. By J. Edkins, D.D., Peking, China. Royal 8vo, pp. 340, paper boards. 1876. 18s. EDKINS. RELIGION IN CHINA. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. VIII. , or Triibner's Oriental Series. EDKINS. CHINESE BUDDHISM. See Triibner's Oriental Series. EDMONDS. GREEK LAYS, IDYLLS, LEGENDS, &c. A Selection from Recent and Contemporary Poets. Translated by E. M. Edmonds. With Introduction and Notes. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 264, cloth. 1885. 6s. 6d. EDMUNDSON. MILTON AND VONDEL: a Curiosity of Literature. By George Edmundson, M.A., Late Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose College, Oxford, Vicar of Northolt, Middlesex. Crown 8vo, pp. , cloth. EDWARDS. MEMOIRS OF LIBRARIES, together with a Practical Handbook of Library Economy. By Edward Edwards. Numerous Illustrations. 2 vols. royal 8vo, cloth. Vol. i. pp. xxviii. and 841 ; Vol. ii. pp. xxxvL and 1104. 1859. 2, 8s. DITTO, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. 4, 4s. EDWARDS. CHAPTERS OF THE BIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY OF THE FRENCH ACADEMY. 1629-1863. With an Appendix relating to the Unpublished Chronicle " Liber de Hyda." By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1864. 6s. DITTO, large paper, royal 8vo. 10s. 6d. EDWARDS. LIBRARIES AND FOUNDERS OF LIBRARIES. By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. xix. and 506, cloth. 1865. 18s. DITTO, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. 1, 10s. EDWARDS. FREE TOWN LIBRARIES, their Formation, Management, and History in Britain, France, Germany, and America. Together with Brief Notices of Book Collectors, and of the respective Places of Deposit of their Surviving Collections. By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 634, cloth. 1869. 21s. EDWARDS. LIVES OF THE FOUNDERS OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM, with Notices of its Chief Augmentors and other Benefactors. 1570-1870. By Edward Edwards. With Illustrations and Plans. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xii. and 780, cloth. 1870. 30s. EDWARDES. See ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY, Vol. XVII. EGER. TECHNOLOGICAL DICTIONARY IN THE ENGLISH AND GERMAN LANGUAGES. Edited by Gustav Eger, Professor of the Polytechnic School of Darmstadt, and Sworn Translator of the Grand Ducal Ministerial Departments. Technically Revised and Enlarged by Otto Brandes, Chemist. Two vols. , royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 712, and pp. viii. and 970, cloth. 1884. 1, 7s. EGER AND GRIME. An Early English Romance. Edited from Bishop Percy's Folio Manuscripts, about 1650 A.D. By J. W. Hales, M.A., Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge, and F. J. Furmvall, M.A., of Trinity Hall, Cambridge. 4to, large paper, half bound, Roxburghe style, pp. 64. 1867. 10s. 6d. EGERTON. SUSSEX FOLK AND SUSSEX WAYS. Stray Studies in the Wealden For- mation of Human Nature. By the Rev. J. Coker Egerton, M. A., Rector of Bur- wash. Crown 8vo, pp. 140, cloth. 1884. 2s. Published by Trubner & Co. 21 EGGELING. See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vola. IV. and V. EGYPT EXPLORATION FUND : THE STORE-CITY OF PITHOM, and the Route of the Exodus. By Edouard Naville. 4to, pp. viii. and 32, with Thirteen Plates and Two Maps, boards. 1885. 25s. EGYPTIAN GENERAL STAFF PUBLICATIONS : GENERAL REPORT ON THE PROVINCE OF KORDOFAN. Submitted to General C. P. Stone, Chief of the General Staff Egyptian Army. By Major H. G. Prout, Commanding Expedition of Reconnaissance. Made at El-Obeiyad (Kordofan), March 12th, 1876. Pv,oyal 8vo, pp. 232, stitched, with 6 Maps. 1877. 10s. 6d. PROVINCES OF THE EQUATOR : Summary of Letters and Reports of the Governor- General. Part 1. 1874. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 90, stitched, with Map. 1877. 5s. REPORT ON THE SEIZURE BY THE ABYSSINIANS of the Geological and Mineralo- gical Reconnaissance Expedition attached to the General Staff of the Egyptian Army. By L. H. Mitchell, Chief of the Expedition. Containing an Account of the subsequent Treatment of the Prisoners and Final Release of the Com- mander. Royal 8vo, pp. xii. and 126, stitched, with a Map. 1878. 7s. 6d. EGYPTIAN CALENDAR for the year 1295 A.H. (1878 A.n.) : Corresponding with the years 1594, 1595 of the Koptic Era. 8vo, pp. 98, sewed. 1878. 2s. 6d. EHRLICH. FRENCH READER : With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. W. Ehrlich. 12mo, pp. viii. and 125, limp cloth. 1877. Is. 6d. EITEL. BUDDHISM : Its Historical, Theoretical, and Popular Aspects. In Three Lectures. By E. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Third Revised Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. X.-146. 1884. 5s. EITEL. FENG-SHUI ; or, The Rudiments of Natural Science in China. By E. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Royal 8vo, pp. vi. and 84, sewed. 1873. 6s. EITEL. HANDBOOK FOR THE STUDENT OF CHINESE BUDDHISM. By the Rev. E. J. Eitel, of the London Missionary Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 224, cloth. 1870. 18s. ELLIOT. MEMOIRS ON THE HISTORY, FOLK-LORE, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE RACES OF THE NORTH-WESTERN PROVINCES OF INDIA. By the late Sir Henry M. Elliot, K.C.B. Edited, revised, and rearranged by John Beames, M.R.A.S., &c., &c. In 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xx. , 370, and 396, with 3 large coloured folding Maps, cloth. 1869. 1 16s. ELLIOT. THE HISTORY OF INDIA, as told by its own Historians. The Muhammadan Period. Edited from the Posthumous Papers of the late Sir H. M. Elliot, K.C.B., East India Company's Bengal Civil Service. Revised and continued by Professor John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. 8vo. Vol. I. Vol. II., pp. x. and 580, cloth. Vol. III., pp. xii. and 627, cloth. 24s. Vol. IV., pp. xii. and 564, cloth. 1872. 21s. Vol. V., pp. x. and 576, cloth. 1873. 21s. Vol. VI., pp. viii. 574, cloth. 21s. Vol. VII., pp. viii. -574. 1877. 21s. Vol. VIII., pp. xxxii.-444. With Biographical, Geographical, and General Index. 1877. 24s. Complete sets, 8, 8s. Vols. I. and II. not sold separately. ELLIS. ETRUSCAN NUMERALS. By Robert Ellis, B.D., late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp. 52, sewed. 1876. 2s. 6d. ELY. FRENCH AND GERMAN SOCIALISM IN MODERN TIMES. By R. T. Ely, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Economy in the Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more ; and Lecturer on Political Economy in Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-274, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. EMERSON AT HOME AND ABROAD. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XIX. EMERSON. INDIAN MYTHS ; or, Legends, Traditions, and Symbols of the Abori- gines of America, compared with those of other Countries, including Hindostan, Egypt, Persia, Assyria, and China. By Ellen Russell Emerson. Illustrated. Post 8vo, pp. viii.-678, cloth. 1884. 1, Is. 22 A Catalogue of Important Works, ENGLISH DIALECT SOCIETY. Subscription, 10s. 6d. per annum. List of publica- tions on application. ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY (THE). Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. I. to III. A HISTORY OF MATERIALISM, and Criticism of its present Importance. By Professor F. A. Lange. Authorised Translation from the German by Ernest C. Thomas. In three volumes. Vol. I. Second Edition, pp. 350. 1878. 10s. 6d. Vol. II., pp. viii. and ?98. 1880. 10s. 6d. VoL IIL, pp. viii. and 376. 1881. 10s. 6d. IV. NATURAL LAW : an Essay in Ethics. By Edith Simcox. Second Edition. Pp. 366. 1878. " 10s. 6d. V. and VI. THE CREED OF CHRISTENDOM ; its Foundations contrasted with Super- structure. By W. R. Greg. Eighth Edition, with a New Introduction. In two volumes, pp. cxiv.-154 and vi.-282 1883. ]5s. VII. OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF RELIGION TO THE SPREAD OF THE UNIVERSAL RELIGIONS. By Prof. C. P. Tiele. Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A., with the author's assist- ance. Third Edition. Pp. xx. and 250. 1884. 7s. 6d. VIII. RELIGION IN CHINA; containing a brief Account of the Three Religions of the Chinese; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion amorgst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking. Third Edition. Pp. xvi. and 260. 1884. 7s. 6d. IX. A CANDID EXAMINATION OF THEISM, By Physicus. Pp. 216. 1878. 7s. 6d. X. THE COLOUR-SENSE ; its Origin and Development ; an Essay in Com- parative Psychology. By Grant Allen, B.A., author of " Phy- siological ^Esthetics." Pp. xii. and 282. 1879. 10s. 6d. XI. THE PHILOSOPHY OF Music ; being the substance of a Course of Lectures delivered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain in February and March 1877. By William Pole, F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Mus. Doc. , Oxon. Pp.336. 1879. 10s. 6d. XII. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HISTORY OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN RACE : Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated from the German by D. Asher, Ph.D. Pp. x. and 156. 1880. 6s. XIII. DR. APPLETON : his Life and Literary Relics. By J. H. Appleton, M.A., and A. H. Sayce, M.A. Pp. 350. 1881. 10s. 6d. XIV. EDGAR QUINET : His Early Life and Writings. By Richard Heath. With Portraits, Illustrations, and an Autograph Letter. Pp. xxiii. and 370. 1881. 12s. 6d. XV. THE ESSENCE OF CHRISTIANITY. By Ludwig Feuerbach. Translated from the German by Marian Evans, translator of Strauss's " Life of Jesus." Second Edition. Pp. xx. and 340. 1881. 7s. 6d. XVI. AuGUSTE COMTE AND POSITIVISM. By the late John Stuart Mill, M.P. Third Edition. Pp. 200. 1882. 3s. 6d. XVII. ESSAYS AND DIALOGUES OF GIACOMO LEOPARDI. Translated by Charles Edwardes. With Biographical Sketch. Pp. xliv. and 216. 1882. 7s. 6d. XVIII. RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY IN GERMANY : A Fragment. By Hein- rich Heine. Translated by J. Snodgrass. Pp. xii. and 178, cloth. 1882. 6s. XIX. EMEBSON AT HOME AND ABROAD. By M. D. Con way. Pp. viii. and 310. With Portrait. 1883. 10s. 6d. XX. ENIGMAS OF LIFE. By W. R. Greg. Fifteenth Edition, with a Postscript. CONTENTS : Realisable Ideals Malthus Notwithstand- ing Non-Survival of the Fittest Limits and Directions of Human Development The Significance of Life De Profundis Elsewhere Appendix. Pp. xx. and 314, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 23 ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY continued. XXI. ETHIC DEMONSTRATED IN GEOMETRICAL OKDEB AND DIVIDED INTO FIVE PARTS, which treat (1) Of God, (2) Of the Nature and Origin of the Mind, (3) Of the Origin and Nature of the Affects, (4) Of Human Bondage, or of the Strength of the Affects, (5) Of the Power of the Intellect, or of Human Liberty. By Benedict de Spinoza. Trans- lated from the Latin by William Hale White. Pp. 328. 1883. 10s. 6d. XXII. THE WORLD AS WILL AND IDEA. By Arthur Schopenhauer. Trans- lated from the German by R. B. Haldane, M.A., and John Kemp, M.A. 3 rols. Vol. I., pp. xxxii.-532. 1883. 18s. XXV. to XXVII. THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE UNCONSCIOUS. By Eduard Von Hartmann. Speculative Results, according to the Inductive Method of Physical Science. Authorised Translation, by William C. Coup- land, M.A. 3 vols. pp. xxxii.-372; vi.-368; viii.-360. 1884. 31s. 6d. XXVIII. to XXX. THE GUIDE OP THE PERPLEXED OP MAIMONIDES. Translated from the Original Text and Annotated by M. Friedlander, Ph.D. 3 vols., pp. Extra Series. I. and II. LESSING : His Life and Writings. By James Sime, M.A. Second Edition. 2 vols., pp. xxii. and 328, and xvi. and 358, with por- traits. 1879. 21s. III. and VI. AN ACCOUNT OF THE POLYNESIAN RACE: its Origin and Migrations, and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of Kamehameha I. By Abraham Fornander, Circuit Judge of the Island of Maui, H.I. Vol. I., pp. xvi. and 248. 1877. 7s. 6d. Vol. II., pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d. IV. and V. ORIENTAL RELIGIONS, and their Relation to Universal Religion- India. By Samuel Johnson. In 2 vols., pp. viii. and 408: viii. and 402. 1879. 21s. VI. AN ACCOUNT OF THE POLYNESIAN RACE. By A. Fornander. Vol. II., pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d. ER SIE ES. FACSIMILE OF A MANUSCRIPT supposed to have been found in an Egyp- tian Tomb by the English soldiers last year. Royal 8vo, in ragged canvas covers, with sbring binding, with dilapidated edges (? just as discovered). 1884. 6s. 6d. EYTON. DOMESDAY STUDIES : AN ANALYSIS AND DIGEST OF THE STAFFORDSHIRE SURVEY. Treating of the Method of Domesday in its Relation to Staffordshire. &c. By the Rev. R. W. Eyton. 4to, pp. vii. and 135, cloth. 1881. 1, Is. FABER. THE MIND OF MENCIUS. See Triibner's Oriental Series. FALKE. ART IN THE HOUSE. Historical, Critical, and JSsthetical Studies on the Decoration and Furnishing of the Dwelling. By J. von Falke, Vice-Director of the Austrian Museum of Art and Industry at Vienna. Translated from the German. Edited, with Notes, by C. C. Perkins, M.A. Royal 8vo, pp. xxr. 356, cloth. With Coloured Frontispiece, 60 Plates, and over 150 Illustrations. 1878. 3. FARLEY. EGYPT, CYPRUS, AND ASIATIC TURKEY. By J. L. Farley, author of "The Resources of Turkey," &c. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 270, cloth gilt. 1878. 10s. 6d. FAUSBOLL. See JATAKA. FEATHERMAN. THE SOCIAL HISTORY OP THE RACES OF MANKIND. By A. Feather- man. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. THE NIGRITIANS. Pp. xxvi. and 800. 1885. 1, lls. 6d. Vol. V. THE ARAMAEANS. Pp. xvii. and 664. 1881. 1, Is. FENTON. EARLY HEBREW LIFE: a Study in Sociology. By John Fenton. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 102, cloth. 1880. 5s. FERGUSSON. ARCHEOLOGY IN INDIA. With especial reference to the works of Babu Rajendralala Mitra. By James Fersrusson, C.I.E., F.R.S., D.C.L., LL.D., V.-P.R.A.S., &c. Demy 8vo, pp. 116, with Illustrations, sewed. 1884. 5s. 24 A Catalogue of Important Works, FEEGUSSON. THE TEMPLE OF DIANA AT EPHESUS. With Especial Eeference to Mr. "Wood's Discoveries of its Remains. By James Fergusson, C.I.E., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. From the Transactions of the Royal Institute of British Architects. Demy 4to, pp. 24, with Plan, cloth. 1883. 5s. FERGUSSON AND BURGESS. THE CAVE TEMPLES OF INDIA. By James Fergusson, D.C.L., F.R.S., and James Burgess, F.R.G.S. Impl. 8vo, pp. xx. and 536, with 98 Plates, half bound. 1880. 2, 2s. FERGUSSON. CHINESE RESEARCHES. First Part. Chinese Chronology and Cycles. By Thomas Fergusson, Member of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 274, sewed. 1881. 10s. 6d. FEUERBACH. THE ESSENCE OF CHEISTIANITY. See English and Foreign Philo- sophical Library, vol. XV. FICHTE. J. G. FICHTE'S POPULAR WORKS : The Nature of the Scholar The Voca- tion of Man The Doctrine of Religion. With a Memoir by William Smith, LL.D. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 564, cloth. 1873. 15s. FICHTE. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRESENT AGE. By J. G. Fichte. Translated from the German by W. Smith. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 271, cloth. 1847. 6s. FICHTE. MEMOIR OF JOHANN GOTTLIEB FICHTE. By William Smith. Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 168, cloth. 1848. 4s. FICHTE. ON THE NATURE OF THE SCHOLAR, AND ITS MANIFESTATIONS. By Johann Gottlieb Fichte. Translated from the German by William Smith. Second Edi- tion. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and i^l. cloth. 1848. 3s. FICHTE. NEW EXPOSITION OF THE SCIENCE OF KNOWLEDGE. By J. G. Fichte. Translated from the German by A. E. Krceger. 8vo, pp. vi. and 182, cloth. 1869. 6s. FIELD. OUTLINES OF AN INTERNATIONAL CODE. By David Dudley Field. Second Edition. Royal 8vo, pp. iii. and 712, sheep. 1876. 2, 2s. FIGANIERE. ELVA : A STORY OF THE DARK. AGES. By Viscount de Figaniere, G.C. St. Anne, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1878. 5s. FINN. PERSIAN FOR TRAVELLERS. By Alexander Finn, F.R.G.S., &c., H.B.M. Consul at Resht. Oblong 32mo, pp. xxii.-232, cloth. 1884. 5s. FISKE. THE UNSEEN WORLD, and other Essays. By John Fiske, M.A., LL.B. Crown 8vo, pp. 350. 1876. 10s. FISKE. MYTHS AND MYTH-MAKERS ; Old Tales and Superstitions, interpreted by Comparative Mythology. By John Fiske, MIA., LL.B., Assistant Librarian, and late Lecturer on Philosophy at Harvard University. Crown 8vo, pp. 260, cloth. 1873. 10s. FITZGERALD. AUSTRALIAN ORCHIDS. By R. D. Fitzgerald, F. L. S. Folio. Part I. 7 Plates. Part II. 10 Plates. Part III. 10 Plates. Part IV. 10 Plates. Part V. 10 Plates. Part VI. 10 Plates. Each Part, Coloured 21s. ; Plain, 10s. 6d. Part VII. 10 Plates. Vol. II., Part I. 10 Plates. Each, Coloured, 25s. FITZGERALD. AN ESSAY ON THE PHILOSOPHY OF SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS. Com- prising an Analysis of Reason and the Rationale of Love. By P. F. Fitzgerald. Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 196, cloth. 1882. 5s. FORJETT. EXTERNAL EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY. By E. H. Forjett. 8vo, pp. 114, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. FORNANDER. THE POLYNESIAN RACE. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. III. and VI. FORSTER. POLITICAL PRESENTMENTS. By William Forster, Agent-General for New South Wales. Crown 8vo, pp. 122, cloth. 1878. 4s. 6d. FOULKES. THE DAYA BHAGA, the Law of Inheritance of the Sarasvati Vilasa. The Original Sanskrit Text, with Translation by the Rev. Thos. Foulkes, F.L.S., M.R.A.S., F.R.G.S., Fellow of the University of Madras, &c. Demy 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 194-162, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d. FOX. MEMORIAL EDITION OF COLLECTED WORKS, by W. J. Fox. 12 vols. 8vo, cloth. 3. Published by Trubner & Co. 25 FRANKLYN. OUTLINES OF MILITARY LAW, AND THE LAWS OP EVIDENCE. By H. B. Franklyn, LL.B. Crown 16mo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth. 1874. 3s. 6d. FREEMAN. LECTUBES TO AMERICAN AUDIENCES. By E. A. Freeman, D.C.L., LL.D., Honorary Fellow of Trinity College, Oxford. I. The English People in its Three Homes. II. The Practical Bearings of General European History. Post 8vo. pp. viii. -454, cloth. 1883. 8s. 6d. FRIEDRICH. PROGRESSIVE GERMAN READER, with Copious Notes to the First Part. By P. Friedrich. Crown 8vo, pp. 1G6, cloth. 1868. 4s. 6d. FRIEDRICH. A GRAMMATICAL COURSE OP THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. See under DUSAR. FRIEDRICH. A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, WITH EXERCISES. See under DuSAR. FRIEDERICI. BIBLIOTHECA ORIENTALIS, or a Complete List of Books, Papers, Serials, and Essays, published in England and the Colonies, Germany and France, on the History, Geography, Religions, Antiquities, Literature, and Languages of the East. Compiled by Charles Friederici. 8vo, boards. 1876, 2s. 6d. 1877, 3s. 1878, 3s. 6d. 1879, 3s. 1880, 3s. 1881, 3s. 1882, 3s. 1883, 3s. 6d. FRCEMBLING. GRADUATED GERMAN READER. Consisting of a Selection from the most Popular Writers, arranged progressively ; with a complete Vocabulary for the first part. By Friedrich Otto Frcembling. Eighth Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and 306, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d. FRCEMBLING. GRADUATED EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN. Consist- ing of Extracts from the best English Authors, arranged progressively ; with an Appendix, containing Idiomatic Notes. By Friedrich Otto Frcembling, Ph.D., Piincipal German Master at the City of London School. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 322, cloth. With Notes, pp. 66. 1867. 4s. 6d. Without Notes, 4s. FROUDE. THE BOOK OF JOB. By J. A. Froude, M.A., late Fellow of Exeter Col- lege, Oxford. Reprinted from the Westminster Review. 8vo, pp. 38, cloth. Is. FRUSTON. ECHO FRANCAIS. A Practical Guide to French Conversation. By F. de la Fruston. With a Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 3s. FRYER. THE KHYENG PEOPLE OF THE SANDOWAY DISTRICT, ARAKAN. By G. E. Fryer, Major, M.S. C., Deputy Commissioner, Sandoway. With 2 Plates. 8vo, pp. 44, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. FRYER. PA"LI STUDIES. No. I. Analysis, and Pali Text of the Subodhalankara, or Easy Rhetoric, by Sangharakkhita Thera. 8vo, pp. 35, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. FURNIVALL. EDUCATION IN EARLY ENGLAND. Some Notes used as forewords to a Collection of Treatises on " Manners and Meals in Olden Times," for the Early English Text Society. By Frederick J. Furnivall, M. A. 8vo, pp. 4 and Ixxiv., sewed. 1867. Is. GALDOS. TRAFALGAR: A Tale. By B. Perez Galdos. From the Spanish by Clara Bell. 16mo, pp. 256, cloth. 1884. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d. GALDOS. MARIANELA. By B. Perez Galdos. From the Spanish, by Clara Bell. 16mo, pp. 264, cloth. 1883. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d. GALDOS. GLORIA: A Novel. By B. Perez Galdos. From the Spanish, .by Clara Bell. Two volumes, 16mo, pp. vi. and 318, iv. and 362, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. Paper, 5s. GALLOWAY. A TREATISE ON FUEL. Scientific and Practical. By Robert Gallo- way, M.R.I.A., F.C.S., &c. With Illustrations. Post 8vo, pp. x. and 136, cloth. 1880. 6s. GALLOWAY. EDUCATION: SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL; or, How the Inductive Sciences are Taught, and How they Ought to be Taught. By Robert Galloway, M.R.I.A., F.C.S. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 462, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d. GAMBLE. A MANUAL OF INDIAN TIMBERS : An Account of the Structure, Growth, Distribution, and Qualities of Indian Woods. By J. C. Gamble, M.A., F.L.S. 8vo, pp. xxx. and 522, with a Map, cloth. 1881. 10s. 26 A Catalogue of Important Works, GARBE. See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vol. III. GARFIELD. THE LIFE AND PUBLIC SERVICE OF JAMES A. GARFIELD, Twentieth President of the United States. A Biographical Sketch. By Captain F. H. Mason, late of the 42d Regiment, U.S.A. With a Preface by Bret Harte. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 134, cloth. With Portrait. 1881. 2s. 6d. GARRETT. A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY OF INDIA : Illustrative of the Mythology, Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs, &c., of the Hindus. By John Garrett, Director of Public Instruction in Mysore. 8vo, pp. x. and 794, cloth. With Supplement, pp. 160. 1871 and 1873. 1, 16s. GAUTAMA. THE INSTITUTES OF. See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vol. II. GAZETTEER OF THE CENTRAL PROVINCES OF INDIA. Edited by Charles Grant, Secretary to the Chief Commissioner of the Central Provinces. Second Edition. With a very large folding Map of the Central Provinces of India. Demy 8vo, pp. civil, and 582, cloth. 1870. 1, 4s. GEIGER. A PEEP AT MEXICO ; Narrative of a Journey across the Republic from the Pacific to the Gulf, in December 1873 and January 1874. By J. L. Geiger, F.R.G.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 368, with Maps and 45 Original Photographs. Cloth, 24s. GEIGER. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HISTORY OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN RACE : Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated from the Second German Edition, by David Asher, Ph.D. Post 8vo, pp. X.-156, cloth. 1880. 6s. GELBART. FAITH AND FREEDOM. Fourteen Sermons. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 168, cloth. 1881. 4s. 6d. GELDART. A GUIDE TO MODERN GREEK. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 274, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. Key, pp. 28, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. GELDART. GREEK GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE (THE) : OR, MONTHLY JOURNAL OF GEOLOGY. With which is incorporated "The Geologist." Edited by Henry Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., of the British Museum. Assisted by Professor John Moms, M.A.,F.G.S., &c., and Robert Etheridge, F.R.S., L. & E., F.G.S.; &c., of the Museum of Practical Geology. 8vo, cloth. 1866 to 1884. 20s. each. GHOSE. THE MODERN HISTORY OF THE INDIAN CHIEFS, RAJAS. ZAMINDARS, &c. By Loke Nath Ghose. 2 vols. post 8vo, pp. xii. and 218, and xviii. and 612, cloth. 1883. 21s. GILES. CHINESE SKETCHES. By Herbert A. Giles, of H.B.M.'s China Consular Service. 8vo, pp. 204, cloth. 1875. 10s. 6d. GILES. A DICTIONARY OF COLLOQUIAL IDIOMS IN THE MANDARIN DIALECT. By Herbert A. Giles. 4to, pp. 65, half bound. 1873. 28s. GILES. SYNOPTICAL STUDIES IN CHINESE CHARACTER. By Herbert A. Giles. 8vo, pp. 118, half bound. 1874. 15s. GILES. CHINESE WITHOUT A TEACHER. Being a Collection of Easy and Useful Sentences in the Mandarin Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Herbert A. Giles. 12mo, pp. 60, half bound. 1872. 5s. GILES. THE SAN Tzu CHING ; or, Three Character Classic ; and the Ch'Jen Tsu Wen ; or, Thousand Character Essay. Metrically Translated by Herbert A. Giles. 12mo, pp. 28, half bound. 1873. 2s. 6d. GLASS. ADVANCE THOUGHT. By Charles E. Glass. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 188, cloth. 1876. 6s. GOETHE'S FAUST. See ScoONES and WYSARD. GOETHE'S MINOR POEMS. See SELSS. Published by Trubner & Co. 27 GOLDSTUCKER. A DICTIONARY, SANSKRIT AND ENGLISH, extended and improved from the Second Edition of the Dictionary of Professor H. H. "Wilson, with his sanction and concurrence. Together with a Supplement, Grammatical Appen- dices, and an Index, serving as a Sanskrit-English Vocabulary. By Theodore Gold- stiicker. Parts I. to VI. 4to, pp. 400. 1856-63. 6s. each. GOLDSTUCKER. See AuciORES SANSKRITI, Vol. I. GOOROO SIMPLE. Strange Surprising Adventures of the Venerable G. S. and his Five Disciples, Noodle, Doodle, "Wiseacre, Zany, and Foozle : adorned with Fifty Illustrations, drawn on wood, by Alfred Crowquill. A companion Volume to " Miinchhausen " and " Owlglass, based upon the famous Tamul tale of the Gooroo Paramartan, and exhibiting, in the form of a skilfully-constructed consecutive narrative, some of the finest specimens of Eastern wit and humour. Elegantly printed on tinted paper, in crown 8vo, pp. 223, richly gilt ornamental cover, gilt edges. 1861. 10s. 6d. GORKOM. HANDBOOK OF CINCHONA CULTURE. By K. W. Van Gorkom, formerly Director of the Government Cinchona Plantations in Java. Translated by B. D. Jackson, Secretary of the Linnaean Society of London. "With a Coloured Illus- tration. Imperial 8vo, pp. xii. and 292, cloth. 1882. 2. GOUGH. The SAHVA-DARSANA-SAMGRAHA. See Trubner's Oriental Series. GOUGH. PHILOSOPHY OF THE UPANISHADS. See Trubner's Oriental Series. GOVER. THE FOLK-SONGS OF SOUTHERN INDIA. By C. E. Gover, Madras. Con- tents : Canarese Songs ; Badaga Songs ; Coorg Songs ; Tamil Songs ; The Cural ; Malayalam Songs ; Telugu Songs. 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 300, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. GRAY. DARWINIANA : Essays and Reviews pertaining 'to Darwinism. By Asa Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 396, cloth. 1877. 10s. GRAY. NATURAL SCIENCE AND RELIGION: Two Lectures Delivered to the Theo- logical School of Yale College. By Asa Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1880. 5s. GREEN. SHAKESPEARE AND THE EMBLEM-WRITERS : An Exposition of their Simi- larities of Thought and Expression. Preceded by a View of the Emblem-Book Literature down to A.D. 1616. By Henry Green, M.A. In one volume, pp. xvi. 572, profusely illustrated with Woodcuts and Photolith. Plates, elegantly bound in cloth gilt. 1870. Large medium 8vo, 1, lls. 6d. ; large imperial 8vo. 2, 12s. 6d. GREEN. ANDREA ALCIATI, and his Books of Emblems : A Biographical and Biblio- graphical Study. By Henry Green, M.A. With Ornamental Title, Portraits, and other Illustrations. Dedicated to Sir William Stirling-Maxwell, Bart., Rector of the University of Edinburgh. Only 250 copies printed. Demy 8vo, pp. 360, handsomely bound. 1872. 1, Is. GREENE. A NEW METHOD OF LEARNING TO READ, WRITE, AND SPEAK THE FRENCH LANGUAGE ; or, First Lessons in French (Introductory to Ollendorff's Larger Grammar). By G. W. Greene, Instructor in Modern Languages in Brown University. Third Edition, enlarged and rewritten. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 248, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. GREENE. THE HEBREW MIGRATION FROM EGYPT. By J. Baker Greene, LL.B., M.B., Trin. Coll., Dub. Second Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 440, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. GREG. TRUTH VERSUS EDIFICATION. By W. R. Greg. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1869. Is. GREG. WHY ARE WOMEN REDUNDANT? By W. R. Greg. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 40, cloth. 1869. Is. GREG. LITERARY AND SOCIAL JUDGMENTS. By W. R. Greg. Fourth Edition, considerably enlarged. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. 310 and 288, cloth. 1877- 15s. 28 A Catalogue of Important Works, GREG. MISTAKEN AIMS AND ATTAINABLE IDEALS OP THE ARTISAN CLASS. By W. R. Greg. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 332, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. GREG. ENIGMAS OF LIFE. By "W. R. Greg. Fifteenth Edition, -with a postscript. Contents : Realisable Ideals. Malthus Notwithstanding. Non-Survival of the Fittest. Limits and Directions of Human Development. The Significance of Life. De Profundis. Elsewhere. Appendix. Post 8vo, pp. xxii. and 314, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. GREG. POLITICAL PROBLEMS FOR OUR AGE AND COUNTRY. By "W. R. Greg. Con- tents : I. Constitutional and Autocratic Statesmanship. II. England's Future Attitude and Mission. III. Disposal of the Criminal Classes. IV. Recent Change in the Character of English Crime. V. The Intrinsic Vice of Trade- Unions. VI. Industrial and Co-operative Partnerships. VII. The Economic Problem. VIII. Political Consistency. IX. The Parliamentary Career. X. The Price we pay for Self-government. XL Vestryism. XII. Direct v. Indirect Taxation. XIII. The New Regime, and how to meet it. Demy 8vo, pp. 342, cloth. 1870. 10s. 6d. GREG. THE GREAT DUEL : Its True Meaning and Issues. By \V. R. Greg. Crown 8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d. GREG. THE CREED OP CHRISTENDOM. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vols. V. and VI. GREG. ROCKS AHEAD ; or, The "Warnings of Cassandra. By W. R. Greg. Second Edition, with a Reply to Objectors. Crown 8vo, pp. xliv. and 236, cloth. 1874. 9s. GREG. MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. By W. R. Greg. First Series. Crown 8vo, pp. iv.-268, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. CONTENTS : Rocks Ahead and Harbours of Refuge. Foreign Policy of Great Britain. The Echo of the Antipodes. A Grave Perplexity before us. Obli- gations of the Soil. The Right Use of a Surplus. The Great Twin Brothers : Louis Napoleon and Benjamin Disraeli. Is the Popular Judgment in Politics more Just than that of the Higher Orders ? Harriet Martineau. Verify your Compass. The Prophetic Element in the Gospels. Mr. Frederick Harrison on the Future Life. Can Truths be Apprehended which could not have been Discovered ? GREG. MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. By W. R. Greg. Second Series. Pp. 294. 1884. 7s. 6d. CONTENTS : France since 1848. France in January 1852. England as it is. Sir R. Peel's Character and Policy. Employment of our Asiatic Forces in European Wars. GRIFFIN. THE RAJAS OF THE PUNJAB. Being the History of the Principal States in the Punjab, and their Political Relations with the British Government. By Lepel H. Griffin, Bengal Civil Service, Acting Secretary to the Government of the Punjab, Author of "The Punjab Chiefs," &c. Second Edition. Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 630, cloth. 1873. 1, Is. GRIFFIN. THE WORLD UNDER GLASS. By Frederick GrifBn, Author of "The Destiny of Man," "The Storm King," and other Poems. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 204, cloth gilt. 1879. 3s. 6d. GRIFFIN. THE DESTINY OP MAN, THE STORM KING, and other Poems. By F. Griffin. Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. vii.-104, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. GRIFFIS. THE MIKADO'S EMPIRE. Book I. History of Japan, from 660 B.C. to 1872 A.D. Book II. Personal Experiences, Observations, and Studies in Japan, 1870-1874. By W. E. Griffis, A. II. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. 626, cloth. Illus- trated. 1883. 20s. GRIFFIS. JAPANESE FAIRY WORLD. Stories from the Wonder- Lore of Japan. By W. E. Griffis. Square 16mo, pp. viii. and 304, with 12 Plates. 1880. 7s. 6d. GRIFFITH. THE BIRTH OF THE WAB GOD. See Triibner's Oriental Series. Published by Trubner & Co. 29 GRIFFITH. YUSUF AND ZULAIKHA. See Trubner's Oriental Series. GRIFFITH. SCENES FROM THE RAMAYANA, MEGHADUTA, &c. Translated by Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 244, cloth. 1870. 6s. CONTENTS. Preface Ayodhya Ravan Doomed The Birth of Eama The Heir-Apparent Manthara's Guile Dasaratha's Oath The Step-mother Mother and Son The Triumph of Love Farewell ? The Hermit's Son The Trial of Truth The Forest The Rape of Sita Rama's Despair The Messenger Cloud Khumbakarna The Suppliant Dove True Glory Feed the Poor The Wise Scholar. GRIFFITH. THE RA'MA'YAN OF VALiifKi. Translated into English Verse. By Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Vol. L, containing Booka I. and II., demy 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 440, cloth. 1870. Vol. II., containing Book II., with additional Notes and Index of Names. Demy 8vo, pp. 504, cloth. 1871. Vol. III., demy 8vo, pp. 390, cloth. 1872. Vol. IV., demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 432, cloth. 1873. Vol. V., demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 360, cloth. 1875. The complete work, 5 vols. 7, 7s. GROTE. REVIEW of the Work of Mr. John Stuart Mill entitled "Examination of Sir "William Hamilton's Philosophy." By George Grote, Author of the "History of Ancient Greece," "Plato, and the other Companions of Socrates," &c. 12mo, pp. 112, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d. GROUT. ZULU-LAND ; or, Life among the Zulu-Kafirs of Natal and Zulu-Land, South Africa. By the Rev. Lewis Grout. Crown 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. With Map and Illustrations. 7s. 6d. GROWSE. MATHUEA : A District Memoir. By F. S. Growse, B.C.S., M.A., Oxon, C.I.E., Fellow of the Calcutta University. Second edition, illustrated, revised, and enlarged, 4to, pp. xxiv. and 520, boards. 1880. 42s. GUBERNATIS. ZOOLOGICAL MYTHOLOGY ; or, The Legends of Animals. By Angelo de Gubernatis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature in the Instituto di Studii Superorii e di Perfezionamento at Florence, &c. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 432, and vii. and 442, cloth. 1872. 1, 8s. This work is an important contribution to the study of the comparative mythology of the Indo- Germanic nations. The author introduces the denizens of the air, earth, and water in the vari- ous characters assigned to them in the myths and legends of all civilised nations, and traces the migration of the mythological ideas from the times of the early Aryans to those of the Greeks, Romans, and Teutons. GULSHAN I. RAZ : THE MYSTIC ROSE GARDEN OF SA'D UD DIN MAHMUD SHABIS- TARI. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and Notes, chiefly from the Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By E. H. Whinfield, M.A., Bar- rister-at-Law, late of H.M.B.C.S. 4to, pp. xvi., 94, 60, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d. GUMP ACH. TREATY RIGHTS OF THE FOREIGN MERCHANT, and the Transit System in China. By Johannes von Gumpach. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 421, sewed. 10s. Cd. HAAS. CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT AND PALI BOOKS IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. By Dr. Ernst Haas. Printed by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. 4to, pp. viii. and 188, paper boards. 1876. 21s. HAFIZ OF SHIRAZ. SELECTIONS FROM HIS POEMS. Translated from the Persian by Hermann Bicknell. With Preface by A. S. Bicknell. Demy 4to, pp. xx. and 384, printed on fine stout plate-paper, with appropriate Oriental Bordering in gold and colour, and Illustrations by J. R. Herbert, R. A. 1875. 2, 2s. HAFIZ. See Trubner's Oriental Series. HAGEN. NORICA ; or, Tales from the Olden Time. Translated from the German of August Hagen. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 374. 1850. 5s. HAGGARD. CETYWAYO AND HIS WHITE NEIGHBOURS; or, Remarks on Recent Events in Zululand, Natal, and the Transvaal. By H. R. Haggard. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 294, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. 30 A Catalogue of Important Works, HAGGARD. See "The Vazir of Lankuran." HAHN. TSUNI- II GOAM, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, &c., &c. Post 8vo, pp. xiv. and 154. 1882. 7s. 6d. HALDANE. See SCHOPENHAUER, or ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY, vol. xxii. HALDEMAN. PENNSYLVANIA DUTCH : A Dialect of South Germany with an Infusion of English. By S. S. Haldeman, A.M., Professor of Comparative Philology in the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1872. 3s. 6d. HALL. ON ENGLISH ADJECTIVES IN -ABLE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO RELIABLE. By FitzEdward Hall, C.E., M.A., Hon. D.C.L. Oxon ; formerly Professor of Sanskrit Language and Literature, and of Indian Jurisprudence in King's College, London. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 238, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. HALL. MODERN ENGLISH. By FitzEdward Hall, M. A., Hon. D.C.L. Oxon. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 394, cloth. 1873. 10s. 6d. HALL. SUN AND EARTH AS GREAT FORCES IN CHEMISTRY. By T. W. Hall, M.D., L.R.C.S.E. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 220, cloth. 1874. 3s. HALL. THE PEDIGREE OP THE DEVIL. By F. T. Hall, F.R.A.S. With Seven Autotype Illustrations from Designs by the Author. Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 256, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. HALL. ARCTIC EXPEDITION. See NOURSE. HALLOCK. THE SPORTSMAN'S GAZETTEER AND GENERAL GUIDE. The Game Animals, Birds, and Fishes of North America : their Habits and various methods of Capture, &c., &c. With a Directory to the principal Game Resorts of the Country. By Charles Hallock. New Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. Maps and Portrait. 1883. 15s. HAM. THE MAID OP CORINTH. A Drama in Four Acts. By J. Pan ton Ham, Crown 8vo, pp. 65, sewed. 2s. 6d. HARLEY. THE SIMPLIFICATION OP ENGLISH SPELLING, specially adapted to the Ris- ing Generation. An Easy Way of Saving Time in Writing, Printing, and Reading. By Dr. George Harley, F.R.S., F.C.S. 8vo. pp. 128, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. HARRISON. WOMAN'S HANDIWORK IN MODERN HOMES. By Constance Gary Harrison. With numerous Illustrations and Five Coloured Plates, from designs by Samuel Colman, Rosina Emmet, George Gibson, and others. 8vo, pp. xii. and 242, cloth. 1881. 10s. HARTMANN. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, vol. XXV. HARTZENBUSCH and LEMMING. Eco DE MADRID. A Practical Guide to Spanish Conversation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and H. Lemming. Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 250, cloth. 1870. 5s. HASE. MIRACLE PLAYS AND SACRED DRAMAS : An Historical Survey. By Dr. Karl Hase. Translated from the German by A. W. Jackson, and Edited by the Rev. W. W. Jackson, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. 288. 1880. 9s. HAUG. GLOSSARY AND INDEX of the Pahlavi Texts of the Book of Arda Viraf, the Tale of Gosht J. Fryano, the Hadokht Nask, and to some extracts from the Dinkard and Nirangistan ; prepared from Destur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa's Glossary to the Arda Viraf Namak, and from the Original Texts, with Notes on Pahlavi Grammar by E. W. West, Ph.D. Revised by M. Haug, Ph.D., &c. Published by order of the Bombay Government. 8vo, pp. viii. and 352, sewed. 1874. 25s. Published by Trubner & Co, 31 HAUG.- THE SACRED LANGUAGE, &c. , OP THE PARSIS. See Trubner's Oriental Series. HAUPT. THE LONDON ARBITRAGEUR; or, The English Money Market, in con- nection with Foreign Bourses. A Collection of Notes and Formulae for the Arbi- tration of Bills, Stocks, Shares, Bullion, and Coins, with all the Important Foreign Countries. By Ottornar Haupt. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 196, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d. HAWKEN. UPA-SASTRA : Comments, Linguistic, Doctrinal, on Sacred and Mythic Literature. By J. D. Hawken. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. HAZEN. THE SCHOOL AND THE ARMY IN GERMANY AND FRANCE, with a Diary of Siege Life at Versailles. By Brevet Major-General W. B. Hazen, U.S.A., Col. 6th In- fantry. Svo, pp. 408, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. HEATH. EDGAR QUINET. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XIV. HEATON AUSTRALIAN DICTIONARY OP DATES AND MEN OF THE TIME. Containing the History of Australasia from 1542 to May 1879. By I. H. Heaton. Royal 8vo, pp. iv. and 554, cloth, los. HEBREW LITERATURE SOCIETY. HECHLER. THE JERUSALEM BISHOPRIC DOCUMENTS. With Translations, chiefly derived from "Das Evangelische Bisthum in Jerusalem," Geschichtliche Dar- legung mit Urtunden. Berlin, 1842. Published by Command of His Majesty Frederick William IV., King of Prussia. Arranged and Supplemented by the Rev. Prof. William H. Hechler, British Chaplain at Stockholm. Svo, pp. 212, with Maps, Portrait, and Illustrations, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. HECKER. THE EPIDEMICS OP THE MIDDLE AGES. Translated by G. B. Babington, M.D., F.R.S. Third Edition, completed by the Author's Treatise on Child-Pil- grimages. By J. F. C. Hecker. Svo, pp. 384, cloth. 1859. 9s. 6d. CONTENTS. The Black Death The Dancing Mania The Sweating Sickness Child Pil- grimages. HEDLEY. MASTERPIECES OF GERMAN POETRY. Translated in the Measure of the Originals, by F. H. Hedley. With Illustrations by Louis Wanke. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1876. 6s. HEINE. RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY IN GERMANY. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XVIII. HEINE. WIT, WISDOM, AND PATHOS from the Prose of Heinrich Heine. With a few pieces from the " Book of Songs." Selected and Translated by J. Snodgrass. With Portrait. Crown Svo, pp. xx. and 340, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d. HEINE. PICTURES OF TRAVEL. Translated from the German of Henry Heine, by Charles G. Leland. 7th Revised Edition. Crown Svo, pp. 472, with Portrait, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. HEINE. HEINE'S BOOK OF SONGS. Translated by Charles G. Leland. Fcap. Svo, pp. xiv. and 240, cloth, gilt edges. 1874. 7s. 6d. HEITZMANN. MICROSCOPICAL MORPHOLOGY OF THE ANIMAL BODY IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. By C. HEITZMANN, M.D. Royal Svo, pp. xx.-850, cloth. 1884. 31s. 6d. HENDRIK. MEMOIRS OP HANS HENDRIK, THE ARCTIC TRAVELLER ; serving under Kane, Hayes, Hall, and Nares, 1853-76. Written by Himself. Translated from the Eskimo Language, by Dr. Henry Rink. Edited by Prof. Dr. G. Stephens, F.S.A. Crown Svo, pp. 100, Map, cloth. 1878. 3s. 6d. HENNELL. PRESENT RELIGION: As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought. Vol. I. Part I. By Sara S. Hennell. Crown Svo, pp. 570, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d. HENNELL. CoMPARATiviSM ; An Introduction to the Second Part of "Present Religion," explaining the Principle by which Religion appears still to be set in Necessary Antagonism to Positivism. By Sara S. Hennell. Svo, pp. 160, cloth. 1869. 3s. HENNELL. COMPARATIVE ETHICS I. Section I. Moral Standpoint. Present Religion, Vol. III. By Sara S. Hennell. Svo, pp. 66, wrapper. 1882. 2s. 32 A Catalogue of Important Works, HENNELL. COMPARATIVE ETHICS I. Sections II. and III. Moral Principle in Regard to Sexhood. Present Religion, Vol. III. By S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 92, wrapper. 1884. 2s. HENNELL. PRESENT RELIGION : As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought. Part II. First Division. Intellectual Effect : shown as a Principle of Metaphy- sical Comparativism. By Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 618, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. HENNELL. PRESENT RELIGION, Vol. III. Part II. Second Division. The Effect of Present Religion on its Practical Side. By S. S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 68, paper covers. 1882. 2s. HENNELL. COMPARATIVISM shown as Furnishing a Religious Basis to Morality. (Present Religion. Vol. III. Part II. Second Division: Practical Effect. ) By Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 220, stitched in wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d. HENNELL. COMPARATIVE ETHICS. II. Sections I. and II. Moral Principle in regard to Brotherhood. (Present Religion, Vol. III.) By Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 52, wrapper. 1884. 2s. HENNELL. THOUGHTS IN AID OF FAITH. Gathered chiefly from recent Works in Theology and Philosophy. By Sara S. Hennell. Post 8vo, pp. 428, cloth. 1860. 6s. HENWOOD. THE METALLIFEROUS DEPOSITS OF CORNWALL AND DEVON ; with Ap- pendices on Subterranean Temperature ; the Electricity of Rocks and Veins : the Quantities of "Water in the Cornish Mines ; and Mining Statistics. (Vol. V. of the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Cornwall. ) By William Jory Kenwood, F.R.S., F.G.S. 8vo, pp. x. and 515; with 113 Tables, and 12 Plates, half bound. 2, 2s. HENWOOD. OBSERVATIONS ON METALLIFEROUS DEPOSITS, AND ON SUBTERRANEAN TEMPERATURE. (Vol. VIII. of the Transactions of the Royal Geological Society of Cornwall.) By William Jory Hen wood, F.R.S., F.G.S., President of the Royal Institution of Cornwall. In 2 Parts. 8vo, pp. xxx., vii. and 916; with 38 Tables, 31 Engravings on Wood, and 6 Plates. 1, 16s. HEPBURN. A JAPANESE AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY. With an English and Japanese Index. By J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp. xxxii., 632, and 201, cloth. 8, 8s. HEPBURN. JAPANESE-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-JAPANESE DICTIONARY. By J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Abridged by the Author. Square fcap., pp. vi. and 536, cloth. 1873. 18s. HERNISZ. A GUIDE TO CONVERSATION IN THE ENGLISH AND CHINESE LANGUAGES, for the Use of Americans and Chinese in California and elsewhere. By Stanislas Hernisz. Square 8vo, pp. 274, sewed. 1855. 10s.' 6d. HERSHON. TALMUDIC MISCELLANY. See Triibner's Oriental Series. HERZEN. Du DEVELOPPEMENT DBS IDEES REVOLUTIONNAIRES EN RUSSIE. Par Alexander Herzen. 12mo, pp. xxiii. and 144, sewed. 1853. 2s. 6d. HERZEN. A separate list of A. Herzen's works in Russian may be had on application. HILL. THE HISTORY OF THE REFORM MOVEMENT in the Dental Profession in Great Britain during the last twenty years. By Alfred Hill, Licentiate in Dental Sur- gery, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 400, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d. HILLEBRAND. FRANCE AND THE FRENCH IN THE SECOND HALF OF THE NINE- TEENTH CENTURY. By Karl Hillebrand. Translated from the Third German Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 262, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d. HINDOO MYTHOLOGY POPULARLY TREATED. Being an Epitomised Description of the various Heathen Deities illustrated on the Silver Swami Tea Service pre- sented, as a memento of his visit to India, to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, K.G., G. C.S.I., by His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda. Small 4to, pp. 42, limp cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. Published by Triibner & Co. 33 HITTELL. THE COMMERCE AND INDUSTRIES OF THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. By J. S. Hittell, Author of "The Resources of California." 4to, pp. 820. 1882. 1, 10s. HODGSON. ACADEMY LECTURES. By J. E. Hodgson, R. A., Librarian and Professor of Painting to the Royal Academy. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. HODGSON. ESSAYS ON THE LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND RELIGION OF NEPAL AND TIBET. Together with further Papers on the Geography, Ethnology, and Commerce of those Countries. By B. H. Hodgson, late British Minister at the Court of Nepal. Royal 8vo, cloth, pp. xii. and 276. 1874. 14s. HODGSON. ESSAYS ON INDIAN SUBJECTS. See Triibner's Oriental Series. HODGSON. THE EDUCATION OF GIRLS ; AND THE EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN OF THE UPPER CLASSES EDUCATIONALLY CONSIDERED. Two Lectures. By W. B. Hodgson, LL.D. Second Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 114, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. HODGSON. TURGOT : His Life, Times, and Opinions. Two Lectures. By W. B. Hodgson, LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 83, sewed. 1870. 2s. HOERNLE. A COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE GAUDIAN LANGUAGES, with Special Reference to the Eastern Hindi. Accompanied by a Language Map, and a Table of Alphabets. By A. F. Rudolf Hoernle. Demy 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1880. 18s. HOLBEIN SOCIETY. Subscription, one guinea per annum. List of publications on application. HOLMES-FORBES. THE SCIENCE OF BEAUTY. An Analytical Inquiry into the Laws of ^Esthetics. By Avary W. Holmes-Forbes, of Lincoln's Inn, Barrister-at- Law. Post 8vo, cloth, pp. vi. and 200. 1881. 6s. HOLST. THE CONSTITUTIONAL AND POLITICAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. By Dr. H. von Hoist. Translated by J. J. Lalor and A. B. Mason. Royal 8vo. Vol. I. 1750-1833. State Sovereignty and Slavery. Pp. xvi. and 506. 1876. 18s. Vol. II. 1828-1846. Jackson's Administration Annexation of Texas. Pp. 720. 1879. 1, 2s. Vol. III. 1846-1850. Annexation of Texas Compromise of 1850. Pp. x. and 598. 1881. 18s. HOLYOAKE. TRAVELS IN SEARCH OF A SETTLER'S GUIDE-BOOK OF AMERICA AND CANADA. By George Jacob Holyoake, Author of "The History of Co-operation in England." Post 8vo, pp. 148, wrapper. 1884. 2s. 6d. HOLYOAKE. THE HISTORY OF CO-OPERATION IN ENGLAND: its Literature and its Advocates. By G. J. Holyoake. Vol. I. The Pioneer Period, 1812-44. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 420, cloth. 1875. 4s. Vol. II. The Constructive Period, 1845- 78. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 504, cloth. 1878. 8s. HOLYOAKE. THE TRIAL OF THEISM ACCUSED OF OBSTRUCTING SECULAR LIFE. By G. J. Holyoake. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 256, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. HOLYOAKE. REASONING FROM FACTS : A Method of Everyday Logic. By G. J. Holyoake. Fcap. , pp. xii. and 94, wrapper. 1877. Is. 6d. HOLYOAKE. SELF-HELP BY THE PEOPLE. Thirty-three Years of Co-operation in Rochdale. In Two Parts. Part I., 1844-1857; Part II., 1857-1877. By G. J. Holyoake. Ninth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. HOPKINS. ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR OF THE TURKISH LANGUAGE. With a few Easy Exercises. By F. L. Hopkins, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Trinity Hall, Cam- bridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 48, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d. HORDER. A SELECTION FROM " THE BOOK OF PRAISE FOR CHILDREN," as Edited by W. Garrett Border. For the Use of Jewish Children. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1883. Is. 6d. HOSMER. THE PEOPLE AND POLITICS; or, The Structure of States and the Significance and Relation of Political Forms. By G. W. Hosmer, M.D. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 340, cloth. 1883. 15s. HO WELLS. A LITTLE GIRL AMONG THE OLD MASTERS. With Introduction and Comment. By W. D. Howells. Oblong crowu 8vo, cloth, pp. 66, with 5^ plates. 1884. 10s. C 34 A Catalogue of Important Works, HOWELLS. DR. BREEN'S PRACTICE: A Novel. By W. D. Howells. English Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 272, cloth. 1882. 6s. HOWSE. A GRAMMAR OF THE CREE LANGUAGE. With which is combined an Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. By Joseph Howse, F.R.G.S. 8vo, pp. xx. and 324, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d. HULME. MATHEMATICAL DRAWING INSTRUMENTS, AND How TO USE THEM. By F. Edward Hulme, F.L.S., F.S.A., Art-Master of. Marlborough College, Author of "Principles of Ornamental Art," &c. With Illustrations. Second Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp. xvi. and 152, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. HUMBERT. ON "TENANT EIGHT." By C. F. Humbert. 8vo, pp. 20, sewed. 1875. Is. HUMBOLDT. THE SPHERE AND DUTIES OP GOVERNMENT. Translated from the German of Baron Wilhelm Von Huinboldt by Joseph Coulthard, jun. Post 8vo, pp. xv. and 203, cloth. 1854. 5s. HUMBOLDT. LETTERS OF WILLIAM VON HUMBOLDT TO A FEMALE FRIEND. A com- plete Edition. Translated from the Second German Edition by Catherine M. A. Couper, with a Biographical Notice of the Writer. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 592, cloth. 1867. 10s. HUNT. THE EELIGION OF THE HEART. A Manual of Faith and Duty. By Leigh Hunt. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 259, cloth. 2s. 6d. HUNT. CHEMICAL AND GEOLOGICAL ESSAYS. By Professor T. Sterry Hunt. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. xxii. and 448, cloth. 1879. 12s. HUNTER. A COMPARATIVE DICTIONARY OF THE NON-A'RYAN LANGUAGES OF INDIA AND HIGH ASIA. With a Dissertation, Political and Linguistic, on the Aboriginal Races. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., M.R.A.S., Hon. Fel. Ethnol. Soc., Author of the " Annals of Rural Bengal," of -H.M.'s Civil Service. Being a Lexicon of 144 Languages, illustrating Turanian Speech. Compiled from the Hodgson Lists, Government Archives, and Original MSS. , arranged with Prefaces and Indices in English, French, German, Russian, and Latin. Large 4to, toned paper, pp. 230, cloth. 1869. 42s. HUNTER. _THE INDIAN MHSALMANS. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D., Director- General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c., Author of the "Annals of Rural Bengal," &c. Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 219, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. HUNTER. FAMINE ASPECTS OF BENGAL DISTRICTS. A System of Famine Warnings. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 216, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. HUNTER. A STATISTICAL ACCOUNT OF BENGAL. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D., Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c. In 20 vols. 8vo, half morocco. 1877. 5. HUNTER. CATALOGUE OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS (BUDDHIST). Collected in Nepal by B. H. Hodgson, late Resident at the Court of Nepal. Compiled from Lists in Calcutta, France, and England, by W. W. Hunter, C.I.E., LL.D. 8vo, pp. 28, paper. 1880. 2s. HUNTER. THE IMPERIAL GAZETTEER OF INDIA. By W. W. Hunter, C. I.E. , LL. D. , Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India. In Nine Volumes. 8vo, pp. xxxiii. and 544, 539, 567, xix. and 716, 509, 513, 555, 537, and xii. and 478, half morocco. With Maps. 1881. HUNTER. THE INDIAN EMPIRE : Its History, People, and Products. By W. W. Hunter, C.I.E., LL.D. Post 8vo, pp. 568, with Map, cloth. 1882. 16s. HUNTER. AN ACCOUNT OF THE BRITISH SETTLEMENT OF ADEN, IN ARABIA. Com- piled by Capt. F. M. Hunter, Assistant Political Resident, Aden. 8vo, pp. xii. and 232, half bound. 1877. 7s. 6d. HUNTER. A STATISTICAL ACCOUNT OF ASSAM. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D., C.I.E., Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. 420 and 490, with 2 Maps, half morocco. 1879. 10s. Published by Triibner & Co. 35 HUNTER. A BRIEF HISTOKY OF THE INDIAN PEOPLE. By W. W. Hunter, C.I.E., LL.D. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 222, cloth. With Map. 1884. 3s. 6d. HURST. HISTORY OF RATIONALISM : embracing a Survey of the Present State of Protestant Theology. By the Rev. John F. Hurst, A.M. With Appendix of Literature. Revised and enlarged from the Third American Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvii. and 525, cloth. 1867. 10s. 6d. HYETT. PROMPT REMEDIES FOR ACCIDENTS AND POISONS : Adapted to the use of the Inexperienced till Medical aid arrives. By W. H. Hyett, F.R.S. A Broad- sheet, to hang up in Country Schools or Vestries, Workshops, Offices of Factories, Mines and Docks, on board Yachts, in Hallway Stations, remote Shooting Quarters, Highland Manses, and Private Houses, wherever the Doctor lives at a distance. Sold for the benefit of the Gloucester Eye Institution. In sheets, 21J by 17.3 inches, 2s. 6d. ; mounted, 3s. 6d. HYMANS. PDPIL Versus TEACHER. Letters from a Teacher to a Teacher. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 92, cloth. 1875. 2s. IHNE. A LATIN GRAMMAR FOR BEGINNERS. By W. H. Ihne, late Principal of Carlton Terrace School, Liverpool. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 184, cloth. 1864. 3s. IKHWANU-S SAFA" ; or, Brothers of Purity. Translated from the Hindustani by Professor John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 156, cloth. 1869. 7s. INDIA. ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. See Burgess. INDIA. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ARCH.EOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. A separate list on application. INDIA. PUBLICATIONS OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE INDIA OFFICE, LONDON. A separate list, also list of all the Government Maps, on application. INDIA. PUBLICATIONS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF INDIA. A separate list on application. INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS : Aden, Statistical Account of. 5s. Assam, do. do. Vols. I. and II. 5s. each. Baden Powell, Land Revenues, &c. , in India. 12s. Do. Jurisprudence for Forest Officers. 12s. Beal's Buddhist Tripitaka. 4s. Bengal, Statistical Account of. Vols. I. to XX. 100s. per set. Do. do. do. Vols. VI. to XX. 5s. each. Bombay Code. 21s. Bombay Gazetteer. Vol. II., 14s. Vol. VIII., 9s. Vol. XIII. (2 parts), 16s. Vol. XV. (2 parts), 16s. Do. do. Vols. III. to VII. , and X. , XI. , XII. , XIV. , XVI. 8s. each. Do. do. Vols. XXL, XXII., and XXIII. 9s. each. Burgess' Archaeological Survey of Western India. Vols. I. and III. 42s. each. Do. do. do. Vol. II. 63s. Do. do. do. Vols. IV. and V. 126s. Burma (British) Gazetteer. 2 vols. 50s. Catalogue of Manuscripts and Maps of Surveys. 12s. Chambers' Meteorology (Bombay) and Atlas. 30s. Cole's Agra and Muttra. 70s. Cook's Gums and Resins. 5s. Corpus Inscriptionem Indicarum. Vol. I. 32s. Cunningham's Archaeological Survey. Vols. I. to XVIII. 10s. and 12g. each. Do. Stupa of Bharut. 63s. Egerton's Catalogue of Indian Arms. 2s. 6d. Ferguson and Burgess, Cave Temples of India. 42s. Do. Tree and Serpent Worship. 105s. Finance and Revenue Accounts of the Government of India for 1883-4. 2a. 6d. Gamble, Manual of Indian Timbers. 10s. Hunter's Imperial Gazetteer. 9 vols. 36 A Catalogue of Important Works, INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS continued. Indian Education Commission, Report of the. 12s. Appendices. 10 vols. 10s. Jaschke's Tibetan-English Dictionary. 30s. King. Chinchona-Planting. Is. Kurz. Forest Flora of British Burma. Vols. I. and II. 15s. each. Liotard's Materials for Paper. 2s. 6d. Liotard's Silk in India. Part I. 2s. Loth. Catalogue of Arabic MSS. 10s. 6d. Markham's Tibet. 21s. Do. Memoir of Indian Surveys. 10s. 6d. Do. Abstract of Reports of Surveys. Is. 6d. Mitra (Rajendralala), Buddha Gaya. 60s. Moir, Torrent Regions of the Alps. Is. Mueller. Select Plants for Extra-Tropical Countries. 8s. Mysore and Coorg Gazetteer. Vols. I. and II. 10s. each. Do. do. Vol. III. 5s. N. W. P. Gazetteer. Vols. I. and II. 10s. each. Do. do.. Vols. III. to XI., XIII., and XIV. 12s. each. Oudh do. Vols. I. to III. 10s. each. People of India, The. Vols. I. to VIII. 45s. each. Raverty's Notes on Afghanistan and Baluchistan. Sections I. and II. 2s. Sec- tion III. 5s. Section IV. 3s. Rajputana Gazetteer. 3 vols. 15s. Saunders' Mountains and River Basins of India. 3s. Sewell's Amaravati Tope. 3s. Smyth's (Brough) Gold Mining in Wynaad. Is. Taylor. Indian Marine Surveys. 2s. 6d. Trigonometrical Survey, Synopsis of Great. Vols. I. to VI. 10s. 6d. each. Trumpp's Adi Granth. 52s. 6d. "Waring. Pharmacopoeia of India, The. 6s. Watson's Cotton Gins. Boards, 10s. 6d. Paper, 10s. Do. Rhea Fibre. 2s. 6d. Do. Tobacco. 5s. Wilson. Madras Army. Vols. I. and II. 21s. INDIAN GAZETTEERS. See GAZETTEEK, and INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS. INGLEBY. See SHAKESPEARE. INMAN. NAUTICAL TABLES. Designed for the use of British Seamen. By the Rev. James Inman, D.D., late Professor at the Royal Naval College, Portsmouth. Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 410, cloth. 1877. 15s. INMAN. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH ALPHABET : A Paper read before the Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society. By T. Inman, M.D. 8vo, pp. 36, sewed. 1872. Is. IN SEARCH OF TRUTH. Conversations on the Bible and Popular Theology, for Young People. By A. M. Y. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 138, cloth. 1875. 2s. 6d. INTERNATIONAL NUMISMATA ORIENTALIA (THE). Royal 4to, in paper wrapper. Part I. Ancient Indian Weights. By E. Thomas, F.R.S. Pp. 84, with a Plate and Map of the India of Manu. 9s. 6d. Part II. Coins of the Urtuki Turkumans. By Stanley Lane Poole, Corpus Christi College, Oxford. Pp. 44, with 6 Plates. 9s. Part III. The Coinage of Lydia and Persia, from the Earliest Times to the Fall of the Dynasty of the Achsemenidae. By Barclay V. Head, Assistant-Keeper of Coins, British Museum. Pp. viii.-56, with 3 Autotype Plates. 10s. 6d. Part IV. The Coins of the Tuluni Dynasty. By Edward Thomas Rogers. Pp. iv.-22, and 1 Plate. 5s. Part V. The Parthian Coinage. By Percy Gardner. M.A. Pp. iv.-66, and 8 Autotype Plates. 18s. Part VI. The Ancient Coins and Measures of Ceylon. By T. W. Rhys Davids. Pp. iv. and 60, and 1 Plate. 10s. Vol. I., containing the first six parts, as specified above. Royal 4to, half bound. 3, 13s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 37 INTERNATIONAL NvMistf ATA continued. Vol. II. COINS OF THE JEWS. Being a History of the Jewish Coinage and Money in the Old and New Testaments. By Frederick W. Madden, M.R.A.S., Member of the Numismatic Society of London, Secretary of the Brighton College, &c., &c. With 279 woodcuts and a plate of alphabets. Royal 4to, pp. xii. and 330, sewed. 1881. 2. Vol. III. Part I. THE COINS OP ABAKAN, OP PEGU, AND OP BURMA. By Lieut. - General Sir Arthur Phayre, C.B., K.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Also contains the Indian Balhara, and the Arabian Intercourse with India iii the Ninth and following Centuries. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Royal 4to, pp. viii. and 48, with Five Autotype Illustrations, wrapper. 1882. 8s. 6d. Part II. THE COINS OF SOUTHERN INDIA. By Sir W. Elliot. Royal 4to. JACKSON. ETHNOLOGY AND PHRENOLOGY AS AN AID TO THE HISTORIAN. By the late J. W. Jackson. Second Edition. With a Memoir of the Author, by his Wife. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 324, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d. JACKSON. THE SHROPSHIRE WORD-BOOK. A Glossary of Archaic and Provincial Words, &c., used in the County. By Georgiua F. Jackson. Crown 8vo, pp. civ. and 524, cloth. 1881. 31s. 6d. JACOB. HINDU PANTHEISM, See Triibner's Oriental Series. JAGIELSKI. ON MARIENBAD SPA, and the Diseases Curable by its Waters and Baths. By A. V. Jagielski, M.D., Berlin. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 186. With Map. Cloth. 1874. 5s. JAMISON. THE LIFE AND TIMES OF BERTRAND Du GUESCLIN. A History of the Fourteenth Century. By D. F. Jamison, of South Carolina. Portrait. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xvi., 287, and viii., 314, cloth. 1864. 1, Is. JAPAN. MAP OF NIPPON (Japan): Compiled from Native Maps, and the Notes of most recent Travellers. By R. Henry Brunton, M.I.C.E., F.R.G.S., 1880. Size, 5 feet by 4 feet, 20 miles to the inch. In 4 Sheets, 1, Is.; Roller, varnished. 1, 11s. 6d.; Folded, in Case, 1, 5s. 6d. JASCHKE. A TIBETAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. With special reference to the Pre- vailing Dialects. To which is added an English-Tibetan Vocabulary. By H. A. Jaschke, late Moravian Missionary at Kyelang, British Lahoul. Imperial 8vo, pp. xxiv.-672, cloth. 1881. 1, 10s. JASCHKE. TIBETAN GRAMMAR. By H. A. Jaschke. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. -104, cloth. 1883. 5s. JATAKA (THE), together with its COMMENTARY : being tales of the Anterior Birth of Gotama Buddha. Now first published in Pali, by V. Fausboll. Text. 8vo. Vol. I., pp. viii. and 512, cloth. 1877. 28s. Vol. II., pp. 452, cloth. 1879, 28s. Vol. III., pp. viii. and 544, cloth. 1883. 28s. (For Translation see Triibner's Oriental Series, "Buddhist Birth Stories.") JENKINS. A PALADIN OF FINANCE : Contemporary Manners. By E. Jenkins, Author of "Ginx's Baby." Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 392, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. JENKINS. VEST-POCKET LEXICON. An English Dictionary of all except familiar Words, including the principal Scientific and Technical Terms, and Foreign Moneys, Weights and Measures ; omitting what everybody knows, and contain- in" what everybody wants to know and cannot readily find. By Jabez Jenkins. 64mo, pp. 564, cloth. 1879. Is. 6d. JOHNSON. ORIENTAL RELIGIONS. India. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. IV. and V. JOHNSON. ORIENTAL RELIGIONS AND THEIR RELATION TO UNIVERSAL RELIGION. Persia. By Samuel Johnson. With an Introduction by O. B. Frothingham. Demy 8vo, pp. xliv. and 784, cloth. 1885. 18s. JOLLY. See NARA.DIYA. 38 A Catalogue of Important Works, JOMINI. THE ART OF WAR. By Baron de Jomini, General and Aide-de-Camp to the Emperor of Eussia. A New Edition, with Appendices and Maps. Translated from the French. By Captain G. H. Mendell, and Captain "W. O. Craighill. Crown 8vo, pp. 410, cloth. 1879. 9s. JOSEPH. RELIGION, NATURAL AND REVEALED. A Series of Progressive Lessons for Jewish Youth. By N. S. Joseph. Crown 8vo, pp. xii.-296, cloth. 1879. 3s. JOVENALIS SATIRE. With a Literal English Prose Translation and Notes. By J. D. Lewis, M.A., Trin. Coll. Camb. Second Edition. Two vols. 8vo, pp. xii. and 230 and 400, cloth. 1882. 12s. EARCHER. QUESTIONNAIRE FRANCAIS. Questions on French Grammar, Idiomatic Difficulties, and Military Expressions. By Theodore Karcher, LL.B. Fourth Edition, greatly enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. 224, cloth. 1879. 4s. 6d. Interleaved with writing paper, 5s. 6d. EARDEC. THE SPIRIT'S BOOK. Containing the Principles of Spiritist Doctrine on the Immortality of the Soul, &c., &c., according to the Teachings of Spirits of High Degree, transmitted through various mediums, collected and set in order by Allen Kardec. Translated from the 120th thousand by Anna Blackwell. Crown 8vo, pp. 512, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d. EARDEC. THE MEDIUM'S BOOK ; or, Guide for Mediums and for Evocations. Containing the Theoretic Teachings of Spirits concerning all kinds of Manifesta- tions, the Means of Communication with the Invisible World, the Development of Medianimity, &c., &c. By Allen Kardec. Translated by Anna Blackwell. Crown 8vo, pp. 456, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d. EARDEC. HEAVEN AND HELL ; or, the Divine Justice Vindicated in the Plurality of Existences. By Allen Kardec. Translated by Anna Blackwell. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 448, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. EEMP. See SCHOPENHAUER. EENDRICE. GREEK OLLENDORFP. A Progressive Exhibition of the Principles of the Greek Grammar. By Asahel C. Kendrick. 8vo, pp. 371, cloth. 1870. 9s. EERMODE. NATAL : Its Early History, Rise, Progress, and Future Prospects as a Field for Emigration. By W. Kermode, of Natal. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 228, with Map,, cloth. 1883. 3s. 6d. EEYS OF THE CREEDS (THE). Third Revised Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 210, cloth. 1876. 5s. EINAHAN. VALLEYS AND THEIR RELATION TO FISSURES, FRACTURES, AND FAULTS. ByG. H. Kinahan, M.R.I.A., F.R.G.S.I., &c. Dedicated by permission to his Grace the Duke of Argyll. Crown Svo, pp. 256, cloth, illustrated. 7s. 6d. EING'S STRATAGEM (The) ; OR, THE PEARL OF POLAND ; A Tragedy in Five Acts. By Stella. Second Edition. Crown Svo, pp. 94, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. EINGSTON. THE UNITY OF CREATION. A Contribution to the Solution of the Religious Question. By F. H. Kingston. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth. 1874. 5s. KISTNER. BUDDHA AND His DOCTRINES. A Bibliographical Essay. By Otto Kistner. 4to, pp. iv. and 32, sewed. 1869. 2s. 6d. ENOX. ON A MEXICAN MUSTANG. See under SWEET. ELEMM. MUSCLE BEATING; or, Active and Passive Home Gymnastics, for Healthy and Unhealthy People. By C. Klemm. With Illustrations. Svo, pp. 60, wrapper. 1878. Is. EOHL. TRAVELS IN CANADA AND THROUGH THE STATES OF NEW YORK AND PENNSYLVANIA. By J. G. Kohl. Translated by Mrs. Percy Sinnett. Revised by the Author. Two vols. post 8vo, pp. xiv. and 794, cloth. 1861. 1, Is. Published by Trubner & Co. 39 KRAPF. DICTION ABY OP THE SOAHILI LANGUAGE. Compiled by the Rev. Dr. L. Krapf, missionary of the Church Missionary Society in East Africa. With an Appendix, containing an outline of a Suahili Grammar. Medium 8vo, pp. xl. and 434, cloth. 1882. 30s. XRAUS. CARLSBAD AND ITS NATURAL HEALING AGENTS, from the Physiological and Therapeutical Point of View. By J. Kraus, M.D. With Notes Introductory by the Rev. J. T. Walters,. M. A. Second Edition. Revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1880. 5s. KROEGER. THE MINNESINGER OF GERMANY. By A. E. Kroeger. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 290, cloth. 1873. 7s. KURZ. FOREST FLORA OP BRITISH BURMA. By S. Kurz, Curator of the Her- barium, Royal Botanical Gardens, Calcutta. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xxx., 550, and 614, cloth. 1877. 30s. LACERDA'S JOURNEY TO CAZEMBE in 1798. Translated and Annotated by Captain R. F. Burton, F. R.G.S. Also Journey of the Pombeiros, &c. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 272. With Map, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. LAN ART. COLLECTION OP ITALIAN AND ENGLISH DIALOGUES. By A. Lanari. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1874. 3s. 6d. LAND. THE PRINCIPLES OP HEBREW GRAMMAR. By J. P. N. Land, Professor of Logic and Metaphysics in the University of Leyden. Translated from the Dutch, by Reginald Lane Poole, Balliol College, Oxford. Part I. Sounds. Part II. Words. With Large Additions by the Author, and a new Preface. Crown 8yo, pp. XJE. and 220, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d. LANE. THE KORAN. See Triibner's Oriental Series. LANGE. A HISTORY OP MATERIALISM. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vols. I. to III. LANGE. GERMANIA. A German Reading-book Arranged Progressively. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D. Part I. Anthology of German Prose and Poetry, with Vocabulary and Biographical Notes. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 216, cloth, 1881, 3s. 6d. Part II. Essays on German History and Institutions, with Notes. 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. Parts I. and II. together. 5s. 6d. LANGE. GERMAN PROSE WRITING. Comprising English Passages for Translation into German. Selected from Examination Papers of the University of London, the College of Preceptors, London, and the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, arranged progressively, with Notes and Theoretical as well as Practical Treatises on themes for the writing of Essays. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D., Assistant Ger- man Master, Royal Academy, Woolwich ; Examiner, Royal College of Preceptors London. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 176, cloth. 1881. 4s. LANGE GERMAN GRAMMAR PRACTICE. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1882. Is. 6d. LANGE. COLLOQUIAL GERMAN GRAMMAR. With Special Reference to the Anglo- Saxon Element in the English Language. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 380, cloth. 1882. '4s. 6d. LANMAN. A SANSKRIT READER. With Vocabulary and Notes. By Charles Rockwell Lanman, Professor of Sanskrit in Harvard College. Part I. Imperial 8vo, pp. xx. and 294, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d. LARSEN. DANISH- ENGLISH DICTIONARY. By A. Larsen. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 646, cloth. 1884. 7s'. 6d. 40 A Catalogue of Important Works, LASCARIDES. A COMPREHENSIVE PHRASEOLOGICAL ENGLISH- ANCIENT AND MODERN GREEK LEXICON. Founded upon a manuscript of G. P. Lascarides, and Compiled by L. Myriantheus, Ph.D. 2 vols. 18mo, pp. xi. and 1338, cloth. 1882. 1, 10s. LATHE (THE) AND ITS USES ; or, Instruction in the Art of Turning "Wood and Metal, including a description of the most modern appliances for the Ornamentation of Plain and Curved Surfaces, &c. Sixth Edition. "With additional Chapters and Index. Illustrated. 8vo, pp. iv. and 316, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. LE-BRUN. MATERIALS FOR TRANSLATING FROM ENGLISH INTO FRENCH; being a short Essay on Translation, followed by a Graduated Selection in Prose and Verse. By L. Le-Brun. Seventh Edition. Revised and corrected by Henri Van Laun. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 204, cloth. 1882. 4s. 6d. LEE. ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE PHYSIOLOGY OF RELIGION. In Sections adapted for the use of Schools. Part L By Henry Lee, F.R.C.S. , formerly Professor of Surgerv, Roval College of Surgeons, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth. 1880. 3s. 6d. LEES. A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO HEALTH, AND TO THE HOME TREATMENT OF THE COMMON AILMENTS OF LIFE : "With a Section on Cases of Emergency, and Hints to Mothers on Nursing, &c. By F. Arnold Lees, F.L.S. Crown 8vo, pp. 334, stiff covers. 1874. 3s. LEGGE. THE CHINESE CLASSICS. "With a Translation, Critical and Exegetical, Notes, Prolegomena, and copious Indexes. By James Legge, D.D., of the Lou- don Missionary Society. In 7 vols. Royal 8vo. Vols. I.-V. in Eight Parts, published, cloth. 2, 2s. each Part. LEGGE. THE CHINESE CLASSICS, translated into English. With Preliminary Essays and Explanatory Notes. Popular Edition. Reproduced for General Readers from the Author's work, containing the Original Text. By James Legge, D.D. Crown 8vo. Vol. I. The Life and Teachings of Confucius. Third Edition. Pp. vi. and 338, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d. Vol. II. The "Works of Mencius. Pp. x. and 402, cloth, 12s. Vol. III. The She-King ; or, The Book of Poetry. Pp. vi. and 432, cloth. 1876. 12s. LEGGE. CONFUCIANISM IN RELATION TO CHRISTIANITY. A Paper read before the Missionary Conference in Shanghai, on May llth, 1877. By Rev. James Legge, D.D., LL.D., &c. 8vo, pp. 12, sewed. 1877. Is. 6d. LEGGE. A LETTER TO PROFESSOR MAX MULLER, chiefly on the Translat on into English of the Chinese Terms Ti and Shang Tl. By James Legge, Professor of the Chinese Language and Literature in the University of Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. 30, sewed. 1880. Is. LEIGH. THE RELIGION OF THE WORLD. By H. Stone Leigh. 12mo, pp. xii. and 66, cloth. 1869. 2s. 6d. LEIGH. THE STORY OF PHILOSOPHY. By Aston Leigh. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 210, cloth. 1881. 6s. LEILA-HANOUM. A TRAGEDY IN THE IMPERIAL HAREM AT CONSTANTINOPLE. By Leila- Hanoum. Translated from the French, with Notes by General R. E. Colston. 16mo, pp. viii. and 300, cloth. 1883. 4s. Paper, 2s. 6d. LELAND. THE BREITMANN BALLADS. The only authorised Edition. Complete in 1 vol., including Nineteen Ball.ids, illustrating his Travels in Europe (never before printed), with Comments by Fritz Schwackenhammer. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 292, cloth. 1872. Gs. LELAND. THE Music LESSON OF CONFUCIUS, and other Poems. By Charles G. Leland. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 168, cloth. 1871. 3s. 6d. LELAND. GAUDEAMUS. Humorous Poems translated from the German of Joseph Victor Scheffel and others. By Charles G. Leland. 16mo, pp. 176, cloth. 1872. 3s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 41 LELAND. THE EGYPTIAN SKETCH-BOOK. By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 316, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. LELAND. THE ENGLISH GIPSIES AND THEIR LANGUAGE. By Charles G. Leland. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 260, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. LELAND. Fu -SANG ; OR, THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA by Chinese Buddhist Priests in the Fifth Century. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d. LELAND. PIDGIN-ENGLISH SING-SONG ; or, Songs and Stories in the China-English Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 140, cloth. 1876. 5s. LELAND. THE GYPSIES. By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. 372, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. LEOPARDI. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XVII. LEO. FOUR CHAPTERS OP NORTH'S PLUTARCH, Containing the Lives of Caius Mar- cius, Coriolanus, Julius Caesar, Marcus Antonius, and Marcus Brutus, as Sources to Shakespeare's Tragedies ; Coriolanus, Julius Caesar, and Antony and Cleo- patra ; and partly to Hamlet and Timon of Athens. Photolithographed in the size of the Edition of 1595. With Preface, Notes comparing the Text of the Editions of 1579, 1595, 1603, and 1612 ; and Reference Notes to the Text of the Tragedies of Shakespeare. Edited by Professor F. A. Leo, Ph.D., Vice-Presi- dent of the New Shakespeare Society ; Member of the Directory of the German Shakespeare Society ; and Lecturer at the Academy of Modern Philology at Berlin. Folio, pp. 22, 130 of facsimiles, half-morocco. Library Edition (limited to 250 copies), 1, lls. 6d. ; Amateur Edition (50 copies on a superior large hand-made paper), 3, 3s. LEO. SHAKESPEARE-NOTES. By F. A. Leo. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1885. 6s. LEONOWENS. LIFE AND TRAVEL IN INDIA : Being Recollections of a Journey before the Days of Railroads. By Anna Harriette Leonowens, Author of " The English Governess at the Siamese Court," and "The Romance of the Harem." 8vo, pp. 326, cloth, Illustrated. 1885. 10s. 6d. LERMONTOFF. THE DEMON. By Michael Lerinontoff. Translated from the Russian by A. Condie Stephen. Crown 8vo, pp. 88, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d. LESLEY. MAN'S ORIGIN AND DESTINY. Sketched from the Platform of the Physical Sciences. By. J. P. Lesley, Member of the National Academy of the United States, Professor of Geology,' University of Pennsylvania. Second (Revised and considerably Enlarged) Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 142, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. LESSING. LETTERS ON BIBLIOLATRY. By Gotthold Ephraim Lessing. Translated from the German by the late H. H. Bernard, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1862. 5s. LESSING. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. I. and II. LETTERS ON THE WAR BETWEEN GERMANY AND FRANCE. By Mommsen, Strauss, Max Muller, and Carlyle. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 120, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d. LEWES. PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND MIND. By George Henry Lewes. First Series : The Foundations of a Creed. Vol. I., demy 8vo. Fourth edition, pp. 488, cloth. 1884. 12s. Vol. II., demy 8vo, pp. 552, cloth. 1875. 16s. LEWES. PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND MIND. By George Henry Lewes. Second Series. THE PHYSICAL BASIS OF MIND. 8vo, with Illustrations, pp. 508, cloth. 1877. 16s. Contents. The Nature of Life ; The Nervous Mechanism ; Animal Auto- matism ; The Reflex Theory. LEWES. PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND MIND. By George Henry Lewes. Third Series. Problem the First The Study of Psychology : Its Object, Scope, and Method. Demy 8vo, pp. 200, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d. 42 A Catalogue of Important Works, LEWES. PROBLEMS OF LIFE AND MIND. By George Henry Lewes. Third Series. Problem the Second Mind as a Function of the Organism. Problem the Third The Sphere of Sense and Logic of Feeling. Problem the Fourth The Sphere of Intellect and Logic of Signs. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 500, cloth. 1879. 15s. LEWIS. See JUVENAL and PLINY. LIBRARIANS, TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE OF, held in London, October 1877. Edited by Edward B. Nicholson and Henry R. Tedder. Imperial Svo, pp. 276, cloth. 1878. 1, 8s. LIBRARY ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM, Transactions and Proceed- ings of the Annual Meetings of the. Imperial Svo, cloth. FIRST, held at Oxford, October 1, 2, 3, 1878. Edited by the Secretaries, Henry R. Tedder, Librarian of the Athenaeum Club, and Ernest C. Thomas, late Librarian of the Oxford Union Society. Pp. viii. and 192. 1879. 1, 8s. SECOND, held at Man- chester, September 23, 24, and 25, 1879. Edited by H. R. Tedder and E. C. Thomas. Pp. x. and 184. 1880. 1, Is. THIRD, held at Edinburgh, October '5, 6, and 7, 1880. Edited by E. C. Thomas and C. Welsh. Pp. x. and 202. 1881. 1, Is. FOURTH and FIFTH, held in London, September 1881, and at Cambridge, September 1882. Edited by E. C. Thomas. Pp. x.-258. 1885. 28s. LIBBER. THE LIFE AND LETTERS OF FRANCIS LIBBER. Edited by T. S. Perry. Svo, pp. iv. and 440, cloth, with Portrait. 1882. 14s. LITTLE FRENCH READER (THE). Extracted from " The Modern French Header." Third Edition. Crown Svo, pp. 112, cloth. 1884. 2s. LLOYD AND NEWTON. PRUSSIA'S REPRESENTATIVE MAN. By F. Lloyd of the Universities of Halle and Athens, and "W. Newton, F.R.G.S. Crown Svo, pp. 648, cloth. 1875. 10s. 6d. LOBSCHEID. CHINESE AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY, arranged according to the Radi- cals. By W. Lobscheid. 1 vol. imperial Svo, pp. 600, cloth. 2, 8s. LOBSCHEID. ENGLISH AND CHINESE DICTIONARY, with the Punti and Mandarin Pronunciation. By "W". Lobscheid. Four Parts. Folio, pp. viii. and 2016, boards. 8, 8s. LONG. EASTERN PROVERBS. See Triibner's Oriental Series. LOVETT. THE LIFE AND STRUGGLES OF WILLIAM LOVETT in his pursuit of Bread, Knowledge, and Freedom ; with some short account of the different Associations he belonged to, and of the Opinions he entertained. Svo, pp. vi. and 474, cloth. 1876. 5s. LOVELY. WHERE TO GO FOB HELP : Being a Companion for Quick and Easy Reference of Police Stations, Fire-Engine Stations, Fire-Escape Stations, &c. , &c., of London and the Suburbs. Compiled by W. Lovely, R.N. Third Edi- tion. ISmo, pp. 16, sewed. 1882. 3d. . LOWELL. THE BIGLOW PAPERS. By James Russell Lowell. Edited by Thomas Hughes, Q. C. A Reprint of the Authorised Edition of 1859, together with the Second Series of 1862. First and Second Series in 1 vol. Fcap., pp. lxviii.-140 and lxiv.-190, cloth. 1880. 2s. 6d. LUCAS. THE CHILDREN'S PENTATEUCH : With the Haphtarahs or Portions from the Prophets. Arranged for Jewish Children. By Mrs. Henry Lucas. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 570, cloth. 1878. 5s. LUDEWIG. THE LITERATURE OF AMERICAN ABORIGINAL LANGUAGES. By Hermann E. Ludewig. With Additions and Corrections by Professor Wm. W. Turner. Edited by Nicolas Triibner. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 258, cloth. 1858. 10s. 6d. LUKIN. THE BOY ENGINEERS : What they did, and how they did it. By the Rev. L. J. Lukin, Author of " The Young Mechanic," &c. A Book for Boys ; 30 En- gravings. Imperial 16mo, pp. viii. and 344, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. LUX E TENEBRIS; OR, THE TESTIMONY OF CONSCIOUSNESS. A Theoretic Essay. Crown Svo, pp. 376, with Diagram, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 43 MACCORMAC. THE CONVERSATION OP A SOUL WITH GOD : A Theodicy. By Henry MacCormac, M.D. 16mo, pp. xvi. and 144, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d. MACHIAVELLI. THE HISTORICAL, POLITICAL, AND DIPLOMATIC WRITINGS OP NICCOLO MACHIAVELLI. Translated from the Italian by C. E. Detmold. With Portraits. 4 vols. 8vo, cloth, pp. xli., 420, 464, 488, and 472. 1882. 3, 3s. MACKENZIE. HISTORY OF THE RELATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT WITH THE HILL TRIBES OF THE NORTH-EAST FRONTIER OF BENGAL. By Alexander Mackenzie, of the Bengal Civil Service ; Secretary to the Government of India in the Home Department, and formerly Secretary to the Government of Bengal. Royal 8vo, pp. xviii. and 586, cloth, with Map. 1884. 16s. MADDEN. COINS OF THE JEWS. Being a History of the Jewish Coinage and Money in the Old and New Testaments. By Frederick W. Madden, M.R.A.S. Member of the Numismatic Society of London, Secretary of the Brighton College, &c., &c. With 279 Woodcuts and a Plate of Alphabets. Eoyal 4to, pp. xii. and 330, cloth. 1881. 2, 2s. MADELUNG. THE CAUSES AND OPERATIVE TREATMENT OF DUPUYTREN'S FINGER CONTRACTION. By Dr. Otto W. Madelung, Lecturer of Surgery at the Univer- sity, and Assistant Surgeon at the University Hospital, Bonn. 8vo, pp. 24, sewed. 1876. Is. MAHAPARINIBB AN ASUTTA. See CHILDERS. MAHA-VIRA-CHARITA ; or, The Adventures of the Great Hero Eama. An Indian Drama in Seven Acts. Translated into English Prose from the Sanskrit of Bhavabhttti. By John Pickford, M.A. Crown 8vo, cloth. 5s. MAIMONIDES. THE GUIDE OF THE PERPLEXED OF MAIMONIDES. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library. MALLESON. ESSAYS AND LECTURES ON INDIAN HISTORICAL SUBJECTS. By Colonel G. B. Malleson, C.S.I. Second Issue. Crown 8vo, pp. 348, cloth. 1876. 5s. MAN. ON THE ABORIGINAL INHABITANTS OF THE ANDAMAN ISLANDS. By Edward Horace Man, Assistant Superintendent, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, F.E.G.S., M.R.A.S., M.A. I. With Report of Researches into the Language of the South Andaman Islands. By A. J. Ellis, F.R.S., F.S.A. Reprinted from "The Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland." Demy 8vo, pp. xxviiL-298, with Map and 8 Plates, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d. MANDLEY. WOMAN OUTSIDE CHRISTENDOM. An Exposition of the Influence exerted by Christianity on the Social Position and Happiness of Women. By J. G. Mandley. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 160, cloth. 1880. 5s. MANIPULUS VOCABULORUM. A Rhyming Dictionary of the English Language. By Peter Levins (1570). Edited, with an Alphabetical Index, by Henry B. Wheatley. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 370, cloth. 1867. 14s. MANCEUVRES. A RETROSPECT OF THE AUTUMN MANOEUVRES, 1871. With 5 Plans. By a Recluse. 8vo, pp. xii. and 133, cloth. 1872. 5s. MARIETTE-BEY. THE MONUMENTS OF UPPER EGYPT : a translation of the "Itineraire de la Haute Egypte" of Augusts Mariette-Bey. Translated by Alphonse Mariette. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 262, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. MARKHAM. QUICHUA GRAMMAR AND DICTIONARY. Contributions towards a Grammar and Dictionary of Quichua, the Language of the Yncas of Peru. Col- lected by Clements R. Markham, F.S.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 223, cloth. 1, 11s. 6d. MARKHAM. OLLANTA : A Drama in the Quichua Language. Text, Translation, and Introduction. By Clements R. Markham, C.B. Crown 8vo, pp. 128, cloth. 1871. 7s. 6d. MARKHAM. A MEMOIR OF THE LADY ANA DE OSORIO, Countess of Chmcon, and Vice-Queen of Peru, A.D. 1629-39. With a Plea for the correct spelling of the Chinchona Genus. By Clements R. Markham, C.B., Member of the Imperial Aca- demy Nature Curiosorum, with the Cognomen of Chinchon. Small 4to, pp. xii. and 100. With 2 Coloured Plates, Map, and Illustrations. Handsomely bound. 1874. 28s. 44 A Catalogue of Important Works, MARKHAM. A MEMOIR ON THE INDIAN SURVEYS. By Clements R. Markham, C.B., F.R.S., &c., &c. Published by Order of H. M. Secretary of State for India in Council. Illustrated with Maps. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp. xxx. and 481, boards. 1878. 10s. 6d. MABKHAM. NAEHATIVES OF THE MISSION OP GEORGE BOGLE TO TIBET, and of the Journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa. Edited with Notes, an Introduction, and Lives of Mr. Bogle and Mr. Manning. By Clements R. Markham, C.B., F.R.S. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. clxv. and 362, cloth. With Maps and Illustrations. 1879. 21s. MARES. SERMONS. Preached on various occasions at the West London Synagogue of British Jews. By the Rev. Professor Marks, Minister of the Congregation. Published at the request of the Council. Second Series, demy 8vo, pp. viii.-310, cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d. Third Series, demy 8vo, pp. iv.-284, cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d. MARMONTEL. BELISAIRE. Par Marmontel. Nouvelle Edition. 12mo, pp. xii. and 123, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d. MARSDEN. NUMISMATA ORIENTALIA ILLUSTRATA. THE PLATES op THE ORIENTAL COINS, ANCIENT AND MODERN, of the Collection of the late William Marsden, F.R.S., &c. &c. Engraved from Drawings made under his Directions. 4to, 57 Plates, cloth. 31s. 6d. MARTIN AND TRUBNER. THE CURRENT GOLD AND SILVER COINS OF ALL COUNTRIES, their Weight and Fineness, and their Intrinsic Value in English Money, with Facsimiles of the Coins. By Leopold C. Martin, of Her Majesty's Stationery Office, and Charles Triibner. In 1 vol. medium 8vo, 141 Plates, printed in Gold and Silver, and representing about 1000 Coins, with 160 pages of Text, hand- somely bound in embossed cloth, richly gilt, with Emblematical Designs on the Cover, and gilt edges. 1863. 2, 2s. MARTIN. THE CHINESE : THEIR EDUCATION, PHILOSOPHY, AND LETTERS. By W. A. P. Martin, D.D., LL.D., President of the Tungwen College, Pekin. 8vo, pp. 320, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d. MARTINEAU. ESSAYS, PHILOSOPHICAL AND THEOLOGICAL. By James Martineau. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 414 x. and 430, cloth. 1875. 1, 4s. MARTINEAU. LETTERS FROM IRELAND. By Harriet Martineau. Reprinted from the Daily News. Post 8vo, pp. viii. and 220, cloth. 1852. 6s. 6d. MASON. BURMA: ITS PEOPLE AND PRODUCTIONS ; or, Notes on the Fauna, Flora, and Minerals of Tenasserim, Pegu and Burma. By the Rev. F. Mason, D.D., M.R. A.S., Corresponding Member of the American Oriental Society, of the Boston Society of Natural History, and of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Vol. I. GEOLOGY, MINERALOGY AND ZOOLOGY. Vol. II. BOTANY. Rewritten and Enlarged by W. Theobald, late Deputy-Superintendent Geological Survey of India. Two Vols., royal 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 560; xvi. and 788 and xxxvi., cloth. 1884. 3. MATHEWS. ABRAHAM IBN EZRA'S COMMENTARY ON THE CANTICLES AFTER THE FIRST RECENSION. Edited from the MSS., with a translation, by H. J. Mathews, B.A., Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. x., 34, and 24, limp cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. MATERIA MEDICA, PHYSIOLOGICAL AND APPLIED. Vol. I. Contents : Aconitum, by R. E. Dudgeon, M.D.; Crotalus, by J. W. Hayward, M.D.; Digitalis, by F. Black, M.D. ; Kali Bichromicum, by J. J. Drysdale, M.D. ; Nux Vomica, by F. Black, M.D.; Plumbum, by F. Black, M.D. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv.-726, cloth. 1884. 15s. MAXWELL. A MANUAL OF THE MALAY LANGUAGE. By W. E. MAXWELL, of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law ; Assistant Resident, Perak, Malay Peninsula. With an Introductory Sketch of the Sanskrit Element in Malay. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 182, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. MAY. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. I860 to 1883. With Special Reference to Electro-Technics. Compiled by G. May. With an Index by O. Salle, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. -204, cloth. 1884. 5s. Published by Trilbner & Co. 45 MAYER. ON THE ART OF POTTERY: with a History of its Rise and Progress in Liverpool. By Joseph Mayer, F.S.A., F.E.S.N.A., &c. 8vo, pp. 100, boards. 1873. 5s. MAYERS. TREATIES BETWEEN THE EMPIRE OF CHINA AND FOREIGN POWERS, together with Regulations for the conduct of Foreign Trade, &c. Edited by W. F. Mayers, Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking. 8vo, pp. 246, cloth. 1877. 25s. MAYERS. THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT : a Manual of Chinese Titles, categorically arranged and explained, with an Appendix. By Wm. Fred. Mayers, Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking, &c., &c. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 160, cloth. 1878. 30s. M'CRINDLE. ANCIENT INDIA, AS DESCRIBED BY MEGASTHENES AND ARRIAN ; being a translation of the fragments of the Indika of Megasthenes collected by Dr. Schwanbeck, and of the first part of the Indika of Arrian. By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., Principal of the Government College, Patna, &c. With Introduction, Notes, and Map of Ancient India. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 224, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d. M'CRINDLE. THE COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION OF THE ERYTHRSAN SEA. Being a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythrsei, by an Anonymous Writer, and of Arrian's Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos, from the Mouth of the Indus to the Head of the Persian Gulf. With Introduction, Commentary, Notes, and Index. By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., Edinburgh, &c. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 238, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d. M'CRINDLE. Ancient India as Described by Ktesias the Knidian; being a Transla- tion of the Abridgment of his "Indika " by Photios, and of the Fragments of that Work preserved in other Writers. With Introduction, Notes, and Index. By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., M.R.S.A. 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1882. 6s. MECHANIC (THE YOUNG). A Book for Boys, containing Directions for the use of all kinds of Tools, and for the construction of Steam Engines and Mechanical Models, including the Art of Turning in Wood and Metal. Fifth Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp. iv. and 346, and 70 Engravings, cloth. 1878. 6s. MECHANIC'S WORKSHOP (AMATEUR). A Treatise containing Plain and Concise Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals, including Casting, Forging, Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of "The Lathe and its Uses." Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. iv. and 148. Illustrated, cloth. 1880. 6s. MEDITATIONS ON DEATH AND ETERNITY. Translated from the German by Frederica Rowan. Published by Her Majesty's gracious permission. 8vo, pp. 386, cloth. 1862. 10s. 6d. DITTO. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 352, cloth. 1884. 6s. MEDITATIONS ON LIFE AND ITS RELIGIOUS DUTIES. Translated from the Germau by Frederica Rowan. Dedicated to H.R.H. Princess Louis of Hesse. Published by Her Majesty's gracious permission. Being the Companion Volume to "Medi- tations on Death and Eternity." 8vo, pp. vi. and 370, cloth. 1863. 10s. 6d. DITTO. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 338. 1863. 6s. MEDLICOTT. A MANUAL OF THE GEOLOGY OF INDIA, chiefly compiled from the observations of the Geological Survey. By H. B. Medlicott, M. A. , Superintendent, Geological Survey of India, and W. T. Blanford, A.R.S.M., F.R.S., Deputy Super- intendent. Published by order of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. xviii.-lxxx.-818. with 21 Plates and large coloured Map mounted in case, uniform, cloth. 1879. 16s. (For Part III. see BALL.) 46 A Catalogue of Important Works, MEGHA-DUTA (THE). (Cloud-Messenger.) By Kalidasa. Translated from the Sanskrit into English Verse by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. The Vocabu- lary by Francis Johnson. New Edition. 4to, pp. xi. and 180, cloth. 10s. 6d. MEREDYTH. ABCA, A REPERTOIRE OF ORIGINAL POEMS, Sacred and Secular. By F. Meredyth, M.A., Canon of Limerick Cathedral. Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1875. 5s. METCALFE. THE ENGLISHMAN AND THE SCANDINAVIAN. By Frederick Met- calfe, M.A., Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford; Translator of "Gallus" and "Charicles;" and Author of "The Oxonian in Iceland." Post Svo, pp. 512, cloth. 1880. 18s. MICHEL. LES ECOSSAIS EN FRANCE, LES FRANC AIS EN ECOSSE Par Francisque Michel, Correspondant de 1'Institut de France, &c. In 2 vols. Svo, pp. vii., 547, and 551, rich blue cloth, with emblematical designs. With upwards of 100 Coats of Arms, and other Illustrations. Price, 1, 12s. Also a Large-Paper Edition (limited to 100 Copies), printed on Thick Paper. 2 vols. 4to, half morocco, with 3 additional Steel Engravings. 1862. 3, 3s. MICKIEWICZ. KONRAD WALLENROD. An Historical Poem. By A. Mickievwicz. Translated from the Polish into English Verse by Miss 11. Biggs. 18mo, pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. MILL. AUGUSTE COMTE AND POSITIVISM. By the late John Stuart Mill. M.P. Third Edition. Svo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d. MILLHOUSE. MANUAL OP ITALIAN CONVERSATION. For the Use of Schools. By John Millhouse. ISmo, pp. 126, cloth. 1866. 2s. MILLHOUSE. NEW ENGLISH AND ITALIAN PRONOUNCING AND EXPLANATORY DIC- TIONARY. By John Millhouse. Vol. I. English-Italian. Vol. II. Italian-English. Fourth Edition. 2 vols. square Svo, pp. 654 and 740, cloth. 1867. 12s. MILNE. NOTES ON CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND CRYSTALLO -PHYSICS. Being the Sub- stance of Lectures delivered at Yedo during the years 1876-1877. By John Milne, F.G.S. Svo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1879. 3s. MILTON AND VONDEL. See EDMUNDSON. MINOCHCHERJI. PAHLAVI, GUJARATI, AND ENGLISH DICTIONARY. By Jamashji Dastur Minochcherji. Vol. I., with Photograph of Author. Svo, pp. clxxii. and 168, cloth. 1877. 14s. MITRA. BUDDHA GAYA : The Hermitage of Sakya Muni. By Rajendralala Mitra, LL.D., C.I.E., &c. 4to, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 Plates, cloth. 1879. 3. MOCATTA. MORAL BIBLICAL GLEANINGS AND PRACTICAL TEACHINGS, Illustrated by Biographical Sketches Drawn from the Sacred Volume. By J. L. Mocatta. Svo, pp. viii. and 446, cloth. 1872. 7s. MODERN FRENCH READER (THE). Prose. Junior Course. Tenth Edition. Edited by Ch. Cassal, LL.D., and Theodore Karcher, LL.B. Crown Svo, pp. xiv. and 224, cloth. 1884. 2s. 6d. SENIOR COURSE. Third Edition. Crown Svo, pp. xiv. and 418, cloth. 1880. 4s. MODERN FRENCH READER. A GLOSSARY of Idioms, Gallicisms, and other Diffi- culties contained in the Senior Course of the Modern French Reader ; with Short Notices of the most important French Writers and Historical or Literary Charac- ters, and hints as to the works to be read or studied. By Charles Cassal, LL.D., &c. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d. MODERN FRENCH READER. SENIOR COURSE AND GLOSSARY combined. 6s. MORELET. TRAVELS IN CENTRAL AMERICA, including Accounts of some Regions unexplored since the Conquest. From the French of A. Morelet, by Mrs. M. F. Squier. Edited by E. G. Squier. Svo, pp. 430, cloth. 1871. 8s. 6d. MORFILL. SIMPLIFIED POLISH GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. Published by Ttiibner & Co. 47 MORFIT. A PBACTICAL TREATISE ON THE MANUFACTURE OP SOAPS. By Campbell Morfit, M.D., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University of Maryland. With Illustrations. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 270, cloth. 1871. 2, 12s. 6d. MOEFIT. A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON PURE FERTILIZERS, and the Chemical Con- version of Rock Guanos, Marlstones, Coprolites, and the Crude Phosphates of Lime and Alumina generally into various valuable Products. By Campbell Morfit, M.D., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University of Mary- land. With 28 Plates. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 547, cloth. 1873. 4, 4s. MORRIS. A DESCRIPTIVE AND HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF THE GODAVERY DISTRICT, IN THE PRESIDENCY OF MADRAS. By Henry Morris, formerly of the Madras Civil Service, author of " A History of India, for use in Schools," and other works. With a Map. Svo, pp. xii and 390, cloth. 1878. 12s. MOSENTHAL. OSTRICHES AND OSTRICH FARMING. By J. de Mosenthal, late Member of the Legistive Council.of the Cape of Good Hope, &c., and James E. Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Member of the British Ornithologist's Union, &c. Second Edition. With 8 full-page illustrations and 20 woodcuts. Royal Svo, pp. xxiv. and 246, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d. MOTLEY. JOHN LOTHROP MOTLEY : a Memoir. By Oliver Wendell Holmes. English Copyright Edition. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 275, cloth. 1878. 6s. MUELLER. THE ORGANIC CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS AND VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES, and their Chemical Analysis. By Dr. G. C. Wittstein. Authorised Translation from the German Original, enlarged with numerous Additions, by Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph. D., F.R.S. Crown Svo, pp. xviii. and 332, wrapper. 1880. 14s. MUELLER. SELECT EXTRA-TROPICAL PLANTS READILY ELIGIBLE FOR INDUSTRIAL CULTURE OR NATURALISATION. With Indications of their Native Countries and some of their Uses. By F. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S. Svo, pp. x., 394, cloth. 1880. 8s. MUHAMMED. THE LIFE OF MUHAMMED. Based on Muhammed Ibn Ishak. By Abd El Malik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand Wiistenfeld. One volume containing the Arabic Text. Svo, pp. 1026, sewed. 1, Is. Another volume, con- taining Introduction, Notes, and Index in German. Svo, pp. Ixxii. and 266, sewed. 7s. 6d. Each part sold separately. MUIR. EXTRACTS FROM THE CORAN. In the Original, with English rendering. Compiled by Sir William Muir, K. C.S.I., LL.D., Author of "The Life of Mahomet." Second Edition. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1885. 2s. 6d. MUIR. ORIGINAL SANSKRIT TEXTS, on the Origin and History of the People of India, their Religion and Institutions. Collected, Translated, and Illustrated by John Muir, D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D., &c. &c. Vol. I. Mythical and Legendary Accounts of the Origin of Caste, with an Inquiry into its existence in the Vedic Age. Second Edition, rewritten and greatly enlarged. Svo, pp. xx. and 532, cloth. 1868. 1, Is. VoL II. The Trans-Himalayan Origin of the Hindus, and their Affinity with the Western Branches of the Aryan Race. Second Edition, revised, with Additions. Svo, pp. xxxii. and 512, cloth. 1871. 1, Is. Vol. III. The Vedas : Opinions of their Authors, and of later Indian Writers, on their Origin, Inspiration, and Authority. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. Svo, pp. xxxii. and 312, cloth. 1868. 16s. VoL IV. Comparison of the Vedic with the later representation of the principal Indian Deities. Second Edition, revised. Svo, pp. xvi. and 524, cloth. 1873. 1, Is. 48 A Catalogue of Important Works, MTTIR. ORIGINAL SANSKRIT TEXTS continued. Vol. V. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Cosmogony, Mythology, Religious Ideas, Life and Manners of the Indians in the Vedic Age. Third Edition. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 492, cloth. 1884. 1, Is. MUIR. TRANSLATIONS FROM THE SANSKRIT. See Triibner's Oriental Series. MTTLHALL. HANDBOOK OF THE RIVER PLATE, Comprising the Argentine Republic, Uruguay, and Paraguay. With Six Maps. By M. G. and E. T. Mulhall, Pro- prietors and Editors of the Buenos Ayres Standard. Fifth Edition (Ninth Thousand), crown 8vo, pp. x. and 732, cloth. 1885. 7s. 6d. MULLER. OUTLINE DICTIONARY, for the Use of Missionaries, Explorers, and Students of Language. With an Introduction on the proper Use of the Ordinary English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. By F. Max Muller, M. A. The Vocabulary compiled by John Bellows. 12mo, pp. 368, morocco. 1867. 7s. 6d. MULLER. LECTURE ON BUDDHIST NIHILISM. By F. Max Muller, M.A. Fcap. 8vo, sewed. 1869. Is. MULLER. THE SACRED HYMNS OF THE BRAHMINS, as preserved to us in the oldest collection of religious poetry, the Rig-Veda-Sanhita. Translated and explained, by F. Max Muller, M. A . , Fellow of All Souls' College, Professor of Comparative Philo- logy at Oxford, Foreign Member of the Institute of France, &c. , &c. Vol. I. Hymns to the Maruts or the Storm-Gods. 8vo, pp. clii. and 264, cloth. 1869. 12s. 6d. MULLER. THE HYMNS OF THE RIG- VEDA, in the Samhita and Pada Texts. Reprinted from the Editio Princeps. By F. Max Muller, M.A., &c. Second Edition, with the two Texts on Parallel Pages. In two vols. 8vo, pp. 1704, sewed. 1, 12s. MULLER. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE BOURBONS. From the Earliest Period down to the Present Time. By R. M. Muller, Ph.D., Modern Master at Forest School, Walthamstow, and Author of "Parallele entre ' Jules Cesar,' pai- Shakespeare, et ' Le Mort de Cesar,' par Voltaire," &c. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 30, wrapper. 1882. Is. MULLER. ANCIENT INSCRIPTIONS IN CEYLON. By Dr. Edward Mttller. 2 Vols. Text, crown 8vo, pp. 220, cloth, and Plates, oblong folio, cloth. 1883. 21s. MULLER. PALI GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. MULLEY. GERMAN GEMS IN AN ENGLISH SETTING. Translated by Jane Mulley. Fcap., pp. xii. and 180, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d. NA"GANANDA ; OR, THE JOY OF THE SNAKE WORLD. A Buddhist Drama in Five Acts. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, from the Sanskrit of Sri-Harsha-Deva, by Palmer Boyd, B.A. With an Introduction by Professor Cowell. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d. NAPIER. FOLK LORE ; or, Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within this Century. With an Appendix, showing the probable relation of the modern Festivals of Christmas, May Day, St. John's Day, and Hallowe'en, to ancient Sun and Fire Worship. By James Napier, F.R.S.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. vii. and 190, cloth. 1878. 4s. NARADlYA DHARMA-SA8TRA ; OR, THE INSTITUTES OF NARADA. Translated, for the first time, from the unpublished Sanskrit original. By Dr. Julius Jolly, University, Wurzburg. With a Preface, Notes, chiefly critical, an Index of Quotations from Narada in the principal Indian Digests, and a general Index. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxv. and 144, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d. NAVILLE. PITHOM. See Egypt Exploration Fund. NEVILL. HAND LIST OF MOLLUSCA IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM, CALCUTTA. By Geoffrey Nevill, C.M.Z.S., &c., First Assistant to the Superintendent of the Indian Museum. Part I. Gastropoda, Pulmonata, and Prosobranchia-Neuro- branchia. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 338, cloth. 1878. 15s. NEWMAN. THE ODES OF HORACE. Translated into Unrhymed Metres, with Intro- duction and Notes. By F. W. Newman. Second Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xxi. and 247, cloth. 1876. 4s. Published by Trubner & Co. 49 NEWMAN. THEISM, DOCTRINAL AND PRACTICAL ; or, Didactic Religious Utterances. By F. W. Newman. 4to, pp. 184, cloth. 1858. 4s. 6d. NEWMAN. HOMERIC TRANSLATION IN THEORY AND PRACTICE. A Reply to Matthew Arnold. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. 104, stiff covers. 1861. 2s. 6d. NEWMAN. HIAWATHA : Rendered into Latin. With Abridgment. By F. W. Newman. 12mo, pp. vii. and 110, sewed. 1862. 2s. Gd. NEWMAN. A HISTORY OF THE HEBREW MONARCHY from the Administration of Samuel to the Babylonish Captivity. By F. W. Newman. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 354, cloth. 1865. 8s. 6d. NEWMAN. PHASES OF FAITH; or, Passages from the History of my Creed. By F. W. Newman. New Edition ; with Reply to Professor Henry Rogers, Author of the "Eclipse of Faith." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 212, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. NEWMAN. A HANDBOOK OF MODERN ARABIC, consisting of a Practical Grammar, with numerous Examples, Dialogues, and Newspaper Extracts, in European Type. By F. "W. Newman. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 192, cloth. 1866. 6s. NEWMAN. TRANSLATIONS OF ENGLISH POETRY INTO LATIN VERSE. Designed as Part of a New Method of Instructing in Latin. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 202, cloth. 1868. 6s. NEWMAN. THE SOUL : Her Sorrows and her Aspirations. An Essay towards the Natural History of the Soul, as the True Basis of Theology. By F. "W. Newman. Tenth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 162, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d. NEWMAN. THE TEXT OF THE IGUVINE INSCRIPTIONS. "With Interlinear Latin Translation and Notes. By F. W. Newman. 8vo, pp. 56, sewed. 1868. 2s. NEWMAN. MISCELLANIES ; chiefly Addresses, Academical and Historical. By F. "W. Newman. 8vo, pp. iv. and 356, cloth. 1869. 7s. 6d. NEWMAN. THE ILIAD OF HOMER, faithfully translated into Unrhymed English Metre, by F. TV. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. xvL and 384, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d. NEWMAN. A DICTIONARY OF MODERN ARABIC. 1. Anglo- Arabic Dictionary. 2. Anglo-Arabic Vocabulary. 3. Arabo-English Dictionary. By F. W. Newman. In 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 376-464, cloth. 1871. 1, Is. NEWMAN. HEBREW THEISM. By F. TV. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 172. Stiff wrappers. 1874. 4s. 6d. NEWMAN. THE MORAL INFLUENCE OF LAW. A Lecture by F. TV. Newman, May 20, 1860. Crown 8vo, pp. 16, sewed. 3d. NEWMAN. RELIGION NOT HISTORY. By F. TV. Newman. Foolscap, pp. 58, paper wrapper. 1877. Is. NEWMAN. MORNING PRAYERS IN THE HOUSEHOLD OF A BELIEVER IN GOD. By F. TV. Newman. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, limp cloth. 1882. Is. 6d. NEWMAN. REORGANIZATION OF ENGLISH INSTITUTIONS. A Lecture by Emeritus Professor F. TV. Newman. Delivered in the Manchester Athenaeum, October 15, 1875. Crown 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1880. 6d. NEWMAN. WHAT is CHRISTIANITY WITHOUT CHRIST ? By F. W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of University College, London. 8vo, pp. 28, stitched in wrapper. 1881. Is. NEWMAN. LIBYAN VOCABULARY. An Essay towards Reproducing the Ancient Numidian Language out of Four Modern Languages. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 204, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. NEWMAN. A CHRISTIAN COMMONWEALTH. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8 vo, pp. 60, cloth. 1883. Is. NEWMAN. CHRISTIANITY IN ITS CRADLE. By F. TV. Newman, once Fellow of Balliol College, Oxford, now Emeritus Professor of University College, London. Crown Svo, pp. iv. and 132, cloth. 1884. 2s. D 50 A Catalogue of Important Works, NEWMAN. COMMENTS ON THE TEXT OP J5SCHYLU8. ByF. "W. Newman, Honorary Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford, and formerly Fellow of Balliol College. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 144, cloth. 1884. 5s. NEWMAN. REBILIUS CRUSO : Robinson Crusoe in Latin. A Book to Lighten Tedium to a Learner. ByF. "W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of Latin in Univer- sity College, London ; Honorary Fellow of Worcester College, Oxford. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1884. 5s. NEW SOUTH WALES, PUBLICATIONS OP THE GOVERNMENT OF. List on application. NEW SOUTH WALES. JOURNAL AND PROCEEDINGS OP THE ROYAL SOCIETY OP Published annually. Price 10s. 6d. List of Contents on application. NEWTON. PATENT LAW AND PRACTICE: showing the mode of obtaining and opposing Grants, Disclaimers, Confirmations, and Extensions of Patents. With a Chapter on Patent Agents. By A. V. Newton. Enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 104, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d. NEWTON. AN ANALYSIS OF THE PATENT AND COPYRIGHT LAWS: Including the various Acts relating to the Protection of Inventions, Designs, Trade Marks ; Literary and Musical Compositions, Dramatic Performances ; Engravings, Sculp- ture, Paintings, Drawings, and Photographs. By A. Newton, author of "Patent Law and Practice." Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE PUBLICATIONS :- I. TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS of the New Zealand Institute. Demy 8vo, stitched. Vols. I. to XVI., 1868 to 1883. 1, Is. each. II. AN INDEX TO THE TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS of the New Zealand In- stitute. Vols. I. to VIII. Edited and Published under the Authority of the Board of Governors of the Institute. By James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S. Demy, 8vo, 44 pp., stitched. 1877. 2s. 6d. NEW ZEALAND. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. List of Publications on application. NOIRIT. A FRENCH COURSE IN TEN LESSONS. By Jules Noirit, B.A. Lessons I. -IV. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 80, sewed. 1870. Is. 6d. NOIRIT. FRENCH GRAMMATICAL QUESTIONS for the use of Gentlemen preparing for the Army, Civil Service, Oxford Examinations, &c., &c. By Jules Noirit. Crown 8vo, pp. 62, cloth. 1870. Is. Interleaved, Is. 6d. NOURSE. NARRATIVE OF THE SECOND ARCTIC EXPEDITION MADE BY CHARLES F. HALL. His Voyage to Repulse Bay ; Sledge Journeys to the Straits of Fury and Hecla, and to King William's Land, and Residence among the Eskimos during the years 1864-69. Edited under the orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navy, by Prof. J. E. Nourse, U.S.N. 4to, pp. 1. and 644, cloth. With maps, heliotypes, steel and wood engravings. 1880. 1, 8s. NUGENT'S IMPROVED FRENCH AND ENGLISH AND ENGLISH AND FRENCH POCKET DICTIONARY. Par Smith. 24mo, pp. 489 and 320, cloth. 1873. 3s. NUTT. Two TREATISES ON VERBS CONTAINING FEEBLE AND DOUBLE LETTERS. By R. Jehuda Hayug of Fez. Translated into Hebrew from the original Arabic by R. Moses Gikatilia of Cordova, with the Treatise on Punctuation by the same author, translated by Aben Ezra. Edited from Bodleian MSS., with an English translation, by J. W. Nutt, M.A. Demy 8vo, pp. 312, sewed. 1870. 5s. NUMISMATA ORIENTALIA ILLUSTRATA. See MARSDEN, and INTERNATIONAL. NUTT. A SKETCH OP SAMARITAN HISTORY, DOGMA, AND LITERATURE. An Intro- troduction to "Fragments of a Samaritan Targum." By J. W. Nutt, M.A., &c., &c. Demy 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 5s. OEHLENSCHLAGER. AXEL AND VALBORG : a Tragedy, in Five Acts, and other Poems. Translated from the Danish of Adam Oehlenschlager by Pierce Butler, M.A., late.Rector of Ulcombe, Kent. Edited by Professor Palmer, M.A., of St. John's Coli., Camb. With a Memoir of the Translator. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii. and 164, cloth. 1874. 5s. Published by Triibner & Co. 51 OERA LINDA BOOK (THE). From a Manuscript of the 13th Century, with the per- mission of the proprietor, C. Over de Linden of the Helder. The Original Frisian Text as verified by Dr. J. O. Ottema, accompanied by an English Version of Dr. Ottema's Dutch Translation. By W. R. Sandbach. 8vo, pp. xxv. and 254, cloth. 1876. 5s. OGAREFF. ESSAI SUE LA SITUATION RUSSE. Lettres a un Anglais. Par N. Ogareff. 12mo, pp. 150, sewed. 1862. 3s. OLCOTT. A BUDDHIST CATECHISM, according to the Canon of the Southern Church. By Colonel H. S. Olcott, President of the Theosophical Society. 24mo, pp. 32. la. OLCOTT. THE YOGA PHILOSOPHY: Being the Text of Patanjali, with Bhojarajah's Commentary. A Reprint of the English Translation of the above, by the late Dr. Ballantyne and Govind Shastri Deva ; to which are added Extracts from Various Authors. With an Introduction by Colonel H. S. Olcott, President of the Theo- sophical Society. The whole Edited by Tukaram Tatia, F.T.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi.-294, wrapper. 1882. 7s. 6d. OLLENDORFF. METODO PAEA APRENDEK A LEER, escribir y hablar el Ingles segun el sistema de Ollendorff. Por Ramon Palenzuela y Juan de la Carreilo. 8vo, pp. xlvi. and 460, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d. KEY to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1873. 4s. OLLENDORFF. METODO PARA APRENDER A LEER, escribir y hablar el Frances, segun el verdadero sistema de Ollendorff ; ordenado en lecciones progresivas, coii- sistiendo de ejercicios orales y escritos ; enriquecido de la pronunciacion figurada como se estila en la conversacion ; y de un Apendice abrazando las reglas de la sintaxis, la formacion de los verbos regulares, y la conjugacion de los irregulares. Por Teodoro Simonne", Professor de Lenguas. Crown 8vo, pp. 342, cloth. 1873. 6s. KEY to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1873. 3s. 6d. OPPERT. ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF LANGUAGES : A Contribution to Comparative Philology. By Dr. Gustav Oppert, Ph.D.,. Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras. 8vo, paper, pp. viii. and 146. 1883. 7s. 6d. OPPERT. LISTS OF SANSKRIT MANUSCRIPTS in Private Libraries of Southern India, Compiled, Arranged, and Indexed by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras. Vol. I. 8vo, pp. vii. and 620, cloth. 1883. 1, Is. OPPERT. ON THE WEAPONS, ARMY ORGANISATION, AND POLITICAL MAXIMS OP THE ANCIENT HINDUS ; with special reference to Gunpowder and Firearms. By Dr. Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency College, Madras. 8vo, paper, pp. vi. and 162. 1883. 7s. 6d. ORIENTAL SERIES. See TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES. ORIENTAL TEXT SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS. A list may be had on application. ORIENTAL CONGRESS. REPORT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECOND INTERN A TIONAL CONGRESS OF ORIENTALISTS HELD IN LONDON, 1874. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 68, sewed. 1874. 5s. ORIENTALISTS. TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECOND SESSION OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ORIENTALISTS. Held in London in September 1874. Edited by Robert K. Douglas, Hon. Sec. 8vo, pp. viii. and 456, cloth. 1876. 21s. OTTE How TO LEARN DANISH (Dano-Norwegian) : a Manual for Students of Danish based on the Ollendorffian system of teaching languages, and adapted for self-instruction. By E. C. Otte. Second Edition. Crown Svo, pp. xx. and o3S, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. Key to above. Crown Svo, pp. 84, cloth. 3s. OTTE. SIMPLIFIED DANISH AND SWEDISH GRAMMARS. See TRUBNER'S COLLECTION OVERBECK CATHOLIC ORTHODOXY AND ANGLO-CATHOLICISM. A Word about the Intercommunion between the English and Orthodox Churches. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Svo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1866. 5s. OVERBECK BONN CONFERENCE. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Crown 8 vo, pp. 48, sewed. 1876. Is. 52 A Catalogue of Important Works, OVERBECK. A PLAIN VIEW OF THE CLAIMS OF THE ORTHODOX CATHOLIC CHURCH AS OPPOSED TO ALL OTHER CHRISTIAN DENOMINATIONS. By J. J. Overbeck, D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 138, wrapper. 1881. 2s. 6d. OWEN. FOOTFALLS ON THE BOUNDARY OF ANOTHER WORLD. With Narrative Illustrations. By R. D. Owen. An enlarged English Copyright Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 392, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d. OWEN. THE DEBATABLE LAND BETWEEN THIS WORLD AND THE NEXT. With Illustrative Narrations. By Robert Dale Owen. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 456, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. OWEN. THREADING MY WAY : Twenty-Seven Years of Autobiography. By R. D. Owen. Crown 8vo, pp. 344, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. OXLEY. EGYPT : And the Wonders of the Land of the Pharaohs. By William Oxley, author of "The Philosophy of Spirit." Illustrated by a New Version of the Bhagavat-Gita, an Episode of the Mahabharat, one of the Epic Poems of Ancient India. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.-328, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. OYSTER (THE) : WHERE, How, AND WHEN TO FIND, BREED, COOK, AND EAT IT. Second Edition, with a New Chapter, "The Oyster-Seeker in London." 12mo, pp. viii. and 106, boards. 1863. Is. PALESTINE. MEMOIRS OF THE SURVEY OF WESTERN PALESTINE. Edited by W. Besant, M.A., and E. H. Palmer, M.A., under the Direction of the Committee of the Palestine Exploration Fund. Complete in seven volumes. Demy 4to, cloth, with a Portfolio of Plans, and large scale Map. Second Issue. Price Twenty Guineas. PALMER. A CONCISE ENGLISH-PERSIAN DICTIONARY ; together with a simplified Grammar of the Persian Language. By the late E. H. Palmer, M.A., Lord Almoner's Reader, and Professor of Arabic, Cambridge, &c. Completed and Edited, from the MS. left imperfect at his death, by G. Le Strange. Royal 16mo, pp. 606, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. PALMER. A CONCISE PERSIAN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. By E. H. Palmer, M.A., of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law, Lord Almoner's Reader, and Professor of Arabic, and Fellow of St. John's College in the University of Cambridge. Second Edition. Royal 16mo, pp. 726, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d. PALMER. THE SONG OF THE REED, AND OTHER PIECES. By E. H. Palmer, M.A., Cambridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. 1876. 5s. PALMER. HINDUSTANI, ARABIC, AND PERSIAN GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Col- lection. PALMER. THE PATRIARCH AND THE TSAR. Translated from the Russ by William Palmer, M.A. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. THE REPLIES OF THE HUMBLE NICON. Pp. xl. and 674. 1871. 12s. Vol. II. TESTIMONIES CONCERNING THE PATRIARCH NICON, THE TSAR, AND THE BOYARS. Pp. Ixxviii. and 554. 1873. 12s. Vol. III. HISTORY OF THE CONDEMNATION OF THE PATRIARCH NICON. Pp. Ixvi. and 558. 1873. 12s. Vols. IV., V., and VI. SERVICES OF THE PATRIARCH NICON TO THE CHURCH AND STATE OF HIS COUNTRY, &c. Pp. Ixxviii. and 1 to 660; xiv.-661- 1028, and 1 to 254 ; xxvi. -1029-1656, and 1-72. 1876. 36s. PARKER. THEODORE PARKER'S CELEBRATED DISCOURSE ON MATTERS PERTAINING TO RELIGION. People's Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 351. 1872. Stitched, Is. 6d. ; cl., 2s. PARKER. THEODORE PARKER. A Biography. By O. B. Frothingham. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 588, cloth, with Portrait. 1876. 12s. PARKER. THE COLLECTED WORKS OF THEODORE PARKER, Minister of the Twenty- eighth Congregational Society at Boston, U.S. Containing his Theological, Polemical, and Critical Writings ; Sermons, Speeches, and Addresses ; and Literary Miscellanies. In 14 vols. 8vo, cloth. 6s. each. Vol. I. Discourse on Matters Pertaining to Religion. Preface by the Editor, and Portrait of Parker from a medallion by Saulini. Pp. 380. Vol. II. Ten Sermons and Prayers. Pp. 360. Vol. III. Discourses ot Theology. Pp. 318. Vol. IV. Discourses on Politics. Pp. 312. Published by Triibner & Co. 53 PAKKER. COLLECTED WORKS continued. Vol. V. Discourses of Slavery. I. Pp. 336. Vol. VI. Discourses of Slavery. II. Pp. 323. Vol. VII. Discourses of Social Science. Pp. 296. Vol. VIII. Miscellaneous Discourses. Pp. 230. Vol. IX. Critical Writings. I. Pp. 292. Vol. X. Critical Writings. II. Pp. 308. Vol. XI. Sermons of Theism, Atheism, and Popular Theology. Pp. 257. Vol. XII. Autobiographical and Miscellaneous Pieces. Pp. 356. Vol. XIII. Historic Americans. Pp. 236. Vol. XIV. Lessons from the World of Matter and the World of Man. Pp. 352. PARKER. MALAGASY GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. PARRY. A SHORT CHAPTER ON LETTER-CHANGE, with Examples. Being chiefly an attempt to reduce in a simple manner the principal classical and cognate words to their primitive meanings. By J. Parry, B.A., formerly Scholar of Corpus Christ! College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 16, wrapper. 1884. Is. PATERSON. NOTES ON MILITARY SURVEYING AND RECONNAISSANCE. By Lieut. - Colonel William Paterson. Sixth Edition. With 16 Plates. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 146, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. PATERSON. TOPOGRAPHICAL EXAMINATION PAPERS. By Lieut.-Col. W. Paterson. 8vo, pp. 32, with 4 Plates. Boards. 1882. 2s. PATERSON. TREATISE ON MILITARY DRAWING. With a Course of Progressive Plates. By Captain W. Paterson, Professor of Military Drawing at the Eoyal Military College, Sandhurst. Oblong 4to, pp. xii. and 31, cloth. 1862. 1, Is. PATERSON. THE OROMETER FOR HILL MEASURING, combining Scales of Distances, Protractor. Clinometer, Scale of Horizontal Equivalents, Scale of Shade, and Table of Gradients. By Captain William Paterson. On cardboard. Is. PATERSON. CENTRAL AMERICA. By W. Paterson, the Merchant Statesman. From a MS. in the British Museum, 1701. With a Map. Edited by S. Bannis- ter, M.A. 8vo, pp. 70, sewed. 1857. 2s. 6d. PATON. A HISTORY OF THE EGYPTIAN REVOLUTION, from the Period of the Mame- lukes to the Death of Mohammed Ali ; from Arab and European Memoirs, Oral Tradition, and Local Research. By A. A. Paton. Second Edition. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 395, viii. and 446, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d. PATON. HENRY BEYLE (otherwise DE STENDAHL). A Critical and Biographical Study, aided by Original Documents and Unpublished Letters from the Private Papers of the Family of Beyle. By A. A. Paton. Crown 8vo, pp. 340, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. PATTON. THE DEATH OF DEATH ; or, A Study of God's Holiness in Connection with the Existence of Evil, in so far as Intelligent and Responsible Beings are Concerned. By an Orthodox Layman (John M. Patton). Revised Edition, crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 252, cloth. 1881. 6s. PAULI. SIMON DE MONTFORT, EARL OF LEICESTER, the Creator of the House of Commons. By Reinhold Pauli. Translated by Una M. Goodwin. With Intro- duction by Harriet Martineau. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 340, cloth. 1876. 6s. PETTENKOFER. THE RELATION OF THE AIR TO THE CLOTHES WE WEAR, THE HOUSE WE LIVE IN, AND THE SOIL WE DWELL ON. Three Popular Lectures delivered before the Albert Society at Dresden. By Dr. Max Von Pettenkofer, Professor of Hygiene at the University of Munich, &c. Abridged and Translated by Augustus Hess, M.D., M.R.C.P., London, &c. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 96, limp cl. 1873. 2s. 6d. PETRUCCELLI. PRELIMINAIRES TE LA QUESTION ROMAINE DE M. ED. ABOUT. Par F. Petruccelli de la Gattina. 8vo, pp. xv. and 364, cloth. 1860. 7s. 6d. PEZZI. ARYAN PHILOLOGY, according to the most recent researches (Glottologia Aria Recentissima). Remarks Historical and Critical. By Domenico Pezzi. Translated by E. S. Roberts, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 200, cloth. 1879. 6s. 54 A Catalogue of Important Works, PHAYRE. A HISTORY OF BURMA. See Triibner's Oriental Series. PHAYRE. THE COINS OF ABAKAN, OF PEGU, AND OF BURMA. By Sir Arthur Phayre, C.B., K.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Royal 4to, pp. viii. -48, with Autotype Illustrative Plates. Wrapper. 1882. 8s. 6d. PHILLIPS. THE DOCTRINE OF ADDAI, THE APOSTLE, now first edited in a com- plete form in the Original Syriac, with English Translation and Notes. By George Phillips, D.D., President of Queen's College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp. xv. and 52 and 53, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d. PHILLIPS. KOPAL-KUNDALA : A Tale of Bengali Life. Translated from the Ben- gali of Bunkim Chandra Chatterjee. By H. A. D. Phillips, Bengal Civil Service. Crown 8vo, pp. xxx.-208, cloth. 1885. 6s. PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY, TRANSACTIONS OF, published irregularly. List of publi- cations on application. PHILOSOPHY (THE) OF INSPIRATION AND REVELATION. By a Layman. "With a preliminary notice of an Essay by the present Lord Bishop of Winchester, con- tained in a volume entitled "Aids to Faith." 8vo, pp. 20, sewed. 1875. 6d. PICCIOTTO. SKETCHES OF ANGLO- JEWISH HISTORY. By James Picciotto. Demy 8vo, pp. xi. and 420, cloth. 1875. 12s. PIESSE. CHEMISTRY IN THE BREWING-ROOM : being the substance of a Course of Lessons to Practical Brewers. With Tables of Alcohol, Extract, and Original Gravity. By Charles H. Piesse, F.C.S., Public Analyst. Fcap., pp. viii. and 62, cloth. 1877. 5s. PIRY. LE SAINT EDIT, ETUDE DE LITTERATURE CHINOISE. Preparee par A. Theophile Piry, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine. 4to, pp. xx. and 320, "cloth. 1879. 21s. PLAYFAIR. THE CITIES AND TOWNS OF CHINA. A Geographical Dictionary. By G. M. H. Playfair, of Her Majesty's Consular Service in China. 8vo, pp. 506, cloth. 1879. 1, 5s. PLINY. THE LETTERS OF PLINY THE YOUNGER. Translated by J. D. Lewis, M.A., Trinity College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and 390, cloth. 1879. 5s. PLUMPTRE. KING'S COLLEGE LECTURES ON ELOCUTION ; on the Physiology and Culture of Voice and Speech and the Expression of the Emotions by Language, Countenance, and Gesture. To which is added a Special Lecture on the Causes and Cure of the Impediments of Speech. Being the substance of the Introduc- tory Course of Lectures annually delivered by Charles John Plumptre, Lecturer on "Public Reading and Speaking at King's College, London, in the Evening Classes Department. Dedicated by permission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales. Fourth, greatly Enlarged Illustrated, Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xviii. and 494, cloth. 1883. 15s. PLUMPTRE. GENERAL SKETCH OF THE HISTORY OF PANTHEISM. By C. E. Plumptre. Vol. I., from the Earliest Times to the Age of Spinoza; Vol. II., from the Age of Spinoza to the Commencement of the 19th Century. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 395 ; iv. and 348, cloth. 1881. 18s. POLE. THE PHILOSOPHY OF Music. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library. Vol. XI. PONSARD. CHARLOTTE CORDAY. A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with Eng- lish Notes and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. 12mo, pp. xL and 133, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d. PONSARD. L'HONNEUR ET L'ARGENT. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Fcap 8vo, pp. xvi. and 172, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d. POOLE. AN INDEX TO PERIODICAL LITERATURE. By W. F. Poole, LL.D., Librarian of the Chicago Public Library. Third Edition, brought down to January 1882. Royal 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 1442, cloth. 1883. 3, 13s. 6d. Wrappers. 3, 10s. Published by Trubner & Co. 55 PRACTICAL GUIDES : TRANCE, BELGIUM, HOLLAND, AND THE RHINE. Is. ITALIAN LAKES. Is. WIN- TERING PLACES OF THE SOUTH. 2s. SWITZERLAND, SAVOY, AND NORTH ITALY. 2s. 6d. GENERAL CONTINENTAL GUIDE. 5s. GENEVA. Is. PARIS. Is. BER- NESE OBERLAND. Is. ITALY. 4s. PRATT. A GRAMMAR AND DICTIONARY OF THE SAMOAN LANGUAGE. By Rev. George Pratt, Forty Years a Missionary of the London Missionary Society in Samoa. Second Edition. Edited by Rev. S. J. Wbitmee, F.R.G.S. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 380, cloth. 1878. 18s. PRINSEP. RECORD OF SERVICES OF THE HONOURABLE EAST INDIA COMPANY'S CIVIL SERVANTS IN THE MADRAS PRESIDENCY, from 1741 to 1858. Compiled and Edited from Records in the possession of the Secretary of State for India. By C. C. Prinsep, late Superintendent of Records, India Office. Post Svo, pp. xxxvi.- 164, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d. PSYCHICAL RESEARCH, PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY FOR. Published irregularly. Post Svo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. 338. 1884. 10s. Vol. II., pp. 356. 1884. 10s. PURITZ. CODE-BOOK OF GYMNASTIC EXERCISES. By Ludwig Pnritz. Translated by O. Knofe and J. "W. Macqueen. Illustrated. 32mo, pp. xxiv.-292, boards. 1883. Is. 6d. QUINET. EDGAR QUINET. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XIV. RAM RAZ. ESSAY ON THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE HINDUS. By Ram Raz, Native Judge and Magistrate of Bangalore, Corr. Mem. R.A.S. With 48 Plates. 4to, pp. xiv. and 64, sewed. 1834. 2, 2s. RAMSAY. TABULAR LIST OF ALL THE AUSTRALIAN BIRDS AT PRESENT KNOWN TO THE AUTHOR, showing the distribution of the species. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. Svo, pp. 36, and Map : boards 1878. 5s. R ASK. GRAMMAR OF THE ANGLO-SAXON TONGUE, from the Danisb of Erasmus Rask. By Benjamin Thorpe. Third Edition, corrected and improved, with Plate. Post Svo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 1879. 5s. 6d. RASE. A SHORT TRACTATE on the Longevity ascribed to the Patriarchs in the Book of Genesis, and its relation to the Hebrew Chronology ; the Flood, the Exodus of the Israelites, the Site of Eden, &c. From the Danish of the late Professor Rask, with his manuscript corrections, and large additions from his autograph, now for the first time printed. With a Map of Paradise and the circumjacent Lands. Crown Svo, pp. 134, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d. RAVENSTEIN. THE RUSSIANS ON THE AMUR ; its Discovery, Conquest, and Colo- nization, with a Description of the Countiy, its Inhabitants, Productions, and Commercial Capabilities, and Personal Accounts of Russian Travellers. By E. G. Ravenstein, F.R.G.S. With 4 tinted Lithographs and 3 Maps. Svo, pp. 500, cloth. 1861. 15s. RAVENSTEIN AND HULLEY. THE GYMNASIUM AND ITS FITTINGS. By E. G. Ravenstein and John Hulley. With 14 Plates of Illustrations. Svo, pp. 32, sewed. 1867. 2s. 6d. R AVERT Y. NOTES ON AFGHANISTAN AND PART OF BALUCHISTAN, Geographical, Ethnographical, and Historical, extracted from the Writings of little known Afghan, and Tajyik Historians, &c., &c., and from Personal Observation. By Major H. G. Raverty, Bombay Native Infantry (Retired). Foolscap folio. Sec- tions I. and II., pp. 98, wrapper. 1880. 2s. Section III., pp. vi. and 218. 1881. 5s. Section IV. 1884. 3s. READE. THE MARTYRDOM OF MAN. By Winwood Reade. Eighth Edition. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 544, cloth. 1884. 7s. 6d. RECORD OFFICE. A SEPARATE CATALOGUE OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS OP THE PUBLIC RECORD OFFICE, on sale by Trubner & Co., may be had on application. 56 A Catalogue of Important Works, RECORDS OF THE HEART. By Stella, Author of "Sappho," "The King's Stratagem," &c. Second English Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, with six steel-plate engravings, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d. REDHOUSE. THE MESNEVI. See Triibner's Oriental Series. REDHOUSE. SIMPLIFIED OTTOMAN-TURKISH GEAMMAK. SeeTriihner's Collection. REDHOUSE. THE TURKISH VADE-MECUM OF OTTOMAN COLLOQUIAL LANGUAGE: Containing a Concise Ottoman Grammar ; a Carefully Selected Vocabulary Alphabetically Arranged, in two Parts, English and Turkish, and Turkish and English ; Also a few Familiar Dialogues and Naval and Military Terms. The whole in English Characters, the Pronunciation being fully indicated. By J. W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S. Third Edition. 32mo, pp. viii. and 372, cloth. 1882. 6s. REDHOUSE. ON THE HISTORY, SYSTEM, AND VARIETIES OF TURKISH POETRY. Illustrated by Selections in the Original and in English Paraphrase, with a Notice of the Islamic Doctrine of the Immortality of Woman's Soul in the Future State. By J. W. Kedhouse, Esq., M.R.A.S. 8vo, pp. 62, cloth, 2s. 6d.; wrapper, Is. 6d. 1879. REEMELIN. A CRITICAL REVIEW OF AMERICAN POLITICS. By C. Reemelin, of Cincinnati, Ohio. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 630, cloth. 1881. 14s. RELIGION IN EUROPE HISTORICALLY CONSIDERED : An Essay in Verse. By the Author of "The Thames." Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 152, cloth. 1883. 2s. 6d. RENAN. PHILOSOPHICAL DIALOGUES AND FRAGMENTS. From the French of Ernest Renan. Translated, with the sanction of the Author, by Ras Bihari Mukharji. Post 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 182, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. "^ENAN. AN ESSAY ON THE AGE AND ANTIQUITY OF THE BOOK OF NABATRSIAN AGRICULTURE. To which is added an Inaugural Lecture on the Position of the Shemitic Nations in the History of Civilisation. By Ernest Renan. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 148, cloth. 1862. 3s. 6d. RENAN. THE LIFE OF JESUS. By Ernest Renan. Authorised English Translation. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 312, cloth. 2s. 6d. ; sewed, Is. 6d. REPORT OF A GENERAL CONFERENCE OF LIBERAL THINKERS, for the discussion of matters pertaining to the religious needs of our time, and the methods of meeting them. Held June 13th and 14th, 1878, at South Place Chapel, Finsbury, London. 8vo, pp. 77, sewed. 1878. Is. RHODES. UNIVERSAL CURVE TABLES FOR FACILITATING THE LAYING OUT OF CIRCULAR ARCS ON THE GROUND FOR RAILWAYS, CANALS, &c. Together with Table of Tangential Angles and Multiples. By Alexander Rhodes, C.E. Oblong 18mo, band. pp. ix. and 104, roan. 1881. 5s. RHYS. LECTURES ON WELSH PHILOLOGY. By John Rhys, M.A., Professor of Celtic at Oxford, Honorary Fellow of Jesus College, &c., &c. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 467, cloth. 1879. 15s. RICE. MYSORE AND COORG. A Gazetteer compiled for the Government of India. By Lewis Rice, Director of Public Instruction, Mysore and Coorg. Vol. I. Mysore in General. With 2 Coloured Maps. Vol. II. Mysore, by Districts. With 10 Coloured Maps. Vol. III. Coorg. With a Map. 3 vols. royal 8vo, pp. xii. 670 and xvi. ; 544 and xxii. ; and 427 and xxvii., cloth. 1878. 25s. RICE. MYSORE INSCRIPTIONS. Translated for the Government by Lewis Rice. 8vo, pp. xcii. and 336-xxx., with a Frontispiece and Map, boards. 1879. 30s. RIDLEY. KXMILAROI, AND OTHER AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES. By the Rev. William Ridley, B.A. Second Edition, revised and enlarged by the author; with com- parative Tables of Words from twenty Australian Languages, and Songs, Tradi- tions, Laws, and Customs of the Australian Race. Small 4to,- pp. vi. and 172, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d. Published by Triibner & Co. 57 RIG-VEDA-SANHITA. A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns. Constituting the 1st to the 8th Ashtakas, or Books of the Rig- Veda ; the oldest authority for the Reli- gious and Social Institutions of the Hindus. Translated from the Original San- skrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., &c., &c. Vol. I. 8vo, pp. lii. and 348, cloth. 21s. Vol. II. 8vo, pp. xxx. and 346, cloth. 1854. 21s. Vol. III. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 525, cloth. 1857. 21s. Vol. IV. Edited by E. B. Cowell, M.A. 8vo, pp. 214, cloth. 1866. 14s. Vols. V. and VI. in the Press. RILEY. MEDLEVAL CHRONICLES OP THE CITY OF LONDON. Chronicles of the Mayors and Sheriffs of London, and the Events which happened in their Days, from the Year A. D. 1188 to A. D. 1274. Translated from the original Latin of the "Liber de Antiquis Legibus " (published by the Camden Society), in the possession of the Corporation of the City of London ; attributed to Arnold Fitz-Thedmar, Alder- man of London in the Reign of Henry III. Chronicles of London, and of the Marvels therein, between the Years 44 Henry III., A.D. 1260, and 17 Edward III., A.D. 1343. Translated from the original Anglo-Norman of the " Croniques de London," preserved in the Cottonian Collection (Cleopatra A. iv.) in the British Museum. Translated, with copious Notes and Appendices, by Henry Thomas Riley, M.A., Clare Hall, Cambridge, Barrister-at-Law. 4to, pp. xii. and 319, cloth. 1863. 12s. RIOLA. How TO LEARN RUSSIAN : a Manual for Students of Russian, based upon the Ollendorffian System of Teaching Languages, and adapted for Self-Instruc- tion. By Henry Riola, Teacher of the Russian Language. With a Preface by W.R.S. Ralston, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 576, cloth. 1883. 12s. KEY to the above. Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5s. RIOLA. A GRAD DATED RUSSIAN READER, with a Vocabulary of all the Russian Words contained in it. By Henry Riola, Author of " How to Learn Russian." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 314, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d. RIPLEY. SACRED RHETORIC ; or, Composition and Delivery of Sermons. By Henry I. Ripley. 12mo, pp. 234, cloth. 1858. 2s. 6d. ROCHE. A FRENCH GRAMMAR, for the use of English Students, adopted for the Public Schools by the Imperial Council of Public Instruction. Bv A. Roche. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 176, cloth. 1869. 3s. ROCHE. PROSE AND POETRY. Select Pieces from the best English Authors, for Reading, Composition, and Translation. By A. Roche. Second Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 226, cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d. ROCKHILL. UDANAVARGA. See Triibner 's Oriental Series. ROCKHILL. THE LIFE OF THE BUDDHA. See Triibner's Oriental Series. RODD. THE BIRDS OF CORNWALL AND THE SCILLY ISLANDS. By the late Edward Hearle Rodd. Edited, with an Introduction, Appendix, and Memoir, by J. E. Harting. 8vo, pp. Ivi. and 320, with Portrait and Map, cloth. 1880. 14s. ROGERS. THE WAVERLEY DICTIONARY : An Alphabetical Arrangement of all the Characters in Sir Walter Scott's Waverley Novels, with a Descriptive Analysis of each Character, and Illustrative Selections from the Text. By May Rogers. 12mo, pp. 358, cloth. 1879. 10s. ROSING. ENGLISH-DANISH DICTIONARY. By S. Rosing. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 722, cloth. 8s. 6d. ROSS. ALPHABETICAL MANUAL OF BLOWPIPE ANALYSIS ; showing all known Methods, Old and New. By Lieut. -Colonel W. A. Ross, late R. A., Member of the German Chemical Society (Author of "Pyrology, or Fire Chemistry"). Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 148, cloth. 1880. 5s. ROSS. PYROLOGY, OK FIRE CHEMISTRY ; a Science interesting to the General Philo- sopher, and an Art of infinite importance to the Chemist, Metallurgist, Engineer, &c., &c. By W. A. Ross, lately a Major in the Royal Artillery. Small 4to, pp. xxviii. and 346, cloth. 1875. 36s. ROSS. CELEBRITIES OF THE YORKSHIRE WOLDS. By Frederick Ross, Fellow of the Royal Historical Society. 12mo, pp. 202, cloth. 1878. 4s. 58 A Catalogue of Important Works, BOSS. THE EARLY HISTORY OF LAND HOLDING AMONG THE GERMANS. By Denman W. Boss, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. viii. and 274, cloth. 1883. 12s. ROSS. COHEAN PRIMER : being Lessons in Corean on all Ordinary Subjects. Trans- literated on the principles of the " Mandarin Primer," by the same author. By Rev. John Ross, Newchwang. Svo, pp. 90, wrapper. 1877. 10s. BOSS. HONOUR OR SHAME? By R. S. Ross. 8vo, pp. 183. 1878. Cloth. 3s. 6d. ; paper, 2s. 6d. ROSS. REMOVAL OP THE INDIAN TROOPS TO MALTA. By R. S. Ross. Svo, pp. 77, paper. 1878. Is. 6d. ROSS. THE MONK OF ST. GALL. A Dramatic Adaptation of Scheffel's " Ekke- hard." By R. S. Ross. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 218. 1879. 5s. ROSS. ARIADNE IN NAXOS. ByR. S.Ross. Square 16mo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882.5s. ROTH. THE ANIMAL PARASITES OF THE SUGAR CANE. By H. Ling Roth, late Hon. Sec. to the Mackay Planters' Association. Demy 8vo, pp. 16, wrapper. 1885. Is. ROTH. NOTES ON CONTINENTAL IRRIGATION. By H. L. Roth. Demy Svo, pp. 40, with 8 Plates, cloth. 1882. 5s. ROUGH NOTES OF JOURNEYS made in the years 1868-1873 in Syria, down the Tigris, India, Kashmir, Ceylon, Japan, Mongolia, Siberia, the United States, the Sand- wich Islands, and Australasia. Demy Svo, pp. 624, cloth. 1875. 14s. ROTJSTAING. THE FOUR GOSPELS EXPLAINED BY THEIR WRITERS. "With an Appendix on the Ten Commandments. Edited by J. B. Roustaing. Translated by TV. E. Kirby. 3 vols. crown Svo, pp. 440-456-304, cloth. 18S1. 15s. ROUTLEDGE. ENGLISH RULE AND NATIVE OPINION IN INDIA. From Notes taken in 1870-74. By James Routledge. Syo, pp. x. and 338, cloth. 1878. 10s. 6d. ROWE. AN ENGLISHMAN'S VIEWS ON QUESTIONS OF THE DAY IN VICTORIA. By C. J. Rowe, M.A. Crown Svo, pp. 122, cloth. 1882. 4s. ROWLEY. ORNITHOLOGICAL MISCELLANY. By George Dawson Rowley, M. A. , F .Z. S. Vol. I. Part 1, 15s. Part 2, 20s. Part 3, 15s. Part 4, 20s. Vol. II. Part 5, 20s. Part 6, 20s. Part 7, 10s. 6d. Part 8, 10s. 6d. Part 9, 10s. 6d. -Part 10, 10s. 6d. Vol. III. Part 11, 10s. 6d. Part 12, 10s. 6d. Part 13, 10s. 6d. Part 14, 20s. ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (THE). CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC PAPERS (1800- 1863), Compiled and Published by the Royal Society of London. Demy 4to, cloth, per vol. 1 ; in half-morocco, 1, 8s. Vol. I. (1867), A to Cluzel. pp. Ixxix. and 960 ; Vol. II. (1863), Coaklay Graydon. pp. iv. and 1012 ; Vol. III. (1869), Greatheed Leze. pp. v. and 1002; Vol. IV. (1870), L'Heritier de Brutille Pozzetti. pp. iv. and 1006 ; Vol. V. (1871), Praag Tizzani. pp. iv. and 1000; Vol. VI. (1872), Tkalec Zylius, Anonymous and Additions, pp. xi. and 763. Continuation of above (1864-1873) ; Vol. VII. (1877), A to Hyrtl. pp. xxxi. and 1047 ; Vol. VIII. (1879), Ibanez Zwicky. pp. 1310. A List of the Publications of the Royal Society (Separate Papers from the Philosophical Transactions), on application. RUNDALL. A SHOET AND EASY WAY TO WRITE ENGLISH AS SPOKEN. Methode Rapide et Facile d'Ecrire le Frangais comme on le Parle. Kurze und Leichte Weise Deutsch zu Schreiben wie man es Spricht. By J. B. Rundall, Certificated Member of the London Shorthand Writers' Association. 6d. each. RUSSELL. THE WAVE OF TRANSLATION IN THE OCEANS OF WATER, AIR, AND ETHER. By John Scott Russell, M. A., F.R.S.S. L. and E. Demy Svo, pp. 318, with 10 Diagrams, cloth. 1885. 12s. 6d. RUTHERFORD. THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF MARK RUTHERFORD, Dissenting Minister. Edited by his friend, Reuben Shapcott. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 180, boards. 1881. 5s. BUTHEBFOBD. MARK RUTHERFORD'S DELIVERANCE : Being the Second Part of his Autobiography. Edited by his friend, Reuben Shapcott. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 210, boards. 1885. 5s. BUTTEB. See BUNYAN. Published by Trubner & Co. 59 SAMAVIDHANABRA" HMANA (THE) (being the Third Brahmana) of the Sama Veda. Edited, together with the Commentary of Sayana, an English Translation, Intro- duction, and Index of Words, by A. C. Burnell. Vol. I. Text and Commentary, with Introduction. Demy 8vo, pp. xxxviii. and 104, cloth. 1873. 12s. 6d. SAMUELSON. HISTORY OP DRINK. A Review, Social, Scientific, and Political. By James Sanmelson, of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law. Second Edition. 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 288, cloth. 1880. 6s. SAND. MOLIERE. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with Notes, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. 12mo, pp. xx. and 170, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d. SA.RTORIUS. MEXICO. Landscapes and Popular Sketches. By C. Sartorius. Edited by Dr. Gaspey. With Engravings, from Sketches by M. Rugendas. 4to, pp. vi. and 202, cloth gilt. 1859. 18s. SATOW. AN ENGLISH JAPANESE DICTIONARY OP THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE. By Ernest Mason Satow, Japanese Secretary to H.M. Legation at Yedo, and Ishibashi Masakata of the Imperial Japanese Foreign Office. Second Edition. Imperial 32mo, pp. xv. and 416, cloth. 1879. 12s. 6d. SAVAGE. THE MORALS OF EVOLUTION. By M. J. Savage, Author of " The Reli- gion of Evolution," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1880. 5s. SAVAGE. BELIEF IN GOD; an Examination of some Fundamental Theistic Pro- blems. By M. J. Savage. To which is added an Address -on the Intellectual Basis of Faith. By W. H. Savage. 8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1881. 5s. SAVAGE. BELIEFS ABOUT MAN. By M. J. Savage. Crown 8vo, pp. 130, cloth. 1882. 5s. SAYCE. AN ASSYRIAN GRAMMAR for Comparative Purposes. By A. H. Sayce, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Queen's College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, cloth. 1885. SAYCE. THE PRINCIPLES OP COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY. By A. H. Sayce, M.A. Third, Revised, and Enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xlviii.-422, cloth. 1885. 10s. 6d. SCHAIBLE. AN ESSAY ON THE SYSTEMATIC TRAINING OP THE BODY. By C. H. Schaible, M.D., &c., &c. A Memorial Essay, Published on the occasion of the first Centenary Festival of Frederick L. Jahn, with an Etching by H. Herkomer. Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 124, cloth. 1878. 5s. SCHEFFEL. MOUNTAIN PSALMS. By J. V. von Scheffel. Translated by Mrs. F. Brunnow. Fcap., pp. 62, with 6 Plates after designs by A. Von Werner. Parch- ment. 1882. 3s. 6d. SCHILLER. THE BRIDE OF MESSINA. Translated from the German of Schiller in English Verse. By Emily Allfrey. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1876. 2s. SCHLAGINTWEIT. BUDDHISM IN TIBET : Illustrated by Literary Documents and Objects of Religious Worship. By Emil Schlagintweit, LL.D. With a folio Atlas of 20 Plates, and 20 Tables of Native Print in the Text. Roy. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 404. 1863. 2, 2s. SCHLAU, SCHLAUER, AM, SCHLAUESTEN. Facsimile of a Manuscript supposed to have been found in an Egyptian Tomb by the English Soldiers. Royal 8vo, in ragged canvas covers, with string binding, and dilapidated edges (? just as dis- covered). 1884. 6s. SCHLEICHER. A COMPENDIUM OP THE COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR OF THE INDO- EUROPEAN, SANSKRIT, GREEK, AND LATIN LANGUAGES. By August Schleicher. Translated from the Third German Edition, by Herbert Bendall, B.A., Chr. Coll., Camb. 8vo. Part I., Phonology. Pp. 184, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. Part II., Morphology. Pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1877. 6s. SCHOPENHAUER. THE WORLD AS WILL AND IDEA. By Arthur Schopenhauer. Translated from the German by R. B. HALDANE, M.A., and J. KEMP, M.A. Vol. I., containing Four Books. Post 8vo, pp. xxxii.-532, cloth. 1883. 18s. SCHULTZ. UNIVERSAL DOLLAR TABLES (Complete United States). Covering all Exchanges between the United States and Great Britain, France, Belgium, Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and Germany. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth. 1874. 15s. 60 A Catalogue of Important Works, SCHULTZ. UNIVERSAL IKTEEEST AND GENERAL PERCENTAGE TABLES. On the Decimal System. With a Treatise on the Currency of the World, and numerous examples for Self-Instruction. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. SCHULTZ. ENGLISH GERMAN EXCHANGE TABLES. By C. W. H. Schultz. With a Treatise on the Currency of the World. 8vo, hoards. 1874. 5s. SCHWENDLER. INSTRUCTIONS FOR TESTING TELEGRAPH LINES, and the Technical Arrangements in Offices. Written on hehalf of the Government of India, under the Orders of the Director-General of Telegraphs in India. By Louis Schwen- dler. Vol. I., demy 8vo, pp. 248, cloth. 1878. 12s. Vol. II., demy Svo, pp. xi. and 268, cloth. 1880. 9s. SCOONES. FAUST. A Tragedy. By Goethe. Translated into English Verse, by William Dalton Scoones. Fcap., pp. vi. and 230, cloth. 1879. 5s. SCOTT. THE ENGLISH LIFE OF JESUS. By Thomas Scott. Crown Svo, pp. xxviii. and 350, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d. SCOTUS. A NOTE ON MR. GLADSTONE'S "The Peace to Come." By Scotus. Svo, pp. 106. 1878. Cloth, 2s. 6d. ; paper wrapper, Is. 6d. SELL. THE FAITH OF ISLAM. By the Rev. E. Sell, Fellow of the University of Madras. Demy Svo, pp. xiv. and 270, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d. SELL. IHN-I-TAJWID ; OR, ART OF READING THE QURAN. By the Rev. E. Sell, B.D. Svo, pp. 48, wrappers. 1882. 2s. 6d. SELSS. GOETHE'S MINOR POEMS. Selected, Annotated, and Rearranged. By Albert M. Selss, Ph.D. Crown Svo, pp. xxxi. and 152, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d. SERMONS NEVER PREACHED. By Philip Phosphor. Crown Svo, pp. vi. and 124, cloth. 1S78. 2s. 6d. SEWELL. REPORT ON THE AMAHAVATI TOPE, and Excavations on its Site in 1877. By Robert Sewell, of the Madras C.S., &c. With four plates. Royal 4to, pp. 70, boards. 1880. 3s. SEYPPEL. SHARP, SHARPER, SHARPEST : A Humorous Tale of Old Egypt. Penned down and Depicted in the Year 1315 A.C. By C. M. Seyppel, Court Painter and Poet Laureate of His Majesty King Rhampsinit III., and done into the English tongue by Two Mummies of the Old Dynasty. Memphis, 35, Mummies Arcade. (Ring three times). Imperial Svo, pp. 42, in ragged canvas cover, with dilapidated edges, and string binding (? just as discovered), price 6s. SHAD WELL. POLITICAL ECONOMY FOR THE PEOPLE. By J. L. Shadwell, Author of "A System of Political Economy." Fcap., pp. vi. and 154, limp cloth. 1880. ls.6d. SHAKESPEARE. A NEW STUDY OF SHAKESPEARE : An Inquiry into the connection of the Plays and Poems, with the origins of the Classical Drama, and with the Platonic Philosophy, through the Mysteries. Demy Svo, pp. xii. and 372, with Photograph of the Stratford Bust, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d. SHAKESPEARE'S CENTURIE OF PRAYSE ; being Materials for a History of Opinion on Shakespeare and his Works, culled from Writers of the First Century after his Rise. By C. M. Ingleby. Medium Svo, pp. xx. and 384. Stiff cover. 1874. 1, Is. Large paper, fcap. 4to, boards. 2, 2s. SHAKESPEARE. HERMENEUTICS ; OR, THE STILL LION. Being an Essay towards the Restoration of Shakespeare's Text. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D., of Trinity College, Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. 168, boards. 1875. 6s. SHAKESPEARE. THE MAN AND THE BOOK. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D. Small 4to. Part I., pp. 172, boards. 1877. 6s. SHAKESPEARE. OCCASIONAL PAPERS ON SHAKESPEARE ; being the Second Part of "Shakespeare: the Man and the Book." By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D., V.P.R.S.L. Small 4to, pp. x. and 194, paper boards. 1881. 6s. SHAKESPEARE'S BONES. The Proposal to Disinter them, considered in relation to their possible bearing on his Portraiture : Illustrated by instances of Visits of the Living to the Dead. By C. M. Ingleby, LL.D., V.P.R.S.L. Fcap. 4to, pp. yiii. and 48, boards. 1883. Is. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 61 SHAKESPEARE. A NEW VARIORUM EDITION OF SHAKESPEARE. Edited by Horace Howard Furness. Royal 8vo. Vol. I. Romeo and Juliet. Pp. xxiii. and 480, cloth. 1871. 18s. Vol. II. Macbeth. Pp. xix. and 492. 1873. 18s. Vols. III. and IV. Hamlet. 2 vols. pp. xx. and 474 and 430. 1877. 36s. Vol. V King Lear. Pp. vi. and 504. 1880. 18s. SHAKESPEARE. CONCORDANCE TO SHAKESPEARE'S POEMS. By Mrs. H. H. Fur- ness. Royal 8vo, cloth. 18s. SHAKESPEARE-NOTES. By F. A. Leo. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1885. 6s. SHAKSPERE SOCIETY (THE NEW). Subscription, One Guinea per annum. List of Publications on application. SHERRING. THE SACRED CITY OF THE HINDUS. An Account of Benares in Ancient and Modern Times. By the Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D. ; and Prefaced with an Introduction by FitzEdward Hall, D.C.L. "With Illustrations. 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 388, cloth. 21s. SHERRING. HINDU TRIBES AND CASTES; together with an Account of the Mohamedan Tribes of the North-West Frontier and of the Aboriginal Tribes of the Central Provinces. By the Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.B., Loud., &c. 4to. Vol. II. Pp. Ixviii. and 376, cloth. 1879. 2, 8s. Vol. III., with Index of 3 vols. Pp. xii. and 336, cloth. 1881. 32s. SHERRING. THE HINDOO PILGRIMS. By Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5s. SHIELDS. THE FINAL PHILOSOPHY ; or, System of Perfectible Knowledge issuing from the Harmony of Science and Religion. By Charles W. Shields, D.D., Pro- fessor in Princeton College. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 610, cloth. 1878. 18s. SIBREE. THE GREAT AFRICAN ISLAND. Chapters on Madagascar. A Popular Account of Recent Researches in the Physical Geography, Geology, and Explora- tion of the Country, and its Natural History and Botany ; and in the Origin and Divisions, Customs and Language, Superstitions, Folk-lore, and Religious Beliefs and Practices of the Different Tribes. Together with Illustrations of Scripture and Early Church History from Native Habits and Missionary Experience. By the Rev. James Sibree, jun., F.R.G.S., Author of "Madagascar and its People," &c. 8vo, pp. xii. and 272, with Physical and Ethnological Maps and Four Illus- trations, cloth. 1879. 12s. SIBREE. POEMS: including "Fancy," "A Resting Place," &c. By John Sibree, M.A., London. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 134, cloth. 1884. 4s. SIMCOX. EPISODES IN THE LIVES OF MEN, WOMEN, AND LOVERS. By Edith Sim- cox. Crown 8vo, pp. 312, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. SIMCOX. NATURAL LAW. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. IV. SIME. LESSING. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. I. and II. SIMPSON-BAIKIE. THE DRAMATIC UNITIES IN THE PRESENT DAY. By E. Simpson- Baikie. Third Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 108, cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d. SIMPSON-BAIKIE. THE INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY for Naturalists and Sportsmen in English, French, and German. By Edwin Simpson-Baikie. 8vo, pp. iv. and 284, cloth. 1880. 15s. SINCLAIR. THE MESSENGER : A Poem. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1875. 5s. SINCLAIR. LOVES'S TRILOGY : A Poem. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 150, cloth. 1876. 5s. SINCLAIR. THE MOUNT : Speech from its English Heights. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 302, cloth. 1877. 10s. SINCLAIR. GODDESS FORTUNE : A Novel. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Three vols., post 8vo, pp. viii. -302, 302, 274, cloth. 1884. 31s. 6d. SINCLAIR. QUEST: A Collection of Essays. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1885. 2s. 6d. SINGER. HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. SINNETT. THE OCCULT WORLD. By A. P. Sinnett. Fourth Edition. With an Appendix of 20 pages, on the subject of Mr. Kiddle's Charge of Plagiarism. 8vo, pp. xx. and 206, cloth. 1884. 3s. 6d. 62 A Catalogue of Important Works, SMITH. THE DIVINE GOVERNMENT. By S. Smith, M.D. Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 276, cloth. 1866. 6s. SMITH. THE RECENT DEPRESSION OF TRADE. Its Nature, its Causes, and the Remedies which have been suggested for it. By Walter E. Smith, B.A., New College. Being the Oxford Cobden Prize Essay for 1879. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 108, cloth. 1880. 3s. SMYTH. THE ABORIGINES OF VICTORIA. With Notes relating to the Habits of the Natives of other Parts of Australia and Tasmania. Compiled from various sources for the Government of Victoria. By R. Brough Smyth, F.L.S., E.G. S., &c., &c. 2 vols. royal 8vo, pp. lxxii.-484 and vi.-456, Maps, Plates, and Wood- cuts, cloth. 1878. 3, 3s. SNOW A THEOLOGICO-POLITICAL TREATISE. By G. D. Snow. Crown 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 4s. 6d. SOLLING. DIUTISKA: An Historical and Critical Survey of the Literature of Ger- many, from the Earliest Period to the Death of Goethe. By Gustav Soiling. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 368. 1863. 10s. 6d. SOLLING. SELECT PASSAGES FROM THE WORKS OF SHAKESPEARE. Translated and Collected. German and English. By G. Soiling. 12mo, pp. 155, cloth. 1866. 3s. 6d. SOLLING. MACBETH. Rendered into Metrical German (with English Text ad- joined). By Gustav Soiling. Crown 8vo, pp. 160, wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d. SONGS OF THE SEMITIC IN ENGLISH VERSE. By G. E. W. Crown 8vo. pp. iv. and 134, cloth. 1877. 5s. SOUTHALL. THE EPOCH OF THE MAMMOTH AND THE APPARITION OF MAN UPON EARTH. By James C. Southall, A.M., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 430, cloth. Illustrated. 1878. 10s. 6d. SPANISH REFORMERS OF Two CENTURIES FROM 1520 ; Their Lives and Writing, according to the late Benjamin B. Wiffen's Plan, and with the Use of His Mate- rials. Described by E. Boehmer, D.D., Ph.D. Vol. I. With B. B. Wiffen's Narrative of the Incidents attendant upon the Republication of Reformistas Antiguos Espanoles, and with a Memoir of B. B. Wiffen. By Isaline Wiffen. Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 216, cloth. 1874. 12s. 6d. Roxburghe, 15s. Vol. II. Royal 8vo, pp. xii. -374, cloth. 1883. 18s. SPEDDING. THE LIFE AND TIMES OF FRANCIS BACON. Extracted from the Edition of his Occasional Writings, by James Spedding. 2 vols. post Svo, pp. xx.-710 and xiv.-708, cloth. 1878. 21s. SPIERS. THE SCHOOL SYSTEM OF THE TALMUD. By the Rev. B. Spiers. Svo, pp 48, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. SPINOZA. BENEDICT DE SPINOZA : his Life, Correspondence, and Ethics. By R. Willis, M.D. Svo, pp. xliv. and 648, cloth. 1870. 21s. SPINOZA. ETHIC DEMONSTRATED IN GEOMETRICAL ORDER AND DIVIDED INTO FIVE PARTS, which treat I. Of God ; II. Of the Nature and Origin of the Mind ; III. Of the Origin and Nature of the Affects ; IV. Of Human Bondage, or of the* Strength of the Affects ; V. Of the Power of the Intellect, or of Human Liberty. By Benedict de Spinoza. Translated from the Latin by W. Hale White. Post Svo, pp. 328, cloth. 1883. 10s. 6d. SPIRITUAL EVOLUTION, AN ESSAY ON, considered in its bearing upon Modern Spiritualism, Science, and Religion. By J. P. B. Crown Svo, pp. 156, cloth 1879. 3s. SPRUNER. DR. KARL VON SPRUNER'S HISTORICO-GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-ATLAS. containing 26 Coloured Maps. Obi. cloth. 1861. 15s. SQUIER. HONDURAS ; Descriptive, Historical, and Statistical. By E. G Squier M.A., F.S.A. Cr. Svo, pp. viii. and 278, cloth. 1870. 3s. 6d. ' STATIONERY OFFICE. PUBLICATIONS OF HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE. List on application. Published by Triibner dc, Co. 63 STEDMAN. OXFORD : Its Social and Intellectual Life. With Remarks aud Hints on Expenses, the Examinations, &c. By Algernon M. M. Stedman, B.A. , Wad- ham College, Oxford. Crown Svo, pp. xvi. aud 309, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. STEELE. AN EASTERN LOVE STOKY. Kusa Jatakaya : A Buddhistic Legendary Poem, with other Stories. By Th. Steele. Cr. Svo, pp. xii. and 260, cl. 1871. 6s. STENT. THE JADE CHAPLET. In Twenty-four Beads. A Collection of Songs, Ballads, &c. (from the Chinese). By G. C. Stent, M.N.C.B.R.A.S. Post Svo, pp. viii. and 168, cloth. 1874. 5s. STENZLER. See AucTOREs SANSKRITI, Vol. II. STOCK. ATTEMPTS AT TRUTH. By St. George Stock. Crown Svo, pp. vi. and 248, cloth. 1882. 5s. STOKES. GOIDELICA Old and Early-Middle Irish Glosses: Prose and Verse. Edited by Whitley Stokes. 2d Edition. Med. Svo, pp. 192, cloth. 1872. 18s. STOKES. BEUNANS MERIASEK. The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop and Confessor. A Cornish Drama. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by Whitley Stokes. Med. Svo, pp. xvi. and 280, and Facsimile, cloth. 1872. 15s. STOKES. TOGAIL TROY, THE DESTRUCTION OF TROY. Transcribed from the Fac- simile of the Book of Leinster, and Translated, with a Glossarial Index of the Rarer Words, by Whitley Stokes. Crown Svo, pp. xvi. and 188, paper boards. 1882. 18s. STOKES. THREE MIDDLE-IRISH HOMILIES ON THE LIVES OF SAINTS PATRICK, BRIGIT, AND COLUMBA. Edited by Whitley Stokes. Crown Svo, pp. xii. and 140, paper boards. 1882. 10s. 6d. STONE. CHRISTIANITY BEFORE CHRIST ; or, Prototypes of our Faith and Culture. By Charles J. Stone, F.R.S.L., F.R.Hi&t.S., Author of "Cradle-Land of Arts and Creeds." Crown Svo, pp. , cloth. STRANGE. THE BIBLE ; is it "The Word of God " ? By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Demy Svo, pp. xii. and 384, cloth. 1871. 7s. STRANGE. THE SPEAKER'S COMMENTARY. Reviewed by T. L. Strange. Cr. Svo, pp. viii. and 159, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d. STRANGE. THE DEVELOPMENT OF CREATION ON THE EARTH. By T. L. Strange. Demy Svo, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. STRANGE. THE LEGENDS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. By T. L. Strange. Demy Svo, pp. xii. and 244, cloth. 1874. ' 5s. STRANGE. THE SOURCES AND DEVELOPMENT OF CHRISTIANITY. By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Demy Svo, pp. xx. and 256, cloth. 1S75. 5s. STRANGE. WHAT is CHRISTIANITY? An Historical Sketch. Illustrated with a Chart. By T. L. Strange. Foolscap Svo, pp. 72, cloth. 1880. 2s. 6d. STRANGE. CONTRIBUTIONS TO A SERIES OF CONTROVERSIAL WRITINGS, issued by the late Mr. Thomas Scott, of Upper Norwood. By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Fcap. Svo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d. STRANGFORD. ORIGINAL LETTERS ANDPAPERS OF THE LATE VISCOUNT STRANGFORD UPON PHILOLOGICAL AND KINDRED SUBJECTS. Edited by Viscountess Strangford. Post Svo, pp. xxii. and 284, cloth. 1878. 12s. 6d. STRATMANN. THE TRAGICALL HISTORIE OF HAMLET, PRINCE OF DENMARKE. By William Shakespeare. Edited according to the first printed Copies, with the various Readings and Critical Notes. By F. H. Stratmann. Svo, pp. vi. and 120, sewed. 3s. 6d. STRATMANN. A DICTIONARY OF THE OLD ENGLISH LANGUAGE. Compiled from Writings of the Twelfth, Thirteenth, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Centuries. By F. H. Stratmann. Third Edition. 4to, pp. x. and 662, sewed. 1878. 30s. STUDIES OF MAN. By a Japanese. Crown Svo, pp. 124, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d. SUMNER. WHAT SOCIAL CLASSES OWE TO EACH OTHER. By W. G. Sumner, Pro- fessor of Political and Social Science in Yale College. 18mo, pp. 170, cloth. 1884. SUYEMATZ. GENJI MONOGATARI. The Most Celebrated of the Classical Japanese Romances. Translated by K. Suyematz. Crown Svo, pp. xvi. and 254, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. 64 A Catalogue of Important Works, SWEET. SPELLING REFORM AND ENGLISH LITERATURE. By Henry Sweet, M.A. 8vo, pp. 8, wrapper. 1884. 2d. SWEET. HISTORY OF ENGLISH SOUNDS, from the Earliest Period, including an In- vestigation of the General Laws of Sound Change, and full "Word Lists. By Henry Sweet. Demy 8vo, pp. iv.-164, cloth. 1874. 4s. 6d. SWEET. ON A MEXICAN MUSTANG THROUGH TEXAS FROM THE GULF TO THE Rio GRANDE. By Alex. E. Sweet and J. Annoy Knox, Editors of " Texas Sif tings." English Copyright Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 672. Illustrated, cloth. 1883. 10s. SYED AHMAD. A SERIES OF ESSAYS ON THE LIFE OF MOHAMMED, and Subjects subsidiary thereto. By Syed Ahmad Khan Bahadur, C.S.I. 8vo, pp. 532, with 4 Tables, 2 Maps, and Plate, cloth. 1870. 30s. TAL80T. ANALYSIS OF THE ORGANISATION OF THE PRUSSIAN ARMY. By Lieuten- ant Gerald F. Talbot, 2d Prussian Dragoon Guards. Royal 8vo, pp. 78, cloth. 1871. 3s. TAYLER. A RETROSPECT OF THE RELIGIOUS LIFE OF ENGLAND ; or, Church, Puritanism, and Free Inquiry. By J. J. Tayler, B.A. Second Edition. Re- issued, with an Introductory Chapter on Recent Development, by James Martineau, LL.D., D.D. Post 8vo, pp. 380, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d. TAYLOR. PRINCE DEUKALION : A Lyrical Drama. By Bayard Taylor. Small 4to, pp. 172. Handsomely bound in white vellum. 1878. 12s. TECHNOLOGICAL DICTIONARY of the Terms employed in the Arts and Sciences ; Architecture ; Civil Engineering ; Mechanics ; Machine-Making ; Shipbuilding and Navigation ; Metallurgy ; Artillery ; Mathematics ; Physics ; Chemistry ; Minera- logy, &c. With a Preface by Dr. K. Karmarsch. Second Edition. 3 vols. Vol. 1. German-English-French. 8vo, pp. 646. 12s. Vol. II. English-German-French. 8vo, pp. 666. 12s. Vol. III. French-German-English. 8vo, pp. 618. 12s. TECHNOLOGICAL DICTIONARY. A POCKET DICTIONARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN ARTS AND MANUFACTURES. English-German-French, Deutsch-Englisch- Franzosisch, Franijais-Allemand-Anglais. Abridged from the above Techno- logical Dictionary by Rumpf, Mothes, and Unverzagt. "With the addition of Commercial Terms. 3 vols. sq. 12mo, cloth, 12s. TEMPLE. THE LEGEJTDS OF THE PUNJAB. By Captain R. C. Temple, Bengal Staff Corps, F.G.S., &c. Vol. I., 8vo, pp. xviii.-546, cloth. 1884. 1, 6s. THEATRE FRANC AIS MODERNE. A Selection of Modern French Plays. Edited by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D., C. Cassal, LL.D., and Th. Karcher, LL.B. First Series, in 1 vol. crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing CHARLOTTE CORD AY. A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL. D. Pp. xii. and 134. Sepa- rately, 2s. 6d. DIANE. A Drama in Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Augier, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Pp. xiv. and 145. Separately, 2s. 6d. LE VOYAGE A DIEPPE, A Comedy in Prose. By "Wafflard and Fulgence. Edited, with English Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. Pp. 104. Separately, 2s. 6d. Second Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. , containing MOLIERE. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with English Notes and Notice of George Sand, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xx. and 170, cloth. Separately, 3s. 6d. LES ARISTOCRATIES. A Comedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago. Edited, with Eng- lish Notes and Notice of Etienne Arago, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. 2d Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 236, cloth. Separately, 4s. Published by Trubner & Co. 65 THEATRE FRAN9AIS MoDEBNE continued. Third Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing LES FAUX BONSHOMMES. A Comedy. By Theodore Barriere and Ernest Ca- pendu. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Barriere, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Fcap. Svo, pp. xvi. and 304. 1868. Separately, 4s. L'HoNNEUR ET L' ARGENT. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. 2d Edition. Fcap. Svo, pp. xvi. and 171, cloth. 1869. Separately, 3s. 6d. THEISM. A CANDID EXAMINATION OP THEISM. By Physicus. Post Svo, pp. xviii and 198, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d. THEOBALD. SELECTIONS FROM THE POETS ; or, Passages Illustrating Peculiarities of their Style, Pathos, or Wit. By W. Theobald, M.R. A.S., late Deputy-Superin- tendent Geological Survey of India, With Notes, Historical, Explanatory, and Glossarial, for the Use of Young Readers. Demy Svo. pp. xii. and 208, cloth. 1885. 5s. THEOSOPHY AND THE HIGHER LIFE; or, Spiritual Dynamics and the Divine and Miraculous Man. By G. W., M.D., Edinburgh, President of the British Theoso- phical Society. 12mo, pp. iv. and 138, cloth. 1880. 3s. THOM. ST. PAUL'S EPISTLES TO THE CORINTHIANS. An Attempt to convey their Spirit and Significance. By the Rev. J. H. Thorn. Svo, pp. xii. and 408, cloth. 1851. 5s. THOMAS. EARLY SASSANIAN INSCRIPTIONS, SEALS, AND COINS, illustrating the Early History of the Sassanian Dynasty, containing Proclamations of Ardeshir Babek, Sapor I., and his Successors. With a Critical Examination and Explana- tion of the celebrated Inscription in the Hajiabad Cave, demonstrating that Sapor, the Conqueror of Valerian, was a professing Christian. By Edward Thomas. Illustrated. Svo, pp. 148, cloth. 7s. 6d. THOMAS. THE CHRONICLES OF THE PATHAN KINGS OF DEHLI. Illustrated by Coins, Inscriptions, and other Antiquarian Remains. By E. Thomas, F.R.A.S. With Plates and Cuts. Demy Svo, pp. xxiv. and 467, cloth. 1871. 28s. THOMAS. THE REVENUE RESOURCES OF THE MUGHAL EMPIRE IN INDIA, from A.D. 1593 to A.D. 1707. A Supplement to "The Chronicles of the Pathan Kings of Delhi." By E. Thomas, F.R.S. Svo, pp. 60, cloth. 3s. 6d. THOMAS. SASSANIAN COINS. Communicated to the Numismatic Society of London. By E. Thomas, F.R.S. Two Parts, 12mo, pp. 43, 3 Plates and a Cut, sewed. 5s. THOMAS. JAINISM ; OR, THE EARLY FAITH OF ASOKA. With Illustrations of the Ancient Religions of the East, from the Pantheon of the Indo-Scythians. To which is added a Notice on Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Svo, pp. viii.-24 and 82. With two Autotype Plates and Woodcuts. 1877. 7s. 6d. THOMAS. THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF CREOLE GRAMMAR. By J. J. Thomas. Svo, pp. viii. and 135, boards. 12s. THOMAS. RECORDS OF THE GUPTA DYNASTY. Illustrated by Inscriptions, Written History, Local Tradition, and Coins. To which is added a Chapter on the Arabs in Sind. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Folio, with a Plate, pp. iv. and G4, cloth. 14s. THOMAS. THE INDIAN BALHARA, and the Arabian Intercourse with India in the Ninth and following Centuries. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. (Contained in International Numismata Orientalia. Vol. III., Part I. Coins of Arakan.) Royal 4to, pp. viii. -48, wrappers. 1882. 8s. 6d. THOMAS. BOYHOOD LAYS. By William Henry Thomas. ISmo, pp. iv. and 74, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. THOMPSON. DIALOGUES, RUSSIAN AND ENGLISH. Compiled by A. R. Thompson, sometime Lecturer of the English Language in the University of St. Vladimir, Kieff. Crown Svo, pp. iv. and 132, cloth. 1882. 5s. 66 A Catalogue of Important Works, THOMSON. EVOLUTION AND INVOLUTION. By George Thomson, Author of "The World of Being," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 206, cloth. 1880. 5s. THORBURN. BANNU" ; OR, OUR AFGHAN FRONTIER. By S. S. Thorburn, F.C.S., Settlement Officer of the Bannu District. 8vo, pp. x. and 480, cloth. 1876. 18s. THORPE. DIPLOMATARIUM ANGLicuM _iEvi SAXONici. A Collection of English Charters, from the reign of King yEthelberht of Kent, A.D. DCV., to that of Wil- liam the Conqueror. Containing : I. Miscellaneous Charters. II. Wills. III. Guilds. IV. Manumissions and Acquittances. With a Translation of the Anglo- Saxon. By the late Benjamin Thorpe, Member of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Munich, and of the Society of Netherlandish Literature at Leyden. 8vo, pp. xlii. and 682, cloth. 1865. 1, Is. THOUGHTS ON LOGIC ; or, the S.N.I.X. Prepositional Theory. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 76, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d. THOUGHTS ON THEISM, with Suggestions towards a Public Religious Service in Harmony with Modern Science and Philosophy. Ninth Thousand. Revised and Enlarged. 8vo, pp. 74, sewed. 1882. Is. THURSTON. FRICTION AND LUBRICATION. Determinations of the Laws and Co- efficients of Friction by new Methods and with new Apparatus. By Robert H. Thurston, A.M., C.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 212, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d. TIELE. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. VII. and Triibner's Oriental Series. TOLHAUSEN. A SYNOPSIS OP THE PATENT LAWS OF VARIOUS COUNTRIES. By A. Tolhausen, Ph.D. Third Edition. 12mo, pp. 62, sewed. 1870. Is. 6d. TONSBERG. NORWAY. Illustrated Handbook for Travellers. Edited by Charles Tonsberg. With 134 Engravings on Wood, 17 Maps, and Supplement. Crown 8vo, pp. Ixx., 482, and 32, cloth. 1875. 18s. TOPOGRAPHICAL WORKS. A LIST OF THE VARIOUS WORKS PREPARED AT THE TOPOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE WAR OFFICE may be had on application. TORCEANU. ROUMANIAN GRAMMAR. See Trubner's Collection. TORRENS. EMPIRE IN ASIA : How we came by it. A Book of Confessions. By W. M. Torrens, M.P. Med. 8vo, pp. 426, cloth. 1872. 14s. TOSCANI. ITALIAN CONVERSATIONAL COURSE. A New Method of Teaching the Italian Language, both Theoretically and Practically. By Giovanni Toscani, Pro- fessor of the Italian Language and Literature in Queen's Coll., London, &c. Fourth Edition. 12mo, pp. xiv. and 300, cloth. 1872. 5s. TOSCANI. ITALIAN READING COURSE. By G. Toscani. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii. and 160. With table. Cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d. TOULON. ITS ADVANTAGES AS A WINTER RESIDENCE FOR INVALIDS AND OTHERS. By an English Resident. The proceeds of this pamphlet to be devoted to the English Church at Toulon. Crown 8vo, pp. 8, sewed. 1873. 6d. TRADLEG. A SON OF BELIAL. Autobiographical Sketches. By Nitram Tradleg, University of Bosphorus. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. -260, cloth. 1882. 5s. TRIMEN. SOUTH- AFRICAN BUTTERFLIES ; a Monograph of the Extra-Tropical Species. By Roland Trimeii, F.L.S., F.Z.S., M.E.S., Curator of the South African Museum, Cape Town. Royal 8vo. [In preparation. TRUBNER'S AMERICAN, EUROPEAN, AND ORIENTAL LITERARY RECORD. A Register of the most Important Works published in America, India, China, and the British Colonies. With Occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. The object of the Publishers in issuing this publication is to give a full and particular account of every publica- tion of importance issued in America and the East. Small 4to, 6d. per number. Subscription, 5s. per volume. Published by Trubner c Co. 67 TRUBNER. TRUBNER'S BIBLIOGRAPHICAL GUIDE TO AMERICAN LITERATURE : A Classed List of Books published in the United States of America, from 1817 to 1857. "With Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Alphabetical Index. Compiled and Edited by Nicolas Trubner. In 1 vol. 8vo, half bound, pp. 750. 1859. 18s. TRUBNER'S CATALOGUE OP DICTIONARIES AND GRAMMARS OF THE PRINCIPAL LANGUAGES AND DIALECTS OF THE WOULD. Considerably Enlarged and Revised, with an Alphabetical Index. A Guide for Students aud Booksellers. Second Edition, 8vo, pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1882. 5s. TRUBNER'S COLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS OF THE PRINCIPAL ASIATIC AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES. Edited by Reinhold Rost, LL.D., Ph.D. Crown 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. I. HINDUSTANI, PERSIAN, AND ARABIC. By E. H. Palmer, M.A. Second Edition. Pp. 112. 1885. 5s. II. HUNGARIAN. By I. Singer. Pp. vi. and 88. 1882. 4s. 6d. III. BASQUE. By W. Van Eys. Pp. xii. and 52. 1883. 3s. 6d. IV. -MALAGASY. By G. W. Parker. Pp. 66, with Plate. 1883. 5s. V. MODERN GREEK. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Pp. 68. 1883. 2s. 6d. VI. ROUMANIAN. By R. Torceanu. Pp. viii. and 72. 1883. 5s. VII. TIBETAN GRAMMAR. By H. A. JASCHKE. Pp. viii.-i04. 1883. 5s. VIII. DANISH. By E.G. Otte. Pp. viii. and 66. 1884. 2s. 6d. IX. TURKISH. ByJ. W.Redhouse,M.R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 204. 1884. 10s. 6d. X. SWEDISH. By B.C. Otte. Pp. xii.-70. 1884. 2s. 6d. XL POLISH. By W. R. Morfill, M.A. Pp. viii. -64. 1884. 3s. 6d. XII. PALI. By E. Miiller. Pp. xvi.-144. 1884. 7s. 6d. XIII. SANSKRIT. By H. Edgren. Pp. xii.-178. 1885. 10s. 6d. TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES : Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. ESSAYS ON THE SACRED LANGUAGE, WRITINGS, AND RELIGION OF THE PARSIS. By Martin Haug, Ph.D., late Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology at the University of Munich. Third Edition. Edited and Enlarged by E. W. West, Ph.D. To which is also added, A Biographical Memoir of the late Dr. Haug. By Professor E. P. Evans. Pp. xlviii. and 428. 1884. 16s. TEXTS FROM THE BUDDHIST CANON, commonly known as Dhamma- pada. With Accompanying Narratives. Translated from the Chinese by S. Beal, B. A., Trinity College, Cambridge, Professor of Chinese, Uni- versity College, London. Pp. viii. and 176. 1878. 7s. 6d. THE HISTORY OF INDIAN LITERATURE. By Albrecht Weber. Trans- lated from the German by J. Mann, M.A., and Dr. T. Zachariae, with the Author's sanction and assistance. 2d Edition. Pp.368. 1882. 10s. 6d. A SKETCH OF THE MODERN LANGUAGES OF THE EAST INDIES. Accom- panied by Two Language Maps, Classified List of Languages and Dialects, and a List of Authorities for each Language. By Robert Gust, late of H.M.I.C.S., and Hon. Librarian of R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 198. 1878. 12s. THE BIRTH OF THE WAR-GOD : A Poem. By Kalidasa. Translated from the Sanskrit into English Verse, by Ralph T. H. Griffiths, M.A., Principal of Benares College. Second Edition. Pp. xii. and 116. 1879. 5s. A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY OF HINDU MYTHOLOGY AND HISTORY, GBO- GRAPHY AND LITERATURE. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S., late Professor in the Staff College. Pp. 432. 1879. 16s. METRICAL TRANSLATIONS FROM SANSKRIT WRITERS; with an Introduc- tion, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from Classical Authors. By J. Muir, C.I.E., D.C.L., &c. Pp. xliv.-376. 1879. 14s. MODERN INDIA AND THE INDIANS : being a Series of Impressions, Notes, and Essays. By Monier Williams, D. C. L. , Hon. LL. D. of the University of Calcutta, Boden Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford. Third Edition, revised and augmented by considerable additions. With Illustrations and Map, pp. vii. and 368. 1879. 14s. 68 A Catalogue of Important Works, TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES continued. THE LIFE OK LEGEND OF GAUDAMA, the Buddha of the Burmese. With Annotations, the Ways to Neibban, and Notice on the Phongyies, or Burmese Monks. By the Right Rev. P. Bigandet, Bishop of Ramatha, Vicar Apostolic of Ava and Pegu. Third Edition. 2 vols. Pp. xx.-368 and viii.-326. 1880. 21s. MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS, relating to Indian Subjects. By B. H- Hodg- son, late British Minister at Nepal. 2 vols., pp. viii.^408, and viii.-348. 1880. 28s. SELECTIONS FEOM THE KORAN. By Edward William Lane, Author of an "Arabic-English Lexicon," &c. A New Edition, Revised, with an Introduction. By Stanley Lane Poole. Pp. cxii. and 174. 1879. 9s. CHINESE BUDDHISM. A Volume of Sketches, Historical and Critical. By J. Edkins, D.D., Author of " China's Place in Philology," "Religion in China," &c., &c. Pp. Ivi. and 454. 1880. 18s. THE GULISTAN ; OB, ROSE GARDEN OF SHEKH MUSHLIU'D-DIN SADI OP SHIKAZ. Translated for the first time into Prose and Verse, with Preface and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah, by E. B. Eastwick, F.R.S., M.R.A.S. 2dEdition. Pp. xxvi. and 244. 1880. 10s. 6d, A TALMUDIC MISCELLANY ; or, One Thousand and One Extracts from the Talmud, the Midrashim, and the Kabbalah. Compiled and Translated by P. J. Hershon. Witha Preface by Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D., F.R.S., Chaplain in Ordinary to Her Majesty, and Canon of Westminster. With Notes and Copious Indexes. Pp. xxviii. and 362. 1880. 14s. THE HISTORY OF ESARHADDON (Son of Sennacherib), King of Assyria, B.C. 681-668. Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions upon Cylinders and Tablets in the British Museum Collection. Together with Original Texts, a Grammatical Analysis of each word, Explana- tions of the Ideographs by Extracts from the Bi-Lingual Syllabaries, and List of Eponyms, &c. By E. A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christfs College, Cambridge. Post Svo, pp. xii. and 164, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d. BUDDHIST BIRTH STORIES; or, Jataka Tales. The oldest Collection of Folk-Lore extant : being the Jatakatthavannaua, for the first time edited in the original Pali, by V. Fausboll, and translated by T. W. Rhys Davids. Translation. Vol. I. Pp. cxvi. and 348. 1880. 18s. THE CLASSICAL POETRY OF THE JAPANESE. By Basil Chamberlain, Author of " Yeigio Henkaku, Ichiran." Pp. xii. and 228. 1880. 7s. 6d. LINGUISTIC AND ORIENTAL ESSAYS. Written from the year 1846-1878. By R. Cust, Author of ' ' The Modern Languages of the East Indies. " Pp. xii. and 484. 1880. 18s. INDIAN POETRY. Containing a New Edition of "The Indian Song of Songs," from the Sanskrit of the Gita Govinda of Jayadeva ; Two Books from " The Iliad of India " (Mahabharata) ; " Proverbial Wisdom " from the Shlokas of the Hitopadesa, and other Oriental Poems. By Edwin Arnold, C.S.I., &c. Third Edition. Pp. viii. and 270. 1884. 7s. 6d. THE RELIGIONS OF INDIA. By A. Earth. Authorised Translation by Rev. J. Wood. Pp. xx. and 310. 1881. 16s. HINDU PHILOSOPHY. The Sankhya Karika of Iswara Krishna. An Exposition of the System of Kapila. With an Appendix on the Nyaya and Vaiseshika Systems. By John Davies, M.A., M.R.A.S. Pp. vi. and 151. 1881. 6s. Published by Triibner & Co. 69 TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES- continued. A MANUAL OF HINDU PANTHEISM. The Vedantas*ra. Translated with Copious Annotations. By Major G. A. Jacob, Bombay Staff Corps, Inspector of Army Schools. With a Preface by B. B. Cowell, M.A. , Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Pp. x. and 130 1881. 6a. THE MESNEVI (usually known as the Mesnevlyi Sherlf, or Holy Mesnev!) of Mevlana (Our Lord) Jelalu-'d-Din Muhammed, Er-Rumi. Book the First. Together with some Account of the Life and Acts of the Author, of his Ancestors, and of his Descendants. Illustrated by a selection of Characteristic Anecdotes as collected by their Historian Mevlana Shemsu-'d-Din Ahmed, El Eflaki El Arifl. Translated, and the Poetry Versified by James W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S., &c. Pp. xvi. and 136, vi. and 290. 1881. 1, Is. EASTERN PROVERBS AND EMBLEMS ILLUSTRATING OLD TRUTHS. By the Rev. J. Long, Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F.R.G.S. Pt>. xv. and 280. 1881. 6s. THE QUATRAINS OP OMAR KHAYYAM. A New Translation. By E. H. Whinfield, late of H.M. Bengal Civil Service. Pp. 96. 1881. 5s. THE QUATRAINS OF OMAR KHAYYAM. The Persian Text, with an English Verse Translation. By E. H. Whinfield. Pp. xxxii.-335. 1883. 10s. 6d. THE MIND OF MENCIUS ; or, Political Economy Founded upon Moral Philo- sophy. A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of the Chinese Philosopher Mencius. The Original Text Classified and Translated, with Com- ments, by the Rev. E. Faber, Rhenish Mission Society. Translated from the German, with Additional Notes, by the Rev. A. B. Hutchin- son, Church Mission, Hong Kong. Author in Chinese of " Primer Old Testament History," &c., &c. Pp. xvi. and 294. 1882. 10s. 6d. Y6SUF AND ZULAIKHA. A Poem by Jami. Translated from the Persian into English Verse. By R. T. H. Griffith. Pp. xiv. and 304. 1882. 8s. 6d. TSUNI- II GOAM : The Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, Corres- ponding Member of the Geographical Society, Dresden ; Corresponding Member of the Anthropological Society, Vienna, &c., &c. Pp. xii. and 154. 1882. 7s. 6d. A COMPREHENSIVE COMMENTARY TO THE QURAN. To which is prefixed Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations. Together with a Complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By Rev. E. M. Wherry, M.A., Lodiana. Vol. I. Pp. xii. and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d. Vol. II. Pp. xi. and 408. 1884. 12s. 6d. HINDU PHILOSOPHY. THE BHAGAVAD GlTJL ; or, The Sacred Lay. A Sanskrit Philosophical Lay. Translated, with Notes, by John Davies, M.A. Pp. vi. and 208. 1882. 8s. 6d. THE SARVA-DARSANA-SAMGRAHA ; or, Review of the Different Systems of Hindu Philosophy. By Madhava Acharya. Translated by E. B. Cowell, M.A., Cambridge, and A. E. Gough, M.A., Calcutta. Pp. xii. and 282. 1882. 10s. 6d. TIBETAN TALES. Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the Tibetan of the Kay-Gyur. By F. Anton von Schiefner. Done into English from the German, with an Introduction. By W. R. S. Ralston, M.A. Pp. Ixvi. and 368. 1882. 14s. LINGUISTIC ESSAYS. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. Pp. viii. and 265. 1882. 9. THE INDIAN EMPIRE : Its History, People, and Products. By W. W. Hunter, C.I.E., LL.D. Pp. 568. 1882. 16s. HISTORY OF THE EGYPTIAN RELIGION. By Dr. C. P. Tiele, Leiden. Trans- lated by J. Ballingal. Pp. xxiv. and 230. 1882. 7s. 6d. 70 A Catalogue of Important Works, TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES continued. THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE UPANISHADS. By A. E. Gough, M.A., Calcutta. Pp. xxiv.-268. 1882. 9s. UDANAVARGA. A Collecbion of Verses from the Buddhist Canon. Com- piled by Dharmatrata. Being the Northern Buddhist Version of Dhammapada. Translated from the Tibetan of Bkah-hgyur, with Notes, and Extracts from the Commentary of Pradjnavarman, by W. Woodville Eockhill. Pp. 240. 1883. 9s. A HISTORY OF BURMA, including Burma Proper, Pegu, Taungu, Tenas- serim, and Arakan. From the Earliest Time to the End of the First War with British India. By Lieut. -General Sir Arthur P. Phayre, G.C.M.G., K.C.S.I., andC.B. Pp. xii.-312. 1883. 14s. A SKETCH OF THE MODERN LANGUAGES OF AFRICA. Accompanied by a Language-Map. By E. N. Cust, Author of "Modern Languages of the East Indies," &c. 2 vols., pp. xvi. and 566, with Thirty-one Autotype Portraits. 1883. 25s. RELIGION IN CHINA ; containing a brief Account of the Three Religions of the Chinese; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conver- sion amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking. Third Edition. Pp. xvi. and 260. 1884. 7s. 6d. OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF RELIGION TO THE SPREAD OF THE UNIVERSAL RELIGIONS. By Prof. C. P. TIELE. Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A., with the Author's assistance. Third Edition. Pp. xx. and 250. 1884. 7s. 6d. Si-Yu-Ki. BUDDHIST RECORDS OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Translated from the Chinese of Hiueu Tsaing (A.D. 629). By Samuel Beal, Professor of Chinese, University College, London. 2 vols., with a specially pre- pared Map. Pp. cviii.-242 and viii.-370. 1884. 24s. Dedicated by per- mission to H. R. H. the Prince of Wales. THE LIFE OF THE BUDDHA, AND THE EARLY HISTORY OF HIS ORDER. Derived from Tibetan Works in the Bkah-Hgyur and the Bstan-Hgyur, followed by Notices on the Early History of Tibet and Khoten. By W. W. Rockhill. Pp. xii. and 274. 1884. 10s. 6d. THE SANKHYA APHORISMS OF KAPILA. With Illustrative Extracts from the Commentaries. Translated and Edited by J. R. Ballantyne, LL.D., late Principal of Benares College. Third Edition, now entirely Re- Edited by Fitzedward Hall. Pp. viii. and 464. 1885. 16s. THE ORDINANCES OF MANU. Translated from the Sanskrit. With an Introduction by the late A. C. Burn ell, Ph.D., C.I.E. Completed and Edited by Edward W. Hopkins, Ph.D.. of Columbia College, New York. Pp. xliv. and 400. 1884. 12s. THE LIFE AND WORKS OF ALEXANDER CSOMA DE KORO'S between 1819 and 1842. With a Short Notice of all his Published and Unpublished Works and Essays. From Original and for the most part Unpublished Documents. By T. Duka, M.D., F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Surgeon-Major H.M.'s Bengal Medical Service, Retired, &c. Pp. xii. -234, cloth. 1885. 9s. TURNER. THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. A Concise History of the English Language, with a Glossary showing the Derivation and Pronunciation of the English Words. By Roger Turner. In German and English on opposite pages. 18mo, pp. viii. -80, sewed. 1884. Is. 6d. UNDER. A SHORT CUT TO READING : The Child's First Book of Lessons. Part I. By W. H. Unger. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1873. 5d. SEQUEL to Part I. and Part II. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 64, cloth. 1873. 6d. Parts I. and II. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 76, cloth. 1873. Is. 6d. In folio sheets. Pp. 44. Sets A to D, lOd. each ; set E, 8d. 1873. Complete, 4s. UNGER. W. H. UNGER'S CONTINUOUS SUPPLEMENTARY WRITING MODELS, designed to impart not only a good business hand, but correctness in transcribing. Oblong 8vo, pp. 40, stiff covers. 1874. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 71 UNGEE. THE STUDENT'S BLUE BOOK: Being Selections from Official Corre- spondence, Reports, &c. ; for Exercises in Beading and Copying Manuscripts, Writing, Orthography, Punctuation, Dictation, Precis, Indexing, and Digesting, and Tabulating Accounts and Returns. Compiled by W. H. Unger. Folio, pp. 100, paper. 1875. 2s. UNGEE. Two HUNDRED TESTS IN ENGLISH ORTHOGRAPHY, or "Word Dictations. Compiled by W. H. Unger. Foolscap, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1877. Is. 6d. plain, 2s. 6d. interleaved. UNGEE. THE SCRIPT PRIMER : By which one of the remaining difficulties of Children is entirely removed in the first stages, and, as a consequence, a consider- able saving of time will be effected. In Two Parts. By W. H. Unger. Part I. 12mo, pp. xvi. and 44, cloth. 5d. Part II., pp. 59, doth. 5d. UNGEE. PRELIMINARY WORD DICTATIONS ON THE RULES FOR SPELLING. By W. H. Unger. 18mo, pp. 44, cloth. 4d. UEICOECHEA. MAPOTECA COLOMBIANA : Catalogo de Todos los Mapas, Pianos, Vistas, &c., relatives a la America-Espanola, Brasil, e Islas adyacentes. Arre- glada cronologicamente i precedida de una iutroduccion sobre la historia cartogra- lica de America. Por el Doctor Ezequiel Uricoechea, de Bogota, Nueva Granada. 8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1860. 6s. UEQUHAET. ELECTRO-MOTORS. A Treatise on the Means and Apparatus em- ployed in the Transmission of Electrical Energy and its Conversion into Motive- power. For the Use of Engineers and Others. By J. W. Urquhart, Electrician. Crown 8vo, cloth, pp. xii. and 178, illustrated. 1882. 7s. 6d. VAITANA SUTEA. See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vol. III. VALDES. LIVES OF THE TWIN BROTHERS, JUA"N AND ALFONSO DE VALDES. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Translated by J. T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. 32, wrappers. 1882. Is. VALDES. SEVENTEEN OPUSCULES. By Juan de Vald<5s. Translated from the Spanish and Italian, and edited by John T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 188, cloth. 1882. 6s. VALDES. JUA"N DE V ALOES' COMMENTARY UPON THE GOSPEL OF ST. MATTHEW. With Professor Boehmer's "Lives of Juan and Alfonso de Valdes." Now for the first time translated from the Spanish, and never before published in English. By John T. Betts. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 512-30, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d. VALDES. SPIRITUAL MILK; or, Christian Instruction for Children. By Juan de Valdes. Translated from the Italian, edited and published by John T. Betts. With Lives of the twin brothers, Juan and Alfonso de Valdes. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 60, wrappers. 1882. 2s. VALDES. SPIRITUAL MILK. Octaglot. The Italian original, with translations into Spanish, Latin, Polish, German, English, French, and Engadin. With a Critical and Historical Introduction by Edward Boehmer, the Editor of ' ' Spanish Reformers." 4to, pp. 88, wrappers. 1884. 6s. VALDES. THREE OPUSCULES : an Extract from Valdes' Seventeen Opuscules. By Juan de Valdes. Translated, edited, and published by John T. Betts. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 58, wrappers. 1881. Is. 6d. VALDES. JuAN DE VALDES' COMMENTARY UPON OUR LORD'S SERMON ON THE MOUNT. Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives of Juan and Alfonso de Valdes. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, boards, 1882. 2s. 6d. VALDES. JUAN DE VALDES' COMMENTARY UPON THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS. Edited by J. T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 296, cloth. 1883. 6s. VALDES. JUA"N DE VALDES' COMMENTARY UPON ST. PAUL'S FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CHURCH AT CORINTH. Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives of Juan and Alphouso de Valdes. By E. Boehmer. Crown 8vo, pp. 390, cloth. 1883. 6s. 72 A Catalogue of Important Works, VAN CAMPEN. THE DUTCH IN THE ARCTIC SEAS. By Samuel Richard Van Campen, author of "Holland's Silver Feast." 8vo. Vol. I. A Dutch Arctic Expedition and Route. Third Edition. Pp. xxxvii. and 263, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d. Vol. II. in preparation. VAN DE WEYER. CHOIX D'OPUSCULE& PHILOSOPHIQUES, HISTORIQUES, POLITIQUES ET LITTERAIRES de Sylvain Van de Weyer, Precedes d'Avant propos de 1'Editeur. Roxburgh e style. Crown 8vo. PREMIERE S^RIE. Pp. 374. 1863. 10s. 6d. DEUXIEME SERIE. Pp. 502. 1869. 12s. TROISIEME S^RIE. Pp. 391. 1875. 10s. 6d. QUATRIEME SERIE. Pp. 366. 1876. 10s. 6d. VAN EYS. BASQUE GRAMMAR. See Triibner's Collection. VAN LAUN. GRAMMAR OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. By H. Van Laun. Parts I. and II. Accidence and Syntax. 13th Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 151 and 120, cloth. 1874. 4s. Part III. Exercises, llth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 285, cloth. 1873. 3s. 6d. VAN LAUN. LEgc-NS GRADUEES DE TRADUCTJON ET DE LECTURE ; or, Graduated Lessons in Translation and Reading, with Biographical Sketches, Annotations on History, Geography, Synonyms and Style, and a Dictionary of Words and Idioms. By Henri Van Laun. 4th Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1868. 5s. VAN PRAAGH. LESSONS FOR THE INSTRUCTION OF DEAF AND DUMB CHILDREN, in Speaking, Lip-reading, Reading, and Writing. By W. Van Praagh, Director of the School and Training College for Teachers of the Association for the Oral Instruction of the Deaf and Dumb, Officier d'Academie, France. Fcap. 8vo, Part I., pp. 52, cloth. 1884, 2s. 6d. Part II., pp. 62, cloth. Is. 6d. VARDHAMANA'S GANARATNAMAHODADHI. See AUCTORES SANSKRITI, Vol. IV. VAZIR OF LANKURAN : A Persian Play. A Text-Book of Modern Colloquial Persian. Edited, with Grammatical Introduction, Translation, Notes, and Voca- bulary, by W. H. Haggard, late of H.M. Legation in Teheran, and G. le Strange. Crown 8vo, pp. 230, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. VELASQUEZ AND SIMONNE'S NEW METHOD TO READ, WRITE, AND SPEAK THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. Adapted to Ollendorff s System. Post 8vo, pp. 558, cloth. 1882. 6s. KEY. Post 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 4s. VELASQUEZ. A DICTIONARY OF THE SPANISH AND ENGLISH LANGUAGES. For the Use of Young Learners and Travellers. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. In Two Parts. I. Spanish-English. II. English -Spanish. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 846, cloth. 1883. 7s. 6d. VELASQUEZ. A PRONOUNCING DICTIONARY OF THE SPANISH AND ENGLISH LAN- GUAGES. Composed from the Dictionaries of the Spanish Academy, Terreos, and Salva, and Webster, Worcester, and Walker. Two Parts in one thick volume. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. Roy. 8vo, pp. 1280, cloth. 1873. 1, 4s. VELASQUEZ. NEW SPANISH READER : Passages from the most approved authors, in Prose and Verse. Arranged in progressive order. With Vocabulary. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. Post Svo, pp. 352, cloth. 1866. 6s. VELASQUEZ. AN EASY INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH CONVERSATION, containing all that is necessary to make a rapid progress in it. Particularly designed for persons who have little time to study, or are their own instructors. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena, 12mo, pp. 150, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d. VERSES AND VEHSELETS. By a Lover of Nature. Foolscap Svo, pp. viii. and 88, cloth. 1876. 2s. 6d. VICTORIA GOVERNMENT. PUBLICATIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF VICTORIA. List in preparation. VOGEL. ON BEER. A Statistical Sketch. By M. Vogel. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii. and 76, cloth limp. 1874. 2s. WAFFLARD and FULGENCE. LE VOYAGE A DIEPPE. A Comedy in Prose. By Wafflard and Fulgence. Edited, with Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. Cr. Svo, pp. 104, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d. Published by Trubner & Co. 73 WAKE. THE EVOLUTION OF MORALITY. Being a History of the Development of Moral Culture. By C. Staniland Wake. 2 vols. crown 8vo, pp. xvi.-506 and xii.-474, cloth. 1878. 21s. WALLACE. ON MIRACLES AND MODERN SPIRITUALISM ; Three Essays. By Alfred Russel "Wallace, Author of "The Malay Archipelago," "The Geographical Dis- tribution of Animals," &c., &c. Second Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 236, cloth. 1881. 5s WANKLYN and CHAPMAN. WATER ANALYSIS. A Practical Treatise on the Examination of Potable Water. By J. A. Wanklyn, and E. T. Chapman. Sixth Edition. Entirely rewritten. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.R.C.S. Crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1884. 5s. WANKLYN. MILK ANALYSIS ; a Practical Treatise on the Examination of Milk and its Derivatives, Cream, Butter, and Cheese. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.R.C.S., &c. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 72, cloth. 1874. 5s. WANKLYN. TEA, COFFEE, AND COCOA. A Practical Treatise on the Analysis of Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Chocolate, Mate" (Paraguay Tea), &c. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.R.C.S., &c. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 60, cloth. 1874. 5s. WAR OFFICE. A LIST OF THE VARIOUS MILITARY MANUALS AND OTHER WORKS PUBLISHED UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF THE WAR OFFICE may be had On application. WARD. ICE : A Lecture delivered before the Keswick Literary Society, and pub- lished by request. To which is appended a Geological Dream on Skiddaw. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1870. Is. WARD. ELEMENTARY NATURAL PHILOSOPHY ; being a Course of Nine Lectures, speci- ally adapted for the use of Schools and Junior Students. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. Fcap. Svo, pp. viii. and 216, with 154 Illustrations, cloth. 1871. 3s. 6d. WARD. ELEMENTARY GEOLOGY : A Course of Nine Lectures, for the use of Schools and Junior Students. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. Fcap. Svo, pp. 292, with 120 Illustrations, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d. WATSON. INDEX TO THE NATIVE AND SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF INDIAN AND OTHER EASTERN ECONOMIC PLANTS AND PRODUCTS, originally prepared under the autho- rity of the Secretary of State for India in Council. By John Forbes Watson, M.D. Imp. Svo, pp. 650, cloth. 3868. 1, lls. 6d. WATSON. SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE SOUTH AMERICA DURING THE COLONIAL PERIOD. By R. G. WATSON. 2 vols. post 8vo, pp. xvi.-308, viii.-320, cloth. 1884. 21s. WEBER. THE HISTORY OF INDIAN LITERATURE. By Albrecht Weber. Translated from the Second German Edition, by J. Mann, M.A., and T. Zacharaiae, Ph.D., with the sanction of the Author. Second Edition, post Svo, pp. xxiv. and 360, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d. WEDGWOOD. THE PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRICAL DEMONSTRATION, reduced from the Original Conception of Space and Form. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 48, cloth. 1844. 2s. WEDGWOOD. ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UNDERSTANDING. By H. Wedgwood, A.M. 12mo, pp. 133, cloth. 1848. 3s. WEDGWOOD. THE GEOMETRY OF THE THREE FIRST BOOKS OF EUCLID. By Direct Proof from Definitions Alone. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 104, cloth. 1856. 3s. WEDGWOOD. ON THE ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 165, cloth. 1866. 3s. 6d. WEDGWOOD. A DICTIONARY OF ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY. By H. Wedgwood. Third Edition, revised and enlarged. With Introduction on the Origin of Language. Svo, pp. Ixxii. and 746, cloth. 1878. 1, Is. WEDGWOOD. CONTESTED ETYMOLOGIES IN THE DICTIONARY OF THE REV. W. W. SKEAT. By H. Wedgwood. Crown Svo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1882. 5s. 74 A Catalogue of Important Works, WEISBACH. THEORETICAL MECHANICS : A Manual of the Mechanics of Engineer- ing and of the Construction of Machines ; with an Introduction to the Calculus. Designed as a Text-book for Technical Schools and Colleges, and for the use of Engineers, Architects, &c. By Julius Weisbach, Ph.D., Oberbergrath, and Pro- fessor at the Royal Mining Academy at Freiberg, &c. Translated from the Ger- man by Eckley B. Coxe, A.M., Mining Engineer. Demy 8vo, with 902 woodcuts, pp. 1112, cloth. 1877. 31s. 6d. WELLER. AN IMPROVED DICTIONARY ; English and French, and French and Eng- lish. By E. Weller. Royal 8vo, pp. 384 and 340, cloth. 1864. 7s. 6d. WEST and BUELEB. A DIGEST or THE HINDU LAW OF INHERITANCE, PARTITION, AND ADOPTION ; embodying the Replies of the Sastris in the Courts of the Bombay Presidency, with Introductions and Notes. By Raymond West and J. G. Biihler. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 1450, sewed. 1884. 1, 16s. WETHERELL. THE MANUFACTURE OF VINEGAR, its Theory and Practice; with especial reference to the Quick Process. By C. M. Wetherell, Ph.D., M.D. 8vo, pp. 30, cloth. 7s. 6d. WHEELDON. ANGLING RESORTS NEAR LONDON : The Thames and the Lea. By J. P. "VVheeldon, Piscatorial Correspondent to "Bell's Life." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 218. 1878. Paper, Is. 6d. WHEELER. THE HISTORY OF INDIA FROM THE EARLIEST AGES. By J. Talboys Wheeler. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. containing the Vedic Period and the Mahu Bh&rata. With Map. Pp. Ixxv. and 576, cl. 1867, o. p. Vol. II. The Ramayana, and the Brahmanic Period. Pp. Ixxxviii. and 680, with 2 Maps, cl. 21s. Vol. III. Hindu, Buddhist, Brahmanical Revival. Pp. xxiv.-500. With 2 Maps, 8vo, cl. 1874. 18s. This volume may be had as a complete work with the fol- lowing title, " History of India ; Hindu, Buddhist, and Brahmanical." Vol IV. Part I. Mussulman Rule. Pp. xxxii.-320. 1876. 14s. Vol. IV. Part II. completing the History of India down to the time of the Moghul Empire. Pp. xxviii. and 280. 1881. 12s. WHEELER. EARLY RECORDS OF BRITISH INDIA : A History of the English Settle- ments in India, as told in the Government Records, the works of old Travellers, and other Contemporary Documents, from the earliest period down to the rise of British Power in India. By J. Talboys Wheeler, late Assistant Secretary to the Government of India in the Foreign Department. Royal 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 392, cloth. 1878. 15s. WHEELER. THE FOREIGNER IN CHINA. By L. N. Wheeler, D.D. With Intro- duction by Professor W. C. Sawyer, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 268, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d. WHERRY. A COMPREHENSIVE COMMENTARY TO THE QURAN. To which is prefixed Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with additional Notes and Emendations. Together with a complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By Rev. E. M. Wherry M.A., Lodiana. 3 vols. post 8vo, cloth. Vol.1. Pp. xii. and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d. Vol. II. Pp. vi. and 408. 1884. 12s. 6d. WHINFIELD. QUATRAINS OF OMAR KHAYYAM. See Triibner's Oriental Series. WHINFIELD. See GDLSHAN I. RAZ. WHIST. SHORT RULES FOR MODERN WHIST, Extracted from the "Quarterly Review " of January 1871. Printed on a Card, folded to fit the Pocket. 1878. 6d. WHITE. SPINOZA. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library. WHITNEY. LANGUAGE AND THE STUDY OF LANGUAGE : Twelve Lectures on the Principles of Linguistic Science. By W. D. Whitney. Fourth Edition, aug- mented by an Analysis. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 504, cloth. 1884. 10s. 6d. WHITNEY. LANGUAGE AND ITS STUDY, with especial reference to the Indo- European Family of Languages. Seven Lectures by W. D. Whitney, Instructor in Modern Languages in Yale College. Edited with Introduction, Notes, Tables, &c., and an Index, by the Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xxii. and 318, cloth. 1880. 5s. Published by Trubner & Co. 75 WHITNEY. Oriental and Linguistic Studies. By W. D. Whitney. First Series. Crown Svo, pp. x. and 420, cloth. 1874. 12s. Second Series. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 434. With chart, cloth. 1874. 12s. WHITNEY. A SANSKRIT GRAMMAR, including both the Classical Language and the older Dialects of Veda and Brahmana. By William Dwight Whitney, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology in Yale College, Newhaven, &c., &c. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 486. 1879. Stitched in wrapper, 10s. 6d ; cloth, 12s. WHITWELL. IRON SMELTER'S POCKET ANALYSIS BOOK. By Thomas Whitwell, Member of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, &c. Oblong 12mo, pp. 152, roan. 1877. 5s. WILKINSON. THE SAINT'S TRAVEL TO THE LAND OF CANAAN. Wherein are dis- covered Seventeen False Rests short of the Spiritual Coming of Christ in the Saints, with a Brief Discovery of what the Coming of Christ in the Spirit is. By R. Wilkinson. Printed 1648 ; reprinted 1874. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. Is. 6d. WILLIAMS. A SYLLABIC DICTIONARY OF THE CHINESE LANGUAGE; arranged ac- cording to the Wu-Fang Yuen Yin, with the pronunciation of the Characters as heard in Pekin, Canton, Amoy, and Shanghai. By S. Wells Williams, LL.D. 4to, pp. 1336. 1874. 5, 5s. WILLIAMS. MODERN INDIA AND THE INDIANS. See Trubner's Oriental Series. WILSON. WORKS OF THE LATE HORACE HAYMAN WILSON, M.A., F.R.S., &c. Vols. I. and II. Essays and Lectures chiefly on the Religion of the Hindus, by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., to. Collected and Edited by Dr. Rein- hold Rost. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xiii. and 399, vi. and 416, cloth. 21s. Vols. III., IV., and V. Essays Analytical, Critical, and Philological, on Subjects connected with Sanskrit Literature. Collected and Edited by Dr. Reinhold Rost. 3 vols. demy Svo, pp. 408, 406, and 390, cloth. 36s. Vols. VI., VII., VIII., IX., and X. (2 parts). Vishnu Puraiia, a System of Hindu Mythology and Tradition. Translated from the original Sanskrit, and Illus- trated by Notes derived chiefly from other Puranas. By the late H. H. Wilson. Edited by FitzEdward Hall, M.A., D.C.L., Oxon. Vols. I. to V. (2 parts). Demy Svo, pp. cxl. and 200, 344, 346, 362, and 268, cloth. 3, 4s. 6d. Vols. XI. and XII. Select Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus. Translated from the original Sanskrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. Third corrected Edition. 2 vols. demy Svo, pp. Ixxi. and 384, iv. and 418, cloth. 21s. WILSON. THOUGHTS ON SCIENCE, THEOLOGY, AND ETHICS. By John Wilson, M.A., Trinity College, Dublin. Crown Svo, pp. 280, cloth. 1885. 3s. 6d. WISE. COMMENTARY ON THE HINDU SYSTEM OF MEDICINE. By T. A. Wise, M.D. Svo, pp. xx. and 432, cloth. 1845. 7s. 6d. WISE. REVIEW OF THE HISTORY OF MEDICINE. By Thomas A. Wise. 2 vols. demy Svo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. xcviiL and 397. Vol. II., pp. 574. 10s. WISE. HISTORY OF PAGANISM IN CALEDONIA. By T. A. Wise, M.D., &c. Demy 4to, pp. xxviii.-272, cloth, with numerous Illustrations. 1884. 15s. WITHERS. THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AS PRONOUNCED. By G. Withers. Royal Svo, pp. 84, sewed. 1874. Is. WOOD. CHRONOS. Mother Earth's Biography. A Romance of the New School. By Wallace Wood, M.D. Crown Svo, pp. xvi. and 334, with Illustration, cloth. 1873. 6s. WOMEN. THE RIGHTS OF WOMEN. A Comparison of the Relative Legal Status of the Sexes in the Chief Countries of Western Civilisation. Crown Svo, pp. 104, cloth. 1875. 2s. 6d. 76 A Catalogue of Important Works. WRIGHT. FEUDAL MANUALS OF ENGLISH HISTORY, a series of Popular Sketches of our National History compiled at different periods, from the Thirteenth Century to the Fifteenth, for the use of the Feudal Gentry and Nobility. Now first edited from the Original Manuscripts. By Thomas "Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c. Small 4to, pp. xxix. and 184, cloth. 1872. 15s. WRIGHT. THE HOMES OF OTHEK DAYS. A History of Domestic Manners and Sentiments during the Middle Ages. By Thomas Wright, M. A., F.S.A. With IHustrations from the Illuminations in Contemporary Manuscripts and other Sources. Drawn and Engraved by F. W. Fairholt, F.S.A. Medium 8vo, 350 Woodcuts, pp. xv. and 512, cloth. 1871. 21s. WRIGHT. ANGLO-SAXON AND OLD ENGLISH VOCABULARIES. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., Hon. M.E.S.L. Second Edition, Edited and Collated by Richard Paul Wulcker. 2 vols. demy 8vo, pp. xx.-408, and iv.-486, cloth. 1884. 28s. Illustrating the Condition and Manners of our Forefathers, as well as the History of the forms of Elementary Education, and of the Languages Spoken in this Island from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth. WRIGHT. THE CELT, THE ROMAN, AND THE SAXON; a History of the Early Inhabitants of Britain down to the Conversion of the Anglo-Saxons to Christianity. Illustrated by the Ancient Remains brought to light by Recent Research. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c., &c. Third Corrected and Enlarged Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 562. With nearly 300 Engravings. Cloth. 1875. 14s. WRIGHT. THE BOOK OF KALILAH AND DIMNAH. Translated from Arabic into Syriac. Edited by W. Wright, LL.D., Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo, pp. lxxxii.-408, cloth. 1884. 21s. WRIGHT. MENTAL TRAVELS IN IMAGINED LANDS. By H. Wright. Crown 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1878. 5s. WYLD. CLAIRVOYANCE; or, the Auto-Noetic Action of the Mind. By George Wyld, M.D. Edin. 8vo, pp. 32, wrapper. 1883. Is. WYSARD. THE INTELLECTUAL AND MORAL PROBLEM OF GOETHE'S FAUST. By A. Wysard. Parts I. and II. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 80, limp parchment wrapper. 1883. 2s. 6d. YOUNG MECHANIC (THE). See MECHANIC. ZELLER. STRAUSS AND RENAN. An Essay by E. Zeller. Translated from the German. Post 8vo, pp. 110, cloth. 1866. 2s. 6d. PERIODICALS PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY TRUBNER & CO. vAMATEUR MECHANICAL SOCIETY'S JOURNAL. Irregular. ANTANANARIVO ANNUAL AND MADAGASCAR MAGAZINE. Irregular. ANTHROPOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND (JOURNAL OF). Quarterly, 5s. ARCHITECT (AMERICAN) AND BUILDING NEWS. Contains General Architectural News, Articles on Interior Decoration, Sanitary Engineering, Construction, Building Materials, &c., &c. Four full-page Illustrations accompany each Number. Weekly. Annual Subscription, 1, 11s. 6d. Post free. ASIATIC SOCIETY (ROYAL) OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND (JOURNAL OF). Irregular. Periodicals. 77 BIBLICAL ARCRffiOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TRANSACTIONS OF). Irregular. BIBLIOTHECA SACRA. Quarterly, 3s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 14s. Post free. BRITISH ARCHAEOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (JOURNAL OF). Quarterly, 8s. BRITISH CHESS MAGAZINE. Monthly, 8d. BRITISH HOMOEOPATHIC SOCIETY (ANNALS OF). Half-yearly, 2s. 6d. BROWNING SOCIETY'S PAPERS. -Irregular. CALCUTTA REVIEW. Quarterly, 8s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 34s. Post free. CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (PROCEEDINGS OF). Irregular. ENGLISHWOMAN'S REVIEW. Social and Industrial Questions. Monthly, 6d. GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE, or Monthly Journal of Geology, Is. 6d. Annual Sub- scription, 18s. Post free. GLASGOW, GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF (TRANSACTIONS OF). Irregular. INDEX MEDICUS. A Monthly Classified Record of the Current Medical Literature of the World. Annual Subscription, 50s. Post free. INDIAN ANTIQUARY. A Journal of Oriental Research in Archaeology, History, Literature, Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Folklore, &c. Annual Subscrip- tion, 2. Post free. INDIAN EVANGELICAL REVIEW. Annual Subscription, 10s. LIBRARY JOURNAL. Official Organ of the Library Associations of America and of the United Kingdom. Monthly, 2s. Annual Subscription, 20s. Post free. MANCHESTER QUARTERLY. Is. 6d. MATHEMATICS (AMERICAN JOURNAL OF). Quarterly, 7s. 6d. Annual Subscrip- tion, 24s. Post free. ORIENTALIST (THE). Monthly. Annual Subscription, 12s. ORTHODOX CATHOLIC REVIEW. Irregular. PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF). Irregular. PSYCHICAL RESEARCH (SOCIETY OF). PROCEEDINGS. PUBLISHERS' WEEKLY. THE AMERICAN BOOK-TRADE JOURNAL. Annual Sub- scription, 18s. Post free. PUNJAB NOTES AND QUERIES. Monthly. Annual Subscription, 10s. REVUE COLONIALE INTERNATIONALE. Monthly. Annual Subscription, 25s. Post free. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN. WEEKLY. Annual subscription, 18s. Post free. SUPPLEMENT to ditto. WEEKLY. Annual subscription, 24s. Post free. SCIENCE AND ARTS (AMERICAN JOURNAL OF). Monthly, 2s. 6d. Annual Subscrip- tion, 30s. SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY (JOURNAL OF). Quarterly, 4s. Annual Subscription, 16s. Post free, 17s. SUNDAY REVIEW. Organ of the Sunday Society for Opening Museums and Art Galleries on Sunday. Quarterly, Is. Annual Subscription, 4s. 6d. Post free. TRUBNER'S AMERICAN, EUROPEAN, AND ORIENTAL LITERARY RECORD. A Register of the most Important Works Published in America, India, China, and the British Colonies. With occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese , and Russian Literature. Subscription for 12 Numbers, 5s. Post free. TRUBNER & CO.'S MONTHLY LIST of New and Forthcoming Works, Official and other Authorised Publications, and New American Books. Post free. WESTMINSTER REVIEW. Quarterly, 6s. Annual Subscription, 22s. Post free. WOMAN'S SUFFRAGE JOURNAL. Monthly, Id. TROBNER & CO. 1 8 CATALOGUES. Any of the following Catalogues sent per Post on receipt of Stamps. Africa, "Works Relating to the Modern Languages of. Id. Agricultural Works. 2d. Arabic, Persian, and Turkish. Books, printed in the East. Is. Assyria and Assyriology. Is. Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana. Is. 6d. Brazil, Ancient and Modern Books relating to. 2s. 6d. British Museum, Publications of Trustees of the. Id. Dictionaries and Grammars of Principal Languages and Dialects of the World. 5s. Educational Works. Id. Egypt and Egyptology. Is. Guide Books. Id. Important Works, published by Triibner & Co. 2d. Linguistic and Oriental Publications. 2d. Medical, Surgical, Chemical, and Dental Publications. 2d. Modern German Books. 2d. Monthly List of New Publications. Id. Pali, Prakrit, and Buddhist Literature. Is. Portuguese Language, Ancient and Modern Books in the. 6d. Sanskrit Books. 2s. 6d. Scientific Works. 2d. Semitic, Iranian, and Tatar' Races. Is. TRUBNER'S COLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS OF THE PRINCIPAL ASIATIC AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES. EDITED BY REINHOLD HOST, LL.D., PH.D. The object of this Series is to provide the learner with a concise but practical Introduction to the various Languages, and at the same time to furnish Students of Comparative Philology with a clear and comprehensive view of their structure. The attempt to adapt the somewhat cumbrous grammatical system of the Greek and Latin to every other tongue has intro- duced a great deal of unnecessary difficulty into the study of Languages. Instead of analysing existing locutions and endeavouring to discover the principles which regulate them, writers of grammars have for the most part constructed a framework of rules on the old lines, and tried to make the language of which they were treating fit into it. Where this proves im- possible, the difficulty is met by lists of exceptions and irregular forms, thus burdening the pupil's mind with a mass of details of which he can make no practical use. In these Grammars the subject is viewed from a different standpoint ; the structure of each language is carefully examined, and the principles which underlie it are carefully explained ; while apparent discrepancies and so-called irregularities are shown to be only natural euphonic and other changes. All technical terms are excluded unless their meaning and application is self-evident ; no arbitrary rules are admitted ; the old classification into declensions, conjugations, &c., and even the usual para- digms and tables, are omitted. Thus reduced to the simplest principles, the Accidence and Syntax can be thoroughly comprehended by the student on one perusal, and a few hours' diligent study will enable him to analyse any sentence in the language. Now READY. Crown 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound. I. Hindustani, Persian, and Arabic. By the late E. H. Palmer, M.A. Second Edition. Pp. 112. 5s. II. Hungarian. By I. SIN GEE, of Buda-Pesth. Pp. vi. and 88. 4s. 6d. For continuation see next page. 80 Triibners Simplified Grammars continued. III. Basque. By W. VAN EYS. Pp. xii. and 52. 3s. 6d. IV. Malagasy. By G. W. PARKER. Pp. 66. 5s. V. Modern Greek. By E. M. GELBART, M.A. Pp. 68. 2s. 6d. VI. Roumanian. By M. TORCEANU. Pp. viii. and 72. 5s. VII. Tibetan. By H. A. JASCHKE. Pp. viii. and 104. 5s. VIII. Danish. By E. C. OTTE. Pp. viii. and 66. 2s. 6d. IX. Turkish. By J. W. KEDHOUSE, M.R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 204. 10s. 6d. X. Swedish. By Miss E. C. OTTE. Pp. xii. and 70. 2s. 6d. XL Polish. By W. R. MORFILL, M.A. Pp. viii. and 64. 3s. 6d. XII. Pali. By E. MULLER, Ph.D. Pp. xvi.-144. 7s. 6d. XIII. Sanskrit. By H. EBGREN. Pp. xii. -178. 10s. 6d. The following are in preparation : SIMPLIFIED GEAMMAES OF Albanian, by WASSA PASHA, Prince of the Lebanon. Assyrian, by Prof. SAYCE. Bengali, by J. F. BLUMHARBT, of the British Museum. Burmese, by Dr. E. FORCHAMMER. Cymric and Gaelic, by H. JENNER, of the British Museum. Egyptian, by Dr. BIRCH. Finnic, by Prof. OTTO DONNER, of Helsingfors. Hebrew, by Dr. GINSBURG. Icelandic, by Dr. WIMMER, Copenhagen. Lettish, by Dr. M. I. A. VOLKEL. Lithuanian, by Dr. M. I. A. VOLKEL. Malay, by W. E. MAXWELL, of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law. Portuguese, by WALTER BE GRAY BIRCH. Prakrit, by HJALMAR EBGREX, Lund, Sweden. Russian, Bohemian, Bulgarian and Serbian, by W. R. MORFILL, of Oxford. Sinhalese, by Dr. EBWARD MULLER. Arrangements are being made with competent Scholars for the early preparation of Grammars of German, Dutch, Italian, Chinese, Japanese, and Siamese. LONDON : TRUBNER & CO., LUDGATE HILL. PRINTED 11V BALLANTYNE, HANSON AMD CO. EDINBURGH AND LONDON. 750/15/8/85 H. A 000 035 360 T